of ‘ ’ MI, tay Ate Mc talth Nesta ht ite Sa } hit
4 ae ; hi a) + { PPP Band ot 480 WD i) ) i
f * ee ‘ Viage ’ ay ‘ y vite : AN . ; q : 4
7 ‘ 4 a , j; he init ANE 4 { " part * | ; st
rey i) : ‘ ' WW Oaeu eh ty ‘ ¥
| CLRID uct a ONO GuE Gama LSE Ns
wis EFT ae tee tt vi Ny Tish) Hi raha heh { \ tH i if ty yen ip tf , fe maby
‘j \ N { st / ik oll Pea!) | ee .y W i va , edge My ; \ ne | t ' Mi oer. ia YD
So iat “4 + Ab eh) Mihi i" A Potent f 1) helen mys Per ih te Hi oh Late
en] ‘ j ey i y iM i Hi) av gk s Misitis a] he) | Oe ae ; th ja r : 4 ¢
- HULA ih Iago Tne Al Nt Piakeissa hy ins i Hiei ‘e mi .
ea ue nit Tha veay rat ; LR Fraet BETAS iy ruta CLARA YASUE ahora ets tea Mn sf Mi yt fh ;
‘ $) Ets FT ORS ot ob We f ALAIN, Sey st :
: fatit vba UW gethee sit ny wy iit Ty tie : 3 i if et! ,
‘ iy) , { " SDMA Tue CTE On ie f ite te enyAr tt } ‘Parl : t ‘i ap r
Waa ies es AE A Ee Wi Hh i ; i tet s thin
j Ore Pet ee PERO abel tea ape ny caveT abl iad nyt Wy,
T : ee ! aH We) 4 / i RRA Re it eV jail a a AS yt ia ah aia ; At i ' ir) oh
‘ i i sae oa Mh a oh ae +1 a Mi Seat ¥ f
; Rie tl RMT att Hitt hind: nails if 4 ‘ Nanay Nc) heat 5
alts ee ir a ydal we Ny Lb eth sD alps! ts bayh Ay y hy mye ‘ wh A
‘ ‘ ‘ iis WL yh fyi i Hua ht ih! ‘hea »
i i>: eae ti why aa WRF vb Ma TA RAS TATRA Neate tea tict ag
wen ‘ ‘ vy f in i \ " a) t M4 hy ny va Mt i nti ih oe ai KH i
his ‘ a"ep r a ith te | shen rele LEME SE 8h “ ny)
on ook " eRe fir ty “y Be eee FERN Toe
RUA ase) iv HOON BD te eg ebay eR cadet LCE CR DEANS IMUM) 2
Peas id nei A alk + ia Ae + fidlat ‘ Sai Ly fs Wea SRC ER rast ie
PRUER CR MU OUIR A in cing MMMM ON RNSN NG Ma
a 4 i } j by i if ‘ i aid ate Mrs uy ; Au} 4) ‘) fate La i ey i ty x 4 i z
x ' hie 4:1) PUR Rh ASAT TEM ehh ni a ins jhe ih itlgss
el) ye RAE Dea Chara NES HMORO LCN Hult TieMi ALE quesict
Ps Fg ue : yar 4 : tA: ‘Fra " At
Ghana i lay ’ ate.’ ik oniits 1 Pt i ii fe AM ieee Mat
' Yy eto) el j kts ab ea) bio ay Pasa AT! Wyle ach eae
Sodas hac eee meta AD ih ae Seip kia Hs
wire sar ! ae ee nye hh , i ca } Ae
eo Minas abe { Pant ANE
Reel ese as
>) 1 | 4 es ") : ; ?
Py) Oe atta ine
) vi
f
caciny
~—e-
=
= 732==
Sears ew eraser
’
”
ied Nitauirarcuniea may Fan
chr ihe epi “AM i ri +, i
PO Ray et MUTT hekak ay ged Md teks ves
; Make Boi May res wal} A
ape Ts ihe Rath os aah i ed i
y
ne
ane
a
we ‘
i ff ius “ih si nee
> nas
h us
yr anh '
ieee
ee
=
=.
ot
agent
Muy cule
iv eer A
Aw
hai
MN Ohh
i NVard pe! Me vy
Ir AAs etal vite un
She slabs i Naa i
Late antictt
Hh F
: m oaths ‘
i Ai taal sae 4
i | betes hye eed
Spyies sry 1h KE py. i id Hy
aE ya 1a) dol:
7th f (iy +n
ao
sant rat ’
sii
wae
y hee Mba! bor hgh
ABN Gt es Sia
PB ta LP nt? PRCT ¥
Vet ta bibe We ica nS ry di
tik at aa
LIL OM aN
pier eA
+ Me) OU Loney and a
‘yp dried BME Hy ay Rea et Ke a
' ve 14 Hote Muijnes pdt a ry " rie}
‘ My
,
aaa a) ryliys Wh 1) Whit aie, ’ raed,
ACES iBRARY
ACES LIBRARY
Afar (RE Be QE Sar 8™ Poi Cae AX
Seon
Rete er eG
Sigee 7 Return this book on or before the >.
2% Latest Date stamped below. A —
CU AM charge is made on all overdue
A Tie ks.
at Od J
ROR
%<*
Wm
+)
Yam.
Se
=i a
“eh
E
U. of I. Library
“jy
ft
Se
Se
vee
| a ant) Tan cage |
ASF ME aT ASS
7a e\ 40
ae
. ;
Len? (pir
» Ly ‘
f ie at * .
awe a br he
ha Py YAMS ga ie eh
ne as ean
= ik. . ” BS Fi
he
Ret aed te
eae 7 5K,
ee Aen
\
\
ek.
tive.org/details/transactionsproc4019phil
.
Kee
TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ROVAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA
(INCORPORATED).
— (VSS
ee os) ae. Te:
[Wires Firty-rour PLaTes AND TWENTY-ONE FIGURES IN THE TEXT. |
EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.,
AssistEep By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E:S.
eee, SEWN Y SHILLINGS:
Adelaide :
PUBLISHED BY THE Society, Roya Soctsery Rooms, NortH TERRACE.
DECEMBER 23, 1916.
—— oe
PrinteD BY Hussey & GittiIncHAM LimiTED, 106 anp 108, CurRix
SrreEET, ADELAIDE, SoutH AUSTRALIA.
Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-
tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded
through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
vi.
Moprl Soctety of South Australia
(INCORPORATED).
Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HENRY LIONEL GALWAY,
K.C.M.G., D:S.O.
— oip— a .
OFFICERS FOR 1916-17.
President:
JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S.
Wice=Presidents:
PROF. BE. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S.
R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D.
bon. Treasurer:
W. B. POOLE.
tbon. Secretary:
WALTER RUTT, C.E.
Members of Council:
EK. ASHBY.
R. H. PULLEINE, M.B.
SAMUEL DIXON.
PROF. T. G. B. OSEOERN, O1Sc:
PROF. R. W. CHAPMAN, M.A., B.C.E.
W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor).
Auditors:
W. L. WARE, J.P. H. WHITBREAD.
Vil.
Sroiny) ey ns,
om.
Ossorn, Pror. T. G. B.: A Note on the Occurrence and
Method of Paohiation of the Resin (Yacca Gum) in
Xanthorrhoea quadrangulata. Plates i. to iii.
Dopp, AtAn P.: Australian Hymenoptera: Proctotrypoidea,
No. 4 sia 2 ot “e
Wueeter, W. M.: Prodiscothyrea, a New Genus of Ponerine
Ants from Queensland. Plate iv. ee a a
AsuwortH, J. H.: On the Occurrence of Arenicola loveni,
Kinberg, on the Coast of South Australia 30
LeigH-SHARPE, W. Harotp: A New aroves of Leech from
South Australia -
Buack, J. M.: Additions to ri ae of South Australia,
No. 9. Plates v. to viii.
Carter, H. J.: Revision of the eae Se pe eu
Descriptions of some New cg! ane of Eh as Plates
and x. at i
Lea, A. M.: Notes on the Lord Howe Island piven, dae on
an Associated Longicorn Beetle. Plates xi. to xvii.
Erueriver, R.: Hyalostelia australis, the Anchoring Spicules
of an Hexactinellid Sponge from the Oneeiae peas
of the MacDonnell Ranges. Plate xviii. :
Mawson, Dr. D.: Auroral Observations at the Cape Royd
Station, Antarctica. Plates xix. and xx. ...
~Wueeter, W. M.: The Australian Ants of ths Genus
Aphaenogaster, Mayr. Plates xxi. and xxi, om?
Banks, N.: Acarians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants
and Ant-nests. Plates xxiii. to xxx.
Lower. Oswatp B.: The i ane dali of Broken Hill, New
South Wales.—Part IT.
Howcnin, Watter: Notes on a High-lovel —- oe a
Fossiliferous Bed of Upper Cainozoic ner in the ps3
bourhood of the Murray Plains
Mawson, Dr. D.: Mineral Notes. Plate xxxi.
Cooke, Dr. W. T.: Chemical Notes on Davidite wt
Srantey, E. R.: A Noteworthy Occurrence of Biotite Mica
Lea, A. M.: Notes on some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with
Descriptions of New Species. Plates xxxii. to xxxix.
McCuttocn, Attan R., and Enear R. Warre: Additions to
the Fish-fauna of Lord Howe Island. Plates xe te RN
a
Hale Sate-teisel-Hisuse Sn
Page.
267
268
272
437
Vill.
Waite, Kyear R.: A List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island and
Indication of their Range to Lord Howe Island,
Kermadec Island, Australia, and New Zealand. Plates
xliv,. 10 x)v7.
Buack, J. M.: Additions: ¢ to the Fakes of South Australia,
No. 10. Plates xlvii. and xlviii.
Bagzr, BR. T.,' and HH. G.. Sure: A iseseak on the
Eucaly pts of South Australia and their Essential Oils.
Plates xlix. to lil. ;
Turner, A. JrEFFERIS: New Australian Lepidoptera of the
Family Tortricidae
Lower, Oswatp B.: Descriptions. of New aa cali al Bere
Lepidoptera
Howcuin, Water: The Geacee of ‘Seen ‘Ramateestel
with Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks
of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable, by E. O. Thiele.
Plates liii. and liv. as
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS
ANNUAL REPORT
BALANCE-SHEETS
Donations TO LIBRARY
List or MEMBERS
APPENDICES—
Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, etc.
Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and
Flora Protection Committee
Malacological Section: Annual Report, ete.
INDEX
627
THE
Transactions
OF
The Royal Society of South Australia.
Vol. XL.
A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE AND METHOD OF
FORMATION OF THE RESIN (YACCA GUM) IN
XANTHORRHOEA QUADRANGULATA.
By Professor T. G. B. Osporn, M.Sc.
[Read April 13, 1916.]
Pirates {[. tro Lil.
References to the utilization of the resin of Xanthorrhoea
species (the Australian “Grass Tree’’), commonly known as
“Yacca Gum,’’ as a source of picric acid, in addition to its
value as a varnish, are to be found in various encyclopaedic
works.” In September last the Faculty of Science of the
University of Adelaide was asked by the Hon. the Minister
of Agriculture to investigate the matter further, with, amongst
other things, a view to the more profitable working of the
natural supplies existing in parts of this State, especially on
Kangaroo Island. The majority of the questions asked were
upon chemical points, but some referred to the possibility of
methods of harvesting the resin other than that at present in
vogue, which involves a destruction of the grass trees.
It was necessary, therefore, to enquire into the way in
which the resin is formed by the plant, but upon consulting
the literature available (2) no definite information could be
obtained. An examination of specimens of one of the species,
Aanthorrhoea quadrangulata, was made, and the method of
(1) Watts: ‘‘Dictionary of Chemistry’; Maiden, J. H.: ‘‘The
Useful Native Plants of Australia,’’ p. 231, 1889.
(2)1 have not been able to consult—Tschirch: ‘‘Angewandte
Pflanzenanatomie”’ ; Wiesner: ‘‘Die Rohstoffe des Pflanzenreiches.’’
B
2
formation of the resin was observed to be peculiar, nor could
references to a similar method be found in such literature as
it was possible to consult.
Since the points raised are of some interest, the pre-
liminary results are presented here. It is hoped at a later
date to publish more fully upon these and other points of
morphological interest concerning the genus.
EXTERNAL APPEARANCE OF THE> PLANT.
The plant of XY. quadrangulata examined was a compara-
tively small specimen with a stem some 24 cm. high. As
will be seen from pl. 1., fig. 1, numerous adventitious roots
arose from the base of the stem; above them, in the
portion of the stem buried in the ground, the external
covering for a height of some 4-6 cm. was an
apparently homogeneous layer of resin, about 1 cm.
thick, the external diameter of the stem in this region
being 145 cm. Proceeding upwards the stem was
covered by closely-set leaf bases, the apices of which were
charred by fire; these increased the external diameter to
some 22 cm. Still higher up the leaf bases bore the full
length of lamina of the wirelike form well known in this
species; the laminas, however, were all dead and strongly
reflexed (they are cut off in pl. 1., fig. 1). The crown of
functioning folage was composed of a very large number of
leaves arranged in a dense spiral. In the centre of the crown
the leaves stood erect, shielding the younger ones at the
growing apex. Below they made an angle of 15° to 30° with
the perpendicular, falling outwards towards their apices in
a graceful curve.
MACROSCOPIC STRUCTURE OF THE STEM.
The stem was cut with a saw into three transverse sec-
tions—one immediately above the roots, a second 4 cm. above
this (pl. u., fig. 1); the third was some 5 cm. thick and
passed through the lower part of the region covered with leaf
bases (pl. u., fig. 2). The remainder of the trunk was split
vertically as nearly as possible along a diameter (pl. 1., fig. 2).
The stem is seen (pl. i., fig. 2) to consist of a column of
ground tissue through which the vascular bundles to the
leaves run. The growing apex is slightly depressed. The
youngest leaves can be seen at the centre of the depression ;
passing outwards from this point they rapidly elongate till at
the shoulder of the depression they stand erect. Progress-
ing from this point downwards they gradually become hori-
zontal and finally strongly reflexed. Ultimately the distal
ends of the leaf bases take on a strong hyponastic curvature,
3
so that the trunk is invested in an armour of leaf bases
each bearing its downwardly-directed leaf blade, more or
less of which is ultimately broken off by accident or burnt
away by fire. The downwardly-directed leaf bases are well
shown in pl. i., fig. 2, where they are viewed from above,
cut obliquely in the transverse section of the stem. The
course of the leaf bundles within the stem offers points of
morphological interest, but they are not germane to the
questions at issue.
The individual leaf is seen to have a long terete
blade some 75 cm. in length and only 125 mm. in cross
section, which is almost square. At the proximal end it
passes into an enlarged leaf base,
expanded laterally into wings.
The base is some 5 cm. long and
about 1°4 cm. in its greatest width,
while the thickness is at most
about 4 mm. (text fig. 1). In sec-
tion it has a horizontally elongated
diamond shape, but at the proxi-
mal end the wings become much
thinner, almost membranous. The
leaf is at first attached by the
whole base, but as it gets older the
wings become free from the stem
cortex, as will be seen below.
When young the leaf base is
whitish-yellow and has a highly-
polished appearance, being slightly
Front and side view of Viscid tothe touch. As it becomes
leaf base of Xanthorrhoea older the colour is more yellowish
quadrangulata showing and small flakes of resin appear
wings and marked hypo- upon it. When old the leaf base
nastic curvature of the
Acad sbscs, x1, becomes very hard and tough, loses
é its sheen, and takes on a brown
colour, often being coated with resin. The leaf bases remain
living for a much longer period than the laminas, probably for
several years, but by the time they have attained a horizontal
position with regard to the trunk they are dry and dead.
The longitudinal section of the stem (pl. i., fig. 2) is
instructive, for it shows that the quantity of resin accompany-
ing the leaf bases increases as one passes basipetally down the
stem. This appearance, coupled with certain other observa-
tions, leads at first to the conclusion that the resin was secreted
by the leaf bases themselves. If the figure be carefully
examined there is seen to be a denser layer of tissue
immediately below the periphery of the stem. This is shown
B2
mn
i
l}
Mao. 1:
VYYZZZAAELEL
@YolsTa?
ned a
ee
ik
cn
Gs
of
1
'
ie
Hf
it
TH
iN
t
:
th
a
tay
M
:
j
HUT?
in
it
iN
i
it
HU
MODNREL
TT]
tL
ab
HT
iu
LO
Hf
fl
rh
a
ft
UY
ie :
tl
t
i
He
ED,
lea a4
saseses===
See ce aes
as aa ea TED,
BESS AEs
Segum ips
Bigg. PLT yo ee es i Tes
Diagrammatic transverse section of stem extending from region of meristem
outwards to the resin layer. For further description see accompanying text.
+
most clearly at A, and is seen in greater
detail in pl. iii., fig. 1. A similar tissue
was observed in all sections of the stem,
even those near to the base (see pl. iii.,
fig. 2, which is a portion of pl. 11., fig. 1,
enlarged).
Microscopic STRUCTURE.
A microscopical examination of the
leaf base shows that it is bounded by
layers of cellulose fibres. The epidermis
is strongly sclerized except for occa-
sional thin-walled cells, which show
large granular nuclei. Except for these
cells there is no tissue of a glandular
nature in the leaf base, and even if
these cells be unicellular epidermal
glands it is very doubtful if they
could secrete the quantity of resin
found about the stems, especially
when it is remembered that at the
lower end of the stem the leaf bases are
dead and even decayed away, while it
is there the resin sheath is thickest.
A careful examination of the peri-
pheral region of the stem was therefore
made, this region having shown, as
mentioned above, a point of special in-
terest. Text fig. 2 represents a trans-
verse section of the outer layers of the
stem taken near the base. Below the
investing layer of resin are several
layers of parenchyma cells showing
large granular nuclei. Still deeper is
a wide parenchymatous region contain-
ing numerous cells with raphides. This
region passes into a broad zone of
cambium cells, which is succeeded
internally by the ground parenchyma
of the stem through which the vascular
bundles run.
The development of secondary meri-
stems is rarein monocotyledonous plants,
but it 1s found in a few genera of the
Liliaceae, to which family Xanthor-
rhoea belongs. In these cases the
a)
cambium is concerned with the formation of new vascular
bundles. It has clearly no such function here. Certain
monocotyledons also develop a peripheral cork cambium, but
the meristem tissue in Yanthorrhoea cannot have that function
since there is a zone of living tissue outside it, nor does any
part of the stem yield the characteristic reactions of suberin.
The purpose of the meristem seems, therefore, to be to add
to the cortical cells lying outside it. But the cortical zone does
not increase appreciably in thickness as the stem gets older.
If, then, the cambium adds to it on the inside, it is clear that
cells must be sloughed on the outside.
A careful examination of the outermost region of the
cortex, at the point at which it abuts on the resin zone, shows
that the layer of delimitation is irregular. The cortex cells
here have large granular nuclei and have every appearance of
secretory cells. In many cases they show large amounts of
plastic contents, the nature of which could not be determined.
There is no recognisable epidermis to be seen.
Text fig. 3 is a camera lucida drawing of a portion of this
region, and shows that the cells are not only in contiguity
with the resin along an irregular line, but that similar cellular
structure to the outer cortex cells can be discerned embedded
in the resin. The inference, therefore, is that the resin is
formed chiefly as an intra-cellular secretion of the peripheral
cells of the stem which are thus cut off. The cortex, however,
is replenished by the activity of the cambium mentioned above,
so that it does not diminish in thickness. Physiologically, the
resin may serve to cement the persistent leaf bases together
so protecting the stem from injury, the persistent armour
of leaf bases taking the place of the bark of most plants.
Even if the leaf bases decay away there is left a layer of resin,
as at the base of the trunk investigated, protecting the living
parenchyma of the outer cortex.
EXAMINATION OF THE RESIN RESIDUES.
It is well known that the resin is completely soluble in
alcohol, also in KOH solution. If, however, it is formed as
an intracellular secretion the walls of the cells themselves
should be found in the resin and left as a residue when the
latter passes into solution. A large number of fragments of
apparently pure resin from different parts of the plant were
examined as follows. The resin was removed as completely
as possible with absolute alcohol and the residue examined
in cedar-wood oil. In the majority of cases the resin gave
a residue that showed fragments of cellular tissue similar in
Sc
\
Vat
\\\"
v's
\
‘
\
\\ At \ :
\\‘
\
i
75MM
igs 3:
Transverse section of stem showing peripheral cells of cortex
with their enlarged nuclei. The irregular abutment of cortex on
the resin layer is shown, also several cells similar to those of
cortex embedded in the resin. i
Camera lucid outlines from a section through fresh material.
7
appearance to that of the outermost layers of the cortex. In
one experiment a fragment some 1 x 1 x ‘5 cm. from the
investing layer of resin near the base of the trunk was treated
with alcohol and all the resin removed. The residue was a
solid mass of cellular structure the size and shape of the
original fragment. Many of the thin flakes of resin to be
found between the leaf bases in the upper region of the stem
also showed fragments of cellular structure.
A small feature of additional interest has been found in
examining these residues. In many cases, in addition to the
cortical cells of the stem, there was present a greater or less
amount of a thin septate fungus mycilium. No sign of spores
or fructification has been noted, but it appears as if the
fungus was saprophytic upon the dead leaf bases or even upon
the cells occluded in the resin.
In further confirmation of the hypothesis that the resin
is, In the main, an intracellular secretion of the cortical cells
of the stem, a number of fragments of Kangaroo Island grass
tree (Y. Tater) “‘gum,’’ from a commercial source, was selected
for examination. It was quickly recognized that amongst the
fragments were two kinds, differing in appearance. The resin
in some cases was clear and translucent, in the other it
appeared much denser, almost opaque, when held up to the
ght. The residues of samples of each kind were examined
as above. The transiucent resin showed many cells similar
to those found in the resin of Y. quadrangulata. The denser
resin also showed a few such cells, but in this case the bulk
of the residue was a mass of almost pure fungus hyphae.
CONCLUSIONS.
The resin of Xanthorrhoea quadrangulata is an intra-
cellular secretion, principally of the peripheral cortical cells
of the stem. The resin so formed is moulded by pressure
between the persistent leaf bases clothing the stem, and,
at sun heat becoming viscous, flows to a certain extent,
destroying the original cellular matrix, but still retaining
fragments, as can be seen by an examination of the residues
of alcoholic solutions of the “gum.” It follows, therefore,
that there is little hkelihood of any method of collecting the
resin other than by destroying the tree. Any method of
stripping the trunk, assuming one could be devised that should
be commercially possible, must kill the plant, since it would
expose unprotected parenchyma tissues to the atmosphere and
open the way for fungal and animal attacks.
8
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Pratt I.
Hig. 1. Photograph of a plant of X. quadrangulata. Numerous
adventitious roots are noticeable. Above them a region of stem
protected only by a resin sheath. Then follows a zone protected
by the persistent leaf bases, the ends of which were charred by fire-
Above this again the laminas of the leaves were persistent, though
dry and dead; since they were pendent owing to the strong
reflexion of their bases they were cut away to expose the trunk.
The leaves remaining were all green and eoied Diameter of
trunk immediately above roots, 14 em.
Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of trunk at apex. The increasing
accumulation of resin at the leaf bases is noticeable as one descends
the trunk, particularly on the right hand side. At‘A the cambium
zone in the cortex is clearly seen.
Pirate IT.
Fig. 1. Transverse section of trunk about 4 cm. above the
point of emergence of the uppermost roots, in the region of the
stem protected by the resin layer only. The majority of the leaf
traces are cut transversely ; a few can be seen passing out through
the stem, simulating the appearance of medullary rays. The
cambium zone and cortex is best seen on the left of the figure at
the bottom. Diameter of the stem, about 15 cm.
Fig. 2. Transverse section of stem at a point some 5 cm. above
that shown in the previous figure, passing through the region pro-
tected by the downward-projecting leaf bases at the top of the
figure. These are seen cut in oblique section and cemented
together by resin. Diameter of section (stem and leaf bases),
about 20 em.
N.B.—Figs. 1 and 2 of this plate are photographed on different
scales. The diameter of the stem in each case is approximately
the same—about 12 cm.
Prate LIT.
Fig. 1. Portion of longitudinal section shown at A, pl. i.,
fig. 2, photographed on a larger scale. The leaf traces in the
ground tissue of the stem, the cambium, and cortex are clearly
shown. The ruddy brown of the resin shows almost black in con-
trast to the white of the cortex at the proximal ends of the leaf
bases. xd,
Fig. 2. Portion of section shown in pl. ii., fig. 1, photographed
on a larger scale. The resin sheath with its irregular abutment
on the cortex is clearly seen. The ends of several leaf traces will
be noticed, though the leaves themselves and leaf bases have long
rotted away. The cambium is best seen at C.
AUSTRALIAN HYMENOPTERA: PROCTOTRYPOIDEA.
No. 4. ;
By Awan P. Dopp.
[Read May 11, 1916.]
Family PLATYGASTERIDAE.
DoLicnorryPes, Crawford and Bradley.
A peculiar genus, formerly containing only the type
species, D. hopkinsi, Craw. and Brad., from North America.
DoLICHOTRYPES IDARNIFORMIS, Nl. Sp.
2. Coal-black; coxae concolorous, the legs reddish-
yellow, the femora and apical half of posterior tibiae dusky ;
antennal scape red, suffused dusky at apex, the pedicel and
funicle joints a little suffused with red. Head transverse ;
with fine, dense, raised, polygonal reticulation; eyes large,
bare; ocelli rather wide apart, the lateral ones somewhat
nearer to the eye margins than to the median ocellus.
‘Thorax convex dorsad; the pronotum and mesonotum with
sculpture similar to that of the head; scutum long, distinctly
longer than greatest width, the parapsidal furrows delicate,
approaching each other caudad, not quite attaining anterior
margin; scutellum convex, with a short blunt tubercle or
projection caudad, with silvery pubescence. Abdomen
composed of five visible segments ; segments 4-6 forming a
long linear stylus, longer than rest of body, the sixth some-
what longer than fifth, which is longer than the fourth ; second
(first body) segment and third convex above and below, stout;
second smooth and shining, about one-third longer than wide,
the third transverse, 3-6 with fine surface sculpture. Legs
slender; tarsi 5-jointed; proximal joint of posterior tarsi
almost as long as other four united. Forewings long, broad,
the apical margin broadly rounded: hyaline; marginal cilia
absent, the discal cilia practically so ; wholly without venation.
Antennae 10-jointed ; scape long and slender; pedicel longer
and a little wider than funicle joints, over twice as long as
wide; first funicle joint small, one-half longer than wide;
second distinctly longer: third shorter than second, as long
or slightly longer than first ; fourth slightly longer than wide;
club abrupt, 4-jointed, the joints fully as long as wide, the
first very slightly the longest. Length, to apex of -stylus,
2°75 mm.; to base of stylus, 1°20 mm.
10
//ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female or
foliage of sugarcane, June, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—l. 5403, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide.
POLYGNOTUS AUSTRALIS, Nn. sp.
@. Shining-black ; coxae concolorous, the legs otherwise
bright golden-yellow, also the antennal scape, the pedicel and
funicle joints a little suffused dusky, the club brown ; femora
and tibiae shghtly dusky in centre. Head transverse, as wide
or slightly wider than the thorax; occiput finely circularly
striate ; viewed from in front the head is distinctly wider than
long ; frons with exceedingly fine, dull surface sculpture ; eyes
large, bare. Thorax convex dorsad; scutum a little longer
than greatest width, with fine, dense, polygonal, scaly
sculpture ; parapsidal furrows delicate but complete ; scutellum
circular, well separated from the scutum, smooth except for
sparse whitish pubescence; metanotum very short at meson ;
thorax stout. Abdomen oval; widest near posterior margin
of second segment; from lateral aspect somewhat convex
above, less so beneath; first segment about twice as wide as
long, strongly striate; second occupying about one-half of
surface, finely striate for basal half, the apical half alutaceous.
Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; hyaline; broad ; discal
cilia fine and sparse. Antennae 10-jointed; scape long and
moderately stout; pedicel one-half longer than wide; first
funicle joint very small, distinctly narrower than preceding
or succeeding joint, cupuliform, as long as wide; second and
third a little longer than wide; club 5-jointed, somewhat
wider than funicle, joints 1-4 somewhat longer than wide, the
fifth longer, the first cupuliform. Length, 1 mm.
d. Like the female, but flagellar joints all darker, club
not distinct, the second and third funicle joints not distinctly
narrower, and the first club joint not cupuliform.
Hlab.—Northern Territory: Darwin. Many specimens of
either sex, labelled “Bred from galls on buds of Careya
australis, 17/10 /44°G) Waal
Type.—I. 5404, South Australian Museum. Two females:
on a tag, a male and female on a slide.
SACTOGASTER SACCHARALIS, Nn. sp.
Q. Shining-black: coxae and hind femora and tibiae
dusky-black, other femora and tibiae slightly dusky, the rest of
the legs bright golden-yellow, also antennal scape, the funicle
dusky, the pedicel and club black. Head very transverse ;
ocelli rather far apart, the lateral pair separated from the
eye margins by more than their own width; with fine, very
it
dense polygonal, scaly sculpture. Pronotum and scutum with
similar sculpture to the head; scutum distinctly longer than
its greatest width ; parapsidal furrows feeble, hardly discern-
ible, approaching rather close together posteriorly ; scutellum
rather short, produced into a thorn at apex, this not as long
as body of scutellum, covered with short, dense, silvery
pubescence, without sculpture. Abdomen, viewed from above,
as long or slightly longer than the thorax, the second segment .
smooth and occupying over one-half of surface, the remainder
with fine sculpture and narrowed, the third shortest ; viewed
from the side, the second segment is deeply inflated ventrad,
the rest very thin and curved somewhat downwards. Tarsi
5-jointed ; basal joint of posterior tarsi over twice length of
second. Forewings reaching somewhat beyond apex of
abdomen ; moderately broad; hyaline; discal cilia very fine,
~ not very dense; without venation. Antennae 10-jointed ;
scape as long as pedicel and funicle joints united; pedicel
one-half longer than wide; funicle joints narrower, the first
and third almost subequal, no longer than wide, the second
twice as long, the fourth wider than long; club distinct,
4-jointed, first joint rather small, 1-3 distinctly wider than
long. Length, 1 mm. —
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Frequently taken
on leaves of sugarcane.
Type.—l. 5405, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, a female on a slide.
Family BELYTIDAE.
ACLISTOIDES, n. g.
Q. Head transverse; the eyes large, bare. Pronotum
distinctly visible, its latero-anterior angles acute; parapsidal
furrows deep and distinct anteriorly, vanishing posteriorly ;
scutellum with a very large, deep, circular fovea at base;
metanotum pilose, without teeth or spines. Petiole long and
slender, several times as long as wide, its dorsum faintly
carinate ; convex above from lateral aspect ; body of abdomen
in three portions, caused by segment 3 (second body segment)
being retracted at base and apex and 4 retracted at base,
the three portions consisting of segments 2 (first body seg-
ment), 3, and 4-7 respectively ; 4-7 appearing as one through
their delimiting sutures being very faint; 2 one-half longer
than petiole; 3 about one-third length of petiole, somewhat
wider than long; 4 one-third longer than 3; 5 and 6 very
short; 7 conical, a little shorter than 4. Legs normal,
slender, the femora clavate. Forewings normal, ample;
marginal vein long, less than one-third length of submarginal,
12
the stigmal short, perpendicular; no radial cell; basal vein
a distinct brown line, the median and recurrent very faint
ones. Hindwings without a closed cell. Antennae 15-jointed ,
scape slender; flagellum without a distinct club, the apical
joints feebly thickened.
The structure of the abdominal segments, in conjunction
with the wing venation, readily separates the genus. Allied
. with Stylachsta, Dodd, but differs in the form of the |
abdomen.
T'ype.—The following species.
ACLISTOIDES RETRACTUS, Nn. sp.
Q. Black, the apical abdominal segment ferruginous ;
coxae fuscous, the legs brownish-yellow, the femora and
posterior tibiae more or less dusky; antennae black, the
apical joint pale lemon-yellow. Head, scutum, and scutellum
smooth, shining, also the abdomen, the segments after 2 with
scattered, long, fine setae. Forewings long and broad ; sub-
hyaline; discal cilia coarse and dense; venation fuscous;
stigmal vein boot-shaped, with the apex pointing distad.
Scape slender, barely as long as the three following joints:
united ; pedicel nearly twice as long as wide: first funicle
joint one-half longer than pedicel, second about as long as
pedicel, the others shortening, the penultimate as wide as
long, the last joint almost twice as long as preceding. Length,
2°50 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, low--
land jungle, October, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—I. 5406, South Australian Museum. A-~ female.
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
PANTOLYTOIDEA PSEUDOCLAVATA, Nn. Sp.
Q. Black, the thorax and petiole very deep-red; legs
golden-yellow; first seven antennal joints red, the next five
black, the last three contrasting intense lemon-yellow. With
the general structure of the other species of the genus. Head
much more transverse than in the other species ; perpendicular
from ocelli to antennal prominence, the latter thus much less
distinct from dorsal aspect. Abdomen rather more than
twice as long as greatest width. Forewings uniformly lightly
infuscate ; stigmal vein fully one-half as long as the marginal.
Antennae without a distinct club, the last eight joints only
slightly thickened ; pedicel twice as long as wide; first funicle
joint much longer, four times as long as wide, 2-5 shortening,
the fifth not twice as long as wide; 6-12 very gradually
shortening, the twelfth quadrate. Length, 2°40 mm.
13
Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Two females, jungle,
August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—l. 5407, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
PANTOLYTOIDEA BIFOVEATA, N. Sp.
@. Dull-black; legs wholly bright reddish-yellow ;
antennal scape black, pedicel and funicle red, club black.
Head rather transverse, as in pséwdoclavata. Scutellum at
base with two circular foveae. Petiole one-half longer than
wide, carinate, its sides straight or nearly so; body of
abdomen wider than thorax; about as long as head and
thorax united ; faintly depressed at extreme base, with a short
median carina and shorter lateral ones; twice as long as its
greatest width; apical segment shorter than two preceding
united. Marginal vein quadrate or nearly so, somewhat
shorter than the stigmal. Pedicel one-half longer than wide,
the funicle joints narrower, first one-half longer than wide,
the others shortening, 5-7 distinctly wider than long; club
6-jointed, first joint narrower than others, 1-5 much wider
than long, the last joint as long as two preceding united.
Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—Queensland. Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One
female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—I. 5408, South Australian Museum. A _ female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
The two foveae at base of scutellum readily distinguish
the species.
Family DIAPRITDAE.
TRICHOPRIA GIRAULTI, n. sp. “
2. Brownish-black, the petiole, legs, and antennae
(except the club) reddish-yellow ; antennal club black. Head
normal, subglobose; with a few scattered setae. Thorax
normal ; scutellum at base with one shallow fovea, without a
median carina; metanotum with a subacute triangular raised
scale medially at base. Petiole one-half longer than wide,
carinate, and with distinct pubescence; body of abdomen
raised from petiole, stout, pointed conic-ovate, the second
segment fully twice as long as following united. Forewings
attaining apex of abdomen: moderately broad; subhyaline ;
marginal cilia long, the longest equal to one-fourth greatest
wing width; venation terminating in a triangular marginal
vein at one-third wing length. Antennae 12-jointed; scape
slender; pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints
somewhat narrower, the first thrice as long as wide, 2-5
almost subequal, about twice as long as wide; club 5-jointed,
14
first joint narrower than others, a little longer than wide,
2-4 a little wider than long, the fifth one-half longer than
wide. Length, 1°75 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female,
labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A.
Girault.”’
' Lype.—I1. 5409, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
TRICHOPRIA QUADRATA, Nn. sp.
Q. Dull-black; the tegulae, petiole, all of legs, and
antennae (except the club) reddish-yellow. Head, dorsal
aspect, quadrate, as long as wide; ocelli situated at half its
length; eyes rather small, situated far forward and almost
against antennal prominence. Thorax normal; scutellum
without a median carina, at base with a large shallow fovea.
Petiole not much longer than wide; body of abdomen well
raised from petiole, rounded posteriorly, the second segment
over thrice as long as following united. Forewings attaining
apex of abdomen; moderately broad; subhyaline; marginal
cilia rather long; venation yellow. Antennae 12-jointed ;
pedicel barely twice as long as wide; first funicle joint hardly
narrower, fully twice as long as wide; second a little longer
than wide, the sixth slightly wider than long; club abrupt,
4-jointed, joints 1-3 about subequal, a little wider than long,
the fourth one-half longer than wide. Length, 1°75 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Muswellbrook. One female,
labelled “Sweeping native flora in park, October 26, 1914,
Ay A Girault.”
Type.—-I. 5410, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
PHAENOPRIA GLOBICEPS, nl. sp.
Q. Black, the antennae concolorous; legs dusky-black,
the trochanters, base and apex of the tibiae, and the tarsi
golden-yellow. Head, dorsal aspect, globular, as long as
wide ; eyes situated far forward and almost against antennal
prominence. Thorax slender, twice as long as greatest width ;
smooth and shining; scutellum very gently convex, without
a median carina, somewhat depressed at base but without a
basal fovea; metanotum without a raised scale at base.
Petiole no longer than wide, pubescent; body of abdomen
slender, a little longer than thorax, pointed conic-ovate, the
second segment twice as long as the following united. Fore-
wings attaining apex of abdomen ; moderately broad ; hyaline ;
venation dark, terminating in a triangular marginal vein at
basal third of wing. Antennae 12-jointed; scape slender;
15
pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints narrower, the
first twice as long as wide, the others gradually shortening,
the seventh as long as wide; club abrupt, 3-jointed, first joint
as long as wide, the second a little wider than long, the third
twice as long as preceding. Length, 1°50 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female,
labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A.
Girault.”’
Type.—l. 5411, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
Boturiopria, Kieffer.
Synonym, Polypria, Dodd: Ante, 1915, p. 410.
The finding of the species connectens reduces the genus
Polypria to synonymy with Bothriopria, and the type species,
nigriventris, Dodd, must be considered as merely a diverse
form of the latter genus.
BoTHRIOPRIA CONNECTENS, n. sp.
Q. Like nigriventris, but the legs wholly golden-
yellow; thorax brighter reddish, the metathorax and venter
black; penultimate antennal joint not yellowish; vertex of
head smooth except for a very few rather large punctures far
laterad; medium lobe of scutum without depressions, the
lateral lobes plainly depressed ; foveae of scutellum less large ;
pedicel a little longer and wider than first funicle joint;
blotch beneath marginal vein very indistinct. Length, 2 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle,
August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—l. 5412, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide.
BOTHRIOPRIA NIGERRIMA, Nn. sp.
¢. Black; antennae wholly concolorous: legs concolor-
ous, the base and apex of trochanters, apex of tibiae, most
of anterior tibiae, and anterior tarsi, ferruginous, the other
tarsi suffused reddish. Head normal; smooth, with a very
few scattered setae. Scutum without depressions, the parap-
sidal furrows distinct and complete, with several small
setigerous punctures on either side; scutellum with two large
oval foveae at base, situated rather obliquely to each other,
the lateral foveae narrow and obscure, the posterior margin
foveate ; metanotum rugose, with a plain median carina, the
posterior margin concave. Petiole one-third longer than wide,
with several strong carinae dorsad; body of abdomen no
longer than thorax, rounded posteriorly, the second segment
16
nearly thrice as long as the following united. Forewings long
and broad ; subhyaline ; venation fuscous ; marginal vein stout,
barely twice as long as wide, the stigmal shorter, the basal
well-marked, the median hardly indicated. Scape normal ;
pedicel] twice as long as wide; first funicle joints somewhat
narrower, somewhat over twice as long as wide, the second
and third subequal, a third longer than wide, the fifth a
little wider than long; club not differentiated, hardly wider
than funicle, the joints (except the last) a little wider than
long. Length, 3 mm.
Hab.--New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female,
labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A.
Girault.”
Type.—I. 5413, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide.
Nearest to victoriae, Dodd, but the legs are darker, the
metanotum does not bear a raised scale at base, and the
foveae at base of scutellum are situated obliquely to each
other.
SPILOMICRUS GRACILIS, Dodd.
One female, jungle, 1,200 feet, Cairns district, July, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).
Family CERAPHRONIDAE.
CERAPHRON ERYTHROTHORAX, Nh. Sp.
©. Of stout form. Head and abdomen black; thorax
rich ochreous, the sides and venter more or less blackish,
also centre of scutellum posteriorly ; legs golden-yellow, the
intermediate coxae darker: antennae black, the scape yellow
at base. Vertex of head rather broad; eyes large, pubescent ;
face well depressed for its entire length, with a few transverse
obscure rugae; head otherwise smooth, except for scattered
setae. Thorax stout, its dorsum somewhat convex; without
sculpture, but with whitish pubescence, this very sparse in
centre of scutellum; median groove of scutellum distinct;
scutellum plainly longer than wide; post-scutellum with a
distinct blunt central spine or tooth; latero-posterior angles
of metanotum with blunt prominences. Abdomen stout,
broad ; no longer than head and thorax united; acute and
upturned at apex; with a few striae at base, smooth for the
rest ; second segment occupying most of surface. Forewings
long; broad, rather broadly rounded at apex; a little infus-
cate; discal cilia very dense, fine; venation yellowish ;
marginal vein barely one-fourth as long as the long stigmal,
the latter curved, its apex distant from the costa by nearly
17
one-fourth its own length. Antennal scape rather stout,
nearly as long as next three joints combined ; pedicel fully
twice as long as wide; the first funicle joint one-half longer
than pedicel, the second a little shorter than pedicel, the
fourth as wide as long, the fifth rather abruptly larger than
fourth, 5-7 as long or a little longer than wide, the last
joint nearly twice as long as wide. Length, 1°70 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle,
August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—I. 5414, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide.
A striking and distinct species.
CERAPHRON PULCHER, Dodd.
A female, which could not be distinguished from this
species, was captured by sweeping on edge of jungle, 1,200
feet, Cairns district, February, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
MEGASPILUS SCABRICEPS, N. sp.
Q. Of stout form. Golden-brown, the abdomen a little
dusky; eyes and ocelli black: antennal scape yellow, the
pedicel suffused with yellow, the rest dark fuscous. Head
transverse, as wide or slightly wider than the thorax; finely
rugulose or scabrous; eyes not large, pubescent; ocelli very
close together; mandibles large, bidentate, the outer tooth
long. Thorax stout; median and parapsidal furrows of
scutum complete and distinct: scutum with scattered setiger-
ous pin-punctures, the median lobe appearing faintly .
alutaceous, the parapsides shining; scutellum longer than
wide, smooth, impunctate ; post-scutellum with a stout spine.
Abdomen no longer or wider than the thorax; not twice as
long as greatest width; the apex upturned; second segment
occupying slightly over half of surface, striate at base,
smooth for the rest; remaining segments with fine scattered
pubescence. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; very
broad; rather deeply infuscate; stigma semicircular, the
stigmal vein nearly twice its length. Scape moderately stout ;
pedicel one-third longer than greatest width; first funicle
joint rather longer and wider, cupuliform, one-third longer
than greatest width; 2-8 almost subequal, nearly twice as
wide as long, the last joint nearly twice as long as wide.
Length, 1°75 mm.
/H1ab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,700 feet. One
female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—l. 5415, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
18
CoNOSTIGMUS UNILINEATUS, Dodd.
Lygocerus unilineatus, Dodd: Ante, 1915, p. 452.
Two females, three males, jungle, 1,300 feet, Cairns
district, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Foveae near base of
abdomen subobsolete in all these specimens.
¢. Antennae black, the scape and pedicel golden-
yellow; scape rather stout ; pedicel short and stout; funicle
joints long and slender, the first longest, a little shorter than
the scape, the others very slightly shortening toward apex.
LyGocerwus, Foerster.
It would seem that this genus can be separated from
Conostigmus, Dahlbom, only by the male antennal characters,
and that the females cannot be distinguished. The discovery
of the male of wnilineatus proved that species to belong to.
Conostigmus, and it is probable that the other Australian
species of Lygocerus founded on female specimens—namely,
splendidus, Dodd, aterrimus, Dodd, and albovarius, Dodd—
should be referred to the former genus. Whether the two
genera should be regarded as separate is questionable.
Family , BETHYLIDAE.
EUPSENELLA DIEMENENSIS, 0. sp.
Q. Shining-black; the coxae and femora concolorous,
the tibiae and tarsi deep ferruginous ; antennae wholly yellow,
somewhat suffused dusky. Head a little wider than long,
dorsal aspect; eyes large, bare. Pronotum a little longer
than the scutum; scutum with complete parapsidal furrows,
the lateral lobes with a fine longitudinal groove that fails
anteriorly; scutellum as long as the scutum, without an
impression at base: head, pronotum, scutum, and scutellum
with fine, impressed, polygonal, scaly sculpture, the scutellum
with also a very few scattered pin-punctures ; metanotum not
twice as long as the scutellum, finely transversely rugose and
with a median carina. Abdomen as long as the thorax,
smooth, or nearly so. Anterior femora distinctly swollen.
Forewings long and broad; faintly infuscate; venation deep-
brown ; two closed basal veins; areole rather small, but plainly
longer than wide ; cubital cell one-half longer than the closed
radial, which is nearly twice as long as the stigma; radial
vein somewhat recurved. Antennae 13-jointed; scape stout,
about twice as long and as wide as the pedicel; pedicel as
long as first funicle joint, which is two-thirds longer than its
createst width, the others very gradually shortening, the
penultimate a little longer than wide, the ultimate as long as
the first. Length, 3°40 mm.
i9
Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea,
unique).
Type.—I. 5416, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, head and forewings on a slide.
GONIOZUS GIRAULTI, n. sp.
Q. Black; coxae and femora deep-brown, the tibiae
and- tarsi testaceous; antennae wholly testaceous. Head,
dorsal aspect, a little wider than long; eyes bare. Head,
pronotum, scutum, and scutellum with fine polygonal scaly
reticulation ; pronotum distinctly longer than the scutum, the
latter without parapsidal furrows, but rather far laterally
with a fine carina that runs from posterior margin for two-
thirds its length; scutellum with an impressed line at base,
at either latero-anterior angle with a small fovea; metanotum
rather long, finely obliquely reticulate in raised lines, the
median line of the sclerite smooth and shining. Abdomen
no longer than the thorax, smooth or nearly so. Anterior
femora much swollen. Forewings ample; faintly infuscate;
venation yellow, the stigma and prostigma brown; stigmal
vein long, twice as long as the stigma, _hardly curved ; basal
vein not straight, angled at one- third it8 length, the posterior
portion directed obliquely backwards, and thus the anterior
margin of the median cell is distinctly longer than its posterior
margii; basal vein’ at angle with a distal branch which is
about half as long as itself; basal vein joining the pro-
stigma. Antennae 13-jointed: scape .stout, twice as long as
the pedicel, which is as long as the second funicle joint, one-
half longer than wide, a little longer than the first, the
third subequal to the second, the others gradually shortening,
the penultimate a little longer than wide, the ultimate about
as long as the sixth. Length, 3°40 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 feet. One
female, jungle, December 30, 1911 (A. A. Girault).
Type.—l. 5417, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae, head, and forewings on a slide.
GONIOZUS GLABRISCUTELLUM, Nn. sp.
2. Black; the coxae concolorous, the femora a dark-
brown, the tibiae and tarsi testaceous; antennal scape and
apical seven joints fuscous, the rest clear testaceous. Head,
dorsal aspect, as long as greatest width ; head, pronotum, and
scutum with very obscure, polygonal, scaly sculpture, almost
obsolete, and with scattered punctures; scutellum glabrous,
and laterad with a very few scattered punctures ; scutum from
posterior margin with a short abbreviated groove rather far
20
laterad ; scutellum at either latero-anterior angle with a
narrow oblique fovea; metanotum finely obliquely reticulate
in raised lines, with a triangular smooth mesal path at basal
half, the -point of the triangle posteriorly, the triangle twice
as long as width at base. Abdomen normal. Anterior femora
much swollen. Forewings ample; hyaline; venation yellow,
the prostigma and stigma dusky ; venation much as in girauilti.
Pedicel hardly one-half longer than wide, rather less than
half as long as the scape; first funicle joint distinctly longer
than the pedicel, twice as long as the greatest width, the
second distinctly shorter than the first, the remainder
becoming smaller towards apex, the apical joint as long as
the second but not as wide. Length, 3°30 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Longreach (A. M. Lea, unique).
Type.—I. 5418, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antenna and forewing on a slide.
RHABDEPYRIS ERYTHROGASTER, Nn. Sp.
Q. Black; the abdomen, except at base dorsad, bright
orange-red ; coxae and femora dark-brown, the tibiae paler,
the tarsi testaceous; antennae wholly deep-brown. Pronotum
distinctly longer tham the scutum, with numerous scattered
punctures and very faint, almost obsolete, surface reticula-
tion; scutum finely subtransversely lineolated, and with
scattered small punctures, the parapsidal furrows complete,
the lateral lobes with a half-complete groove from posterior
margin; scutellum with fine surface lineolation, with a few
punctures laterad, and a deep-impressed transverse curved
groove at base: metanotum with five longitudinal carinae,
of which the median one attains the carinated posterior
margin, the next pair nearly so, the outer pair distinctly
not so, between these carinae strongly transversely lined,
outside the carinae finely transversely lineolate. Abdomen a
little longer than the thorax. Forewings ample; moderately
deeply infuscate ; venation yellow-brown ; stigma rather small ;
stigmal vein very long, as long as the costal; median and sub-
median cells about subequal, the basal and transverse veins
oblique, forming at their juncture an angle of about 90°;
submedian and submarginal veins of equal length. Antennae
13-jointed ; scape fully twice as long as the pedicel ; pedicel
and basal funicle joints cupuliform ; pedicel one-half longer
than wide, slightly longer than second funicle joint, the first
shorter and somewhat wider than long, the second longest,
the remainder shortening, but all a httle longer than wide.
Tarsal claws simple, or practically so. Length, 3°90 mm.
//ab.—South Australia: Adelaide. One female on a
card with an ant, Hetatomma, sp., collected by A. M. Lea.
2]
Type.—I. 5419, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae, forewings, and two tibiae and tarsi on a
slide.
Family DRYINIDAE.
PARADRYINUS SPECIOSUS, Nn. sp.
2. Mesothorax and metathorax black; head and pro-
thorax clear-ochreous, the former dusky in centre of frons;
neck of pronotum with a dusky-black patch on either side
of meson, also a large blackish oblique patch on either side
of meson of pronotum at about half its length; abdomen
dark-brown; becoming ochreous toward apex; forelegs
testaceous, the femora, tibiae, and basal tarsal joint suffused
somewhat dusky: intermediate and posterior legs mostly
dusky-black, the posterior coxae less so, the tarsi brownish,
their first joint and second more or less, also base of their
tibiae white; edge of clypeus white; antennae dusky, joints
1, 2, 6, and 7 testaceous. Head with rather strong surface
rugosity. Pronotum subconcentrically rugose; the scutum,
scutellum, and postscutellum more strongly longitudinally
rugose, and with scattered fine whitish pubescence ; parapsidal
furrows evident; postscutellum more than half length of
scutellum ; the long anterior portion of metanotum strongly
rugose-carinate, the posterior portion irregularly rugose.
Abdomen smooth, impunctate. Forewings trifasciate, the
third band as long as the first and with its proximal margin
straight. Length, 5 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle
August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—I. 5420, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag.
Very similar to koebele:, Perkins, with which species it
may be identical, but Perkins says for that species : —‘‘Pro-
podeum reticulately rugose; third band of wing with its
inner margin oblique.’’ The colour of the mesothorax and
metathorax is very intense, and would hardly appear variable.
PAaRADRYINUS ATERRIMUS, N. sp.
Q. Jet-black; tip of abdomen ferruginous; scape
suffused reddish, also anterior tarsi, the chelar claw pallid-
yellow; mandibles somewhat suffused reddish, also inter-
mediate femora centrally, anterior trochanters apically, and
anterior femora slightly. Head, viewed from above, trans-
verse; viewed from in front, triangular, barely wider than
long; smooth, shining, with only scattered minute indefinite
punctures; vertex straight from eye to eye; a carina runs
from front ocellus to antennal depression; occipital cavity
22
distinctly margined on vertex and sides; maxillary palpi
6-jointed, extending back as far as hind margin of head
beneath; labial palpi 3-jointed. Pronotum truncate at
anterior margin, with irregular outline (lateral aspect),
smooth and shining like the head, except for a meso-posterior
hump which is densely irregularly striate; scutum and
scutellum smooth and shining; parapsidal furrows wanting ;
postscutellum about one-fourth as long as scutellum; meta-
notum long, coarsely reticulately rugose. Abdomen smooth,
shining, impunctate or nearly so. Forewings normal; tri-
fasciate ; base of wing and a long apical portion, hyaline;
first band longest, the se¢ond, which is at the basal vein,
narrower; all bands dark. Scape two-thirds longer than
pedicel; first funicle joint twice as long as second. First
joint of anterior tarsi distinctly longer than fourth, the apical
joint and chelar claw rather densely spinulose, the ante-
apical tooth of the latter well-marked. Length, 6°50 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle,
August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—l. 5421, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae, anterior tibiae and tarsi, and forewings
on a slide.
The absence of parapsidal furrows, the short post-
scutellum, and the smooth head, prothorax, and mesothorax
are distinctive. The two former characters suggest
Veodryinus, Perkins, but the pronotum is not divided and
the vertex of.the head is not concave.
PSEUDOGONATOPUS DICHROMUS, Perkins.
One female, on window, Cairns district, October, 1914
(Ase. Dodd):
Family SCELIONIDAE.
CacELLus, Ashmead.
This genus is very similar to Jfacrotelera, Westwood.
The females are readily enough distinguished by the presence
of the bidentate spine on the metanotum; this character,
however, is not present in the male, and hence the males
-of the two genera can be distinguished with difficulty.
Macroteleia nigriscapus, Dodd, and Macrotelera paucipune-
tata, Dodd, probably both belong to Cacellus. In the
descriptions of some of the Australian species the bidentate
spine is said to be on the post-scutellum, but this is incorrect.
CACELLUS DISTINCTUS, Dodd.
Macroteleia distincta, Dodd: Proc. Royal Soc., Qld., vol.
xxvi.,, 1914, p. 100.
23
‘
CACELLUS PROPINQUUS, nN. sp.
Q. Black; legs (including coxae) wholly golden-yellow ;
scape dusky-yellow, the pedicel and funicle joints fuscous, the
club black. Head no wider than the thorax, from dorsal
aspect twice as wide as long; with large, dense, umbilicate
punctures, confluent on the vertex; lower two-thirds of face
(except laterally) smooth and depressed; vertex descending
toward occiput, the latter gently concave; eyes large, bare;
ocelli large, the lateral pair touching the eye margins. Thorax
one-half longer than greatest width ; pronotum slightly visible
on the sides from dorsal aspect; scutum large, plainly wider
than long, the median lobe with dense large punctures, not
confluent, the lateral lobes narrow, with fine pin-punctures
joined by fine impressed lines; parapsidal furrows deep,
complete, foveate ; scutellum semicircular, at posterior margin
with a row of deep foveae, its surface with scattered punc-
tures, these fine mesally; post-scutellum short, foveate,
unarmed; metanotum at base with a rather long semi-
horizontal bidentate spine. Abdomen one-half longer than
the head and thorax united ; sessile, slightly narrowed at. base,
gradually tapering to apex ; segments all longer or as long as
wide, the second and third slightly the longest ; six segments
visible, the first strongly striate, second and third longi-
tudinally confluently rugose-punctate, the sculpture becoming
finer on 4-6, the sixth at apex with a small emarginate plate ;
basal segment without a horn or prominence. Legs long and
slender. Forewings almost attaining apex of abdomen;
broad; faintly infuscate; venation dark-yellowish ; marginal
vein a little but distinctly longer than the stigmal, which is
moderately long, straight, almost perpendicular, the post-
marginal twice as long as the marginal; basal vein very faint,
very oblique, the median represented by a thick fuscous line.
Scape slender ; pedicel a little over twice as long as greatest
width ; first funicle joint much longer, almost twice as long
as the second, which is hardly twice as long as wide, the
third a little longer than wide, the fourth plainly wider than
long; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 plainly wider than
long, the first distinctly the longest. Length, 4°20 mm.
dg. Like the female, but the lateral lobes of the scutum
with large shallow punctures; punctures on scutellum more
numerous and of uniform size; metanotum longer, without
the bidentate spine, this modified to a pair of median carinae ;
tarsi darker; abdomen at apex truncate and _bispinose.
Antennae black, the scape bright-yellow; pedicel one-half
longer than wide; first funicle joint nearly twice as long as
pedicel, thrice as long as wide, the second distinctly shorter,
24
2-9 slightly gradually shortening, the ninth one-half longer
than wide, the tenth nearly as long as the first.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,200 feet. Three
f. ales, two males, around decayed logs in jungle, July, 1915
{..9; P. Dodd).
Type.—l. 5422, South Austrahan Museum. A male and
fer le on a tag, male and female antennae and forewings
on . slide.
losely related to both augustus, Dodd, and regalis,
Dodc but the pedicel and funicle joints in the female are
longe in those species; for instance, the second funicle joint
is dis netly over twice as wide as long; regalis has the
scutun and scutellum wholly confluently-punctate, and the
plate at apex of abdomen is gently convex, not emarginate ;
augustus has a shorter marginal vein, a dark longitudinal
stripe through the wing, and the plate at apex of abdomen
strongly concave and bispinose.
CACELLUS FUSCICORPUS, N. sp.
@. Dull-brown, the head black; legs pale lemon-yellow
(including the coxae), also the antennal scape, the pedicel
and funicle joints brown, the club black. Vertex and frons
with rather dense punctures, these distinctly smaller than in
propinquus, regalis, and augustus, and not confluent against.
the occiput; lower two-thirds of face smooth, except for a
row of punctures along the eye margins; cheeks with a very
few rather large punctures. Median lobe of scutum at
anterior half with rather large dense punctures, the rest of
that lobe and all of parapsides with scattered indefinite pin-
punctures, also the scutellum; parapsidal furrows deep,
complete, foveate; scutellum with a foveate line along
anterior and posterior margins; postscutellum unarmed ;
metanotum at meson with an acute short bidentate spine;
scutum and scutellum with fine pubescence. Abdomen
slender, rather narrower than the thorax; one-half longer
than the head and thorax united; with fine pubescence on
sides and toward apex: pointed at apex, with a small trun-
cate plate ; segments 2-4 subequal in length, somewhat longer
than the first ; first segment longitudinally striate, 2-4 densely
longitudinally rugose-punctate, the punctuation less distinct
on the fifth, the sixth with moderately small and dense
punctures. Posterior legs long and slender. Forewings
almost attaining apex of abdomen ; moderately broad ; faintly
infuscate; venation yellowish; marginal vein a little yet
distinctly longer than the stigma] which is moderately short
and oblique; the postmarginal fully twice as long as the
marginal, basal and median veins hardly indicated. Scape
25
slender; pedicel two-and-a-half times as long as wide; first
funicle joint a little narrower and distinctly (about a third)
longer, the second a little shorter than the pedicel, two-th’ ‘s
as long as the first, and over twice as long as wide, 2
fourth a little longer than wide; club compact, 6-joint i,
the first joint nearly as long as wide, 2-5 distinctly w er
than long. Length, 3°20 mm. rn
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 600-1,500 feet. ,, wo
females, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). f
Type.—I. 5423, South Australian Museum. A _ male
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
OPISTHACANTHA FLAVESCENS, Nn. sp.
2. Bright orange-yellow, the abdomen and legs golden-
yellow: eyes and ocelli black, also a narrow longitudinal
stripe along extreme laterad of second abdominal segment ;
antennae yellow, the club brown. Head moderately broad,
no wider than the thorax; vertex rather broad, the occiput
plainly concave; eyes moderately large, densely pubescent ;
ocelli rather small, wide apart, the lateral pair touching the
eye margins. ead, scutum, and scutellum with fine surface
sculpture and pubescence. Thorax stout, only slightly longer
than wide; scutum large, the parapsidal furrows wide apart,
delicate but complete; scutellum rather large; postscutellum
with a short, stout acute tooth at meson; metanotum
unarmed. Abdomen no longer than the head and thorax
united, as wide as the thorax, hardly twice as long as greatest
width, rounded posteriorly ; segments all wider than long,
the second and third longest, the latter nearly as long as the
following united, the first without a horn or prominence ;
first and second striate, the rest .smooth. Forewings
attaining apex of abdomen; moderately broad; with two
indistinct cross-bands, the first involving apex of submarginal
and all marginal and stigmal veins, the second near wing
apex, but the extreme apex obscurely hyaline; discal cilia
fine, very dense; marginal vein nearly as long as the stigmal,
which is moderately short and oblique, straight, the post-
marginal thrice as long as the stigmal; basal and median
veins hardly indicated. Antennae short; scape moderately
long and slender; pedicel stout, one-third longer than wide ;
funicle joints as wide as the pedicel, the first as long as the
pedicel, the second quadrate, the third and fourth transverse ;
club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 very transverse, the third
slightly the widest. Length, 1:15 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One
female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dedd).
26
Type.—I. 5424, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
BaRYCONUS GRACILIS, 0. sp.
Q. Head and thorax orange-yellow, the eyes and ocelli
black ; abdomen golden-yellow, the horn on basal segment, a
patch laterad on both second and third segments posteriorly,
and a band across fifth segment dusky-black; legs golden-
yellow, the posterior trochanters, femora more or less, and
apical two-thirds of tibiae, also apical half of intermediate
tibiae dusky-brown ; first seven antennal joints golden-yellow,
the apical five black. Head normal, the occiput not concave ;
smooth and shining, with striae converging around the
mouth, the vertex showing in patches faint impressed
polygonal scaly sculpture ; lower face not depressed; eyes not
very large, bare; lateral ocelli a little separated from the eye
margins. Thorax nearly twice as long as greatest width:
pronotum a little visible from above; scutum narrowed
anteriorly, about as long as greatest width, the parapsidal
furrows distinct and complete and approaching close together
posteriorly ; median lobe at anterior half with fine impressed
polygonal scaly sculpture, the scutum otherwise smooth :
scutellum smooth, rather short, with a very fine foveate line
along anterior and posterior margins; metanotum unarmed.
Abdomen one-half longer than the head and thorax united ;
slender; first segment somewhat longer than wide, with a
distinct horn projecting over the metanotum ; second segment
over twice as long as the first and somewhat longer than its
greatest width, the third a little shorter than the second, the
fourth not much shorter than the third, the fifth hardly
one-half as long as the fourth, the sixth subconiform and a
little longer than the fifth; first and second longitudinally
striate, the third and fourth longitudinally reticulate-striate,
the fifth and sixth smooth. Forewings not quite attaining
apex of abdomen; narrow, the apex rounded; with two
fuscous transverse bands, the first covering apex of sub-
marginal and all marginal veins and as long as wide, followed
by a hyaline band which is plainly shorter than it, the second
fuscous band distinctly longer than the first, the wing apex
narrowly subhyaline; marginal cilia moderately long; discal
cilia moderately fine and dense; submarginal vein attaining
the costa at slightly before one-half wing length; marginal
vein about as long as the stigmal, which is rather short,
straight, oblique; postmarginal vein fully thrice as long as
the stigmal; basal and median veins not indicated ; venation
pallid-yellow, in the infuscate bands fuscous. ‘Antennae
12-jointed ; scape slender ; pedicel fully twice as long as wide;
27
first funicle joint as long and as wide as the pedicel, the
second as long as the first, the third distinctly shorter, the
fourth quadrate; club compact, 6- oh sae joints 1-5 trans-
verse, the first somewhat smaller than 2-5, which are about
equal in length. Length, 1°75 mm.
Hab.—Queensland : Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One
female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—I. 5425, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae ae forewings on a slide.
Resembling maculatus, with which it agrees colouration-
ally, but of a more slender build, the abdominal segments
longer, and the third segment plainly not as long as 4-6
combined.
BARYCONUS AUSTRALICUS, Dodd.
Leptoteleia australica, Dodd: ante, 1913, p. 145.
BaRYCONUS IMPERFECTUS, Nn. Sp.
Q. Black; abdomen dark-dull-brown; coxae black,
femora and tibiae fuscous, trochanters, knees, and tarsi pale-
yellow ; antennae black, the funicle fuscous. Head no wider
than the thorax; vertex moderately broad; frons broad,
without impressions ; with fine polygonal scaly sculpture ; eyes
large, bare; ocelli small, rather wide apart, the lateral ones
touching the eye margins: Thorax with fine polygonal scaly
sculpture ; one-half longer than wide; scutum large, slightly
wider than long; parapsidal furrows delicate, failing
anteriorly ; post-scutellum and metanotum unarmed. Abdo-
men a little longer than head and thorax united, a little
wider than thorax; third segment the longest, occupying
one-third of surface, somewhat wider than long, as long as
first and second combined, and as long as the following
united ; first segment without a horn or tubercle, much wider
than long : first and second striate, the third feebly so, the
remainder with fine surface scaly sculpture. Forewings hardly
attaining apex of abdomen; moderately broad, the apex
rather broadly rounded ; faintly infuscate; discal cilia dense,
very fine; submarginal vein attaining costa at fully one-half
wing length; marginal vein one-third as long as the long
stigmal, which is oblique, slightly convexly curved; _post-
marginal over twice as long as the stigmal; median and basal
veins indicated by obscure brown lines. Scape moderately
stout; pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints a
little narrower, the first nearly twice as long as wide, second
a little longer than wide, third and fourth wider than long ;
club compact, 6-jointed, first joint small, 2-5 of nearly equal
length, 1-5 much wider than long. Length, 1°45 mm.
28
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,800 feet. One
female, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Tupe.—l. 5426, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.
AUSTROSCELIO LATUS, 0. sp.
Q. Black; the coxae concolorous, the femora fuscous
except at apex, the trochanters, tibiae, and tarsi golden-
yellow ; antennae wholly black. Head large, very transverse,
distinctly wider than the thorax; from in front distinctly
wider than long ; with rather shallow open raised reticulation,
the lower half or more of face rather shallowly depressed and
transversely striate ; eyes large, pubescent ; ocelli rather small,
very wide apart, the lateral pair touching the eye margins.
Thorax about as wide as long; scutum and scutellum rather
finely longitudinally rugulose ; scutellum semicircular, rounded
posteriorly ; postscutellum transverse, unarmed, rather pro-
minent, projecting over the very short metanotum. Abdomen
broadly sessile, as wide as long; second segment occupying
fully one-half of surface; broadly rounded posteriorly and
almost truncate; first segment longitudinally rugulose, the
second polygonally reticulate, raised, dense mesally, open
laterally, the remaining segments with shallow open reticula-
tion. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen ; broad, the apex
broadly rounded ; subhyaline; discal cilia dense, rather fine;
venation fuscous; marginal vein short, one-half as long as
the stigmal, which is short, straight, and rather oblique, the
post-marginal wanting. Antennae short; scape rather long
and slender ; pedicel two-thirds longer than wide, the funicle.
joints somewhat narrower, the first a little longer than wide,
2-4 wider than long; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5
much wider than long, the first small, the second the longest.
Length, 1:10 mm.
/Tab.—-Queensland: Cairns district, 1,800 feet. One
female, forest, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).
Type.—I. 5427, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, the antennae and forewings on a slide.
Differing from the generic diagnosis in having the
antennal depression not very profound, the scutellum semi-
circular and rounded posteriorly, and the shorter, broad
abdomen.
XENOMERUS LATICEPS, nN. sp.
QO. Black; legs golden-yellow, the coxae reddish ;
antennae wholly black. Head very transverse, somewhat
wider than thorax; vertex very thin; viewed from in front
distinctly wider than long; eyes moderately large, bare;
29
vertex and frons smooth and shining, the occiput with fine
polygonal scaly sculpture; a carina runs from front ocellus
to antennal prominence. Thorax as wide as long; scutum
with distinct polygonal scaly sculpture, vanishing against
posterior margin; parapsidal furrows as deep abbreviated
grooves, rather less than one-half complete from posterior
margin ; scutellum smooth, shining, with a foveate row along
anterior and posterior margins; postscutellum with a rather
long acute spine or tooth; metanotum extremely short,
unarmed. Abdomen broadly oval, scarcely longer than
greatest width ; first segment strongly transverse, the second
as long as first, the third plainly longer than first and second
combined, and fully twice as long as the following united;
first and second strongly striate, the third with fine impressed
striae mesally, smooth laterally and posteriorly, the remain-
ing segments with fine scaly sculpture. Legs slender. Fore-
wings attaining beyond apex of abdomen; moderately broad,
the apex rather broadly rounded ; hyaline; discal cilia rather
coarse, moderately dense ; venation terminating slightly before
one-half length, thick and distinct, yellow-brown; stigmal
vein moderately long for the subfamily. Scape normal ;
pedicel two-and-a-half times as long as wide; the funicle
joints somewhat narrower, the first two-and-a-half times as
long as wide, the second distinctly shorter, one-half longer
than wide, third as wide as long, fourth wider than long ;
club 6-jointed, rather compact, joints 1-5 distinctly wider
than long, second a little the largest. Length, 1°25 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female,
labelled “Sweeping in forest, partly boggy, October 31, 1914,
A. A. Girault.”’ .
Type.—l. 5428, South Australian Museum. 93 275 99 99 39 100
(4) >» Beye lg0: ,, » i. --40'-,, - (incomplete).
They are stout worms, the maximum girth of the largest
specimen being 56 mm. Their colour is brown (in alcohol),
the tail being paler than the rest of the worm, and in two
cases almost greyish in tone.
In each worm the first gill is borne on the seventh seg-
ment, and the gills are pinnate. The third gill of specimen
(3) has seventeen main axes, each of which bears, right and
left, branches terminating in gill-filaments.
The outlines of the prostomium are imperfectly preserved
in all the specimens.
| The neuropodia are of the usual elongate type, and their
chaetae (crotchets) are similar in general form to those of
South African examples, but have a sharper rostrum and dis-
tinct postrostral teeth are present.
The notopodial chaetae differ from those of South Afri-
can specimens, as they do not present the well-marked
transverse striation so characteristic of the latter. They are
provided with numerous pointed processes,'?) less regularly
arranged than in the South African examples, and almost
like those of A. cristata (compare fig. 12, p. 45, in Cat. Chaet.,
Brit. Mus.). Specimens of 4. /oveni from different localities
evidently exhibit some variation in regard to the processes
of their notopodial chaetae. The transverse striation of these
chaetae, given in my previous accounts of A. loven: as a
specific character, proves to be a variable feature, and has
therefore been omitted from the statement of the diagnostic
characters of the species given above.
Two of the specimens, one from each locality, have been
dissected. Both possess five pairs of nephridia and a single
pair of conical oesophageal glands.
The septal pouches, the most striking internal feature
of this species, are of the usual large size, and extend back-
wards, through apertures in the second septum, until they
almost reach the third septum. In the largest specimen (1)
the longer of the two septal pouches attains a length of
23 mm.
(2) These are much obscured by a covering of débris.
40
One of the statocysts of specimen (3) was excised, stained,
and mounted. It is a closed vesicle with thick walls and
contains a large roundish secreted statolith, the diameters of
one face of which are about ‘114 mm. and ‘105 mm.
respectively.
These features clearly show that the South Australian
specimens belong to the species A. Joveni, and agree with
those from South Africa, with the exception of certain differ
ences in their chaetae (see above).
The only other feature which calls for notice here is
the presence, in both the specimens dissected, of a pair of
thin-walled globular dilatations, each about 4 mm. in
diameter, on the dorsal blood-vessel immediately anterior to
the paired hearts and posterior to the oesophageal glands.
Similar dilatations are not present in the three South African
examples of 4. Joveni in my collection.
Arenicola loveni has hitherto been found only on the
coast. of South Africa. The type specimen, preserved in the
Riks Museum, Stockholm, was found at Port Natal, near
Durban, some fifty years ago; but until it was examined by
the writer its characters were so imperfectly known that it
was impossible to state if A. lovent was a valid species.
From the type and from further specimens, collected in Sal-
danha Bay and False Bay, were prepared a full description
and diagnosis of the species (Ashworth, 1910-11). The pre-
sent records from the South Australian coast greatly increase:
the known range of distribution of the species, and it would.
be interesting to ascertain how far the species extends, east
and west, along the Australian coast.
In this connection it may be remarked that the records:
of Arenicola from the Australian coast are very scanty ;
there are, indeed, only two previous records. Some years ago
(3) The von during his recent visit to Australia, examined
many long stretches of sandy shore, but without finding castings
or specimens of Arenicola. The absence of Arenicola and its cast-
ings forms one of the most striking differences between the
Australian beaches and those of Britain and Western Europe, for
Arenicola marina is so abundant and readily accessible in Western
Europe that it is commonly used as bait. This species occurs in
greatest numbers in those beaches where the sand is not shifting
and contains a considerable proportion of the decomposing organic
matter on which these worms feed. Arenicola is scarce or absent
in stretches of clean sand, 1.e., where food is scanty, and also where
the force of the sea is creat and the sand is constantly shifting.
The absence of Arenicola in many Australian beaches is due pro-
bably to the wonderful cleanness of the sand, and in other cases
to the great force of the sea. The principal Polychaeta of the
sandy beaches of Australia seem to be Eunicids, Nereids, and
Ariciids, but especially the first-named, which are frequently
collected for use as bait.
4]
Professor Haswell kindly sent to me, from Burnie, Tasmania,
a few small specimens of Arenicola which belong to the species
A. assimilis, Ehlers, var. affinis, Ashworth, and about the
same time I received from the Naturhistorisches Museum,
Hamburg, a single specimen from Barrow Island, off North-
west Australia, which proved to be 4. cristata, Stimpson.
Arenicola assimilis and its variety affinis are widely dis-
tributed in southern regions. A. assimilis has been recorded
from the Strait of Magellan, the Beagle Channel, and South
Georgia, and the variety affinis from the first two localities,
from the Falkland Islands, Kerguelen, Tasmania, New
Zealand (Otago Harbour), and the islands to the south
(Stewart, Campbell, Auckland, and Macquarie Islands),
Plimmerton, near Wellington, N.Z., and from Table Bay
and Angra Pequena (Liideritzbucht), South Africa. These
records show that A. assimilis is a characteristically southern
species, and they present striking evidence for consideration
in relation to the former greater extent of the Antarctic
Continent and its influence on the present distribution of
_ animals. The records indicate that this species may be ex-
pected to occur on the south-east coast of Australia, and a
eareful look-out should be kept for specimens which will
probably seldom exceed 6 inches in length.
Arenicola cristata is evidently widely distributed in the
warmer parts of the Indo-Pacific Ocean, although it has been
found only at a few stations. The writer has recorded speci-
mens from Suez, Japan, the Californian coast, and, as already
mentioned, Barrow Island. Specimens might be looked for
in suitable localities on the north coast of Australia.
The writer would be glad to examine and report upon
specimens of Arenicola from any Australian locality, or indeed
from any source.
Zoological Department, University of Edinburgh,
February 18, 1916.
49
A NEW SPECIES OF LEECH FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
By W. Harotp Letcu-SnHarpe, B.Sc. (Lond.).
(Communicated by Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.)
[Read May 11, 1916.]
BRANCHELLION AUSTRALIS, N. sp.
Introduction.—By the courtesy of Dr. J. H. Ashworth,
of the University of Edinburgh, I have examined six
specimens of the genus Branchellion forming part of the
collection of the Museum of South Australia, Adelaide. The
tube containing the specimens bears the label “E129,” and
attached is a note to the effect that they were collected
by W. B. Poole on March 27, 1912, at Port Victor, South
Australia, attached to a Skate (Raia lempriert, Richardson).
All the specimens are alike, but they exhibit somewhat
marked differences from Branchellion torpedimis, Savigny, the
only established species (vide Blanchard, 1894a). These
differences are, in my estimation, of specific and not generic
value only, and for the Australian leeches I propose the name:
Branchellion australis.
Body.—The largest specimen measures 35 mm., inclusive
of the suckers, and 30 mm. without the suckers. The large:
specimen of 6. torpedinis in the British Museum (Natural
History), South Kensington, London, which I have used for
purposes of comparison in this paper, measures 55° mm., of
which the anterior sucker occupies a little more than 4 mm.,
the neck 7 mm., the abdomen 49 mm., and the posterior
sucker a little less than 5 mm. The two largest specimens
are greyish-black in colour and appear to be mature. The
smaller specimens are white, having been decolourized by the:
alcohol in which they have been preserved. The leech is.
cylindrical, and divided the most sharply of all the
Ichthyobdellidae into two distinct regions—a neck region,
which is bare, and a spindle-shaped abdomen, the latter
carrying laterally 31 pairs of foliaceous branchiae, and 11
pairs of rounded, pulsating, respiratory vesicles, described
below. As in B. torpedinis, the neck is capable in the mature
individuals (Apathy, 1888) of being invaginated into the
abdomen, the first segment of which, composed of two annuli,
at least, forms a prepuce-like fold surrounding and over-
lapping the posterior portion of the clitellum. The leeches:
are considerably flattened in the abdominal region, being
elliptical in section.
4%
+O
| Suckers.—There is a sucker at each end of the body, as
in all leeches. The anterior sucker surrounds the mouth, and
is hoodlike. It almost certainly represents 6 segments. There
are no eyes apparent in any of the specimens. This is
peculiar, since &. torpedinis bears six distinct eyes on what
is considered to be the fifth segment of the anterior sucker.
The posterior sucker is twice the size of the anterior, and is
in diameter about equal to the width of the abdomen at its
broadest part. Its concave surface is covered with small
papillae.
Segmentation.—(A description of B. torpedinis, for com-
parison with the following, is given by Apathy, 1888, by
Blanchard, 1894b, and, in English, external characters
only, by Harding, 1910.) For notation see text figs.
1 and 2:—
(a) Veck.
A. Heap.
(a) Anterior sucker
(4) 3 small annuli present in most genera i 6 segments.
B. PRECLITELLUM.
9 annuli, representing... As .. $ segments.
©. CLITELLUM a ee 3 segments.
Each of the 3 esi which are of about equal
size, is composed of 2 annuli. In the first and third
segments the first annulus is larger than the second.
In the second segment they are of equal size. The
male genital aperture opens between the two annuli
of the second segment, and has projecting tumid lips.
The female genital aperture opens on the first annulus
of the third segment. Both apertures are ventral.
The cliteilum is covered by the preputial fold as far.
anteriorly as the second annulus of the first segment.
(B) Body or Abdomen.
A. TESTIS REGION AND CAECUM REGION TAKEN TOGETHER.
12 segments.
Each of the 12 segments is composed of 3 annulli,
except the first, which acts as a prepuce and is only
divided into two. The remaining 11 segments bear
each a pair of respiratory vesicles, one on each side,
bordering the first annulus of the segment. In B.
torpedimis every annulus of these segments bears a pair
of lateral foliaceous branchiae, making 33 pairs in all,
but in B. australis there are but 31 pairs of gills, the
first annulus of segment 2 of the abdomen, which bears
+
.
RD BY
CRT
iwi k:
Branchellion australis.—The entire animal, viewed from the
dorsal side; numbering and lettering explained in the text.
45
a large vesicle, does not bear
gils, and the third annulus
of the twelfth -segment is
without gills also. Thus the
gills corresponding to the
first and last pairs of gills
-present in B. torpedinis are
absent in B. australvs.
B. ANAL REGION. 3 segments.
The first two segments are
composed of 2 annuli each,
and the third of one annulus,
making 5 annuliin all. The
anus opens dorsally between
segments 1 and 2—.¢., be-
tween annuli 2 and 3.
C. PosTERIOR SUCKER.
7 segments.
The total number of segments is
other genera, and I have seen
were eee
therefore 34. of
Respiration. — Respiration is 0. ms ————}ip
carried on by means both of the Cs - 4}
foliaceous branchiae and _ the Py ==
rounded vesicles protruding from La
the abdominal portion of the ae ee
body. Vesicles are common in ee a)
them rise and fall by pulsation
in Calhobdella lophu. They re-
ceive lymph, which after aeration
is returned to the lateral sinus,
so that respiration is lymphatic.
There are 31 pairs of gills, and
11 pairs of vesicles arranged as
described above. The number of
pairs of gills is a specific charac-
ter. Blanchard (1894a) came to
the conclusion that 8B. torpe-
dinis,) which was _ originally
described as having 35 pairs of
gills, B. orbimensis with 33 pairs
of gills, and B. rhombi with 30
pairs of gills, were all one species,
and that the founders of these
species had miscounted the gills
in every case, or had stated the
Big, «2.
Branchellion australis.—The
anterior end of the animal in
ventral aspect, with the ven-
tral portion of the prepuce
removed to show the clitellum ;
numbering and lettering ex-
plained in the text. M.,
mouth; ¢, male genital aper-
ture; 9, female genital
aperture; Pr., prepuce; B.V.,
respiratory vesicle, the first
on the left side without a
gill; G., the first gill on the
46
total in round numbers only! He based this conclusion on the
fact that some scores of leeches of all ages which he examined
from various hosts and localities never showed any other
number than 33 pairs of gills. The discovery of the present
species with 31 pairs is, therefore, important and interesting,
in that it shakes what appeared to be a reasonable certainty
in Blanchard’s conclusion, stated above. On the ventral
surface along the boundary of each annulus runs a projecting
flange which appears to unite the pair of branchiae of the
annulus.
Pigment.—The whole of the dorsal surface is freely
punctuated with black dots, easily visible under a lens: less
freely is this pigment scattered on the gills and on the
respiratory vesicles (text fig. 3). The ventral surface is
Branchellion australis.—Typical gill of preserved specimen.
R.V., respiratory vesicle with pigment spots.
unpigmented except towards the sides near the gills. There
are on the dorsal surface, however, very conspicuous patches
where the pigment is absent, giving to the unaided eye the
appearance of whitish spots. The disposition of these white
spots is very different from that in B. torpedinis, where there
are six spots on the first annulus of each abdominal segment.
In B. australis the spots are variable in number in different
parts of the abdomen, being more numerous halfway along.
A typical segment exhibits four large spots ® on the first
annulus, easily visible to the unaided eye, eight small spots
on the second annulus, and four spots on the third annulus.
(2) And in the mid-abdominal region there are sometimes two
smaller subsidiary spots.
47
The leeches are not all uniform in this respect, but the
number of spots is always 4, 6, or 8, and the first annulus
always has at least four large spots. In that part of the
anterior sucker where one would expect to find eyes are
large black spots, which I consider to be merely pigment-cells.
There are eight or nine of these, at irregular distances
apart ; and some so nearly touch as to appear to the unaided
eye to coalesce.
Body Wall.—The epidermis consists of a layer of cells
elongated in a direction at right angles to the axis of the
body, covered with a cuticle secreted at the free edge and
having their nuclei away from their external border. Among
the epidermal cells are epithelial glands for the secretion
of mucus. The derma consists of a thick layer of connective
tissue, which includes very small fibre-forming cells. Deep
down in the derma are large flattened cells about 40 in
length, and half as thick, situated immediately outside the
muscle layer. They are far more numerous in the gills,
whose structure resembles that of the body wall, as far as
epidermis and derma are concerned (text figs. 48 and 5).
The muscle layers run below the connective tissue layer, and
immediately below them are found the cocoon-gland cells,
which, however, do not attain the huge dimensions of those
found in Calliobdella, Abranchus, and Platybdella, being only
about 50» in their greatest diameter, a comparatively small
size for such cells. Their appearance is precisely the same
as I have described for Platybdella (1916). * Below these cells
run the cocoon-gland-cell ducts, interspersed with the longi-
tudinal muscle fibres. There are no yellowish-brown pigment
cells, such as are seen in Calliobdella (1914). The muscle is
not striped, and the cells are about 1 mm. in length by
80-100 » in breadth. Perez and Gendre (1904a) have drawn
attention to some diagonal fibres in B. torpedinmis, which are
also present in B. australis in the same region, near the
posterior sucker, and are intermediate between the ordinary
muscle cells and the type well known in Nematodes. No
pigment cells are shown in the figures, but it should be
remembered that the leech sectioned had been decolourized
by preservation in alcohol. Nevertheless, sections show
pigment cells in the suckers.
Coelom.—The body cavity is divided into the five
following regions:—A ventral sinus, a dorsal sinus, two
lateral sinuses, and, in parts, an intestinal sinus. The
dorsal blood-vessel is double, and is situated in the dorsal
sinus, but comes outside it occasionally, and more frequently
than in Pontobdella. In the more specialized genera—e.g.,
Calliobdella—it remains within the sinus throughout its
‘s][oO snorqy JO doAvy “7 t4qu
-S]f9o PBULtep “ot p Saporgnod = YQIA sttdepide Sida yng
SHMPOOAYS LVN]Jod oF MOYS OF VOTPVOYLUSBLU YOY V dopun
(*p ued oy ul “g—p soul oy} udemgoq gaed oy) []IS vB Jo
uoljiod Vv “g Soptsoa AuozRidsar “yy! uoTpRoyLUseu
MOL, B dopun UOLJIS BV UL Uses SB UOWIOpGR ot} JO opis
oy} UO s]T[Lo anoy JO UL “ p—sryyigsny worpayoudsg
SMa
‘QONp [[P-pureps-W00d09 “p'a'h-o {][e0 pue[s-w00d0d ‘:9°H-o {(yeuIpNy
-su0t “Huey Sonbyqo “7qQQ sarepnoaro “)) sedvp opsnu “pw Sg p “Sig ul UMOYS os0y4 se omzeU oUrEs oy
jo S]feo [BuLIep aBuey “vp t1ecey jfeo snorqy “7 ‘aqy fonsst}y oatyoouuod “ssiT ‘wuoQ ‘pue[s-owtys perpeyyidea “¢
‘stutiopide Cd fopryne “pny “peytuseur youu [{UM-ApOG OY} JO TWOLoS [VULpNyisuoCTy
"G “SLi
“SUDLPST dD WOt))a You DUG
‘gpotsea Aroyeatdser “ Ay Suoysues-eareu “hu
fyasnuts ptaeyey “C77 S Tessva-poorq [BacpuoA Carga S9nuts [VIyUeA “C4 *[essoA-pooyq [sop “agp ‘Ssnuls [es1op
“Z fyouwmoqys “yg f(g “Sly UL efvos pediujus uv WO UAOYsS suokv] oy} sepnpout qavd pepeys oz) [[BA
‘
“org i seqse4
-{poq oy} “x “uoIder [VUKMOpgL oY} Ul Apo oY} Jo WOTJoeS SsTEAsUBIZ B FO WVAGVIGE—'SUDLZSND WOYJIYIUDLE
51
length. The ventral blood-vessel
is also double for the greater part
of its length outside the ventral
sinus; again unlike (‘alliobdella.
The lateral vessels’ give off
branches which run into the
branchiae and end with an open
mouth. The lateral sinus, which
runs parallel to the lateral vessels,
communicates with the cavity of
the respiratory vesicles (text
fig. 6). The ovary is situated
within the ventral sinus, as in
Pontobdella,
The Nervous System and the
Alimentary Canal resemble those
of other Ichthyobdellid leeches,
and do not present any special
features. The various regions of
the latter can be best seen from
text fig. 7. The salivary glands
are very well developed, and
exhibit in section large secretory
cells (text fig. 8). In the leech
sectioned only the intestine con-
tained a moderate quantity of
nucleated red blood corpuscles
taken as food from the host.
The Reproductive System bears
a close similarity to that of other
Ichthyobdellid leeches. The posi-
tion of the genital apertures
has already been mentioned. A
general idea of the sexual organs
may be gathered from text figs.
8 and 9. The male reproductive
organs consist of six pairs of
metameric testes, situated in the
first six segments of the abdomen.
‘The testes are chambered, and
contain spermatozoa in all stages
of development. From each testis
springs a short vas efierens, that
from the most posterior one
serving as a source of the vas
deferens of that side, and in its
course received the remaining
ar dine At
-|- - —- — —
cs ae ESR Be
Fig. 7.
Branchellion
Diagrammatic scheme of the
australis. —
alimentary canal in lateral
aspect. M., mouth; Ph.,
pharynx; Ph.S., pharyngeal
sheath; S.G., salivary glands;
Y
St., stomach; C., coeca; Int.,
intestine; A., anus.
ZL /
Fy ~—<
AS a
Yy on
=a
SS
' NS ie
rr ~ ee Wiae Loosen gd) "Nest 2. WD ? eens
oe cet Ue ean ee ae gS Od ee) 4
OIE) ere
se ot A ) a. ee ae eo a
S98 > .g) Moe eo eo fe & S
2 le + s
So 8 Opin Ss oe ee ae ee
“SLE SH a arta Of "as
tee ee et
cm eo Ba Renae a =, a a nS
pe ee CE AE Se 88 Sow
fe Sling setae. eee eee a oe
BS eel. tom 2g Sew 2 Om
Se eS Mee Si nies it a
See l gta a a ee
BS Eo OF Soa SORES
SOS meh nme A ow 6
Fig. 9.
Branchellion aus-
tralis. —Diagram-
matic scheme of
the reproductive
system viewed
from the ventral
surface. d.e., duc-
tus ejaculatorii ;
P., penis ; B., bursa;
6, male genital
aperture; ©, fe-
male genital aper-
ture; Ov., ovary;
Od., oviduct; T.,
testes (first pair);
V.D., vas defer-
ens; V.£.,-- vasa
efferentia.
54
vasa efferentia. In the posterior part of the clitellum each
vas deferens curves slightly, and, from being ventral, turns
dorsal, and runs forward to the anterior end of the eighth,
or the posterior end of the seventh segment of the preclitel-
lum; here each widens out to form the respective ductus
ejaculatori, which, from being dorsal, turn abruptly and
run ventrally in a posterior direction. In the first segment
of the clitellum the ductus ejaculatorii unite and enter the
bursa by a common-end portion. The bursa, which has a
fairly considerable saccular development, is, on its dorsal
side, immediately posterior to the common opening of the
ductus ejaculatorii, thickened to form a conical muscular
penis, which functions as a copulatory organ. In none of
the specimens is the penis extruded, and the common-end
portion of the ductus ejaculatori does not enter it, as far
as I can discover. The female reproductive organs consist
of a pair of pear-shaped vesicles situated in the first segment
of the abdomen, their anterior portion being in advance of
the first pair of testes, and their posterior and more pointed
portion between the testes. Each vesicle contains in con-
siderable numbers complex ovular bodies in all stages of
development, over and above the germinal mass, in which
two or three nuclei are enveloped by a mass of surrounding
protoplasm. The eggs fall into the ovarian cavity, where
they complete their development. The development of the
ova has been carefully described by Perez and Gendre
(1904b). The ovaries are of very large size, as compared
with those of other leeches, such as Calliobdella and
Platybdella, being in the one of the smaller specimens
sectioned, very obvious, and half as large as a testis. A
short oviduct leads from the vesicles to the female genital
aperture.
Generte Characters.—Abdomen very distinctly marked off
' from the neck, the anterior portion covering the genital
apertures on the clitellum as a preputial fold. Each
abdominal somite (except perhaps the first) consists of three
annuli. The abdomen is flattened and bears laterally foliace-
ous branchiae, not less than 30 pairs (the genera Ozobranchus
and Hubranchella bearing quite a small number of pairs—
viz., 5 and 7 pairs respectively). Along the side of the
abdomen are 11 pairs of pulsating respiratory vesicles, a pair
to every segment except the first, a vesicle being at the base
of the gill of the first annulus of each somite.
Specific Characters :— _
B. AUSTRALIS, 0. Sp. B. TORPEDINIS, Savigny.
(1) Branchiae, 31 pairs. (1) Branchiae, 33 pairs.
55
(2) White spots on the dorsal (2) White spots on the dorsal
side caused by the absence side caused by the absence
of black pigment are typic- of black pigment are typic-
ally :— ally :—
4 large on the Ist annu- 6 on the Ist annulus of
lus of each abdominal each abdominal seg-
segment. ment; none on_ the.
8 small on the 2nd annu- other annuli.
lus of each abdominal
segment.
4 small on the 3rd annu-
lus of each abdominal
segment. .
(3) Black pigment dots are ab- (3) White spots on the ventral
sent from the major part surface: 4 on the Ist
of the ventral surface, so annulus of each abdom-
that there can be no inal segment.
white spots.
(4) Eves, apparently none. (4) Eyes, 6.
In &. australis the neck region is relatively longer than
in B. torpedinis, and the first segment of the abdomen larger.
The gills are of a different shape from those of B. torpedinis,
and, allowing for preservation, probably smaller, while the
respiratory vesicles are relatively much larger. In the place
where one expects to find eyes are larger black dots (in two
of the specimens), which I regard as merely pigment cells;
in any cgse, these are more than 6 (8 and 9 respectively).
REFERENCES.
ApATHy (1888). Analyse der @ausseren Korperform der
Hirudineen. J/itth. Zool. Stat. Neapel. viii., 153.
BiancuarpD (1894a). Courtes notices sur les Hirudinées, xix.
Sur les Branchellion des mers d'Europe. Bull. Soc.
Zool. de France, xix.
—— (1894b). Hirudinées de VTtalie. Boll. Mus. Zool.
OUnw. di Torino, ix. No. 192.
Harpine (1910). A revision of the British leeches. Parasit-
ology, ii., 130.
Leren-SuHarpe (1914). Calliohdella lophiu, Parasitology, vii.,
204.
—— (1916). Platybdella anarrhichae, Parasitology, viii.,
274.
Perez and GENDRE (1904a). Sur les fibres musculaires du
Branchellion. Comptes rendus soc. biol. Paris, lvii., 113.
-—— (1904b). Sur Vovogeneése du Branchellion. Op. cit.,
Ivul., 605. De
Perez (1906). Différenciations tendinenses épithéliales chez:
le Branchellion. Op. cit., lviti., 447.
Hamilton House, 17, Clyde Street, Redcliffe Gardens,
London, 8.W., England.
January, 1916.
56
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
No. 9.
By J. M. Brack.
[Read May 11, 1916.]
PLatTes. V.sno-V Tae
This list is largely the result of three excursions :—1. Up
the Murray to Renmark by water, returning by the Paringa-
Tailem Bend railway, October, 1915. 2. To Gladstone and
Melrose, in the same month. 3. To Murat Bay, vid the
newly-opened railway from Port Lincoln, November, 1915.
Specimens gathered on other occasions, and many forwarded
by friendly collectors, have also been taken into account.
In dealing with the eucalypts I have had the great
advantage of consulting Mr. J. H. Maiden, Government
Botanist of New South Wales, and the leading authority on
this difficult genus. Professor A. J. Ewart, Government
Botanist of Victoria, has also lent me much kind assistance,
especially in comparing doubtful specimens with thase in the
great herbarium under his control.
An asterisk denotes an alien plant more or less estab-
lished in our State.
The contraction “Dist.’’ placed between brackets and
followed by a capital letter refers to the botanical distric:s in
Tate’s “Flora of Extra-tropical South Australia,” and implies
that the locality mentioned is a new record for the district.
Four new species are described and figured—in the
genera T'riodia, Trichinnwum, Poranthera, and Brachycome—
and one new variety.
CONIFERAE.
Callitris robusta, R. Br. “Murray Pine.” A large tree
with spreading branches; Pinery, Melrose. C. propinqua,
R. Br. Wudinna. Much the same tree in appearance; -the
cones comparatively small (20-23 mm. long), but with the
thick valves and peduncles of the species. C. verrucosa,
R. Br. A compact shrub under 2 m. high, with branches
mostly erect, growing in mallee scrub at Karoonda; old fruits
often less warted. Also Loxton, with very warted cones.
GRAMINEAE.
* Bromus rubens, L. Moolooloo (8. A. White) ; Edilillie ;
Minnipa. Specimens with the typical compact heads, turning
57
dark-purple when ripe. B. arenarius, Labill. The descrip-
tion in Fl. Aust., vil., 661, should read :— ‘Spikelets 15-30
mm. long, 5-14-flowered; the lowest glume 3-nerved, the
second 5-7-nerved.”’
* dgrostis verticillata, Vill. Creek near the brewery,.
Melrose. A. quadriseta, R. Br. Cummins (Dist. L.).
*Festuca Myuros, L. Minnipa; Moolooloo. *F.
bromoides, Smith. Minnipa; Pungonda.
*Trisetum pumilum, Kunth. Moolooloo.
* Lolium temulentum, L. “Darnel.”” Cummins. *L.
rigidum, Gaud. Gladstone.
*Avena orientalis, Schreb. The species of cultivated
Oat, which seems to be usually sown in South Australia, is
growing wild on the sandy soil of Thevenard Peninsula. *A.
barbata, Brot., the slender Wild Oat, seems to avoid culti-
vated land and is found in such places as the Adelaide Park
Lands, roadsides, creeks, gullies, railway reserves, and
generally in waste places, at least as far north as Melrose,
whereas *A. fatwa, L., the common Wild Oat, is almost
always found in cultivated soil.
*Koeleria phieoides, Pers. With typical tuberculate
flowering glumes; Tooligie; Melrose.
*Lamarckia aurea, Moench. A Mediterranean grass
common at Renmark and at Woolshed Flat, near Quorn
(Miss J. Mills). Recorded by Mueller in 1864 .as growing at
Swan Hill, on the Murray, but not previously noted for
South Australia.
Triodia lanata, sp. nova (tab. v.). Gramen caespi-
tosum, caulibus geniculato-ascendentibus 30-50 cm. longis,
-foliorum laminis rigidis subulato-pungentibus patentibus
intus basin versus lanatis 5-12 em. longis, vaginis extus
lanatis demum glabrescentibus, ligula e pilis longis constante,
panicwld sublazd, spiculis 5-7-floris, glumis omnibus sericeo-
villosis, vacuis 10 mm. longis 3-nerviis acutis, glumd floriferd
7-S mm. longa truncata subtiliter 9-nervid, nervis ternatim
ordinatis mediano dentes laterales subaequante. In the scrub
at Minnipa. Chiefly distinguished from T. trritans and
T. aristata by the short bent stem, the shorter and woolly
leaves, and the silky outer glumes. A ‘‘Porcupine Grass.’’
Poa nodosa, Nees. Thevenard Peninsula. Locally
called “Shaking grass,” from its likeness to *Briza minor, L.
I found the grain adhering to the palea in all the flowers
examined, so that this species should be placed in the same
section as 7. Billardierit and P. homomailla.
Stipa elegantissima, Labill. Melrose (Dist. N).
Anthistiria imberbis, Retz. Observ. bot., v., 22 (1789).
“Common Kangaroo Grass.’’ All the leading authorities are
58
agreed that the name of A. ciliata, L.f., adopted by Bentham
in the ‘Flora Australiensis’’ and by Mueller in his lst and 2nd
Census, must be abandoned. A. ciliata is an annual grass,
native in India and introduced in South Africa, but not
found in Australia, while A. «wmberbis is a perennial grass,
distributed throughout Australia, India, and parts of Africa.
Retzius’ name is the oldest for this plant, with the exception
of Themeda triandra, Forsk. (1775), but the generic name
Themeda fell into disuse for over one hundred years and al]
attempts to revive it seem destined to failure, although it was
not placed by the Botanical Congress of Vienna on the index
of names to be rejected. The synonymy is fully dealt with
by J.D. Hooker in FL Brit. Imdsjyiu,, 212:
Aristida Behriana, F. v. M. Numerous in a paddock
of ringed gums two or three miles north of Melrose. Appar-
erlttly a very localized and comparatively rare grass. The
ascending stems only 4-8 cm. long below the inflorescence and
the rhizome thick and matted. The description in the “Fl.
Aust.’’ and in Tate’s “Fl. Extratrop., S.A.,” should be altered
from “outer glumes nearly equal’’ to ‘outer glumes unequal,
the lower about half as long as the upper.’ The description
is correctly given by Mueller and Moore. Also at Moolooloo
{Dist. 8; 8. A. White).
y CYPERACEAE.
Cyperus Ina, L. Near Tarcoola (Dist. W; J. W.
Mellor). C. Gunnu, Hook, f. Myponga; Mount Barker.
United by Mueller and Tate with C. lucidus, from which it
differs by having the spikelets in dense globular heads. C.
pygmaeus, Rottb. River Murray (Dist. M; H. H. D. Griffith).
This species, and not the very similar Scirpus Michelianus,
L., is supposed is be represented in Australia, but the Murray
specimens have at least some of the glumes in each spikelet
arranged irregularly round the rhachis, the style is 2-3-fid,
and the glumes are 3-nerved, the two lateral nerves very
faint. These three characters point to S. Michelianus rather
than to C. pygmaeus.
Scirpus setaceus, L. Melrose (Dist. N). Nuts of the
typical form, subglobular, not exceeding # mm. in length, of
a dull-white colour, with about 16 clathrate longitudinal ribs.
In all the flowers examined only two stamens were found.
S. cernwus, Vahl, ann. 1806 (S. reparius, Poir., ann. 1820),
with still weaker stems and shorter involucral bract, from
National Park, Belair, and Nuriootpa; the nut about the
‘same size, shining, finely punctulate; both species growing in
moist spots. S. antarcticus, L., ann. 1771 (S. cartilagineus,
Poir., ann. 1820). Myponga; scrub between Murray Bridge
59
and Callington; Karoonda; Melrose; Robe. The nut broader
and 1 mm. long, without any point, either brownish and
smooth or dark-brown and punctulate-striate. Growing in
dryer ground, with less slender stems, longer and more
spreading involucral bract, and stiffer glumes.
J UNCACEAE.
NXerotes leucocephala, R. Br. Musgrave Ranges (Dist.
9S. Ay White); Tintinara (Dist. T). XX. effwsa, Lindl.
Gladstone (Dist. N).
Xanthorrhoea quadrangulata, F. v. M. Telowie Gorge
(Dist. N): Moolooloo (Dist. S; 8. A. White).
* Juncus capitatus, Weig. Barossa Range; Bordertown
(Miss Turner): Kangaroo Island.
LILIACEAE.
Dianella revoluta, R. Br.. Moolooloo (Dist. S$; 8S. A.
White).
Arthropodium minus, R. Br. Bordertown (Dist. T).
Thysanotus Patersonu, R. Br. Gawler Ranges (Dist.
W; 5S. A. White).
CASUARINACEAE.
Casuarina stricta, Ait. Some specimens of this Sheoak
were found above Campbell Creek, at a fair elevation on
Mount Remarkable, but most of them appeared to be dying,
possibly as a result, of the drought of 1914.
PROTEACEAE.
Greviliea Huegeliu, Meissn. Moolooloo (Dist. 8; 8. A.
White). |
Hakea leucoptera, R. Br. Minnipa. Varies from the
type in the perianth (especially the limb) and the pedicel
pubescent with short appressed hairs. This appears to be
H. Kippistiana, Meissn., a species established on Western
Australian specimens and united by Mueller with //. leweop-
tera. The type is found in this State from Renmark to
Spencer Gulf, and it would be well to distinguish the form
with pubescent flowers, which I have also received from
Woolshed Flat, near Quorn (Miss J. Mills), as var.
Kippistiana. At Minnipa it is a shrub about 3 m. high,
flowering and fruiting in November; the flowers, which grow
in great profusion, are pure white when fresh. Leaves of
both type and variety sometimes attain 9$ cm. in length.
H. flertiis, F. v. M. Scrub at East Wellington.
60
CHENOPODIACEAE.
Enchylaena villosa, F. vy. M. Warramboo (Dist. L).
Bassia Birchu, F. v. M. Muinnipa (Dist. L). A small
undershrub about 20 cm. high; branches erect or spreading ;
the fruits in the Minnipa specimens have six rather unequal
spreading spines, two of them connate towards the base and
with a ridge on the perianth between them. #&. umflora,
F.v.M. Murat Bay and north thereof. Stems procumbent,
tomentum hoary, fruit oblique at base with a very short
spine at one side of the summit and a hard tubercle at the
other. Agrees exactly with specimens gathered at Port Vin-
cent (Dist. Y). Of the form with fulvous tomentum I have
a specimen from Port Lincoln (Dist. L; H. H. D. Griffith).
B. tricorms, F. v. M. Renmark. Bentham gives the number
of style-branches as three ; in all the flowers examined I found
only two.
Kochia decaptera, F. v. M. A few miles north of Murat
Bay. An erect shrub about 1 m. high; stem and branches
densely white-tomentose, as also the raised summit of the
fruit ; leaves linear, thick, green, 5-10 mm. long. Specimens
from Dublin (Dist. A; H. H. D. Griffith) have the horizontal
wing pink; linear-ciavate glaucous leaves and tomentose stem
and branches. This probably represents Tate’s HK. penta-
troms, which he afterwards reduced to a form of K. decaptera.
Specimens from Arkaringa (Dist. C; Miss Staer) have the
stem and branches glabrous; leaves cylindrical, 10-13 mm.
long. In drying, all the leaves turn black.
Threlkeldia diffusa, R. Br. Althorpe Island (Dist. Y:;
S. A. White). Zh. inchoata. This is the correct name of
Th. obliqua (these Transactions, xxxix., p. 94), as it appears
imperative, under article 48 of the Vienna rules, to retain
the original specific name, even if somewhat inappropriate,
when a species is transferred to another genus.
Atriplex paludosa, R. Br., var. appendiculata, Benth.
Both the type and the variety are found on Thevenard Penin-
sula. Flowers dioecious in my specimens and the small
bladdery appendage of the variety occurs near the base of
each valve (not of one only, as stated by Bentham), although
frequently one falls off before maturity. Some specimens of
A. vesicaria, Hew., brought by Captain White from the
Musgrave Ranges, show the same caducity of the appendage,
and unquestionably there is a close relation between the two
species. A. halimoides, Lindl. Goat Island (Dist. Y; 8. A.
White); Telowie (Dist. N). A. campanulata, Benth. Berri;
Mann Flat; Carrieton; Gladstone; Moolooloo. This species
was united by Mueller with A. angulata, Benth., but in the
61
specimens from the above-named places, and from Broken
Hill, I have never seen any with the exappendiculate perianth
of A. angulata. A. Muelleri, Benth. “Annual Saltbush.”
North Park Lands of Adelaide; Woodville; Port Adelaide:
Roseworthy (Dist. A); Gladstone (Dist. N).
AMARANTACEAE.
Trichinium seminudum, sp. nova (tab. vi.). Herba
perennis circiter 30 em. alta, caulibus erectis vel ascen-
dentibus ramosis pilosiusculis, folis glabrescentibus, radi-
calibus lanceolatis in petiolum alatum angustatis cum petiolo
7-14 em. longis, caulinis brevioribus latioribus vix petiolatis,
“spicis primum hemisphaericis demum ovoiders vel oblongis
4-5 em. longis 3 em. latis, bracteis bracteolisque ovato-
lanceolatis acuminatis parce pilosis 8-9 mm. longis, illis
brunneis his fere albis, perianthio 12-15 mm. longo prope
basin constricto, segmentis apice albo-scariosis medio viridibus
et villosis basin versus rigidis et fere nudis, duobus
exterioribus truncato-emarginatis margine inferiore ciliolatis,
interioribus acutis infra longe inflexo-ciliatis, tubo pubescente,
filamentis wmferne dilatatis tribus anantherts, stylo brew
glabro, ovario swpra sparse piloso stipitato. Minnipa. Should
probably be placed in Series Straminea beside 7. alopecuroi-
deum, Lindl., which it somewhat resembles in habit, but the
dividing line between Straminea and Rhodostachya is not so
well marked as would appear from the text-books. Both 7.
macrocephalum (placed in Straminea) and T. exaltatum
(placed in Rhodostachya) have, for instance, the inner
perianth-segments “glabrous inside,’ strictly speaking, the
difference being that the former has only a few of the long
marginal hairs inflexed, while in ezaltatum they form an
intricate woolly mass which occupies the lower part of the
convex inner surface of the segment. None of the hairs,
however, rise from the inner surface itself, but only from the
margins. The new species differs from all others in the
glabrous condition of the outside of the lower part of the
perianth.
T. alopecuroideum, F. v. M., var. nova rubriflorum.
Variat perianthio rubro, spicd paulo angustiore (20-25 mm.
data), cupula staminali pilis brevissimis ciliaté. Near Oodna-
_-datta (Miss Staer, November, 1914). A very handsome
plant on account of its long red spikes.
Alternanthera nana, R. Br. Oodnadatta (Dist. C: Miss
Staer). A. angustifolia, R. Br. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer).
Not previously recorded for South Australia, the nearest
locality quoted being Sturt Creek, in North-western
Australia.
62
PHYTOLACCACEAE.
Didymotheca thesioides, Hook. f. Karoonda (Dist. M)-
Codonocarpus cotinifolus, F. v. M. North of Murat
Bay (Border of Dist. L and W). Mr. B. P. Bowering, the
local schoolmaster, says there are only a few of these trees
in the locality.
AIZOACEAE.
* Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, WL. ‘‘Ice Plant.’”
Spreading on the sandy soil near Murat Bay.
*(ialenia secunda, Sond. Received by the Agricultural
Department from Port Germein, where it is called ‘‘Cali-
fornian lucerne,’’ because the seed is believed to have come
in the ballast of a ship from California. A South African
weed, recorded in Victoria in 1902, but not found hitherto
in South Australia.
CARYOPHYLLACEAE.
*Silene nocturna, L. Renmark.
*Spergula arvensis, L. ‘‘Corn Spurry.’’ Karoonda.
*Hermaria hirsuta, L. Mannum. This Mediterranean
plant has already been noted for Woolshed Flat and Wallaroo,
but has not hitherto been collected on the Murray.
PAPAVERACEAE.
*Papaver Argemone, L. Melrose. Only one specimen
of this European poppy (not hitherto recorded for South
Australia) was found.
CRUCIFERAE.
Menkea villosula (F. v. M. et Tate), J. M. Black. This
alteration of the specific name of J/. hisyidula (these Trans.,
xxx1x., 830) has become necessary under Art. 48 of the rules
of nomenclature adopted at the Vienna Congress, because
Professor Ewart finds, after comparison with Helms’ speci-
mens in the National Herbarium of Victoria, that M/Z. hism-
dula is identical with Capsella villosula, F. v. M. et Tate.
His examination of the Melbourne specimens confirms the
necessity of transferring the species to JMenkea.
Stenopetalum sphaerocarpum, F.v. M. Minnipa (border
of Dist. L and W). Slender annual in fruit (November) ;
growing in the shelter of Porcupine Grass (T'rvodia lanata).
*Sisymbrium orventale, L. ‘‘Oriental Rocket’’ or ‘‘Wild
Mustard.’’ Grows with extreme luxuriance in the Trans-
Murray scrub near Karoonda.
Lepdium fasciculatum, Thell. Renmark; Gladstone.
Differs from L. ruderale, L., in the short dense fruiting
raceme, the pod cuneate towards the base, and the four
minute white petals about half the length of the sepals. L-
63
foliosum, Desv. Little Althorpe Island (Dist. Y:; S. A.
White). Valves of pod wingless and fruiting pedicels some-
times elongated. .
*Carrichtera annua (L.), Prantl. Sent to Department
of Agriculture from Port Pirie, and appears to have estab-
lished itself near that town. Spain, Eastern Mediterranean
region, and Mesopotamia.
CRASSULACEAE.
Tillaea acuminata, F. M. Reader. This species is widely
‘distributed in South Australia, and is distinguished from
T. Siteberiana, Schult., ann. 1825 (7. verticillaris, DC.,
ann. 1828), by its pentamerous flowers, sessile or subsessile,
its broad abruptly acuminate scarious-striate sepals and its
long-beaked carpels, which (like the petals) are quite as long
as the sepals. In the flower the beaks protrude conspicuously
beyond the sepals. The carpels are tuberculate in the lower
half, a peculiarity not found in 7. Sieberrana. The latter
species has almost always a few pedicellate flowers springing
from the clusters of sessile ones; its flowers are tetramerous,
and the sepals are narrower, acute rather than acuminate,
and considerably exceed both the petals and the small obtuse
short-beaked carpels. (See figures in pl. vii.) Both these
species are common. I have specimens of 7. Sreberiana from
sandhills at the Grange (near Adelaide), Clarendon, scrub
between Murray Bridge and Callington, Gladstone, Beetaloo,
Melrose, Loxton, Karoonda, Robe, and Kangaroo Island;
and of T. acuminata from Black Hill (near Adelaide), Bugle
Ranges, Halbury, Melrose, Woolshed Flat (near Quorn),
Berri, Blanchetown, Renmark, Karoonda, Taplan, Port Lin-
coln, and Minnipa. 7. recurva, Hook. f. Ihave only found
this as a rare plant in the Onkaparinga, the North Para at
Nuriootpa, and the Glenelg River. 7. purpurata, Hook. f.,
also appears to be very rare. Var. pedicellosa, F. v. M., of
T. macrantha, Hook. f., varies from the type by the very
long pedicels of some of the flowers, erect growth, and fewer
stems. The typical form has the stems often prostrate for a
short distance and rooting at the nodes. Ewart follows
Mueller’s later opinion in raising var. pedicellosa to the rank
of a species, but some specimens from Brighton, Strathalbyn,
Willunga, and Clarendon appear intermediate, and we have
not in this case any difference in the flowers to fall back upon
in case of, doubt. Hooker, in his description of 7’. macrantha
(Fl. Tasm., 1., 145), says: ‘‘Squamis hypogynis nullis,’’ and
Bentham is silent on this point. There is, however, a-crimsou
scale at the base of each carpel, although in the dried state
the colour is usually lost and the scale is difficult to find.
64
The scale occurs in the var. pedicellosa (which I have from
Burnside, Port Lincoln, Robe, and Kangaroo Island), as well
as in the type.
PITTOSPORACEAE.
Billardvera cymosa, F. v. M. Karoonda; Lameroo (Dist.
M). Var. sericophora, Benth. Strathalbyn; Port Lincoln.
Pittosporum phillyraeoides, DC. In the dry country
north of Murat this is only a shrub, not above 2 m. high,
leaves small (24-5 cm. long), fruit unripe, but much smaller
than the unripe fruit gathered about the same date on typical
trees at Minnipa. This is doubtless the same form as was
found by Captain White in the Everard Range, with hoary
pedicels and small leaves.
LEGUMINOSAE.
Acacia Oswaldu, F. v..M. Minnipa and Chillundie,
with lanceolate phyllodia; also at Murat Bay (with oblong-
lanceolate phyllodia), where it is known as ‘‘Prickly Myall.’’
At Iron Knob it has linear-lanceolate phyllodia, very pun-
gent-pointed, and is known as ‘‘Dead Finish Myall.’’ Some
specimens from the Murray have the pungent point trans-
ferred to one corner of the oblique summit of the curved
phyllodium, which thus presents a curious cimitar-like appear-
ance.
J. W.,Mellor). #. Brownu, F. vy. M. Dublin scrub (Dist.
A; H. H. D. Grifith). #. Dutton. v. My Mount Gan-=
son, Dist. W; Mrs. Beckwith); Minnipa.
RUBIACEAE.
*Galium Aparine, L., var. minor, DC. Woolshed Flat,.
near Quorn (Miss J. Mills); Campbell Creek, Melrose. This:
clinging plant, called in England “Cleavers,’’ was recorded
from Mount Gambier by Bentham in 1866. *G. murale, DC.
This little alien, which seems to have great facility in distri-
buting its seeds, was found fruiting in the scrub at Minnipa
in November.
GooDENIACEAE.
Dampiera stricta, R. Br. ‘Myponga (Dist. A): D.
lanceolata, Cunn. Longwood (Dish sean Minnipa (Dist 2).
Goodenia glauca, F.v. M. TJ have this species from Ren-
mark, Gladstone, Arkaringa, and Broken Hill, and always:
var. sericea, Benth. The indusium, although glabrous on the
outer face, is appressed-silky on the inner and the style is:
hairy. G. pusillifilora, F. vy. M. Brighton, Dublin (Dist.
A); Halbury, Gladstone, Telowie Gorge (Dist. N).
Scacvola spinescens, R. Br. Minnipa (Dist Magis ase
aemula. R. Br. (Dist. N) and S. humilis, R. Br., both grow
at Gladstone. These two species are certainly rather difficult
to distinguish and it might be better, as Bentham suggests,
to treat Aamilis as a variety only. S. aemula has longer and
less prominently toothed leaves, a soft pubescence which may
almost wear off through age, and usually longer spikes and
corollas. It is a larger plant and has a wide range throughout
rs)
io
the State. S. Aumilis is essentially northern in its habitat.
Puzzling forms, almost intermediary, occur on Kangaroo
Island, where Tate records the existence of both species.
COMPOSITAE.
Hlelipterum floribundum, DC.; var. Sturtianum, Benth.
Dublin scrub (H. H. D. Griffith); Gawler Ranges (S. A.
White) ; Telowie; Pirie; Karoonda; Warramboo. This is the
form with straw-coloured outer bracts of the involucre and
pappus-bristles united only at base. The spreading snow-
white inner bracts of this “everlasting’”’ are a marked feature
in many parts of the Murray Scrub and Eyre Peninsula.
The type, with all the bracts white and the pappus-bristles
dilated and united in their lower halves, is found chiefly
in our Far North—-Mount Lyndhurst, Oodnadatta, Tar-
coola, Mount Gunson, Gawler Ranges, Arkaringa,
Everard Range, River Finke. In these Transactions,
Xxxvi., 23, pl. 11., it was sought (1 now think unneces-
sarily) to distinguish this form as var. tubulipappum. The
specimens vary in size, and there are small intermediate
forms from the Murray and Wallaroo, with all the bracts
white but the pappus-bristles united only at base. //. corym-
biflorum, Schlecht. This beautiful httle plant often covers
the ground along the banks of the Murray with a carpet of
“white everlastings,” as it also does in many of our northern
districts. At Melrose it grows on the flats among the box-
gums.
Athrixia tenella, Benth. Specimens from Edilillie have
the upper part of the stems more or less clothed with erect
or spreading bracts similar to those of the involucre. This
character shows an approximation to the Western Australan
A. Croniniana, F. v. M., but the pappus is normal.
Cratystylis conocephala, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot., xliui.,
138, ann. 1905 (Olearia conocephala, F. v. M.; Pluchea
conocephala, F. v. M.; Stera conocephala, Ewart et Rees).
Common near Murat Bay and inland towards Chillundie.
The conical heads are very fragile, finally falling from the
branchlets and the bracts separating from the receptacle. The
flowerheads seem to be constantly semi-dioecious or dioecious,
the bisexual (or male?) corollas swollen towards the summit
by the fertile, connate anthers, the female corollas cylindrical
with the anthers abortive and free. (See pl. vu.) The
pistil of the bisexual flowers appeared perfect, but it was too
early in the season (November 11) to make certain on this
interesting point. (Gneludinge (my decurrens,, To wy ie:
Karoonda; Lameroo; Murray Bridge: Gladstone: Strath-
albyn; Nuriootpa; Port Lincoln; Yeelanna; Hog Bay, K.1I.
All the efforts I have made to distinguish satisfactorily these
two species have failed, and I think they should be united.
Mueller first sought to distinguish them by stating (Trans.
Phil. Inst. Vict., 111., 59) that H. decurrens “differs from
/7. retuswm in shorter more wrinkled leaves, with broader
decurrent lines, in neither shining nor glabrous nor heterogam-
ous flowerheads, and in more copious pappus-bristles.’”’ Later,
in Fragm. vil., 46, he adopted another formula: —“Ab
fH. retuso distinguendum est capitulis paulo longioribus apice
magis apertis, squamis involucri minus _ flavescentibus
nunquam laxis.” As regards the supposed presence of female
flowers in //. refusum and their absence in H/. decurrens, out
of ten specimens examined only two (from Murray Bridge
and Kangaroo Island) had no female flowers, and these two
were not distinguishable by any other characteristic from
specimens which had both bisexual and female flowers in each
head. The leaves, which vary from 5 to 15 mm. in length
and are usually spreading, have a narrow groove along the
upper surface and a small point which is more or less recurved,
so that the leaf appears either truncate or notched at the
summit. The upper-surface varies from rough to almost
smooth, and the margins are always more or less revolute,
sometimes almost hiding the tomentose under-surface. The
decurrent lines, are often as long as the leaf itself and are
always conspicuous, at least below the young leaves, for the
prominence or otherwise of the lines is almost entirely a
question of the age of the leaf, just as the looseness or
otherwise of the involucral bracts is a matter of floral
--
iz?)
development. The head contains ]0-13 flowers, of which 1-3
are usually female, 4-toothed, and without pappus; rarely
all are bisexual. The involucral bracts vary from snow-white
(like those of Cassinia laevis) to straw-colour. //. adnatwm,
with which Ozothamnus retusus was united by Bentham in
Fl. Aust., 1i1., 629 (he has not noticed O. decurrens in that
work), appears to be a distinct species with short, rather
acute, erect leaves, adnate to the branch usually for the whole
of their length (see J. H. Maiden, [lust. N.S.W. Plants, 23,
pl. 8), but I have not seen any specimens from South Aus-
tralia. As regards priority of specific name, //. retwsum and
/1. decurrens are both of the same date—F. v. M., Fragm.,
vili., 46 (1873)—but the original descriptions are:—
Ozothamnus retusus, Sond et Muell. in Linnaea, xxv., 510
(1852); O. decurrens, F. Muell., in Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict.,
mi., 09 (1859). HH. Jessenn, F. v. M. To the stations men-
tioned by Mueller in Vict. Nat., vu., 48, for this species—
River Murray, Gawler, Lake Alexandrina, Burra, Wirrabara,
Port Augusta, Port Lincoln—may now be added: Halbury,
Gladstone, Napperby, Telowie, Melrose, Whyte-Yarcowie,
Meribah, Lake Gairdner, Gawler Ranges. For the closely-
allied species, //. hyalospermum, F. v. M.:—Burnside,
Kapunda, Melrose, Tarcowie, Gawler Ranges.
Calotis scapigera, Hook. Port Adelaide River (Dist. A ;
Piece ae terrific ).
Olearia rudis, F. v. M. ,Karoonda. Extreme form of
var. glabriuscula, Benth. Almost without hairs or roughness,
but otherwise like the type.
HTumea squamata, F. v. M., was common at Karoonda,
but only budding in early October.
Lagenophora Billardiert, Cass. Campbell Creek, Mel-
rose (Dist. N).
Craspedia globosa, Benth. This handsome and appar-
ently rare plant was found in bud on the banks of Campbell
Creek, Melrose, in the middle of October.
Brachycome tesquorum, sp. nova (tab. viii.). //erba
perennis tata glanduloso-hispidula basi lignea, caulibus erectis
ramosis, foliis rigidulis oblanceolatis 2-3 cm. longis acute
paucidentatis trinervils, nervis infra prominentibus, pedun-
culis elongatis subecorymbosis, involucri bracters oblongis
margine late seariosis laceratis, ligulis florum marginalium
conspicuis lilacinis, achenis obovatis compressis margune
incrassatis exalatis pilis uncinatis conspersis utrinque bieos-
tatis, pappo nullo. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer); Glen Ferdi-
nand, Musgrave Ranges (S. A. White). Belongs to Section
76
Paquerina, and appears nearest to 2. angustifolia, A. Cunn.,
but has three-nerved leaves with a few long sharp teeth or
lobes.and ribbed achenes.
Senecio magnificus, F.v. M. Pinnaroo; Karoonda (Dist.
M); Oodnadatta; Everard Range (Dist. C). SS. brachy-
glossus, F. v. M. At Renmark is a form with involucres
7-8 mm. long, of about 12 bracts; outer female flowers about
10, with a very short ligule not exceeding the style-branches ;
inner bisexual flowers 20-25. The heads correspond fairly
with var. major, Benth., but the Renmark specimens are
slender, few-flowered, with leaves nearly entire, and only
about 12 em. high. -
*Centaurea melitensis, Li. “Maltese Cockspur.” Yaninee.
*iledypnois cretica, Willd., is found at Gladstone in the
form with glabrous involucral bracts and long diffuse stems.
Moolooioo, ordinary form (S. A. White).
*CUrypostemma calendulaceum, R. Br. “Cape Dande-
hon.’’ Forming great yellow. patches on the slopes of Mount
Remarkable in October.
*Carduus tenuiflorus, Curt. To the localities already
given must be added Melrose, Robe, and Kangaroo Island.
* Lactuca saligna, 4. “Willow Lettuce.” Murray Bridge
as a new locality. .
* Sonchus maritimus, L. Henley Beach; Glenelg; Port
Noarlunga; Port Elliot; Robe; Port MacDonnell. I don’t
know whether it is found on the seacoast north cf Adelaide.
Probably the plant referred to by Bentham in FI. Aust., in.,
680, as a maritime variety 'of S. oleraceus, L., which it
resembles in the achenes. In the Nat. Fl. of 8.A. I called it
var. littoralis of S. asper, but was not then aware that it was
perennial, with long slender subterranean stolons penetrating
the sand and forming new plants. In the South Australian
specimens the leaves vary from almost entire, with small
auricles, to sinuate-pinnatifid with large rounded auricles,
and the achenes have usually 3-5 longitudinal ribs, the middle
one most prominent, but with few or no transverse rugosities,
which are also obsolescent in some Mediterranean forms.
Our plant varies in height from 30 to 60 cm., and is often
course and stout, the leaves bordered by spiny teeth. As this
species is not- mentioned by the early navigating botanists of
Australia, it is very probably, hike Cakile maritima, an intro-
duction which has spread rapidly along our coasts. F. M.
Bailey records the occurrence of S. maritimus in Queensland.
*S. asper, Hoffm. Grows to a large size in Campbell Creek,
Melrose.
*Chrysanthemum coronarmm, lL. As a garden escape at
Berr1.
77
*Xanthium orientale, L., ann. 1763 (X. canadense,
Mill, ann. 1768). Sent to the Department of Agriculture
from the neighbourhood of Renmark, and apparently
numercus. This weed is a congener of the Bathurst Bur
(*X. spinosum, L.), but has burs twice as large, with stouter
and longer spines and two large divergent beaks at the summit
of the bur. This is its first record in South Australia and it
is a most undesirable introduction. The body of the bur is
14-18 mm. long and with the two beaks it measures 17-25
mm. in length. Originally an American species, but may
have reached ‘South Australia from the Mediterranean, as it
approaches closely to the descriptions of X. italicum, Mor.,
the name given to a form of \. orcentale naturalized in
Mediterranean countries.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
PLATE V.
Triodia lanata, n. sp. 1, flowering glume. 2, palea. 3,
pistil, stamens, and lodicules.
Puate VI.
Trichinium seminudum, n. sp. 1, perianth. 2, inner segment
of perianth. 3, bract. 4, bracteole. 5, pistil and stamens.
Pragte-VIT.
Poranthera triandra, n. sp. 1, male flower: 2, female flower.
3, female flower viewed from above after the fruit has fallen, show-
ing the 3 calyx-segments and. the hypogynous disk. 4, female
flower and pedicel (fruit fallen). 5, embryo. 6, stamen.
Cratystylis conocephala, S. Moore. 1, female flower. 2,
bisexual (or male 7) flower. 3, free, barren stamen of female
flower. 4, summit of style.
Tillaea. 1, flower of T. Sieberiana, Schult. 2, carpel of same.
3, carpel of T. acuminata, F. M. Reader. 4, flower of same.
Pruate VIII.
Brachycome tesquorum, n. sp. 1, female flower. 2, bisexual
flower. 3, outer involucral bract. 4, inner involucral bract.
5, achene.
78
REVISION OF THE GENUS STIGMODERA, AND DESCRIP-
TIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF BUPRESTIDAE
(ORDER COLEOPTERA).
By: HH... CaRTER, BA. PE E.S:
[Read June 8, 1916.]
Puates [X. anp X.
STIGMODERA, Escholtz.
More than most Australian families of the Coleoptera,
the Buprestidae are in great need of revision; while of the
Buprestidae the purely Australian genus, Stigmodera—num-
bering above 300 species of the most beautiful of our
Coleoptera—has never been tabulated. There is, in conse-
quence, much confusion arising from misidentification,
synonymy, and nomina nuda. Twenty-three authors have
described or named species, of whom, fortunately, the earlier
writers—e.y., Donovan, Kirby, and Castelnau and Gory—gave
excellent figures, the monograph of the last two authors being
a standard work of great value. Amongst later writers,
Saunders gave figures not only of his own species, but of
species of other authors identified by him. There is thus little
difficulty in determining the majority of the species described
by these authors. It is much to be regretted that later
writers who have contributed most new names—e.g., Thomson,
Macleay, Blackburn, and Kerremans—have not published
figures of their species, so that, where the types are not
available for examination, there is some difficulty in deter-
mining the value of their species, unless they possess strongly
differentiated characters. The work of Thomson is so casual,
brief, and unscientific that the greater part is of little value.
He seems to have taken little pains to acquire knowledge of
the works of other authors on the subject. In consequence,
as Kerremans has shown, a large number of his names are
synonyms. Macleay’s types are distributed between the
Australian and the Macleay Museums in Sydney. I have
been able to examine these. Moreover, many of the species
described by Saunders were sent to him by Mr. G. Masters,
late curator of the Macleay Museum, so that the named
specimens in that Museum may in many cases be considered
as co-types. Blackburn described fifty-five species, but with
a tendency to insufficient allowance for variation, and some-
times with insufficient material. I find that no less than
79
seventeen of these must be considered as synonyms, or, at
most, variations of previously-described species. Some of
these have been indicated by himself, others were
unfortunately published in papers which nearly synchronized
with those by M. Kerremans, so that each of these writers
sometimes repeated the work of the other. By the courtesy
of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, of the South Australian Museum,
and the co-operation of my friend, Mr. A. M. Lea, I have
had the loan of a large number of specimens, including many
of Blackburn’s co-types, or specimens bearing labels in Black-
burn’s handwriting. This has been supplemented by similar
help from Mr. Kershaw, of the National Museum, Melbourne,
so that I have been able to determine with accuracy almost
all the species named by this diligent entomologist. Further,
a notebook containing the late Canon Blackburn’s copious
notes on various Coleoptera has been entrusted to me, in which
is an outline of a tabulation of the genus Stegmodera. While
not following the same method in my own tabulation, this
has been of use in a few cases of species unknown to me.
Besides the material mentioned above, all the unnamed or
doubtfully-named specimens in the Macleay Museum, the
Brisbane Museum, the Perth and Tasmanian Museums have
been sent to me, together with the fine private collection of
Mr. Lea. My own collection—largely taken by myself in
twenty years’ collecting in every Australian State, except
South Australia, is a good one—and I am further indebted
for specimens to Mr. C. French, Mr. H. W. Brown (the
widest of our field collectors), and Mr. H. Hacker. In 1907
I visited the Museums of Brussels, Paris, and England, taking
notes on specimens, especially in the Hope Museum, Oxford,
and the British Museum (which last had recently purchased
the fine collection of M. Kerremans), and I was thus able to
compare specimens with many types. With this material I
have ventured on a task that would otherwise have been
insuperable, in the hope that the tabulation may render
identification easier to collectors, and at the same time purge
our catalogues of useless names. Probably sore errors will
occur. but at least this tabulation will afford a basis for future
workers. Lastly, I would pay my homage to the great
specialist in Buprestidae, M. Chas. Kerremans, whose cheery
acquaintance I had the honour to make in 1907 and whose
correspondence I have valued since. His standard work in
the ‘‘Genera Insectorum’’ has been of great assistance to me,
and I have, in part, followed his subdivision of the genus into
the three subgenera mentioned below. Whatever be the value
of these subdivisions zoologically, they are very helpful in
classifying so large a genus. I had hoped to see the
80
completion of M. Kerreman’s monumental monograph on the
Buprestidae before attempting my tabulation, a work
courageously continued throughout periods of ill-health. To
this misfortune has now been addéd the martyrdom of his
devoted country and the detestable German occupation, during
which all correspondence has been impossible. I am sure that
M. Kerremans will take an honest criticism in a generous
spirit. Up to 1902 this author described some eighty-four
Australian species of Stagmodera, of which twenty are con-
fessed synonyms, partly through the synchrenism with Black-
burn’s publications. To these I have added others below, in
some cases confirmed by notes lately taken at the British
Museum by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. In a few cases species
placed together in my tabulation may not be synonymous.
It is not sometimes possible to determine species Ly description
only, especially when the descriptions omit important charac-
ters or no following note shows the distinction between a new
species and its nearest allies. This should always accompany a
description in so large a genus. While a European naturalist
has the advantage of access to types and copious literature to
hand, he has not generally the field experience and constant
communication with collectors to enable him to decide ques-
tions of variation and distribution. This fact further
emboldens me to attempt the work that follows.
VARIATION.—The variations of Stiqmoderae are often so
wide that it is always a dangerous supposition that an insect
that looks at first sight unlike anything described is a new
species. At the same time, while certain species seem lable
to variation, a large number are singularly constant in
colouration, pattern, and structure. These variations may be
classified under :—(1) Size, (2) colour, (3) structure, (4) sex.
(1) Seze.—While the majority of species will be found
of a certain average size, remarkable instances occur -in
exceptional cases of dwarf or abnormally large specimens.
Thus in the common species, taken around Sydney, I have
before me macularia, Don., varying from 33 x 15 mm. to
‘21 x 9 mm.; variabilis, Don., from 37 x 15 mm. to 20 x 8
mm.; jacquinot?, Boisd., from 30 x 14 mm. to 19 x 8 mm.;
cyanicollis, Boisd., from 13 x 44 mm. to 74 x 24 mm.
(2) Colour —Here will be an the chief stumbling-
block to the novice. Again it is the commoner and widely-
distributed species which vary most. The _ well-named
variabilis, Don., is a good example of this. Here the elytra
may be a concolorous red or yellow, while the three dark
fasciae and apical spot show every form of interruption or
absence. The following are some of the species in which a
similar variation has been noticed :—smitcheli, Hope (with
ig 6)
—_—
its many-named variations, infra); yarelli, C. and G.; semo-
cincta, C. and G. (with variety variopicta, Thoms.) ; undulata,
Don.; robusta, Saund.; ignota, Saund.; speciosa, Kerr. ;
dulcis, Blackb.; octosmlota, C. and G.; punctiventris,
Saund.; swmulata, C. and G.; rewcher, C. and G.; oleata,
Blackb. ; alexandri, n. sp.; regia, Blackb. The presence or
absence of* shoulder spots is variable in jehellii, Saund. ;
ignota, Saund.; skuseti, Blackb.; punectiventris, Saund.; and
others. The absence or presence of yellow or red margin of
the pronotum in the same species is rare, but nevertheless it
seems to occur—/.¢., if stevenst, Gehin. = tibialis, Waterh.,
the latter being generally without such a margin; but E am
very doubtful of this synonymy. The width of this pale
margin in species with a dark disc and wide margins is very
variable—e.y., thoracica, Saund.; latithorar, Thom. ; witte-
collis, Macl.; pictipes, Blackb.; tricolorata, Waterh.; while
some species vary in the amount of red colouration which
takes the place of the usual metallic surface of the pronotum,
as in parryt, Hope; caroli, Blackb. JMJaculiventris, Macl.,
is extremely variable in pattern; the type has the elytra
orange-yellow, sanguineous towards apex, with a spot on the
suture behind the scutellum, a postmedial fascia, and an
apical patch dark-green; but the postscutellary spot is some-
times widened into a short fascia, there is often a wide
preapical spot, sometimes shortly fasciate, while the suture
is more or less widely dark. It is one of the largest of the
subdivision Custiarina, having simple tarsal claws, and is
wrongly placed with Themognatha in the “‘Genera Insectorum.”’
The colour of the abdomen is variable, probably sexual, some-
times brassy-green with yellow spots at the sides; in other
examples the abdomen is almost wholly yellow, the margins
of segments only being green. The apex has a fringe of long
yellow hair.
Melanism is of rare occurrence in the genus, but I have
seen the variety of variabilis, Don., with the whole upper-
surface black, except the yellow band to the prothorax, known
as nigripenmis, C. and G. What is more common is a tendency
for the colour of the fasciae (in fasciated species) to spread
more or less, sometimes wholly, over the surface of the elytra.
Thus cruwentata, Kirby, is an evident variety of vegeta, Tlope.
There is a wholly- blue specimen of yare/li, C. and G., in the
Macleay Museum, and Mr. H. W. Brown has two beautiful
blue-green specimens of conspicillata, White, while there is
a well-known variety of cyanicollis, Boisd., found in Victoria
and Tasmania, which I believe is the species described as
viridis, C. and G. It is possible that the charming little
species described fra as lea: may be another local variety of
82
this, but it should be named. Blackburn mentions an example
of wndulata, Don., illustrating the above tendency (ante,
13975: Pp. oays
It is thus quite possible that varicollis, Cart., is a variety
of yarelh, C. and G., though this appears to be a good example
of geographical variation, in which every specimen has a
more or less constant pattern that varies from the type found
elsewhere. This remark is also true of rufipes, Macl., a red-
legged North Queensland form of octospilota, C. and G. This
kind of variation, or species in the making, obviously intensi-
fies the difficulty of sharp definition in the tabulation in a
genus in which colour is so prominent a feature. In a few
species the colour of the underside is variable. This will be
treated especially under sex variation, but in the much-
described punctiventris, Saund. ( = bimotata, Saund.
= yguttata, Blackb., etc.) the underside is either yellow
or coppery, while in species having more or less yellow on
the under-surface the amount of such colouration is very
variable. S. decipiens, Westw., is also variable in pattern.
(3) Structural variation (including sculpture and cloth-
ing).—The chief variations here will be noted under sexual
variation; otherwise such variations are rare, and the best
diagnosis of species can be made on structural characters.
There are, however, two obvious cases that deserve mention.
(a) Width, or expansion of the sides of prothorax.
(6) Structure of the apices of the elytra.
In a few cases there are some considerable variations
under (a)—e.g., klugi, C. and G., often shows wide differ-
ences in the form of the prothorax (a fact to which Mr. G. S.
Bryant called my attention when collecting in Sydney). This
is true also of the species parryi, Hope, which in a long series
I cannot distinguish from parvicollis, Saund. (6) The apices
of the elytra form, in general, one of the best characters for
the separation of allied species, and some authors believe
this to be a constant character in the same species. There is,
however, sufficient variation here to give cause for trouble
(vide Blackburn, ante, 1900, p. 48, on yarelli). The examina-
tion of long series of bicincta, Boisd.; octospilota, C. and G. ;
cupricollis, Saund., and others, will show enough variation
to make exact description difficult, the spines sometimes being
subobsolete; where the type has distinct spines. Also many
of the larger species, whose apex is more or less truncate with
a short external spine (e¢.g., thoracica, Hope; variabilis, Don.)
show a variation towards the simply-rounded apex.
(4) Sexual variation.—The most marked sexual distinc-
tion lies in the form of the last abdominal segment, the male
having this segment more or less excised (e.g., reichei, C. and
83
G.), or merely truncate (¢.g., macularia, Don.), while that
of the female is rounded. The male is generally smaller
(markedly so in ¢mperialis, n. sp.), narrower, and more
attenuated behind. In some species (¢.¢., chevrolati, Gehin. ;
reichei, C. and G.) the female has a finely-forked ovipositor,
to be found in many others only by dissection. JI have not
observed the sexual variation in density of punctures, noted
by Blackburn, except perhaps in pubicollis, Waterh., in which
the male has the thorax densely clothed with long hairs, the
female having only a slightly pubescent surface. In such
cases the density of hair is accompanied by a corresponding
coarseness of sculpture. A more obvious sexual variation
occurs in a few species in the colour of the abdomen. Thus
in alternata, Lumh., the largest and most beautiful of the
section Castiarina, the male has a yellow abdomen, while that
of the female is dark-green, with lateral yellow spots; simi-
larly with maculivéntris, Macl. In jekelli4, Saund., and
cruenta, C. and G., the male has a yellow, while the female
has a dark metallic abdomen. In immaculata, Cart., the
pronotum and whole underside of the male is bright metallic-
green, the corresponding parts of the female being brilliant-
golden-copper. In wnperialis, n. sp., the male is not only
much smaller than the female, but the elytra are without
the fascia found in the female. In the nearly-related species,
duboulayi, Saund., and macfarlanei, Waterh., the male has
one fascia, the female two fasciae, besides the dark apex to
the elytra. In consmeillata, White, the male has only the
apex of a dark colour, while the female has two fasciae as well
as the apex so coloured.
S. oleata, Blackb.—Mr. H. W. Brown has taken a long
series of this fine species at Yalgoo, Western Australia, of
which seven specimens are before me—two male, five female.
The author evidently had some doubt as to the male specimen
described by him being conspecific with the female by his note
of interrogation affixed thereto. I have little doubt that the
male so described is that of another species, while there is
some doubt as to his diagnosis of the sex of the female
specimen described. I therefore append notes on the colour
markings of the specimens before me.
3. (a) Head, legs, and underside blue-black, the last
three segments of abdomen red with dark margins ;
prothorax orange-red with narrow basal margin
dark; elytra blue-black with medial fascia
expanded laterally and wide preapical fascia
connected narrowly at sides with the former
orange-red, also a few small orange spots near
basal margin.
, 84
¢d. (b) As in f(a), except prothorax with apical half
suffused with darker markings, elytral orange
fasciae not connected laterally, abdomen entirely
dark (metallic blue and green).
Q. (a) Two specimens as in the description of the male
by Blackburn (the whole blue-black, elytra with
red preapical fascia).
Q. (4b) Two specimens have an additional medial fascia
orange-red, narrower than in the male, and widely
interrupted at the suture.
Q. (c) One specimen, elytra as in /4/, but the prothorax
, has a vague transverse red band near the base.
S. sanguinosa, Hope.—In this species there is a marked
sexual dimorphism in the structure of the apices of the elytra
and of the last segment of the abdomen. In the male the
3 4
SexuaL Vartatrion or Apices or Knyrra AND ABDOMEN OF
Stigmodera sanguinosa.
Fig. 1. Apex of elytra of female. Fig. 2. Apical segment of
to ; pee
abdomen of female. Fig. 3. Apex of elvtra of male. Fig. 4.
Apical segment of abdomen and part of aedeagus of male.
elytra are prolonged considerably beyond the abdomen, while
in the female the reverse is the case. The last abdominal
segment in the latter is bilobed, while it is truncate in the
male. The quite different structure of the apices of elytra,
85
simply pointed in the male, bidentate in the female, is very
unusual. I do not know a similar case in the whole genus.
I have noted in the tabulation special cases of variation
as they occurred, for convenience of reference.
Distribution.—While the genus is exclusively peculiar to
Australia and adjacent islands, the species are extraordinarily
freakish in their distribution. A few species are very widely
scattered, almost over the whcle continent, while the majority
are found in a quite limited habitat. Of the larger species
I know only one, mifchel/i, Hope, that is found in every one
of the States; while macu/aria, Don., variabilis, Don., occur
over the whole of the eastern side of the continent. Of the
smaller species, the following are known to me as occurring
in every State: —A mphichron, Boisd.; burchelli, C. and G.:;
cyanicollis, Boisd., and its varieties ; wosmilota, C. and G.;
S-smlota, C. and G.; 10-maculata, Kirby, and rufipennis,
Kirby. The country extending from north-west Victoria to
the extreme west of Western Australia can only be considered
as one faunal area, and many of the Western Australian
forms occur over a great part of this area. I have received
specimens of simulata, C. and G.; robusta, Saund.; jekell,
Saund. ; sanguineolenta, C. and G.; pallhidiventris, C. and G.,
from widely-separated places in this great area, extending as
it does over thirty degrees of longitude. Besides the above,
there are a few species—e.g., wndulata, Don.; bicincta,
Boisd.; crenata, Don.; S-maculata, Saund.—that occur over
the whole of eastern Australia. A large number, possibly
the greater number of species, are very local in their occur-
rence, and collectors will often speak of limited regions where
one rare species is known only to be found. Thus cydista,
Rainb., has only been found in a limited district near Sydney,
while Mr. Brown’s captures in the Cue district show species
unknown elsewhere.
SYNONYMY.
I have placed var. only before those names which ought,
in my opinion, to be retained for certain constant forms,
sometimes peculiar to certain districts, and which may in
some cases prove to be distinct species, but which differ from
the typical form. Thus S. rvfipes, Macl., is a Queensland
variety of octospilota, C. and G., having red femora. Again,
under that much-described species, mztchelli, Hope, besides
the fawxs pas of M. Thomson, occur var. 1, guadrispilota,
Saund. (a robust large form peculiar to Western Australia) :
var. 2, tasmanica, Kerr (a small Tasmanian form); var. 3,
karattae, Blackb. (a variable form from Kangaroo Island,
Victeria, and southern New South Wales, generally smaller
and darker than the typical form).
86
I have placed under the tabulation all the synonyms
known or considered as such by me; but in the list imme-
diately following this are placed only such synonyms as have
not been so far published.
b.
=
“NO Ore ©
tay
12.
13.
|
20.
21.
22.
THEMOGNATHA.
parryt, Hope (=fusea, Saund.=parvicollis, Saund.=
major, Waterh.=picea, Kerr.).
sanguineocincta, Saund. (=alcyone, Thoms. =coelestis,
Thoms.).
sangunepennis, C. and G. (=cincticollis, Kerr.).
excisicollis, Macl. (=addenda, Thoms.=sincera, Kerr.).
haematica, Hope (= (?) clara, Kerr.).
afims, Saund. (=limbata, C. and G.=adelpha, Thoms.).
sanguinea, Saund. (= pictiventris, Kerr. =cyaniventris,
Kerr. =avuncularis, Thoms.).
donovam, C. and G. (=yansoni, Saund.).
rectapennis, Blackb. (=agicerubra, Kerr.).
reichet, C. and G. (= funerea, . White = marmorea,
Blackb.).
vitticollis, Macl. (=delia, Thoms. = fallaciosa, Kerr.).
mitchelli, Hope (=strichklandi, Hope=daphnis, Thoms.
=ostentatriz, Thoms.=var. 1, quadrispilota,
Saund. = var. “2, =tasmanica, Kerr = varses,
karattae, Blackb.).
yarelli, C. and G. (=var. 1, favipennis, Gehin. =var. 2,
elegans, Gehin.=var. 3, varicollis, Cart.).
flavicollis, Saund. (=S. wnicincta, Saund.).
CASTIARINA.
empressicollis, Macl. (=costalis, Saund.).
moribunda, Saund. (= (?) dispar, Blackb.).
punctiventris, Saund. (=guttata, Blackb.=var. minor,
Blackb. =var. ignea, Blackb.).
atronotata, Waterh. (= guttaticollis, Blackb. = consularis,
Kerr: ):
Note.—minor, Blackb., is wrongly placed
under guttaticollis by Kerremans (Gen. Ins.,
p. 207).
septemnotata, n. nom. (=septemmaculata, Blackb. ;
the latter name is preoccupied by Mannerheim
for a synonym of spilota, C. and G.).
producta, Saund. (=acutipennis, Thoms. = (7?) var. sul-
cicollis, Kerr.).
delta, Thoms. (= (?) deceptor, Kerr.).
lilliputana, Thoms. (= Neocuris mastersi, Macl. = ocularis,
Kerr. = (?) dawsonensis, Blackb.).
87
semicinecta, C. and G. (=var. variogcta, Thoms.).
laena, Thoms. (= var. electa, Kerr.).
versicolor, C. and G. (=decemguttata, Gory.= parva,
Saund.).
decemmaculata, Kirby (=inaequalis, Kerr.).
picta, C. and G. (=purpurea, Hope=var. laetabilis,
Kerr.).
pallidiventris, C. and G. (=var. cincta, Blackb. =rwbro-
emcta, Kerr, n. praeoc.).
elderi, Blackb. (=rustica, Kerr.=diversa, Kerr.).
andersoni, C. and G. (=var. verax, Kerr.).
mastersi, Macl. (=var. deleta, Kerr.).
distincta, Saund. (=sternalis, Blackb.=deliciosa, Kerr.
=var. baltola, Kérr.=var. imermis, Kerr.).
fulviventris, Macl. (=guttigera, Blackb.).
auricollis, C. and G. (=ochreiventris, Saund. =strigata,
Macl.).
wilsoni, Saund. (=var. segma, Kerr.).
confusa, Waterh. (=agrestis, Kerr.).
anchoralis, C. and G. (=arborifera, Blackb.).
smulata, C. and G. (=helenae, Hope=var. phryne,
Thoms.=var. lais, Thoms.=var. ftriramosa,
Thoms. = distinguenda, Thoms. = fraterna,
Kerr.).
ignota, Saund. (=var. semisuturalis, Saund.).
abdominalis, Saund. (= (7) var. wnica, Kerr.).
tricolor, Kirby (=curta, Saund.=opima, Kerr.).
humeralis, Kerr (= tillyardi, Cart.).
gibbicollis, Saund. (= fascigera, Kerr.).
cyanipes, Saund. (=armata, Thoms. =/ongula, Blackb.).
cupricolis, Saund. (= alterzona, Thoms. = deyrollei,
Thoms. = julia, Thoms.).
trifasciata, C. and G. (=apicalis, C. and G.=tacita,
Kerr.).
affabiiis, Kerr. (=simplex, Kerr.).
vegeta, Hope ( = coeruleiwventris, Saund. = haroldi,
Saund.=vwiridiventris, Saund., var. cruentata,
Kirby =neologa, Thoms. =(?) coerulea, Kerr. =
coélestis, Kerr. =stillata, Blackb.).
erenata, Don. (=krefftr, Macl.=variata, Kerr.).
rubriventris, Blackb. (=maculifer, Kerr.).
burcheali, C. and G. (=perplera, Hope=langqiunosa,
Hope = hostilis, Blackb.). |
sagittaria, C. and G. (=gravis, Har. =obhscuripenns,
Saund.).
amphichroa, Boisd: (=sexspilota, C. and G.=sieholdi,
C. and G.=cylindracea. Saund.=bhicolica,
Kerr.).
88
54. hope, Saund. (=burchelu, Hope=placida, Thoms.).
55. punctatosulcata, Saund (=ltigiosa, Kerr.).
56. obscura, Saund. (=var. transversipicta, Thoms.).
57. alternecosta, Thoms. (=alacris, Kerr. =quadrinotata,
Blackb.).
58. scalaris, Boisd. (=cyanicollis, Boisd. =subtritasciata, C.
and G.=media, Hope=crucigera, C. and G.=
prudens, Kerr.).
59. flavovaria, Saund. (=flavomicta, C. and G.=timida,
Kerr.).
60. wiolacea, Macl. ( = cupreoflava, Saund. = equena,
Blackb.).
61. pwerilis, Kerr. (=var. atrocoerulea, Kerr.).
62. rotundata, Saund. (=(?%) var. aencicornis, Saund.).
NOTES ON SYNONYMY.
(1) I have examined a large number of specimens labelled
parryt, Hope, and parvicollis, Saund., and have carefully
compared them with descriptions. While extreme cases are
very different in size, and vary as to the amount of dark
colouration on the pronotum, I have not been able to draw
any definite line between the two names. The other synonyms
have been already noted by Kerremans.
(2) (3) (4) (6) (7) I see no reason for the various names
under these to mark minute differences scarcely amounting to
variation.
(5) The description of clara, Kerr., would exactly cor-_
respond to a specimen of haematica, Hope, in which the blue
colour extended over the whole abdomen; I have seen
examples in which this is very nearly the case, the amount
of red or blue on the underside being very variable.
(8) S. donovam, C. and G.=jansont, Saund. There can
be little doubt of this from a study of the figures and
descriptions.
(9) The description of apicerubra, Kerr., exactly cor-
responds with my co-type of rectipennis, Blackb.
(10) S. rewchec, C. and G., is very variable. Blackburn
himself thought that marmorea was a synonym.
(11) I cannot see anything in the description of fa/laciosa,
Kerr, to distinguish it from witticollis, Macl., a common
Northern and Central Australian species, subject to wide
variation. Dr. E. W. Ferguson informs me that there is
some confusion between the names vwifticollis, Macl., and
sexmaculata, Saund., in the Brit. Mus. Coll., but these are
widely different species.
(12) S. mitchelli, Hope, shares with variabilis, Don., the
distinction of being the most variable in a variable genus.
89
IT have little doubt of the synonymy of the seven names.
(13) After my recent experiences in the examination of
long series, I am compelled to include varicollis, Cart., as a
variety of yarelli, C. and G., though the name should stand
for this local form, of which Mr. Duboulay took a large
number, all more or less marked as stated in its description.
(14) I agree with Blackburn that wnicineta is the male,
flavicollis the female, of the same species.
(15) Saunders’ figure and description of costalis proclaim
its identity with ¢impressicollis, Macl., a fairly common
Queensland insect.
(16) I am a little doubtful here. There is a slight colour
difference, as the suture and apex of moribunda are said to
be narrowly black, this marking being absent from dispar,
Blackb. This variation is so common in analagous cases
é.g., rufipenms, Kirby, that I think I am justified in giving
this synonymy.
(17) I have seen many specimens which include all these
names and which form continuous series.
(18) (25) (26) (27) (30) (32) (35) (41) (43) (46) (47)
(55) (56) (60) In all these cases Dr. E. W. Ferguson has
been kind enough to confirm my own impressions by an
examination of types in the British Museum. As regards (32),
I have previously published the synonymy of sternalis,
Blackb., -with distincta, Saund. Dr. Ferguson’s note on
mermis, Kerr., states :—‘‘There were two spp. included under
mermis, both marked types; one=distincta, Saund.=deli-
ciosa, Kerr.; the other=nova, Kerr.; baliola seems little
more than a colour variety of distincta, Saund., with broader
bands and basal elytral border.’’
(20) I have followed Kerremans in placing acutipennis,
Thoms. = producta, Saund., though the former name has been
long given in Australia to the species described as insignis,
Blackb.
(21) S. delta, Thoms (wde note in tabulation).
(22) I am only slightly in doubt as to the correct inclu-
sion of dawsonensis in this; but there is only a slight colour
difference, the addition of an apical spot on each elytron,
and this variation is common in other species.
(23) S. variopicta, Thoms. This form is well known to
collectors as a variety of semicincta, C. and G. I have taken
the two forms in company frequently, at Medlow, Blue
Mountains.
(24) S. electa, Kerr., cannot be more than a variety of
laena, Thoms.
(28) See note in the tabulation.
90
(29) (31) From descriptions and examination of many
specimens, including co-type of e/deri, Blackb., and the type
of mastersi, Macl.
(33) Co-type of guttigera compared with type of fulvi-
ventris, Macel.
(34) Type of strigata, Macl., compared with figures and
descriptions of auricollis and ochreiwentris.
(36) More than probable.
(37) A éo-type of Blackburn’s arborifera is identical with
the very common Perth species, anchoralis.
(38) One of the most variable of the smaller species.
Extreme forms are very different in pattern, but all have the
same general colour scheme and robust obese form (fraterna
was merely a name to supply the preoccupied distinguenda ).
(39) S. semisuturalis, Saund., is a well-known varietal
form of zgnota, Saund., to collectors. JI have taken them
together in the Blue Mountains.
(40) Vide note in tabulation.
(42) I confess to a blunder here, due to my not having
then seen M. Kerremans’ fine work (Genera Insectorum.)
(43) M. Kerremans was mistaken in placing gibbicollis,
Saund., as synonymous with grata, Saund. The species are
quite distinct. This no doubt accounts for his redescription
of gibbicollis as fascugera, Kerr.
(44) I have already published the synonymy of Jongula,
Blackb., with cyantpes, Saund.; armata, Thoms., described
as from Sydney, is no doubt the same species. It is rare in
the Sydney district, though occurring at Ropes Creek and in
the Blue Mountains.
(45) Slight colour varieties, chiefly in the prothorax and
underside. 7
(48) S. cruentata, Kirby, is the oldest of the names, but
the pattern of vegeta, Hope, is the common one. I am a
little doubtful as to the identity of coelestis with the above;
-stillata was a name given by Blackburn for coelestes, Kerr.,
the latter name being preoccupied by Thomson. There is no
reason for placing sfi/lata as a synonym of laena, Thoms., as
M. Kerremans has done (Genera Insectorum).
(50) S. rubriventris, Blackb., was described from Western
Australia. There is a New South Wales species very near,
if not identical with it, but generally larger. It is possible
that this is the form described as maculifer, Kerr.
(51) S. hostiis, Blackb. I have examined a co-type of
this in the South Australian Museum collection, labelled by
Blackburn. The apex of one elytron is slightly malformed or
damaged ; the other apex is perfect and ordinarily bispinose.
As this is the only or main distinction between this and
Or
hurchelli, 1 conclude that Blackburn was misled by the
malformation.
(52) Is my conclusion from figures and descriptions.
(53) (54) Common species that include all the names
noted.
(57) The synonymy of alacris, Kerr., with alternecosta,
Thoms., has been published by M. Kerremans himself. A
co-type of quadrinotata, Blackb., in the South Australian
Museum shows the same insect. A species I often used to
find near Cook River, Canterbury (near Sydney).
(58) The commonest insect of the whole genus, with a
corresponding variation, which I believe includes the names
given.
(59) (61) I feel sure of the synonymy, from descriptions.
(60) S. eqiuina, Blackb. Type in National Museum,
Melbourne, examined by me and found identical with type of
violacea, Macl. The suggestion of mine that ewpreoflava,
Saund., was the same was confirmed by Dr. Ferguson.
In the following tabulation an asterisk (*) is placed
against species unknown to me. This tabulation is put
forward with some diffidence, and is probably not without
error. The difficulties can be partly estimated by the follow-
ing statement of the numbers of names so far catalogued :—
No. of species in tabulation. No. of names catalogued.
A. Stigmodera 8 1)
B. Themognatha 69 121
C. Castiarina 241 386
Total 318 pe, en
In other words that 204, out of 522 names, should be
either sunk as synonyms or treated as variations; a formidable
list with which to make oneself familiar. M. Kerremans gave
345 species in the Genera Insectorum, and I find that four
species were then omitted—viz., suwbpura, Blackb.; tyrrhena,
Blackb.; pallas, Blackb.; and erubescens, Blackb. If my
tabulation is correct there are thus 318 existing species, of
which 31 are here described as new.
The species can be divided into subgenera as follows :—
1. Elytra pitted with large foveate punctures (also striate-
punctate in cancellata, Don.)—a. stTiagMopERA, Eschs.
2-4. Elytra striated or striate-punctate, the intervals some-
times costate.
3. Tarsal hooks lobed or toothed at the base--8. THEMO-
GNATHA, Sol.
4 Tarsal hooks simple—c. casTrarina, C. and G.
92
Suspgenus A. Table of SriamopeERA, elytra pitted.
1-9. Elytra without coloured fasciae.
2-6. Elytra yellow.
3. Elytral foveae small, more or less concolorous with elytra
apex widely bidentate—goryi, C. & G.; curtisi, Hope.
4-6. Klytral foveae large and black.
5. Apex of each elytron simply rounded—macularia, Don. ;
cicatricosa, Dalm.
6. Apex of each elytron bispinose (with oblique excision)—
jacquinoti, Boisd,
die Elytra brown-red, foveae black, apex subtruncate—
porosa, i. sp.
8. Elytra red, foveae green, apex dentate—sanguinosa,
Hope.
9. Upper surface brilliant golden-green—gratiosa, Chev. ;
smaragdinea, Hope.
10-12. Elytra with coloured fasciae.
rh. Thorax and underside brilliant coppery-green—roet,
Saund,; cancellata, Boisd.; vescoei, Gehin.
12. Thorax and underside dull -blue or ereen—cancellata,
Don.; dejeani, Hope; dejeaniana, Boisd
Norre.—The geographical distribution of the above
is curious, the first four species being peculiar to the
eastern side, the last four to the western side of
Australia.
Suscenus B.. THemognatHa, elytra striate, tarsal hooks”
lobed or toothed at base.
1-8. Tibiae enlarged and toothed on the external border.
2. Prothorax with yellow margins, abdomen yellow—duponti,
Boisd. ; stevensi, Gehin.
3. Prothorax concolor ous, abdomen bronze—tibialis, Waterh.
4-117. Tibiae normal.
5-71. Elytra without coloured fasciae.
6-23. Elytra entirely red or yellow.
7-15. Prothorax concolorous.
8-10. Prothorax red (sometimes with bronzy reflections).
9, Alternate intervals of elytra costate—heros, Gehin.
10. Intervals regularly convex—parryi, Hope; fusca, Saund. ;
parvicollis, Saund.; major, W aterh. ; picea, Kerr.
Ai: Prothorax bronze—chalcodera, Thoms.
12-14. Prothorax brassy-green.
13. Abdomen chiefly yellow—brucki, Thoms.
Oe Abdomen brassy -green—sanguineocincta, Saund. ; aleyone,
Thoms. ; coelestis, Thoms.
15. Prothorax black—aestimata, Kerr.
16-23. Prothorax with red or yellow margins.
17-19. Dise of pronotum black.
18, Margins of pronotum red, underside blue—sanquini-
pennis, C. and G.; cincticollis, Kerr.
19. Margins of pronotum yellow, underside black—flavo-
marginata, G. and H.; cruentata, Murray.
20-22: Pro green, with red margins.
21. Klytral apices simple—menalea as, Thoms.
22. Klytral apices strongly bispinose—lobicollis, Saund.
54-62.
55-61.
93 |
Prothorax red, with narrow central part black, abdomen
red—haematica, Hope; (?) var. clara, Werr.
Elytra red or yellow, suture or apex, or both with dark
markings.
Prothorax concolorous.
Pronotum and underside blue.
Suture and sides generally with wide blue vittae—
sutwralis, Don.; vertebralis, Boisd. .
Suture (partly) and apex only dark—franea, n. sp.
Pronotum and underside green.
Apices of elytra truncate.
Base, suture, and apex of elytra blue (apical mark rarely
absent)—similis, Saund
Base and suture ot elytra green, size smaller than similis
marcida, Blackb.
Apices of elytra strongly bispinose—e.ccisicollis, Macl. ;
addenda, Thoms. ; sencera, Werr.
Pronotum bronze (sometimes more or less red)—caroli,
Blackb. ; capucina, Blackh.
Prothorax with red or yellow margins.
Red margins as wide as or wider than discal colour.
Alternate intervals of elytra subcostate and narrowed—
latithorax, Thoms.
Intervals of elytra uniform—thoracica, Saund.; atalanta,
Thoms.
Margins of prothorax narrower than discal colour.
Disc of pronotum metallic-green, sides of elytra
sanguineous.
Underside entirely green.
Sutural markings continuous from base to apex without
notable enlargement—limbata, Don.
Sutural marking commencing behind base, with irregular
widenings—affinis, Saund. ; limbata, C.. and G.: ;
adelpha, Thoms.
Underside (in part at least) yellow.
Elytral suture green, abdomen with yellow spots, last
segment with red bands—sanguinea, Saund.; picti-
ventris, Kerr.; var. cyanwentris, Kerr. - avuncularis,
Thoms.
Apices of elytra strongly bispinose, margins of elytra
not dark.
Sides of prothorax angularly widened, margins of pro-
notum and elytra red—viridicineta, Waterh.
Sides of prothorax rounded, their margins and elytra
clear yellow—donovami, C. and G.; jansoni, Saund.
Apices of elytra truncate, margins of elytra blue-black—
lessoni, C. and G.; acutithorax, Thoms.
Dise of pronotum and apical half of elytra coppery-red—
pascoei, Saund.
Dise of pronotum and apex of elytra bronzy—sanquini-
ventris, Saund.
Dise of pronotum blue, margins irregularly red—notati-
collis, n. sp.
Disc of pronotum red, margins bronzy—wimmerae,
Blackb.
Elytra brown, piceous, or black, lateral margins more or
less yellow.
Prothorax with yellow or red margins.
59-62
60.
61.
62.
63-71,
64-68.
65.
66-68.
67.
68.
69-71.
70.
94
Head and underside abnormally pilose.
Form oval, apices of elytra simple, pronotum strongly
pilose in male—pubicollis, Waterh. ; lateritia, Thoms.
Form navicular, apices strongly bispinose, pronotum not
pilose—barbiventris, n. sp.
Head and underside normally pubescent.
Elytra reddish-brown, disc of pronotum black—flavo-
cincta, C. and G.
Elytra brownish-black, disc of pronotum bronze—grandis,
Don.
Pronotum mottled red and black, not margined— gigas,
1 a OP
Elytra dark-blue or black, apex sanguineous (except im
qa):
Prothorax concolorous.
Elytra (except apex) and underside black — princeps,
Blackb
Elytra (except apex) blue (or greenish).
Form elongate, apex widely red—bonvouloiri, Saund.
Form shortly ovate, apex narrowly red—obscuripennis,
Manneth. ; rugosipennis, Thoms.
Prothorax mar roined more or less red.
Elytra blue, apex red, apical segments of abdomen red—
rectipennis, Blackh. ; apicerubra, Kerr.
Apex of elytra concolorous with rest, margins inter-
ruptedly red—rufocyanea, n. sp.
Klytra (in general) fasciated.
Prothorax concolorous (at least with no defined yellow or
red margins).
Upper-surface nitid dark-green, underside black, elytra
with a single preapical fascia red—mniszechi, Saund.
Whole surface. brilliant- -green, elytra with basal and
preapical fascia yellow —saundersi, | Waterh. ;
obesissima, Thoms.
Pronotum bronze or coppery.
Underside black, elytra black with irregular fasciae
vellow—reichei, C. and G.; funerea, White; mar-
morea, Blackb.
Underside (or at least the abdomen) yellow.
Elytra with 3 black fasciae, apex sanguineous (pronotum
sometimes with irregular orange spots near margin)—
murrayi, G. and H.; trifasciata, Murray ; imperatriz,
Thoms.
Elytra with 2 fasciae and apex blue-black, underside blue
—spencei, C. and G.; egregia, Boh.; sternoceroides,
Thoms.
Pronotum blue, elytra with 3 fasciae and apex blue—
congener, Saund
Pronotum green, irregularly mottled yellow, elytra with
one fascia and apex violet—chevrolati, Gehin. ;
imperatriz, White; imperator, Thoms.
Pronotum yellow (sometimes with dark discal markings),
abdomen more or less yellow.
Klytra with one fascia, shoulder, and subapical spot
black, apices hooked—martini, Saund.
Elytra with one fascia and subapical spot blue, apex
rounded—flavicollis, Saund.; wnicincta, Saund.
86.
87.
88-113.
89-95.
90-94.
96-113.
‘97-99.
98.
99.
100-113.
101-108.
102-106.
103-105.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109-113.
110-112.
ITE.
112.
113.
114-117.
115.
116.
95
Pronotum red with base, apex, and discal spot green,
elytra with short fascia and apex ereen—carpentari iae,
Blackb.
Pronotum with sexual difference in colour, male orange,
female blue-black (sometimes with red or orange basal
band), underside black—oleata, Blackb.
Prothorax with yellow or red margins.
Yellow margins as wide or wider than dark disc.
Elytra with one fascia and apex blue.
Legs variegated, femora yellow, tibiae green—vpictipes,
Blackb.
Legs concolorous.
Whole abdomen yellow (24-29 mm. long) — tricolorata,
Waterh.
Apical segments only yellow (36-42 mm. long) vitticollis,
Macl.; delia, Thoms. ; fallaciosa, Werr.
Elytra with basal margin poe short fascia blue (male
nonfasciate)—imperialis, sp.
Yellow or red margins of Age evans not as wide as dark
dise.
Elytra with sexual colouration, male with one, female with
two fasciae, and apex blue.
Disc of pronotum brilliant-copper, punctures small and
sparse—duboulayi, Saund.
Dise of pronotum less nitid, punctures large and close—
macfarlani, Waterh.
Elytra without sexual colouration.
Size large (more than 30 mm. long).
Disc of pronotum black (or nearly so).
Elytra with 3 vellow fasciae.
Elytra with preapical red spots, besides fasciae
Blackb.
Elytra without preapical spots—fortnumi, Hope..
Elytra with 2 (widely interrupted) yellow fasciae—
sexrmaculata, Saund.,
Disc of pronotum green, fasciae variable or absent—
variabilis, Don. ; kingi, W. S. Macl.: var. nigripennis,
C. and G.: unifasciata, C. and G.
Dise of pronotum blue, elytra with 1 fascia and apex
blue—westwoodi, Saund.
Size smaller (less than 20 mm. long).
Dark colour predominating on elytra.
Pronotum obscure green or blue, coarsely punctate—
mitchelli, Hope; stricklandi, Hope; daphnis, Thoms. ;
ostentatriz, Thoms.; var. 1, quadrispilota, Saund. ;
var. 2, tasmanica, Kerr.; var. 3, karattae, Blackb.
Pronotum _ brilliant- green, sublaevigate — laevicollis,
Saund.
Yellow colour predominating on elytra, pronotum blue,
elytra with 3 fasciae, and apex blue—yarelli, C. and
G.; var. 1, flavipennis, Gehin.; var. 2, elegans,
Gehin. ; var. 3, varicollis, Cart.
Margins of pronotum with one or more yellow blotches.
Size very large (42 mm. long), pronotal blotch near hind
angles—gloriosa, n. sp.
Size smaller (28-32 mm. long), pronotal blotch obliquely
invading disc; male apex only violet, female with
2 fasciae and apex violet—conspicillata, White;
signaticollis, Hope; cyanura, Hope.
regia,
Ly.
96
Size 20-23 mm. long, pronotal spot not invading. disc,
elytra with postmedial fascia bilobed and subapical
triangular spot extended to apex—praecellens, Kerr. :
frenchi, Blackb. (var., without yellow spot on pro-
thorax, ground-colour of elytra red).
Nore.—A specimen of this beautiful and rare
species was taken by me at Wangaratta, Victoria.
Mr. W. Duboulay tells me that his father took it at
Albury. A specimen sent me from Inverell, corre-
sponding with two in the Macleay Museum (from
Murrurundie, New South Wales, and Ipswich,
Queensland, respectively), is very similar’in structure
and pattern, but has a darker elytra and is without
any yellow on the border or underside of prothorax.
At present I hesitate to call this other than a variety
of praecellens.
Suseenvus C. Casrtrarina, elytra striate-punctate, tarsal hooks
1-15.
simple.
Elytra carinate-costate.
Notr.—Only species with strongly-pronounced
costae are included here. Many other species have
less pronounced costae, e.g., costata, Saund.; lutei-
penms, C. and G,; nanula, Kerr.
Elytra mostly red or yellow.
Form shortly ovate, suture, apex, or subapical spot
black.
Pronotum very convex, dull-black, with deep medial line
—erythroptera, Boisd.
Pronotum not very convex, nitid-purple or bronze, with-
out medial line—acuticollis, n. sp.
Form long and narrow, elytra without dark markings.
Pronotum bronze with 4 deep foveate depressions—
impressicollis, Macl.; costalis, Saund.
Pronotum purplish-green with 2 slighter lateral depres-
sions—attenuata, n. sp.
Form widely oblong, pronotum bronze with deep irregular
foveate depressions.
Elytra red, suture and apex black, apices trispinose—
nasuta, Saund.
Elytra with carinae red, interstices black, apices finely
bispinose—sp7nolae, C. and G.
Pronotum and elytra testaceous—testacea, Saund.
Pronotum yellow with black vitta or vittae.
Elytra orange with blue-black spots—decipiens, Westw. ;
capucina, Thoms.; tricarinata, Macl.
Elytra blue-black, pronotum trivittate—octocostata,
nts:
Elytra without carinate costae.
Elytra yellow (without dark markings except basal
margins).
Pronotum and underside metallic-green, more or less
rounded on sides.
Elytral intervals flat, 13 mm. long—planata, n. sp.
Elytral intervals convex, 93} mm. long—moribunda,
Saund. (sometimes with suture and apex narrowly
evaneous—( ?) dispar, Blackh.
6.
57-59.
E
97
Alternate intervals subcostate, apex sanguineous, 7-8 mm.
long—tincticauda, n. sp.
Prothorax straightly narrowed from base to apex, with
sexual colouration—immaculata, Cart.
Prothorax dark-bronze green or coppery, abdomen yellow
—pallidipennis, Blackb.; addenda, Kerr.
Whole surface above and below yellow—flava, Saund. ;
flavescens, Thoms.; flavidula, Kerr.
Elytra yellow or red with suture or apex, or both, dark.
Prothorax concolorous.
Pronotum, apex, and suture (except in canaliculata,
Blackb.) of elvtra black.
Abdomen cyaneous.
Form elongate-oblong, prothorax not widest at base.
Male with apex of abdomen produced and bilobed, pro-
thorax very wide—rufipennis, Kirby; var. croci-
pennis, C. and G.
Male with apex of abdomen normal (excised or truncate).
13 mm. long, elytra red, sides of prothorax evenly
rounded—parallela, Saund.; crocipennis, Hope.
6 mm. long, elytra testaceous, sides of prothorax widely
rounded.
Apex of elytra wholly black—nanula, Kerr.
Black suture not extending to apex—canaliculata,
Blackb.
Form widely ovate, prothorax widest at base—ampli-
pennis, Saund.
Abdomen flavous—rubricauda, Saund.
Pronotum bronze, underside blue or violaceous. .
Suture of elytra only black (this enlarged and termin-
ated before apex; elvtra sometimes concolorous
yellow)—subpura, Blackb.
Apex narrowly, and short subapical fascia black—
balteata, Saund.; postica, Thoms.
Pronotum coppery or greenish-bronze.
Sutural colour widely dark blue-green—elongata, Saund.
Sutural colour narrowly green or bronze.
Abdomen green—observans, Kerr.
Abdomen golden-bronze or yellow—bimaculata, Saund. ;
punctiventris, Saund.; guttata, Blackb.; var. 1,
minor, Blackb.; var. 2, iqnea, Blackhb.
Base and apex of elytra only dark, 16 mm. long or less.
Apex of elytra widely black, apices bidentate.
Pronotum and abdomen black—nigriventris, Macl.
Pronotum coppery, abdomen green—viridiventris, Macl.
Apex of elytra widely purple, pronotum bronze-green—
phaeorrhea, Wirby.
Apex of elytra narrowly dark.
Abdomen golden, or golden-green.
Apices of elytra with long external spine, posterior
margins serrate—hirundicauda, n. sp.
Apices of elytra rounded, margins entire.
Elytral intervals subdepressed, apex green—jucunda,
Saund.
Elytral intervals subcostate, apex black (sometimes witk
postmedial spot)—luteipennis, C. and G.
Abdomen yellow, posterior margins of elytra serrate.
58.
98
Pronotum green, apices of elytra unidentate—cinna-
momea, Macl.
59. (LP ] var. of 58). Pronotum reddish-bronze, apices of elytra
60-62.
61.
67-78.
68-70.
69.
70.
gk
72.
89.
90.
finely bidentate—straminea, Mace}.
Klytra with large preapical spot extending, or not, to
apex, pronotum blue, 18-22 mm. long.
Apices of elytra strongly bispinose, slightly recurved—
hackeri, Cart. ; caudata, Cart.
Apices of elytra rounded—unimaculata, Cart.
Pronotum red with black spot on disc, apex of elytra
with large black spot—maculicollis, n. sp.
Pronotum black with wide red margins—analis, Saund.
Elytra yellow or red with dark spots.
Pronotum concolorous.
Pronotum greenish-bronze, elytra without dark suture or
apex.
Elytra with 7 blue spots, underside blue.
One spot only on suture, normally pubescent beneath—
spilota, C. and G.; septemmaculata, Mannerh.
Three spots on suture, densely pubescent beneath— -
septemnotata, n. nom.; septemmaculata, Blackb.
Elytra with 7 green spots, underside bright-green, pro-
notum transverse—septemguttata, Waterh.
Elytra with 8 blue spots, underside bronze—octo-
maculata, Saund.
Elytra with 5 black spots behind the middle—quinque-
punctata, Waterh.
Apex of elytra black (or nearly so).
Pronotum black, elytra red with large medial spot
—maculipennis, Saund.
Pronotum and underside green.
21 mm. long, elytra with 6 spots and apical margin black—
punctatostriata, Saund.
15 mm. long, elytra red with 2 large discal spots—
binotata, Saund.
10 mm. long, elytra with 4 spots, scutellary region and
apex dark—scutellaris, Kerr.
74-8 mm. long, elytra testaceous with dark spots.
Elytra with 3 black spots near apex—triguttata, Macl.
Elytra with suture, apex, sutural, and 4 lateral spots
green—sexguttata, Macl.; spots variable or absent—
var. puella, Saund.
Pronotum brassy-black, elytra with 4 lateral black spots—
quadriguttata, Macl.
Pronotum red with dark discal markings.
Apex of elytra dark.
Pronotum with 2 green vittae, sometimes connected—
mustelamajor, Thoms.; gibbosa, Macl.
Pronotum with large central transverse mark—atrono-
ae, Waterh.; guttaticollis, Blackb.; consularis,
err.
Pronotum with central spade-shaped mark, apex of
elytra reddish—seanotata, n. sp.
Pronotum yellow, with oval black spot at centre of base—
trimaculata, Saund. j
Pronotum golden-green, margins yellow—septemspilota,
Cart.
91-111. Elytra dark with yellow or red spots, pronotum and
underside coppery or green.
92-95.
93.
94.
106.
107-111.
108.
109-111.
110.
111.
112-134.
113-117.
114.
E2
99
Pronotum medially sulecate, apices of elytra close and
subunidentate.
Each elytron with 3 round spots, basal and preapical
connected with red marginal marks -producta,
Saund.; acutipennis, Thoms.; (?) var. sulcicollis,
Kerr.
Each elytron with lateral and discal spot yellow, pre-
apical subfasciate spot yellow and red—venusta, °
Cart.; suavis, Cart.
Each elytron with subhumeral and 3 discal spots yellow,
hindmost connected with red lateral spot—gentilis,
Kerr.
. Pronotum not medially sulcate.
Apices of elytra widely divergent, each strongly bispinose.
Basal third of elytra dark—insignis, Blackb.
Basal third of elytra yellow—caudata, Kerr.
. Apices of elytra strongly acuminate (more so than in
producta), subapical spots linear.
Subapical spots diverging towards apex (14 mm. long)—
acuminata, Kerr.
Subapical spots converging towards apex (7-9 mm. long)
—obliqua, Kerr.
Apices less acuminate than in producta, form more
parallel—delta, Thoms. ; (?) deceptor, Kerr.
Apices bispinose, interior spine small.
Each elytron with 3 discal spots, hindmost red at side—
delicatula, Kerr.
Each elytron with humeral and 3 discal spots, hindmost
at sides and margins red—spectabilis, Kerr.
Elytra without red markings.
Each elytron with 1 lateral and 2 discal spots yellow
(10-12 mm. long)—confinis, Kerr.
Size small (7-8 mm. long), prothorax bulbous.
Each elytron with lateral and 2 discal spots and pre-
apical fascia yellow—pulchella, n. sp.
Elytral spots smaller and without preapical fascia—
liliputana, Thoms.; ocularis, Kerr.; (Neocuris)
mastersi, Macl.; (?) var. with 2 additional yellow
spots at apex, (?) dawsonensis, Blackb.
Nors. — Gentilis, pulchella, and lilliputana might
well be placed in a separate group, form elongate-
ovate, apex not acuminate. There is an unacountable
mistake in Ann. Soc., Belg., 1900, p. 312, where M.
Kerremans places delta, Thoms., as a synonym of
punctatostriata, Saund. A glance at the description
and figure of the latter shows a widely different
insect, besides the difference in dimensions (delta,
12x4 mm.; punctatostriata, 21x8 mm.). From
description I think delta, Thoms.=deceptor, Kerr.
S. hbens, Kerr., is omitted from the tabulation as
unknown to me, while the description as to structural
characters is too brief for accurate diagnosis. It is
apparently near delicatula, Kerr.
Elytra almost wholly dark with longitudinal or transverse
yellow or red markings.
Size large, 18-21 mm. long.
Elytra brown-black, margins yellow, apices bispinose—
semicincta, C. and G.; var. variopicta, Thoms.
115.
116.
pi lg
118-134.
119-130.
120-124.
121-123.
122.
123.
124.
125-130.
126.
197.
128.
129,
130.
131-133.
132.
133.
134.
135-166.
136-154.
137-148.
138-145.
139-144.
140-142.
141.
142.
143.
144,
145.
146-148.
100
Elytra purple with straight vitta and preapical trans-
verse yellow, apices truncate—jubatu, Blackb.
Elytra violet-purple, with a medial fascia golden—
magnifica, Blackb.
Elytra blue, pronotum golden-red, the first with humeral
spot and antemedial fascia yellow—chobauti, Thery.
Size smaller, 15 mm. Jong or less.
Elytra mostly green (sometimes blue in /eai).
Elytra olive-green, abdomen yellow.
Pronotum yellow with discal and basal spots black.
Elytra with subapical fascia and epipleural spot yellow—
pertyt, C. and G.; var. mima, Saund.
Elytra with 2 fasciae, margins and humeral spot yellow—
flavosignata, Macl.
Pronotum brassy-green—luteocincta, Saund.
Whole surface mostly (including abdomen) metallic-green.
Elytra with anterior sides and wide preapical band
orange-red—kerremanst, Blackb.; apicalis, Kerr.
Elytra with narrow shoulder and wide preapical mark
yellow, the latter with 2 green spots—ocelligera, C.
and ¢;
Elytra with margins and variable number of elongate
discal spots yellow—virginea, Erich.
Elytra with margins only in part yellow—viridis, C.
and G. (possibly a local Victorian and Tasmanian
variety of cyanicollis, Boisd.).
Elytra with epipleural spot and apical fascia yellow—
leai, n. sp. (possibly a variety of 129).
Whole surface blue, or blue-black, with pale elytral
markings.
Widely ovate, elytra with wide yellow medial band—
obsepta, Kerr.
Elongate,’ elytra with humeral margins and _ preapical
band red—dulcis, Blackb.; colorata, Kerr.
Note.—Very variable, often approaching thomsoni,
Saund., of which it is a possible Tasmanian variety
Black, basal third of elytra and first three segments of
abdomen yellow—seminigra, Cart.
Elytra with pairs of yellow or red spots, the middle four
tending to become interrupted fasciae.
Head without yellow spot, elytral apices simply or finely
bidentate.
Elytra with epipleural and 8 discal spots yellow.
Prothorax concolorous.
Abdomen dark, form cylindric.
Elytra dark-blue or purple, underside densely pilose.
Margins of elytra yellow, discal spots subequal—aantho-
pilosa, Hope; parallela, White; splendida, Gehin.
Latero-humeral spot yellow, middle spots variable in size
—elongatula, Macl. ,
Surface golden-green, 4
crocicolor, C. and G
Elytra blue, 4 elongate spots ante and 4 subfasciate post-
median spots red, form acuminate—lepida, n. sp.
Abdomen yellow, form oblong attenuate behind—picti-
penmis, Saund.
Norre.—Four anterior yellow
coalescing, as in Saunders’ figure.
Prothorax with yellow margins, 4 medial spots sub-
fasciate,
anterior spots elongate—
spots, sometimes
147.
148.
149-154.
in0-152.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155-166,
156-165.
157-161.
158.
159-164.
160.
161.
162-166.
163.
164.
165.
166.
101
Abdomen dark, elytral intervals nearly tlat—victoriensis,
Blackb.; sensitiva, Kerr.
Abdomen yellow, elytral alternate intervals subcostate—
costipennis, Saund.
Elytra with marginal and 6 discal spots vellow, abdomen
dark.
Prothorax concolorous.
Pronotum with medial suleus—mansueta, Kerr.
Pronotum without medial sulcus, prothorax globose—
laena, Thoms.; var. electa, Kerr.
Prothorax and elytra with red margins, elytra with
humeral and 2 basal spots and 2 fasciae vellow—
rufolimbata, n. sp.
Prothorax purple with bright-green margins, elytra
with 4 marginal and 6 discal spots yellow—versicolor,
C. and e decemguttata, Gory; parva, Saund.
Head with yellow spot, prothorax with yellow or red
margins, underside mostly vellow.
Apices of elytra trispinose, posterior margins entire.
Elytra with epipleural and 8 discal spots vellow.
Form ovate and obese—octospilota, C. and G.; femorata,
C. and G.; adelaidae, Hope; (var.) rufi nes, Macl.
Form parallel.
Basal spots more or less round—decemmaculata, Wirby ;
imaequalis, Kerr.
Basal spots elongate linear—picta, C. and G.; purpurea,
Hope; var. laetabilis, Kerr.
Elytra w ith epipleural and 6 discal spots vellow or red,
underside yellow.
Apex and margins of elytra red, apices bluntly tridentate
—pallidiventris, C. and G.; var. cincta, Blackb.;
rubrocincta, Kerr.
Noret.—The only distinctions I can find between
cincta and pallidiventris are the larger size and the
antemedial dark fascia continuous to the sides in the
former.
Apex of elytra dark, apices acutely trispinose—elde77,
Blackb.; (margins of elytra sometimes reddish)
rustica, Kerr; diversa, Kerr.
Form oblong-attenuate, elytra with large basal and
apical spots and postmedial fascia brick- red, femora
red—argillacea, n. sp.
Apices of elytra bispinose, posterior margins serrated—
serratipennis, n. sp.
Note.—Octospilota, elongatula. crocicolor, and
others of this group have a tendency to longitudinal
confluence of the elytral yellow markings. “Of octo-
spilota there is a common variety from Perth, Wes-
tern Australia, in which the basal and medial spots
coalesce, also the postmedial and subapical, leaving
the margins, suture, and one fascia dark. Rufipes,
Macl., is a well- marked Queensland variety, with red
femora and distinctions in the pattern, The name
should be kept.
I have a specimen of elongatula, from Sydney, in
which all the spots on each elytron have thus
coalesced, so that the dark markings consist only of
a marginal and a sutural vitta. thus approaching
(but distinguished from) vittata, Saund.
167-171.
168-170.
169.
170.
ie
172-194.
175-194.
176-179.
1 Wii
178.
AWS
180-193.
181-187.
182-185.
183-188.
184.
185.
186-188.
187.
188.
189-194.
190-192.
TOL;
7492)
193.
194.
195-203.
196.
197-203.
193,
199-203.
200-202.
201.
102
Klytra with longitudinal dark vittae (sutural and two
discal).
Prothorax concolorous.
Klytra yellow, unidentate, vittae continuous to apex—
wittata, Saund.
Elytra red, bispinose, discal vittae not continuous to-
apex—saunguinolenta, C. and G.
Prothorax with margins widely red—amabilis, C. and G.
Klytra with basal margins, postmedial fascia, and apex
only dark.
Posterior margins serrated, pronotum and _ underside
blue, form elongate—longicollis, Saund.
Near preceding, but postmedial fascia with bilobed.
extension in front (sometimes forming a _ sub-—
basal fascia), also suture blue—desideria, n. sp.
Posterior margins entire.
Size large, 20 mm. long or more.
Fascia and apical mark connected externally, latter with
2 yellow spots—erubescens, Blackh.
Space between fascia and apical mark dark-red—
alternata, Lumh.
Apical half of elytra more or less red, markings variable
(vide supra)—maculiventris, Macl.
Size medium (12-15 mm. long), elytral intervals flat or
little raised.
Klytral apices strongly bispinose, truncate between spines..
Fascia narrow, elytra without red margins.
Form elongate.
Apical mark wide and square—andersoni, C. and G.;.
var. verax, Kerr.
Apical mark narrow—mastersi, Macl.; var. deleta, Kerr.
Fascia wider, elytra with red markings.
Space between fascia and apical mark red, underside
blue-black—brutella, Thoms. ; terminalis, Kerr.
Elytral apices narrowly bispinose, underside bronze-
green (variety without fascia)—wniformis, Kerr. ;.
(?) graphisura, Thoms.
Form ovate, elytral apices shortly bispinose.
Underside blue.
Antennae normal—distincta, Saund.; sternalis, Blackh. ;-
deliciosa, WKerr.; var. baliola, Kerr.; var. imermis,
Kerr.
Male with fiabetlate antennae—(Hypostigmodera) varie--
gata, Biackb.
Pronotum and underside golden-green, apex lunate—
nova, Kerr.
Size small (7-5 mm. long), elytral intervals subconvex—
subcostata, Kerr.
Elytra with basal margins, suture, one fascia and apex
dark.
Prothorax red, with central vitta and 2 spots blue—
coccinata, Hope; elongatula, White.
Prothorax concolorous and dark.
Size large, 20 mm. long or more—sancta, Cart.
Size smaller, 16 mm. long or less.
Apices of elytra bispinose.
Form oval, sutural band wide, fascial margins straight
—skusei, Blackb.; laudabilis, Kerr.
202.
208.
‘204-228.
205-210.
206.
207-225.
208-210.
209.
210.
aii.
212-228.
213-215.
214.
215.
216.
‘217-225.
‘218-222.
219.
‘220-222.
‘221.
222.
223-225.
294.
-_—_
225.
226-228.
227.
228.
229-266.
230-259.
231-252.
232-236.
233-235.
234.
103
sutural band narrow, fascial margins
Blackb.
Form navicular,
irregular—campestris,
Apices of elytra tr ispinose pulechripes, Blackb.
Nore.—Skusei and campestris have sometimes a
dark spot on shoulder.
Elytra with basal margin, humeral spot, one fascia, and
apex (or subapical ‘mark) dark.
Form cylindric, underside coppery-bronze,
preapical mark dark.
Prothorax golden, centre of
Blackb.
Prothorax concolorous.
Elytra with spot on suture between fascia and scutellum.
Size larger (15 mm. long), elytral intervals strongly-
punctate—convexa, Cart.
Size small (9 mm. long), elytra] intervals finely punctate—
fiiformis, Blackb.
Form obovate and flat, elytra with suture dark near
scutellum, apical margins red—tyrrhena, Blackb.
Apex of elytra dark.
Form narrowly navicular.
Elytral apices widely dark, basal sutures not dark, with-
out red margins—gracilior, Cart.; gracilis, Cart.
Apical mark square, basal suture dark, subapical] margins
red—disjecta, Kerr.
Form shortly ovate (as in mustelamajor,
apical area red—festiva, n. sp.
Form elongate-ovate.
Elytra with dark spot on suture,
scutellum.
Abdomen blue—propinqua, n. sp.
Abdomen yellow or red.
Elytra with red margins,
n. sp.
Elytra without red margins,
Macl.; guttigera, Blackb.
Elytra with suture dark throughout.
Abdomen dark-green, elytral markings green and violet
elytra with
dise violet—insignicollis,
Thoms.), sub-
between fascia and
form subcylindric—haswelli,
form ovate—fulviventris,
—macleayi, Blackb.
Abdomen yellow, elytral markings bronze-green—au/i-
collis, C. and G.; ochreiventris, Saund.; strigata,
Macl.
Prothorax with yellow margins, elytra with dark humeral
spot.
14 mm. long, disc of pronotum and elytral suture black—
audax, Saund
9 mm. long, disc of pronotum bright-bronze, suture not
dark—titania, n. sp.
Elytra with basal margin, apex (or subapical mark),
postmedial fascia, and humeral vitta dark.
Prothorax concolorous.
Underside dark.
Size large, 15 mm. long or more.
Elytra vellow with dark-green or blue markings, apex
dark.
Prothorax widest at middle, apices of elytra simply
rounded—undulata, Don.; laportei, Boh.
235.
236.
237-252.
238.
239-252.
240-247.
241-243.
242.
243.
257.
258.
259.
260-265.
261.
262-264.
263
264.
104
Prothorax widest at base, apices of elytra bispinose—
neglecta, n. sp.
Klytra red with short subapical fascia
Saund.
Size smaller, 12 mm. long or less.
Alternate intervals of elytra subcostate—costata, Saund.
All intervals uniform.
Apex of elytra widely dark, humeral vitta arcuate.
Elytral markings blue.
Pronotum and underside violet or coppery, form elongate
and parallel—wilsoni, Saund.; var. sigma, Kerr.
Pronotum and underside peacock-hlue, sides of elytra
sinuate—flavopicta, Boisd. ; bicolor, Gann G.
colorata, Hope.
Pronotum and underside metallic-green, elytral markings
purple—flavopurpurea, Cart.
Pronotum coppery.
Underside coppery—confusa, Waterh.
Underside blue black—agr estis, Kerr.
Apex of elytra very narrowly dark or pale with pre-
apical marking.
Form convex and robust, preapical fascia anchor-shaped..
Pronotum and underside bronze- black—anchoralis, C.
and G.; arborifera, Blackhb.
Pronotum and underside coppery—sim: ulata, C. and G.:
helenae, .Hope; var. phryne, Thoms.; var. lais,
Thoms.; var. triramosa, Thoms.; distinguenda,.
Thoms.; fraterna, Kerr.
Form narrower and flatter, extreme apex narrowly
indistincta,
green (rarely eonnected with preapical marking)—
iospilota, Cand G.
Abdomen (at least apical segments) yellow.
Size large (15 mm. long or more), elytra red, preapical
mark straight.
Apices of elytra finely but distinctly bispinose.
Pronotum irregularly and coarsely punctate—speciosa,.
Kerr.
Notrr.—In general with postmedian fascia; this,
in type specimen, only represented by a spot on each
side, not mentioned in the description.
Pronotum regularly and finely punctate—ignota, Saund.
Abdomen of male vellow, of female green, apices of elytra
with minute excision not bispinose—jekelli, Saund.
Size smaller, elytra yellow, tee 3 mark cordate or
sagittate—abdominalis, Saund.; (?) unica, Kerr.
Notre.—U nica, Kerr., deseribed as from Sydney.
With a long experience amongst collectors in this
district, the only species I know near it is abdom-
mmalis, Saund., and the author’s description may well
apply to a discoloured specimen of abdominalis in
which the green markings appear black.
Prothorax with yellow or red Margins.
Underside golden-green.
Preapical marking cordate or anchor-shaped.
14-15 mm. long, sides of prothorax and ground of elytra
orange-red—cupida, Kerr.
10-12 mm. long, sides of prothorax (narrowly) and elytra
yellow—tricolor, Kirby; curta, Saund.; opima, Kerr.
266.
‘267-281.
268-275.
269-271.
270.
271.
272-275.
*273.
274.
275.
276-281.
277.
278.
279-281.
‘280.
281.
282-306.
283-291.
‘284-290.
285-301.
286-289.
‘287.
288.
‘289.
290.
‘291.
105
Wide dark apical mark surrounding
2 yellow spots—
humeralis, Kerr. ; tillyardi, Cart.
Notrt.—A Brisbane variety of this is without
humeral vitta.
Underside yellow, head with yellow spot, apex and
margins of elytra red—flaviceps, Cart.
Elytra cg ate ene ade tage patch, postmedial fascia
and apex dark.
Prothorax concolorous.
Cireum-scutellary patch large (extending over greater
part of anterior third).
Size large (18 mm. long), pronotum
bronzy-black—bremei, Hope.
Size medium (138-16 mm. long), pronotum and underside
golden-coppery—ornata, Blackb.
Circum-scutellary patch small.
Elytral markings blue, intervals smooth, 13 mm. long—
cordifer, Kerr.
and underside
_Elytral markings green, intervals punctate, 9 mm. long
—doddi, Cart.
Size small (6-7 mm. long), scutellary spot connected at
base with shoulder spots—hilaris, Hope.
Prothorax with yellow or red margins.
Apices strongly bispinose, elytral intervals closely
punctate—biguttata, Macl.; terrae-reginae, Blackb. ;
triangulosa, Kerr.
Apices lunate subbispinose, intervals smooth—gibbicollis,
Saund.; fascigera, Kerr.
Apices of elytra simply rounded.
Scutellary patch not extending to
markings dark-green—grata, Saund.
Scutellary patch extending to sides at base, markings
bright-green—subgrata, Blackb.; campestris, Kerr.
Norr.—In the last two species—doubtfully distinct—
the lateral half of each elytron is much more closely
punctate than the sutural half.
Elytra dark with two yellow or red fasciae.
Medial pale fascia arcuate and interrupted at suture.
Size large (15-20 mm. long), posterior margins denticulate.
Prothorax concolorous.
Apices of elytra rounded, upper-surface mostly blue-
black or blue.
sides at base,
Pronotum dark-bronze, underside blue (with or without
yellow humeral spot)—hoffmannseggi, Hope.
Pronotum dark-violet, underside dark-green—fairmaziret,
Kerr.
Pronotum and underside coppery or golden—pallas,
Blackb.
Apices feebly bidentate, whole surface (except fasciae)
bright-blue (with or without yellow humeral spot, the
latter form with prothorax much widened and elytra
obovate)—klugi, C. and G.
Size smaller (10-14 mm. long), posterior margins entire,
upper-surface bright-green, underside coppery-green
with latero-subhumeral yellow spot — dimidiata,
Cart.
Nore.—This species is specifically near cyanicollis,
Boisd.; viridis, C. and G.; and leai, Cart., but the
exigencies of tabulation place it here.
292-306.
293.
294-301.
295-300.
296.
297-301.
298.
299-301.
300.
301.
302-306.
303-305.
304.
305.
306.
307-420.
308-353.
309-350.
310-314.
311-315.
312.
313.
314.
315
316-375.
106
Elytra black, blue-black, or violet-black, medial fascia
nearly straight and continuous,
Apical margins of elytra red, pronotum black—bella,
Saund.; cruentata, C. and G.
Pronotum bronze.
Elytra violaceous, intervals little raised.
Apices of elytra trispinose, underside blue—bicincta,
Boisd.; bicingulata, C. and G.; dejeani, Gory;
trispinosa, Kerr.
Apices bispinose.
Apical spines of equal length, underside bronzy, elytral
intervals sublaevigate—vicinu, Saund. ; ; bicincta, C.
and G.
External spine longer.
Underside purple, elytra] intervals strongly punctate—
subbifasciata, Saund.
Elytra blue- black, alternate intervals subcostate, under-
side green-bronze—coeruleipes, Saund. ; variety with
oval basal spots yellow—montana, n. var.
Prothorax with red or yellow margins.
Margins of prothorax widely and of abdomen red, the
former subangulately widened.
Apices of eyes ‘shortly bispinose—erythromelas, Boisd.
as from Tasmania, my specimens
come fare Perth, Western Australia.
Apices of elytra str ongly bispinose, external spine very
long—cyanipes, Saund.; armata, Thoms.; longula,
Blackb.
Norr.—The colour varies from blue-black to bright—
blue. The widening of the prothorax is also variable,
generally widest about the middle, sometimes sulcate
within the margin, but in all cases examined the
widest part is more advanced than in erythromelas.
Margins of prothorax and whole underside yellow—
marginicollis, Saund.
Elytra yellow or red with basal margin, 2 fasciae and
apex or preapical mark dark.
Apical mark covering apex of elytra.
Pronotum concolorous.
Size large, 15-20 mm. long.
All fasciae extending to sides.
Pronotum and underside coppery ot
shortly bispinose—cupricollis, Saund.
Pronotum and underside more obscure—var. alterzona,
Thoms. ; deyrollei, Thoms.
Pronotum black (probably discoloured variety of pre-
ceding)—julia, Thoms.
Pronotum blue, underside brilliant-violet,
armed (?)—cognata, Kerr.
Notr.—A species found near Sydney seems to
correspond with the author’s description, but has
finely bispinose apices.
Margins of elytra red, male with yellow abdomen—
cruenta, C. and G.
Size smaller, 10 mm. long—vigilans, Kerr.
Anterior fascia not extending to sides.
Norr.—While in general this character holds true,
exceptional cases occur.
green, apices
apex un-
EEE
a oe te
317-345.
318-329.
319.
320-329.
321.
322-330.
323-325.
324,
325.
339.
340-345.
341-344.
342.
107
Abdomen dark.
Size large, 14-21 mm, long.
Ground of elytra yellow, margins red, neither fascia
reaching sides—blackburni, n. sp.
Ground of elytra red.
Form wide, pronotum and underside blue—robusta,
Saund.
Norr.—Fasciae variable, sometimes only spots,
or (rarely) wanting, apex alw: ays narrowly cyaneous.
Form narrower.
Pronotum blue-black, apices of elytra widely lunate and
strongly bispinose.
Elytra sinuate, slightly obovate, intervals strongly con-
vex and finely punctate—thomsoni, Saund.
Elytra much attenuated at apex, intervals flat and
strongly punctate—pisciformis, n. sp.
Notr.—pisciformis has the prothorax strongly
bulging near base, with much denser and coarser
punctures than thomsont.
. Pronotum bronze-green, underside green.
Form elongate and depressed, apices finely bidentate—
helmsi, Cart.
Form cylindric.
Underside green, apices acuminate with oblique excision
—triyasciata, C. and G:; apicalis, C. and G.; tacita,
Kerr.
Pronotum and underside bright-blue, apices bispinose—
kirby, Guér.; vivida, Hope.
Size, 12-14 mm long.
Ground of elytra yellow.
Pronotum bronze-green, elytral markings blue—affabilis,
Kerr. ; simplex, Kerr,
Pronotum bronze, elytral markings black (or nearly so),
apices bispinose.
Postbasal yellow band wide, apical spines long — recti-
fasciata, Saund.
Postbasal yellow band narrow, apical apices subobsolete
—colligens, Kerr.
Size small, 10 mm. long or less.
Pronotum black, form narrowly cylindric, apices
acuminate with oblique excision—tripartita, Kerr.
Norr.—-rhis species very near and possibly a small
variety of atricollis, Saund.
Pronotum bright-blue, elytra red with bright-blue fasciae
—vegeta, Hope; coeruleiventris, Saund.; haroldi,
Saund.; viridiventris, Saund.;~ anterior blue band
extending to base, var. cruentata, Kirby; neologa,
Thoms.; coerulea, Kerr.; coelestis, Kerr.; stillata,
Blackb.
Norr.—Kirby’s name has the priority, but this
colour variation is less common than that of Hope’s
type.
Second elytral interval wider than rest and subcostiform.
Pronotum bronze, sometimes greenish, scarcely sulcate.
Light bands of elvtra red, apices widely lunate, external
spine long—plagiata, Gory; crenata, C. and G.;
sezplagiata, Gory; bicruciata, Hope; hopei, Boh. ;
similata, Boh.
343.
344.
345
346-350.
347-349.
348.
349.
*350.
351-353.
352.
353.
3545375.
Bo00-a12.
356-360.
all
358-360.
359.
360.
361-375,
362-367.
363,
364.
365-367.
*366.
367.
368-372.
369-371.
370.
372.
373-375
374.
108
Light bands of elytra with external parts only red, apices
more finely lunate and shortly hispinose—crenata,
Don.; krejfti, Macl.: variata, Kerr.
Light hands of elytra testaceous throughout—generosa,
Kerr.
Pronotum black, very convex, with deep medial suleus—
carinata, Macl.
Abdomen vellow or red.
Posterior margins of elytra entire.
Pronotum bronze-green, anterior fascia antemedial—
rubriventris, Blackb.; maculifera, Kerr.
Pronotum coppery, anterior fascia medial—secularis,
Thoms.
Posterior margins of elytra denticulate, pronotum
coppery or purple—cara, Blackh.; placens, Kerr.
Margins of prothorax yellow or red.
Dise of pronotum coppery, its margins and whole under-
side yellow—bifasciata, Saund.
Dise of pronotum blue, its margins and whole underside
red—castelnaudi, Saund.; thomsoniana,. Mast. :
laportei, Kerr.
Subapical mark not extending to apex of elytra
Prothorax concolorous.
13 mm. long or more.
Form wide, sinuate and depressed, elytra red with blue—
black fasciae—felix, Kerr.
Form cylindric, robust.
Margins of elytra red, markings nearly black—burchelli,
C. and G.; perplera, Hope; languinosa, Hope;
hostilis, Blackh.
Margins of elytra not red, markings more brilliant—
sagittaria, C. and G.; gravis, Har.; obscuripennis,.
Saund.
12 mm. long or less.
Elytra red with dark fasciae.
Pronotum and underside bright-green, form eylindric—
amphichroa, Boisd.; serspilota, C. and G.; sieboldi,
C. and G.; var. cylindracea, Saund.; var. bucolica,.
Kerr.
Pronotum bronze, underside blue, form obovate—.
carminea, Saund.
Pronotum and underside golden.
Fasciae black, sides of elytra sinuate-—pulchra, Saund. ;
rostrata, Thoms.
Fasciae light-green, short (often mere spots), sides.
parallel—aureola, Cart.
Elytra testaceous with dark fasciae, form depressed.
Apices of elytra bispinose.
Elytra without red margins, intervals uniform and flat—.
hope, Saund. ; : burchelli, Hope; placida, Thoms.
Klytra wath red margins, alternate intervals subcostate.
and wider—punctatosulcata, Saund.; litigiosa, Kerr.
Apices of elytra simply rounded—punctatissima, Saund.
Margins of prothorax and underside yellow or red.
Klytra and protons ic margins red (12x5 mm.)—
distingueinda, Saund.
375.
376-398.
377-389.
378-388.
379.
380-387.
381.
382-387.
383.
384-388.
385-387.
386.
387.
388.
389.
390-398.
391-393.
392.
393.
394-398.
395-397.
396.
"Oot.
398.
399-420.
400-409.
401.
402.
109
/
Elytra and prothoracic margins yellow (11x35 mm.)—
signata, Kerr.
Norr.—I have identified signata as a species taken
lately by Mr. J. Dixon, of Melbourne, in the north-
west district of Victoria. ‘The description is merely
confined to colour and size. If I am correct, the
species often has the anterior fascia broken up into
spots, while the yellow colour so much predominates
over the green that it can scarcely be said to be
“vert obscur, avec de.’ The same species has been
determined by Blackburn for a specimen in the South
Australian Museum as distinguenda, Saund., of
which it may be a variety.
Anterior fascia often (or always) broken up into 3 spots.
Apical mark covering apex of elytra.
Prothorax concolorous, abdomen dark.
Apices clearly bispinose, spines equal, elvtra red with
green fasciae—delectabilis, Hope.
Apices acuminate, with narrow oblique excision.
Base of prothorax with pronounced medial lobe—
obscura, Saund.; var. transversipicta, Thoms.
Base of prothorax nearly straight, form cylindric.
Elytra orange-red, pronotum bronze—recta, Saund.
Elytra testaceous.
Elvtral intervals flat.
Pronotum and fasciae blue-black, anterior spots not in a
horizontal line (11 mm. long)—atricollis, Saund.
Pronotum and fasciae bright-blue, anterior spots in a
horizontal line (8-9 mm. long)—deserti, Blackb.
Elytral intervals convex, apices more widely excised—
suavis, Kerr.
Abdomen yellow, size large (16-19 mm. long)—alerand1,
n. sp.
Subapical mark not at the apex of elytra.
Margins of elytra sanguineous.
Intervals flat, suture partly dark, markings blue—
rubrocincta, Gehin. —
Alternate intervals subcostate, suture dark throughout,
markings bright-green—-alternecosta, Thoms. ; alacris,
Kerr.; quadrinotata, Blackb.
Margins of elytra not sanguineous.
Pronotum bronze.
Posterior half of suture dark—piliventris, Saund.
Whole suture dark—cruzx, Saund.
Notre.—I have not been able to identify this species,
which must be very close to several of its neighbours,
and possibly a variety of piliventris.
Pronotum green or blue, whole suture dark — scalaris,
Boisd. ; cyanicollis, Boisd.; subtrifasciata, C. and G. ;
media, Hope; crucigera, C. and G.; prudens,. Kerr.
Anterior fascia bifureate laterally, leaving lateral spot
yellow or red.
Yellow or red postbasal marks continuous with lateral
spot.
Form elongate, flat, elytra red, apices simple (19-23 mm.
long)—insularis, Blackb.
Form subcylindric, elytra yellow, apices bispinose (15-16
mm. long)—hrowni, n. sp.
403-417.
404-408.
405-407.
406.
407.
*408.
409.
410-420.
411-418.
412-415.
413.
414.
Al5.
416-418.
417.
418.
419.
420.
421-423.
422.
423.
oF
110
Size smaller, 12 mm. long or less.
Pronotum bronze.
Underside bronze.
Apices of elytra bispinose, elytral markings coppery—
cupricauda, Saund.
Apices of elytra feebly excised, elytral markings black—
imconspicua, Saund.
Underside blue, apices of elytra distinctly
acuticeps, Saund.
Pronotum and underside metallic-green or
flavovaria, Saund.; flavopicta, C. and G.;
Kerr.
Yellow postbasal marks isolated and round.
Prothorax concolorous.
Posterior margins-of elytra serrated.
Pronotum, underside, and elytral markings coppery or
violet-bronze—violacea, Macl.; cupreoflava, Saund. ;
equina, Blackb.
Pronotum blue-black, widest at base, feebly convex,
fasciae green-black—australasiae, C. and G.; simu-
lata, Hope; melbournensis, Thoms.
Pronotum green-bronze, widest at middle, very convex,
fasciae blue-black—assimilis, Hope.
Posterior margins of elytra entire.
Pronotum nitid-bronze, smaller than preceding—puerilis,
Kerr; var. atrocoerulea, Kerr.
Size small (6 mm. long), pronotum brilliant-bronze—
minuta, Blackb.
Pronotum fiery-coppery at sides, its disc and elytral
fasciae bright-green—cydista, Rainb.
Pronotum with yellow margins, posterior margins of
elytra serrated—eremita, Blackb.
Elytra testaceous, with 3 fasciae, and the apex dark.
Form narrow and acuminate, pronotum coppery, fasciae
and underside blue—quadrifasciata, Saund.
Form shortly obovate, pronotum and underside green,
fasciae bronze—rotundata, Saund.; (?) var. aene-
cornis, Saund.
Notrrt.—I have a specimen of rotundata from
Sydney in which the fasciae are represented by mere
dots; aenetcornis may well be another variety. I
have never seen it identified.
S. crux, Saund., and acuticeps, Saund., are pro-
bably varieties of common species, but I have not
sufficient evidence to convict them of synonymy;
marginicervex, Thoms. ; and libens, Kerr., have been
omitted from the tabulation as impossible to identify
from description only.
spinose—
bluish—
timida,
STIGMODERA POROSA, N. Sp.
Pl.) Mew
Elongate-ovate. Head, antennae, prothorax, scutel-
lum, and upper-surface of legs nitid greenish-bronze, under-
side and tarsi black-bronze, elytra brown-red, the numerous
large foveae thereon black or nearly so, the base narrowly
Tel
dark-bronze. Apex of head and whole underside strongly
villose, the hair on head yellowish, on underside white.
Head densely punctate and slightly rugose, scarcely
depressed between eyes, with small smooth longitudinal ridge
in the middle of the forehead, sometimes finely channelled at
the middle of base. Prothorax moderately convex, width
one and one-half times the length, straight at apex, bisinuate
at base, with wide medial lobe, sides nearly straight on basal
half, more strongly converging towards apex, posterior angles
acute; disc densely and coarsely rugose-punctate, with smooth,
nitid, vermiculate intervals, sometimes with vaguely-defined
smooth medial line behind, and an even less-defined medial
depression on anterior area. Scutellum widely oval, with
central part depressed and finely punctate. “/ytra slightly
widened at shoulders and again behind the middle, then
moderately converging to a wider apex; each elytron widely
subtruncate, or with wide concave outline (as in grandis,
Don., as depicted by Saunders), the whole surface covered
with large foveae arranged more or less in longitudinal series,
the raised nitid vermiculations themselves sparsely punctate.
Sterna and episterna coarsely rugose, abdomen with round
distinctly-separated punctures, sparse on centre, dense at
sides, in both cases becoming much finer towards apex, basal
margins of segments quite smooth. Dim.—28-30 x 12-13 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Caloundra (H. Hacker).
Three specimens in the Queensland Museum taken by Mr.
Hacker are all female. The species is superficially like
sanguinosa, Hope, from Western Australia, but differs
markedly in the following characters, imter alia :—(1) Size
larger, especially more robust, and less navicular. (2)
Coloration less vivid, the underside and elytral foveae metallic-
black in porosa, golden copper or green in sangiwinosa. (3)
Apex of elytra entirely different. It belongs to Sect. 6.,
Stigmodera, as classified by Kerremans (Genera Insectorum,
p. 204). ”
Note.—After six months the colour of the elytra be-
comes much darker, the red only noticeable at the apex, the
prevalent tone being blue-black, with here and there gleams
of the brown-red.
STIGMODERA FRANCA, Ni. Sp.
Pl. ix., fig. 11.
Oblong-ovate. Head, underside, and legs blue-black,
pronotum bronze-black with violet reflections, antennae and
tarsi black, elytra chestnut-brown with a narrow basal margin,
the suture and apex widely blue-black, scutellum blue.
112
Underside, legs, and tarsi rather thickly clad with long
whitish hair.
Head canaliculate hut not excavate in front; densely and
finely rugose punctate. Pronotum 12 x 8 mm., moderately
convex, apex nearly straight, base moderately bisinuate,
widest at base, sides rather strongly sinuate in front of the
acutely-produced posterior angles, thence sharply narrowed
anteriorly, base exactly twice as wide as apex; distinctly
channelled for the greater part, the channel terminating
behind in a large smooth depression; disc in general evenly
and closely punctate, with some irregular, smooth areas
towards the obtuse anterior angles. Scutellum cordate,
laevigate with a carinate margin. S/ytra considerably wider
than prothorax at base, and nearly two and a half times as
long, sides sinuately widened behind middle, each apex rather
widely subtruncate (a little rounded), the sutural points feebly
produced and divergent, posterior margins entire; striate;
each elytron with four wide, scarcely-raised costae, the wider
intervals between these irregularly rugose-punctate, the costae
and raised parts of intervals with smaller punctures. Sternium
coarsely punctate, the prosternum transversely ridged:
abdomen more finely punctate, the punctures smaller towards
apex. TZ'arsal hooks with well-developed dentate enlargement
at their origin. Dim., 40 x 16 mm.
Hab.—North Queensland: Upper Mulgrave River (Coll.
of C. French).
A single female specimen has an elytral pattern somewhat
as in latithorax, Thoms., or thoracica, Saund., with a darker
ground colour than either of these. The sculpture of the
elytra is somewhat like that of gigas, Gehin., or latithoraz,
Thoms., but the smaller more attenuate, concolorous pro-
thorax easily distinguishes it from these. The surname and
Christian name of the distinguished naturalist in whose col-
lection the type is contained being both preoccupied in
Stigmodera I have used a Latinized form of his name to
denote this fine species.
STIGMODERA GIGAS, 0. sp.
Pl. ix., fig. 6.
Oblong-oval, robust. Head black, with two red spots
between the eyes, pronotum mottled red and black, the smooth
raised vermiculations red, with irregular black spaces; elytra
brownish-black with narrow orange-red border: underside,
legs, and antennae nitid-black, except for a aoa! red spot on
the flanks of the prosternum.
Head scarcely concave, lightly aban ede: sparsely -
punctate. Prothorax 10x16 mm., very wide and convex
113
(sub-bulbous), straight in front, bisinuate behind, with middle
lobe very wide, the base of elytra angulately fitting into
excisions on each side of the middle lobe; widest behind
middle, sides widely rounded and strongly crenated, anterior
angles deflexed and obtuse, posterior subrectangular; disc
irregularly sparsely and coarsely punctate, the punctures
almost entirely limited to the smaller black areas, medial line
smooth, neither raised nor depressed. Scute/lum subcordate,
depressed in front, laevigate, sometimes with red spot. Hlytra
wider than prothorax at base and three and a half times as
long, shoulders obtusely angulate, sides sinuately widening
behind the middle, thence narrowing to the truncate apex;
deeply striate, intervals widely convex, very sparsely punc-
tate, humeral region rugose. Prosternwm and flanks of
metasternum vermiculose-rugose ; abdomen with large elongate
scattered pits, bearing smaller punctures within, apical seg-
ment vermiculose-rugose. Dim., 45-53 x 20-23 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Southern Cross, also Tammin.
Type in Macleay Museum.
A species allied to grandis, Don., but distinguished as
follows :— |
S. grandis. S. gigas.
Head without spots. With two orange spots.
Prothoraz rather flat, widest Very convex, widest be-
at base, rugose-punctate, hind middle, sparsely and
margins widely orange. coarsely punctate, red
colour prevalent over
whole surface.
Elytra not wider than pro- Sparsely punctate (except
thorax at base, coarsely at shoulders), apex with
and densely punctate, subobsolete exterior tooth,
apex with strong external orange margin extending
tooth, orange margin ex- over two intervals on basal
tending over three inter- half.
vals on basal half.
Underside aeneous - black, Black, slightly pubescent.
densely pubescent.
Four specimens examined, two of which (the sexes) are
in the collection of Mr. W. Duboulay, taken by his father,
Mr. F. H. Duboulay, at Tammin. Mr. Duboulay has also
sent one to Mr. C. French.
STIGMODERA BARBIVENTRIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. ix., fig. 7.
g. Elongate-navicular. Head, prothorax, underside,
legs, and antennae dark nitid green-bronze, prothorax nar-
rowly bordered orange: elytra tawny-yellow on disc with wide
114
darker band towards sides and apex, extreme lateral border
orange-yellow as on prothoracic margin, red at apex. (The
lighter colour on disc confined to the costate intervals, the
wide sulci being dark-brown.) Head and the whole underside
densely covered with long white hair.
Head coarsely rugose, forehead nearly flat, scarcely
excised, and faintly channelled, strongly produced in front.
Prothorax rather flat, bisinuate at apex and base, the latter
nearly twice as wide as apex, anterior angles produced and
obtuse, sides crenated, gently rounded and diverging to the
base, posterior angles rounded; surface coarsely vermiculate-
rugose, the raised rugosities smooth and nitid, two deep basal
foveate punctures. Scutelluwm subcordate, smooth. Flytra
widening at the shoulders, then gradually and regularly
tapering to the apex, each elytron strongly bispinose at apex,
the exterior spine unusually long. Each elytron with ten
costiform intervals, including the sutural but excluding the
subcostate margins, the sutural costae terminating in the
apical spine, the second costa short and joining the fourth
near base, the fourth similarly connected with the sixth;
costae 7-10 commencing behind the humeral swelling, the
ninth subobsolete; the costae smooth except for a few large
punctures; the sulci between costae wide and rugose-punctate,
with evident rows of large punctures forming crenulations to
the sides of costae. The whole wnderside, where not obscured
by dense hair, rugose, the raised vermiculation nitid; last
segment of abdomen with arcuate excision. /emora coarsely
punctate with long hairs, tarsal claws widened at base into
a small lobe. Dim., 42 x 16 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Beechworth. Type ¢ in the National
Museum, Melbourne; Q@ in Mr. Lea’s collection, labelled
New South Wales (probably Inverell).
I have only seen these two specimens of this fine species.
The female presents a slight variation in the apical structure,
the wide space between the long external and the short sutural
spines containing an angulation, obtusely dentate, making
each apex subtrispinose. There is no sign of this in the male
specimen. The two are otherwise alike, except for the usual
sexual distinction in the last abdominal segment, in which
the female has a stronger tuft of hair than the male. The
species is very distinct from all the other described larger
species.
STIGMODERA GLORIOSA, Nn. sp.
Pl. ix., fig. 8.
@. Oblong-ovate, robust. Antennae brilliant bronze;
head and pronotum brilliant golden-green, the former with
an elongate orange spot on the face, the latter with large
115
rounded orange markings near the hind angles and a small
one near the middle basal fovea; scutellum very nitid and
brassy; elytra orange-red, with basal margins brilliant green,
two wide fasciae and the apex widely obscure green, the first
ot these antemedian, sinuate on its anterior margin, extending
from shoulder to shoulder, concave to the front and not
reaching the sides; the second postmedian, nearly straight,
extending to the sides and there produced to meet the wide
basal dark-green marking ; prosternum, legs, margins of meso-
and meta-sternum, and margins of abdominal segments brassy-
green, episterna and rest of underside yellow.
Head canaliculate, but not excavate between eyes; irre-
gularly punctate, with a few smooth raised spaces, closely
punctate towards sides. Prothorax very convex and wide,
apex bisinuate, anterior angles produced and rounded, base
twice as wide as apex, strongly bisinuate, the middle lobe
widely subangulate, posterior angles produced and acute;
widest near base, sides regularly rounded; disc irregularly
punctate, the punctures finer near middle, coarser and closer
(subrugose) at sides, a smooth medial line near base, a
transverse foveate depression at middle of base and two short
longitudinal sulci intersecting the base towards the hind
’ angles. Secwtellwm oval, convex, and smooth. Hlytra slightly
wider than and more than three times as long as the pro-
thorax, widened behind shoulders and widest behind the
middle: sides not serrated, apex widely rounded, not spinose.
Each elytron with ten striae besides a short scutellary stria,
intervals convex and sparsely punctate, the fourth and eighth
with a row of larger punctures. Sternwm coarsely punctate
and sparsely clad with long white hairs, abdomen with basal
segments coarsely, apical very finely punctate. /emora finely
and sparsely punctate; tarsal claws strongly toothed at their
origin. Drin., 42 x 19 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Murchison district. Type in
National Museum, Melbourne.
This magnificent insect from French’s collection is unique
in the Melbourne Museum, but was evidently undescribed.
Belonging to the sexmaculata, Saund., fortnwmi, Hope, and
regia, Blackb., section, in form and pattern, but differing
from all these in the strongly convex prothorax, and like
conspicillata, White, in the basal red spot on thorax. The
elytral pattern is most like that of regia, Blackb., except
that the whole apical region is dark coloured. The elytra
are a little displaced in the specimen, but if closed the apex
would form one continuous wide curve, without tooth or exca-
vation. Mr. H. W. Brown has also a specimen, taken by
himself.
116
STIGMODERA IMPERIALIS, n. sp.
PL. 13. fg, @
Q. Oblong-oval. Head basal part blue, face red mar-
gined blue and green, clypeus green-bronze, labrum reddish
with long upright tufts of hair, antennae green; pronotum,
elytra, and greater part of underside red, the first slightly
violaceous, with narrow medial vitta and base blue, the second
with basal border, straight postmedian fascia (not reaching
sides or suture), and very narrow apical border black; the
last with margins of abdominal segments, margins and middle
of prosternum and metasternum metallic-blue, episterna red
with a violet tinge; scutellum purple, femora red with base
and apex blue, tibiae blue, tarsi blue above red beneath.
Head concave and finely canaliculate at base; with coarse
scattered punctures on middle, more dense at sides. /Pro-
thorax 8 x 15 mm., rather depressed, widest at base, sides
rather straight behind, then arcuately and _ subsinuately
narrowed to apex, apex and base bisinuate, the former fringed
with hair at margin, about ‘half the width of base, anterior
angles produced and subacute, base scarcely lobed at middle,
posterior angles produced and acute; disc with smooth medial
depressed line for the greater part, closely and rather finely
punctate on middle, coarsely and closely on sides. Sewtellum
subcordiform, concave, and smooth. L/ytra oblong, widened
at shoulders and again behind the middle, there widest; sides
nowhere serrated, apex subtruncate, or widely rounded with
a short tooth at each sutural extension; with ten deep striae,
the first bifurcating behind the scutellum, forming a short
extra stria, the sixth and seventh originating behind the
humeral callus, all intervals convex and sparsely and rather
coarsely punctate. (Underside coarsely punctate, the punc-
tures becoming finer on abdomen, the front margins of seg-
ments quite smooth, sternum and first segment of abdomen
with sparse long whitish hairs, otherwise almost glabrous.
Tarsi with wide teeth at their origin. Dim., 40 x 17 mm.
dg. 31-35 x 13-15 mm. .Elytra without the postmedial
fascia or apical coloration. The whole elytra orange-red. Two
specimens in Mr. H. W. Brown’s collection.
Hah.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
A magnificent insect, of which several specimens were
captured by that indefatigable collector, Mr. Brown, at Cue.
While standing near vitticollis, Macl., it is quite distinct from
that species in 1ts more brilliant and varied colour, narrower
and shorter fascia, apex of elytron not bidentate, base of
thorax not excised, etc. Type, female, in the author’s
collection.
117
STIGMODERA RUFOCYANEA, Nl. Sp.
Pl. ix., fig. 10.
Elongate-oblong. Whole surface and appendages dark-
blue, with the following sanguineous red markings, margins
of prothorax, elytra with a wide oblong lateral patch behind
the shoulder, and a wide lateral vitta extending from behind
the middle to the apex.
Head lightly concave, canaliculate, closely punctate at
base and sides. more distantly at middle and apex, the punc-
tures round and deep, with two raised laevigate spaces on
forehead. VProthorar 5 x 94 mm., slightly bisinuate at apex
and base, the former distinctly produced at middle, the latter
with wide shallow medial lobe; widest at middle, thence
nearly straight to the base and arcuately converging to the
apex, this about two-thirds as wide as base: anterior angles
obtuse, posterior produced and acute; disc rather flat, margins
slightly explanate; irregularly punctate, punctures round,
denser in front and sides, lateral margins rugose punctate ;
medial line laevigate, terminating behind in a wide shallow
depression, two large basal foveae near margins. Seuwtellam
oval, concave, laevigate. /ytra rather depressed, less wide
than prothorax at base, sides subparallel, apex simply
rounded; punctate-striate, intervals nearly flat except near
apex, and sparsely punctate, the third and fifth meeting before
the apex, as also the seventh and eighth, leaving a small
rugose space. (Underside finely and closely punctate, with
irregular clothing of thick long hair. Hooks of tarsi very
slightly enlarged at their origin. Dam., 27 x 10 mm.
fHlab.—-Australia. (Type in Macleay Museum.)
A single female specimen in the Macleay Museum,
labelled “‘Australa,’’ is in form, especially of prothorax, like
limbata, Don., and menalcas, Thoms., but is more depressed,
with flatter elytral intervals; in colour it is not unlike
Metaxymorpha grayi, Parry, the lateral blood-red markings
contrasting with the dark-blue surface, making it an excep-
tionally beautiful species. Chibanti, Théry, has blue elytra,
with prothorax having a red disc, besides other notable
differences.
STIGMODERA NOTATICOLLIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. x., fig. 36.
dg. Elongate-oblong. Head cyaneous (or greenish) with
pale pubescence, antennae golden-green, prothorax very dark-
blue, with a small red spot at the anterior angles, and a large,
oblique, triangular red mark on the sides; widest near, but
not reaching the base, and narrowing to a fine angle near the
118
apex, and extending below over the greater part of the
prothoracic episterna; elytra orange-red, sanguineous at sides,
with the suture and apex narrowly cyaneous. In one speci-
men this sutural coloration enlarged behind the scutellum
and again before the apex into a large macula, with a small
spot of the same colour on each side near the middle. In the
other specimen the postscutellary macula only slightly indi-
cated ; sternum and femora blue, tibiae and tarsi greenish, the
last red on the underside, abdomen yellow.
Head lightly excavated and channelled, regularly punc-
tate. Prothorax 4 x 64} mm., convex, apex slightly produced
in middle, base lightly bisinuate, the base of elytra fitting
angulately into a small excision near posterior angles, medial
lobe wide and straight behind, sides lightly and evenly
rounded, anterior angles deflexed and obtuse, posterior a little
produced and acute; disc finely and evenly punctate, with a
smooth medial line, and a basal fovea at each excision.
Scutellum elongate-ovate, concave, smooth. WL/lytra of same
width as prothorax at base, sides nearly straight and without
denticulation, apex without spines and subtruncate; striate,
intervals nearly flat on disc, a httle convex at sides and apex.
Sternum finely, abdomen minutely punctate, the former rather
densely clothed with long white hair. Tarsal hooks finely
lobate. Dim., 19-20 x 74-8 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Berrima. Type in Macleay
Museum.
Two male specimens in the Macleay Museum, with locality
labels in the handwriting of the late Mr. Masters, are the
only specimens I have seen of this distinct species. With the
form of praecellens, Kerr., and eruwbescens, Blackb., the
coloration of the elytra is somewhat as in affinis, Saund., with
the prothoracic margins somewhat as in consgcillata, White.
STIGMODERA BLACKBURNI, N. sp.
PAL em Toad ae
Oblong-oval. Head, pronotum, and underside bright
bronze, the first and third with a greenish tinge, the second
purplish, elytra flavous-sanguineous at base and sides, with
basal margin, two fasciae, and apical spot dark-green, the
first fascia premedial, formed by three large maculae nearly
connected but not extending to sides, the second postmedial,
nearly straight, not quite reaching the sides, the apical spot
large, bifurcated laterally, scutellum, legs, and tarsi green.
HTead densely punctate, excavated, and channelled be-
tween eyes. Prothorax moderately convex, slightly advanced
in middle at apex, nearly straight at base, widest behind
119
middle, thence converging gradually to base, more steeply
towards apex, all angles obtuse ; disc with large and scattered
punctures on posterior half, finer and closer at sides and apex,
a smooth medial line on basal half and two small foveae at
base. Scutellum elongate-triangular, a large fovea on
anterior, a few deep round punctures on central part. Llytra
little widened behind shoulders and middle, three and a half
times the length of prothorax, rather widely rounded behind,
posterior margins serrated, the apices bidentate with small
semicircular excision; punctate-striate, the intervals gently
convex at middle, sharply so at sides and apex, a little
wrinkled and sparsely punctate. Sternwm with large round
punctures close and regular: abdomen with much finer and
closer punctures and almost glabrous. Tarsal hooks simple.
Dim., 21 x 9 mm.
Hab.—South Australia (Blackburn Collection). Type
(unique) in South Australian Museum.
A single female in the South Australian Museum is
superficially like alexandri, but differing widely as follows :—
(1) Wider and more robust form; (2) abdomen green-bronze ;
(3) apices of elytra more widely rounded and simply bidentate,
not strongly spinose. From robusta, Saund., besides great
differences in colour, it differs widely in form, being more
elongate, with a quite different apical structure. The pre-
medial fascia is concave towards the front and leaves a space
of three elytral intervals at the sides; the postmedial fascia
leaves only one interval uncovered on each side. I have much
pleasure in naming a South Australian species after the
scholarly entomologist who did so much to extend our know-
ledge of the insect fauna of Australia.
STIGMODERA ALEXANDRI, 0. sp.
Pit aa: 13.
Elongate-ovate, subdepressed, strongly attenuated be-
hind. Head, pronotum, sternum, antennae, and scutellum
nitid-bronze, slightly greenish, legs bluish, the first blue at
apex ; elytra orange-yellow with the base narrowly, three ante-
medial oval spots, sometimes narrowly connected into a fascia,
the sutural one largest and extending to the scutellum, the
other two placed obliquely behind the humeral callus; a short
postmedial fascia, widened at suture and the apex narrowly
blue-black; abdomen yellow.
Head channelled and widely excavated, coarsely punc-
tate. Prothorar convex, nearly straight in front, slightly
raised in middle, bisinuate at base, with wide medial lobe;
widest behind middle, the sides boldly widened near base
120
then obliquely narrowed to apex, subsinuate near the denticu-
late posterior angle, anterior angles depressed and acute;
irregularly punctate, the punctures coarse and close at sides,
sparse at base, close and fine towards apex, medial line
smooth. Scutellwm scutiform, depressed, and smooth. /lytra
rather flat, more than twice as long as wide, of same width as
prothorax at base, strongly attenuated behind, with apical
margins serrated, each apex with a strong oblique lunation
with a long external and short sutural spine; striate-punctate,
intervals nearly flat, densely and finely punctate. Prosternim
closely, mesosternum coarsely, metasternum and abdomen
very finely punctate and sparsely pubescent. Dim., 16-19
x 6-7 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Mullewa and Cunderdin
(Miss J. F. May and Western Australian Museum).
Four specimens, one male, three female, vary in their
elytral pattern; the three females are coloured as above,
except that in one example the antemedial spots are narrowly
connected to form a fascia, while in another the postmedial
fascia is narrowly interrupted at the suture. In the male
the only dark markings are a small spot on each shoulder, a
small postmedial spot halfway between suture and sides on
each elytron, and the extreme apex narrowly. There is no
doubt as to the conspecific nature of the four examples. The
male and one female were on the same card in Mr. Lea’s
collection from Mullewa; the other two, similarly labelled,
from Cunderdin, were sent respectively from the South Aus-
tralian and Western Australian Museums. The species are
nearest to jekella, Saund., from which it differs markedly in
the wider basal two-thirds of the elytra, with its more attenu-
ated apical third, and the strongly spined apex—this somewhat
as in semiconcta, C. and G., and varropicta, Thoms. The
pattern is also different, the suture without any coloration.
Type male in Mr. Lea’s collection; female in South Austra-
han Museum.
STIGMODERA RUFOLIMBATA, N. Sp.
Pl. xs, ees
Elongate-ovate, rather flat. Head and -provighiitn bronzy-
black, antennae and apex of the former blue, the sides of the
latter bordered red or orange; elytra blue-black, varied with
yellow or red as following ; two large rounded or oval basal
spots not extending to the base, an undulating medial fascia
narrowed near but not reaching the suture and -produced
laterally to the humeral angle, a narrower arcuate postmedial
fascia not reaching the suture and producéd laterally (in one
12]
example quite, in two examples not quite) to the extreme
apex, the lateral coloration brightly sanguineous throughout ;
underside and legs steel-blue, very nitid. Clothed with
sparse white hairs.
Head sharply sulecate on front. Prothorax nearly straight
at apex, moderately bisinuate at base, sides of male subparallel
on basal third, of female subsinuately narrowed at base;
feebly arcuate at sides and gently narrowing to the apex,
anterior angles slightly advanced and rounded, posterior
angles subrectangular; disc rather coarsely and closely punc-
tate, smooth medial line sometimes apparent, a small central
basal fovea and two shallow lateral depressions. Sew?e//ium
triangular, concave. lytra of same width as prothorax at
base, slightly widening behind shoulder, subsinuate near
middle (subparallel in male, slightly enlarged behind the
middle in female), sides near apex minutely serrated, the
extremity with small oblique lunation; each elytron finely
bispinose, the exterior spine more prominent : striate-punc-
tate, seriate punctures large and distinct, intervals convex
throughout, more strongly raised on apical half, the fifth,
sixth, and seventh abruptly starting behind the humeral
enlargement; intervals minutely punctate. Sternum densely
and coarsely, abdomen finely punctate. Dim., ¢, 15-7 x
5-64 mm.; 9, 17 x 6 mm.
Hab,—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
In form and pattern somewhat of the decemmaculata,
Kirby, type; but larger and without the yellow subapical
aud head spots of that species; the underside blue, sides
sanguineous, iter alia. The upper-surface is coloured almost
exactly like pallidiventris, C. and G., var. cincta, Blackb.
The irregular striation in the humeral region is unusually
marked. Types in the author’s collection.
STIGMODERA BROWN 1: sp.
Pl. te. fie. ~15.
Elongate -subcylindric. Head, antennae, pronotum,
sternum, and tarsi dark-bronze, the head with coppery and
blue, the sternum with some cyaneous reflections; elytra blue,
with three yellow fasciae as following; first subbasal, oval
fascia not reaching base or suture, but produced on shoulder
and humeral epipleurae as far as the lateral sinuation, second
a medial undulate fascia, narrowed internally and externally,
third an anteapical arcuate fascia; the last two fasciae not
reaching the suture, but extending to the sides. Abdomen
blue, with long white hairs; legs greenish-bronze.
122
/1cad widely excavated and channelled between the eyes ;
rugose-punctate. Lrothoraz, 3 x 44 mm., convex, widest
near base, apex subsinuate, slightly advanced in the middle;
base nearly straight, sides gently rounded and narrowing to
apex, anterior angles a little advanced and obtuse, the
posterior acute (about 80°); disc densely punctate, sub-
rugosely at sides; a smooth medial line faintly indicated near
base, terminating in a small fovea with two very shallow
lateral impressions. Slytra of same width as prothorax at
base, and three and two-thirds times as long, sides subparallel,
lateral sinuosity scarcely evident from above, serrated near
apex, extremity with moderately wide oblique lunation; each
elytron shortly bispinose, exterior spine conspicuous; striate-
punctate, intervals flat on disc, sharply costate near apex,
rather coarsely and unevenly punctate. Sternum coarsely
rugose, abdomen with first two segments densely and coarsely,
the apical more finely punctate. Dim., 15-16 x 5 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
In form somewhat near longicollis, Saund., in pattern
near the australasiae, L. and G., type; but the prothorax is
more cylindric than that of the former species, as depicted
by Saunders, while the blue coloration is much more vivid
than in australasiae. Two specimens sent by its indefatigable
captor. Type in the author’s collection.
STIGMODERA DESIDERIA, HN. sp.
Phi x.) fes® 16sandea
Elongate subparallel, moderately convex. Head, thorax,
underside, legs, and elytra blue or violet-blue, the last marked
yellow as follows. Male with wide subbasal fascia parallel to
the base, but not reaching it nor the suture, and produced
widely on the sides to beyond the middle, two antemedian
pear-shaped maculae, one on each side of the suture, an
irregular horizontal anteapical fascia extending to the sides
but not reaching the suture; in the female the subbasal fascia
is produced downwards on the disc to meet and include the
antemedian spots; antennae and tarsi bronze.
Head excavated and canaliculate on front, regularly and
closely punctate. Prothorax widest at middle, apex and base
bisinuate, the latter more strongly so; sides evenly rounded,
slightly narrowing to the apex; disc rather unevenly, not
coarsely punctate, densely so at the sides, a depressed smooth
medial line evident on basal half, terminating in a minute
fovea; two slight lateral depressions. Scutelliwm subcordate,
concave, laevigate. Llytra slightly enlarged at shoulders,
123
little constricted at middle, border serrated near apex; each
elytron bispinose, with small oblique excision at extremity,
exterior spine the more prominent; striate-punctate, seriate
punctures small, intervals flat on disc, the sutural intervals
costate towards apex, intervals unevenly and sparsely punc-
tate. Abdomen and sternum finely punctate, and sparsely
clothed with whitish hair. Dim., ¢, 144 x5 mm.; 9,
16 x 6 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
The sexual coloration as above may be accidental and
individual, but the pattern alone distinguishes it from other
described species. Somewhat similar in shape to Prone
(supra) and longicollis, Saund., it is flatter and less cylindric
than the former. The only species to which it may be com-
pared in colour scheme of the elytra is praecel/lens, Kerr., but
in general form and structure is nearest to longicollis, Saund.
Types in the author’s collection.
STIGMODERA NEGLECTA, Nn. sp.
P])) x.g seo 18:
Elongate-ovate. Head, pronotum, and underside blue,
pronotum and sternum with some bronze reflections; elytra
yellow with the following dark-blue markings; basal margin,
wide oblique vitta behind the shoulders, an elongate-oval
antemedial spot on the suture, wide postmedial fascia and
apical patch, the sutural spot, fascia, and apical patch con-
nected along the suture; antennae and legs blue.
Head furrowed and lightly excavate in front; densely,
not deeply punctate. Prothorax lightly convex, nearly
straight at apex, strongly bisinuate at base, widest at base,
sides arcuately narrowing to apex, all angles a little acute;
dise with large round punctures, sparsely placed behind,
becoming dense and finer on front half; with an elongate
central fovea and two oval foveae at base. Scwtellum cordate
and depressed. Hlytra slightly wider than prothorax at base,
sides lightly sinuate, apex bidentate with a rather wide
shallow excision between teeth, posterior margins entire ;
striate-punctate, intervals flat on middle, strongly convex at:
sides and apex ; quite impunctate (except in humeral swelling).
Sternum strongly, abdomen very finely punctate and clothed
with dense recumbent hair. Dim., 17 x 7 mm.
Hahb.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains. Type in
author’s collection.
I find a female specimen misplaced amongst a series of
undulata, ‘Don., which it resembles closely at first sight,
especially in the elytral pattern and size; otherwise I can
find nothing very near it.
The following comparison with
undulata will serve to distinguish it, imter alia.
S. undulata.
Colour — Head,
and underside
green, elytral
dark-green.
pronotum,
bronze-
markings
Prothorax strongly convex,
widest near middle.
Agices of elytra
rounded.
Abdomen glabrous, or nearly
simply
S. neglecta.
Head, pronotum, underside,
and elytral markings blue,
prothorax above and_ be-
low with patches of
bronze.
Lightly convex, widest at
base.
Widely excavate and_ bi-
dentate.
Densely pubescent.
So.
STIGMODERA PROPINQUA, Nl. sp.
Pl. x., fig. 19.
Elongate, subcylindric. Head, antennae, prothorax, legs,
and underside blue, the last very brilliant ; elytra yellow, with
two small humeral spots and a sutural spot between these, a
straight (sinuate on its margins) postmedial fascia, and a
preapical macula varying from elongate-ovate to triangular,
blue-black, the last produced to the apex at the suture.
Head moderately excavated and rather deeply channelled,
closely punctate. Prothorax convex, apex slightly produced
at middle, base very lightly bisinuate, widest at base, thence
arcuately converging to apex, anterior angles deflexed and
widely obtuse, posterior deflexed and subrectangular, disc
evenly, not coarsely, punctate, smooth medial line indicated
near base, terminating in a shallow fovea. Sewtellium sub-
cordate, concave, laevigate. H/ytra of same width as pro-
thorax at base and about three times as long, sides very lightly
sinuate, apex minutely lunate and very shortly bispinose:
striate-punctate, intervals convex throughout, minutely and
sparsely punctate. Sternwm coarsely and densely, abdomen
finely and densely punctate. Dim., 15 x 5 mm.
Hlab.—South Australia. Types in Macleay Museum.
Two specimens (the, sexes) in the Macleay Museum are
near convera, mihi, in colour and pattern of the elytra, but
differ markedly in the following details: colour of prothorax
and underside (coppery-bronze in convera), less cylindric
form, much less strongly punctured surface, with entire
absence of any denticulation of sides near apex, the ante-
medial spot not connected with the fascia on the suture. It
differs from longicollis, Saund., in its much shorter prothorax
and different elytral pattern, more convex form, etc.
]
bo
5
S. convexa, Cart.—In my description of this I stated of
the elytra, ‘‘Margins entire to apex.’’ There is, however, a
minute denticulation quite close to the apex, which I over-
looked.
STIGMODERA PISCIFORMIS, nN. sp.
Pl. xv; fe, 20.
¢. Ovate, much attenuated behind. Head dark-bronze,
prothorax, scutellum, and underside dark-blue with bronzy
reflections, antennae and legs blue, elytra red, with the base,
two straight fasciae (the first antemedian, not extending to the
sides, branching at the suture to the base, the second post-
median extending the full width and slightly widened at the
middle), and the apical tenth blue-black, the apical macula
with straight anterior margin.
Head deeply excavated, widely channelled, punctate and
pubescent. /Prothorar very convex, widest (subangulately
widened) a little in front of base, thence rather straightly
narrowing to apex, apex arcuate, base bisinuate and less than
twice as wide as apex, medial lobe wide, anterior angles
slightly produced and acute, posterior obtuse; disc rather
strongly punctate, the punctures round and close, subconfluent
at the sides, medial line smooth. Scwte/luwm subcordate,
concave, laevigate. lytra depressed, of same width as pro-
thorax at base, widened behind shoulders, lightly sinuate at
middle, apical third strongly narrowed, denticulate at
margins, the apex of each elytron with strong oblique luna-
tion and bispinose, exterior spine prominent; striate-punctate,
intervals flat or nearly so throughout, distinctly but sparsely
punctate. Sternum coarsely, abdomen finely and densely
punctate, almost glabrous.
@. Differing only in colour from the male. Pronotum
and underside with bronzy tints prevailing over the cyaneous,
the antemedian fascia only represented by humeral spots and
an enlarged sutural macula, the post medial fascia absent.
Dim., 15 x 5 mm.
Hab.—South Australia (types in Macleay Museum) ;
Western Australia: Eucla (C. French).
' Three specimens examined are the only examples I have
seen. It is not, therefore, possible to state that the above
coloration is a constant sexual difference, but I am convinced
that the three examples are conspecific. The form of both
prothorax and elytra is unusual, the former abruptly widened
near the base, the latter strongly attenuated and spinose.
The nearest to it in general form are confinis, Kerr., and
thomsoni, Saund., but differs from the latter, besides mark-
ings in less sinuate and more attenuated form, and its flat
and distinctly punctate elytral intervals.
126
STIGMODERA ARGILLACEA, Nl. sp.
Pl. <3 Sige
Moderately convex, ohlone: sharply attenuated behind.
Head dark-blue, pronotum dark-bronze with coloured reflec-
tions, the former with large yellow spot on centre, the latter
evenly bordered yellow, scutellum, antennae, and tarsi blue,
elytra brick-red with the following markings peacock-blue,
wide basal and apical margins, suture, two fasciae, the first
(not quite reaching the sides) in front of, the second (extend-
ing to sides) behind the middle, and a nearly straight
longitudinal vitta from the humeral angle to the first fascia
(leaving an elongate red patch at the sides); between the
second fascia and the apex the suture widened into a diamond-
shaped spot; underside yellow, abdominal segments margined
red, femora and (in part) tibiae red, rest of tibiae peacock-
blue.
Head with shallow channel between eyes but not exca-
vated; metallic parts coarsely, the yellow spot more finely
_ punctate. Prothorax arcuate at apex, bisinuate at base,
sides widest behind middle, arcuately narrowed to apex, all
angles slightly obtuse; disc densely punctate, except near
base, the punctures here larger and more distinct. Scutel/um
cordate, concave, nearly smooth. /lytra with narrow collar
at base, forming a bead-like projection at shoulder, sides
widened behind shoulder and slightly so behind middle, then
converging sharply to apex; each apex trispinose, the middle
spine longest, posterior margins entire; striate-punctate, the
punctures in striae small, intervals flat on middle, convex at
sides and apex, and themselves strongly punctate, the punc-
tures thereon as large as those. in the striae. Underside
glabrous, with coarse shallow punctures, coarse on prosternum,
fine on abdomen. Dim.,. 13-15 x .5-5°>, mm.
Hab.—North-western Victoria: Hattah (J. E. Dixon).
Four examples sent by Mr. Dixon, who captured many
others in this district. While belonging to the 8-spilota,
C. and G., group, and a near ally to that species, it is clearly
distinct not only by ground colour, and that of the legs
and pattern, but especially in the quite different and coarser
punctures of the elytral intervals, besides being of a slighter
and different shape. I have compared it closely with the
type of rufipes, Macl., and fmd a similar difference of sculp-
ture, besides differing in pattern and colour, though alike in
its leg coloration. In one of my examples the premedial
fascia is interrupted. Types in the author’s collection.
N.B.—S. rufipes, Macl., though possibly a variety of
8-spilota, C. and G., differs from the typical form in the
following. Prothorax with red line near and parallel to apex
127
_sand a red spot at middle near base. Llytra with dark
violaceous markings as follows: base, apex (widely), post-
medial fascia, oval shoulder vitta; suture, the last widened
into a diamond-shape spot opposed to the lateral vitta, the
prothoracic margin narrow in front, much widened behind
(as in S-spilota). Form oblong, scarcely enlarged behind
middle. There are two specimens in the Macleay Museum.
‘The name should be kept for this well-marked Queensland
variety.
STIGMODERA SERRATIPENNIS, Nl. sp.
PI¥ x., Ho. 22:
Elongate-ovate. Head, pronotum, and scutellum violet-
black, the first with a large yellow spot, the second with the
margins widely yellow; elytra violaceous, large oval base,
small preapical, epipleural spots, and two fasciae yellow, one
medial the other postmedial, both extending to sides but not
to the suture; centre and flanks of prosternum, the greater
part of mesosternum and metasternum, first abdominal seg-
ment, and the middle and sides of the other segments yellow,
the rest of underside and legs bronze-black, with short sparse
hairs.
Head slightly concave, widely channelled, with sparse
round punctures. JProthorax straight in front, lghtly
bisinuate behind, anterior angles obtuse, posterior rectangular,
widest behind middle, sides evenly rounded, disc moderately
- punctate, with smooth medial line. Scutellwm cordate, deeply
foveate or subsulcate on anterior half. Hlytra convex,
slightly widened at shoulders, sides gradually narrowing
behind, strongly and coarsely serrated on apical third;
extreme apex lunate, with each clearly bispinose, the sutural
spine short, the outer dentate. Dim., 15-16 x 5-6 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
Two specimens examined come very near the well-known
8-spilota, C. and G., and 10-maculata, Kirby, but differ from
both in—(1) elytral pattern, the medial and postmedial spots
being replaced by fasciae extending to the sides; (2) legs and
dark portions of underside dark-bronze, instead of blue or
variegated, with more dark colour than in the above-
mentioned species; (3) the strong serration of apical border
of elytra (entire in 8-spilota and 10-maculata); (4) each apex
bispinose, instead of trispimose. Type in the author’s
collection.
STIGMODERA MACULICOLLIS, Nn. sp.
Pio xis fie. 23:
d. Elongate-ovate, attenuated in front and behind.
Head and antennae black, the excavate front red, with a
128
black spot at the base; pronotum red with a central black
macula covering a large portion of disc; elytra red with a
narrow basal border and the apex black; underside black,
with the prosternum, spots on the mesosternum and meta-
sternum, and a transverse band on each abdominal segment
reas legs variegated, the upper-surface of remers and base
of tibiae black, the rest and tarsi red.
Head widely excavated between the eyes, rabies distantly
and clearly punctate. Prothorax moderately convex, sides
rather strongly widened behind middle, thence gradually
converging to the apex and more suddenly towards the base,
apex slightly, the base strongly bisinuate, apex somewhat
advanced at middle, the middle lobe of base wide, with the
base of elytra subangularly produced forward halfway between
the scutellum and posterior angles, the last subacute; disc
with clear round punctures, irregularly not closely placed, a
smooth medial line on basal half. Sewtellam subcordate,
raised, with depressed centre, and finely punctate. Slytra
rather flat, slightly expanded and widest at the shoulders,
compressed at middle and thence converging to the apex;
each elytron strongly bispinose at apex, the exterior spine the
longer, space between spines rather narrow; striate-punctate,
seriate punctures small and close, intervals moderately convex,
more strongly so towards sides and apex, and transversely
striolate, with a few small punctures. Underside glabrous,
evenly and finely punctate. Dim., 14 x 5 mm.
Hab.— Queensland. Type in National Museum, Mel-
bourne.
A single specimen from the French Collection in the
Melbourne Museum is labelled ‘ ‘Queensland, sp. nov.,’’ the
last words in the handwriting of the late Canon Blackburn.
It is not very close to any described species, ‘and may be
recognized by its unusually coloured pronotum and the
variegated legs and underside.
STIGMODERA HASWELLI, N. sp.
PIL xt, hig) 24.
Cylindric, robust. Head, pronotum, and sternum dark-
green, the first blue at apex, the second with bronzy reflec-
tions, scutellum and legs blue, elytra orange-yellow, sanguine-
ous at base and margins, with extreme base narrowly, and
seven large spots bright blue; two oval placed obliquely
behind the shoulder, with a club-shaped spot on suture
between these, having a narrow ‘extension to the scutellum,
three forming an interrupted postmedial fascia, the sutural
spot of these diamond-shaped (in one example narrowly con-
nected on one side with the lateral spot), the two lateral
129
transversely extending to the sides, and a triangular apical
spot, with its apex at the apex of the elytra, bordered on each
side sanguineous; abdomen red.
Head excavated and channelled, and, like the pronotum,
densely punctate. Lrothorax very convex, nearly straight in
front, slightly bisinuate behind, sides gently and evenly
rounded, oblique anteriorly, anterior angles depressed and
wide, posterior rectangular, without medial impression.
Scutellum triangular, depressed, and punctate. JLlytra of
same width as prothorax at base, less than twice as long as
wide, sides nearly straight, little narrowed behind, each apex
subtruncate with two very short equal spines, subapical mar-
gins entire; punctate-striate, intervals closely and _ finely
punctate, nearly flat on disc, the first three wider than the
rest, external two costate. Underside finely punctate, with
short white pubescence. Dim., 12-13 x4°7-5 mm. |
Hab.—Queensland: Duaringa; and South Australia (7%).
Macleay and South Australian Museums.
Two specimens, both female, examined. The type from
Duaringa, the other labelled ‘‘Jung’’ (collector’s name), prob-
ably from South Australia. It is near burchelli, C. and G.,
and cara, Blackb., but differs from the first by its yellow
abdomen and elytral pattern, from the second in the absence
’ of sub-apical serration (said to be ‘“‘fortiter denticulatis’’ in
cara) and the widely subtruncate apices, besides having a
different elytral pattern. I have named it after Professor
Haswell, the honorary director of the Macleay Museum.
Type in Macleay Museum.
STIGMODERA LEPIDA, Nl. sp.° *
Pix.; fies; ;2acand "26.
Elongate-acuminate, subcylindric. Head and pronotum
dark violet-blue, the former with some coppery reflections,
elytra blue with orange or brick-red markings as following:
two oval basal spots not quite reaching the base, two narrower
antemedial oval spots behind the former (in the female
example the first pair coalesce with the second pair, forming
an irregular longitudinal stripe); a narrow marginal stripe
extending from the base to the end of the anteapical fascia
(in the male this is narrowly connected with the basal spot,
in the female not so); an irregular, postmedial, horizontal
fascia, not nearly reaching the suture, and a somewhat similar
anteapical fascia; underside of male dark metallic-copper,
very nitid, of female blue-black, with coppery reflections.
Head and pronotum regularly punctate, the former
depressed and channelled on front, the latter moderately
convex, with faint indication of a medial line near the basal
F
130
fovea. Prothorax with apex nearly straight, base bisinuate,
sides rounded and narrowed anteriorly, anterior angles
depressed and obtuse, posterior subrectangular. L/ytra
narrowly subcylindric, acuminate at apex, the sides not ser-
rated ; each extremity with a small oblique excision, scarcely
spinose; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures small and
little evident, the intervals flat on disc, convex near apex,
and almost smooth. Sternum finely, abdomen minutely
punctate, with rather close, whitish pubescence. Dim.,
9-11 x 3-4 mm. ;
Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown).
A small species, evidently very near but apparently not
mansueta, Kerr.; also near xanthopilosa, Hope. The colour
does not tally with the description of the former, the pro-
thorax being blue (not green) and not ‘‘si//onné longitudinale-
ment.’’ The elytral markings also are red (not yellow), while
Kerremans says of his species, ‘‘Jfoins acuminé aw sommet
et un peu plus large que S. elongatula, Macl.’’ In my
species the apex is considerably more acuminate than in
elongatula. Types in the author’s collection.
STIGMODERA OCTOCOSTATA, Nl. sp.
Be x aNheeaeG:
¢. Elongate-subcylindric. Head, antennae, and elytra
uniform blue-black, pronotum yellow with three black mark-
ings, the first medial club-shaped, the oval club occupying the
front part, with a straight stem exactly filling the wide medial
sulcus on basal half, the other two dumb-bell shaped,
symmetrically placed on each side of the middle, the basal
ball of dumb-bell' exactly occupying a round basal depression
near the hind angles; prosternum yellow with a black basal
border extending forward on each side; rest of underside and
legs a rich dark-blue, quite glabrous.
HIead excavated between the eyes, closely punctate.
Prothorax convex, widest at middle, sides evenly and rather
widely rounded, nearly straight at apex and base, a little
wider at base than at apex, all angles obtuse; disc with wide
central depression on basal half and two large depressed
foveae at sides; densely and evenly punctate. Scwtellum
widely triangular, depressed, and punctate. //ytra strongly
widened at shoulders, then subparallel to near apex, there
each elytron very finely bispinose; base irregular, each elytron
angulately produced forward at the middle, the angle being
formed by the short scutellary costa meeting the raised
humeral margin and overlapping the base of prothorax; disc
with three well-raised costae, the first pair meeting within
the basal angle and continuous to the apex, terminating there
131
in the short spines, the third costa originating behind the
humeral callus and not quite extending to apex, the sides and
suture also subcostate; between the suture and first costa is
another shorter raised interval on basal half; all costae smooth
and nitid, the interspaces densely and rather finely punctate.
Prosternum and metasternum with large, rather distant punc-
tures; abdomen densely and finely punctate. Dim., 11°5 x
3°5 mm.
//ab.—Australia. Type in National Museum, Melbourne.
A single specimen from the French Collection in the
Melbourne Museum bears no locality label, but is so distinct
from all known species as to deserve description. While
carinated, somewhat as in impressicollis, Macl., and spinolac,
C. and G., so far as the elytra are concerned, it is very
different in colour and form, notably in the curiously
patterned pronotum and the quite irregular base of the elytra,
with the angle not fitting into but overlapping the prothorax.
It is unfortunate that the locality has not been accurately
noted for this pretty little species.
STIGMODERA SEXNOTATA, Nl. sp.
Pl. x.; fig: 228:
Elongate-ovate, attenuate in front and behind. Mouth
and scutellum blue, head greenish-bronze, prothorax red, this
colour extending over the prothoracic episterna, with a spade-
shaped discal spot green-bronze, widely covering the apical,
narrowly the basal half; elytra rufo-sanguineous, the discal
parts paler, with the base and six spots blue, three a little
in front of the middle, the sutural one slightly in front of the
other two, three behind the middle, the sutural one behind
the other two; sternum green-bronze; abdomen blue, densely
clothed with white adpressed hair.
Head excavated, channelled, closely punctate. Prothoraxr
convex, widest behind middle, apex arcuate, base strongly
bisinuate, middle lobe produced, sides widely rounded a little
in front of base, thence arcuately converging to apex, anterior
angles embracing the head, and (seen from above) acute,
posterior slightly produced, acute; disc densely punctate, a
smooth depressed medial line on basal half terminating in a
small: fovea. Scutellum subcordate, depressed, laevigate.
Liytra of same width as prothorax at base, widened behind
shoulders, thence nearly straight, not much narrowed and
minutely denticulate towards apex; each apex sharply
bispinose, with a short internal and a rather pronounced
external spine; striate-punctate, intervals nearly flat and
rather densely punctate. Sternum strongly, abdomen finely
F2
132
punctate, the latter obscured by hair. Dim., 12-13 x 4-43
mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Cunderdin. Type in Western
Australian Museum.
Three specimens, identical in colour and markings,
suggest coccunata, Hope, or guttaticollis, Blackl., in the
prothoracic coloration, but are without the lateral spots of
the former, and with larger discal markings than the latter.
The elytral spots are placed as in septemspilota, mihi (which
has the apex dark and is differently shaped). A very distinct
species that I have seen in no other collection.
STIGMODERA ATTENUATA, Nl. sp.
Pl. x.) feo:
Elongate, attenuated in front and behind. Head
coppery, with purple reflections, mouth blue, antennae green;
pronotum purple with greenish reflections, elytra yellow with
narrow basal margin green; scutellum red with green border;
underside cyaneous, the episterna and margins of abdomen
dark-green.
Head excavated and canaliculate, with rather large
irregular punctures. Prothorax widest at base, slightly
convex in middle, rather flat and explanate at sides, both
apex and base very moderately bisinuate, the obtuse anterior
angles a little produced, the posterior rectangular not pro-
duced, sides narrowed in a gentle curve from base to apex;
disc finely punctate on middle, coarsely and sparsely at sides;
a faint medial depression terminating behind in a round
fovea; two large foveate depressions near the posterior angles.
Scutellum cordate, depressed, and nearly smooth. //ytra
elongate, navicular, three and one-third times as long as the
prothorax, slightly widened behind shoulders, the sides then
gradually tapering to a fine apex, nowhere serrated, apex
lunate, and each elytron bispinose, the interior spine very
short, the external long ; striate-punctate, intervals irregularly
and strongly costate as follows: third and fifth intervals
strongly costate, together originating at the base, the third
continuous to the base and produced into the strong external
tooth, the fifth joining the seventh before the apex, the eighth,
ninth, and tenth narrower than the third and fifth, and
originating behind the humeral callus, sixth interval briefly
carinate then widely convex, suturak, scutellary, and other
intervals flat. Prosternum coarsely, the rest of underside
very finely punctate, with sparse short hair. Dim.,
12-14 x 4-5 mm.
Tab.—Victoria: Fernshaw and Gippsland.
133
Two specimens (the sexes) examined belong to the
parallela, Saund., section, but differ from that species in the
navicular form, costate elytra, and the brilliant but dark
coloration of the pronotum and underside. It is also near
impressicollis, Macl., but differs in the form of prothorax and
in the colour of pronotum and underside. Types in the
National Museum, Melbourne.
STIGMODERA PLANATA, VN. Sp.
Pl. x., fig. 30,
Ovate, depressed. Head, antennae, prothorax, scutellum,
underside, and legs golden-green, elytra pale-yellow.
Head excavated and channelled, closely punctate. /ro-
thorax straight in front, bisinuate behind, anterior angles
deflected and rounded, posterior slightly produced and sub-
acute, widest at base, narrowing arcuately to the apex; disc
densely evenly punctate, with a smooth medial line terminat-
ing at the base in a small fovea. Scutellwm cordiform,
depressed, smooth. //ytra ovate, rather flat, sides very little
sinuate, not serrated behind; apex with a minute oblique
lunation, finely bispinose; striate-punctate, the flanks of
prosternum densely rugose-punctate. Sternwm coarsely,
abdomen very finely and densely punctate. Dim., 13 x5 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia. Type in the National
Museum, Melbourne.
Two specimens, both male, examined. The species comes
near punctiventris, Saund., and dispar, Blackb., and some
varieties of guttata, Blackb., from all of which it differs in
its more depressed form, more ovate elytra, and the close and
even puncturation of the whole upper-surface (including the
elytral intervals), and the absence of any dark coloration of
the elytra (in one specimen there is a very narrow basal
green margin perceptible). From dispar, Blackb., it differs
in larger size, flatter surface, and smaller apical lunation.
Cinnamomea, Macl., is sometimes very like it, but the
abdomen is always yellow and the prothorax very different
(more convex and with coarse sparse punctures); ignea,
Blackb., is another ally, with coppery thorax and underside,
with some dark markings on the elytra.
,
STIGMODERA ACUTICOLLIS, Nn. sp.
PI; Ait ai Ae ‘
Elongate-ovate. Head ri pronotum nitid bronze-black
or tinged with blue, elytra red with suture and extreme apex
black, antennae, underside, and legs dark-blue.
134
Head excavated and channelled, regularly not densely
punctate. Prothorax unusually short, moderately convex,
arcuate at apex, bisinuate at base; widest at base, the sides
converging in a feeble curve (a little sinuate near front) to
apex, all angles distinctly produced and acute, the anterior
markedly so; disc nitid, sparsely punctate, without any medial
depression or line, with a medial basal fovea. Seutellam
cordate, depressed in middle. JL/ytra slightly enlarged
behind shoulders and again behind the middle, posterior
margins entire, apices finely bispinose, exterior spine more
prominent; punctate-striate, all intervals convex and finely
punctate, the alternate intervals costate. (nderside moder-
ately closely punctate and nearly glabrous. Dim., 11 x 4 mm.
Hab.—Southern Queensland: Duaringa, Brisbane (A.
M. Lea). Type in Macleay Museum.
Two specimens examined belong to a species closely allied
to erythroptera, Boisd., but differing as follows :—
S. erythroptera. S. acuticollis.
Prothorar subbulbous, sides Lightly convex, widest at
rounded, surface subo- base, surface nitid and
paque, densely and finely
punctate, with deep cen-
sparsely punctate, without
medial depression, angles
tral depression, angles acute.
wide.
Elytra, three costae on each,
interspaces flat, posterior
margins serrated.
Three costae on each, less
strongly raised, with in-
termediate intervals also
convex, posterior margins
entire. |
Surface above and _ below Finely and more sparsely
densely punctate. punctate.
In subpura, Blackb., the mtervals are nearly flat and
posterior margins serrated.
STIGMODERA TITANIA, N. Sp.
Pl. x., fig. 32.
Narrowly elongate-oblong. Head, antennae, prothorax,
scutellum, underside, and legs brilliant greenish-bronze,
margins of prothorax with wide pear-shaped yellow markings.
narrowing to the apex, the widened part not quite reaching
the base, and produced widely on the prothcracic episterna ;
elytra testaceous with the following markings blue-black, the
base connecting with a large oval spot covering the humeral
region, a straight postmedian fascia extending to the sides, |
deeply trifid on its anterior, less deeply so on its posterior
margin and the apex, the last with a straight anterior margin.
135
Head deeply excavate, narrowly sulcate, closely punctate.
Prothorav bulbous, apex straight, base strongly bisinuate,
sides widely rounded, widest at middle, anterior angles de-
pressed and obtuse, posterior depressed and acute, evenly and
rather closely punctate, with distinct medial depression ter-
minating in a basal foveate puncture. Scwfelluwm subcordate,
minutely punctate. /yfra of same width as prothorax at
base, lightly enlarged at shoulders, and compressed at middle,
feebly attenuate behind and very minutely denticulate near
apical margins; each apex minutely lunate ,and_ feebly
bispinose. ('nderside minutely punctate and densely covered
with short white pubescence. Dim., 9 x 3 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River. Type in Macleay
Museum.
A pretty little species, of which there are two examples
in the Macleay Museum, the type female, the other possibly
male. The elytral pattern is somewhat as in coccinata, Hope
(elegantula, White), but titania is narrower, with prothorax
differing in form and colour; nor has it the strong apical
spines of that species. Hope’s insect, moreover, has a yellow
underside. It is perhaps nearest wnicincta, Saund., in colour
scheme, with a differently shaped base of elytra and additional
markings. Otherwise I know nothing amongst the smaller
species of the genus at all near it. The yellow margins of the
prothorax are unusual in their outline, somewhat as in
notaticollis, above, but the yellow area is proportionately
much larger.
STIGMODERA PULCHELLA, N. sp.
Plz x. ie 3s.
Oblong, attenuated behind. Head, antennae, prothorax,
and elytra dark-blue, the last with pale-yellow markings as
follows: two large round spots near base, two large ante-
median pear-shaped spots situated behind the former (the
pear stalk directed upwards), a lateral ovate-triangular spot
placed on each side between the other spots, and an arcuate
anteapical fascia extending to the sides, but not to the
suture; underside and legs a rich purple-blue.
HTead excavated and canaliculate, closely and evenly
punctate. VProthorax globose, the apex feebly, base strongly
bisinuate, the middle lobe rounded and pronounced, sides
well rounded, widest at middle; disc closely and regularly
punctate, a smooth medial line faintly indicated on basal half,
all angles a little produced, depressed, and wide. Sewtelliim
subcordate, concave, and punctate. //ytra widened behind
shoulders and again behind the middle, sides not at all
serrated, apex lunate and bispinose, the internal spine minute,
136
the external prominent ; punctate-striate, intervals nearly flat
and closely and finely punctate, basal border raised and
produced to form a short carina near scutellum. Underside
densely and finely punctate, almost glabrous. Dim.,
8 x 2°75 mm.
/lab.—Queensland. Type in the National Museum,
Melbourne.
Two specimens (the sexes) from the French Collection in
the Melbourne Museum are merely labelled Queensland. The
species is near gentilis, Kerr., in size, form, and markings,
except that in gentilis the basal spot is produced laterally,
while in pulchel/la the three antemedian spots on each elytron
are quite separated and clearly defined, while the hind fascia
is not widened and sanguineous on the margin as in gentilis,
and the apical lunation is more oblique, with the external
spine more prominent.
STIGMODERA LEAI, li. sp., or var.
PT. x. ea:
Oblong, entirely peacock-green or blue, except the elytra,
this with a latero-humeral spot, and preapical arcuate fascia
yellow, the last interrupted at the suture and produced back-
wards on the margins nearly to the apex. Sculpture, form,
and size as in cyanicollts, Boisd. Dim., 9 x 34 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River and West Coast. Types
in A. M. Lea’s collection.
Two species, male and female, of this pretty little species
vary only in the shade of colour, one being distinctly blue,
the other blue-green. It may only be a variety of cyanicollis,
Boisd., differing from the well-known Victorian and Tas-
manian var., viridis, C. and G., in the presence of the sub-
apical fascia; but it certainly deserves nominal distinction.
STIGMODERA TINCTICAUDA, Nl. sp.
HA. ex, AeA.
Elongate-subcylindric, attenuated at apex. Head, pro-
thorax, legs, and underside golden-green, elytra testaceous
with apical third gradually suffused with red, antennae and
tarsi coppery-bronze.
Head and pronotum strongly and evenly punctate; the
former deeply excavated and channelled, the latter convex-
arcuate at apex, strongly bisinuate at base, all angles slightly
produced and acute, sides feebly arcuately narrowed from
base to apex; disc with slight medial depressicn, terminating
in a basal fovea. Scutellum cordate, depressed, and punc-
tate. ilytra of same width as prothorax at base and two
and a half times as long; punctate-striate, the alternate:
137
intervals subcostate, all intervals minutely wrinkled, apex
very finely bispinose, the spines black, external spine more
evident. Sternum coarsely, abdomen less coarsely punctate,
the latter with short white hairy clothing. Dim., 6°5-8 x
2°5 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Yalgoo (H. W. Brown).
Two specimens sent by Mr. Brown belong to a species
». pulchella, Cart.
34. a leat, Cart.
35. t tincticauda, Cart.
36. my notaticollis, Cart.
37. a hirundicauda, Cart.
38. " festiva, Cart.
full
145
NOTES ON THE LORD HOWE ISLAND PHASMA, AND ON
AN ASSOCIATED LONGICORN BEETLE.
By Arruur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist.
[Contribution from the South Australian Museum. |
[Read June 8, 1916.]
Puates XI.-XVIT.
One of the most remarkable species of insects that I
obtaimed during a recent (December, 1915, and January,
1916) visit to Lord Howe Island, is a large wingless phasma,
Karabidion (formerly Lurycantha) australe, Montr. It
appears to have been taken by almost every natural history
visitor to the island, and, in fact, once their hiding-places are
.known, specimens may be taken in practically unlimited
numbers. During the day they remain concealed in hollows
in upright or slightly-sloping stems of living trees, but their
presence may be detected by examining the ground at the
foot of the trees, where heaps of their excrement, sometimes
amounting to bushels, may be found. The hollows are seldom
less than eighteen inches in length, and are sometimes much
longer; suitable ones are probably used for years. On
examining the heaps of droppings, frequently both fresh and
newly-hatched eggs may be found, the females apparently
simply extruding their eggs as soon as these are ready.
Occasionally during daylhght, when beating shrubs over
an umbrella for insects, a newly-hatched larva, usually green,
would drop into it; but except for these I never saw a
specimen at large during daylight. They appear to come out
late at night and to climb the trees directly for food. In
the hollows considerable numbers live together in all stages,
but with immature forms in the majority; from one hollow
that was completely emptied sixty-eight specimens were taken ;
in the same hollow were several large spiders and cockroaches.
The males are armed with formidable spines on the hind
femora, and when being captured they attempt to use these
in conjunction with the strong curved tibiae; the females
simply try to escape.
The females vary comparatively little in structure, except
that when mature the smallest is not quite four inches in
length and the largest is a little over five inches. The males,
however, vary considerably, especially in the hind legs; the
smallest in the Museum measures nearly three inches, the
146
largest about four and a half inches. The hind femora on
the small males have armature not much more pronounced
than on the females, but on the large males the two large
teeth are very strong, and there are up to twelve smaller ones;
the femur itself on the large males is considerably wider than
the abdomen, and passes the sixth segment of the latter;
whereas on the small males it 1s narrower than the abdomen,
and may not extend to the tip of the fourth segment.
Six specimens (all males) were taken, on which, a leg
having been lost, it had been renewed; four of these were
larvae, and the renewed legs are very small (pl. xiii.,
figs. 5-8). On the two mature specimens (pl. xiv.) the
renewed leg is a hind one, and it is remarkable that with
each the leg, in addition to being much smaller than the
non-renewed one, is without conspicuous masculine armature,
approaching the female type.
I saw no communities in dead trees, but was told that
occasionally when a tree touched a house, and especially in
the olden days when many houses were thatched, the phasmas
would frequently take shelter in large numbers in the ceiling
and make uncanny noises at night. But they were easily
checked from doing this by preventing any part of the
adjacent trees from touching the house. In nearly all cases
that I examined it was seen plainly that the phasmas had
selected for their domicile trees that had been largely bored
by larvae of a large longicorn beetle.
This beetle, Agrianome spinicollis, W. S. Macl.,™ is
abundant on the island, and numerous specimens may be
taken at night on the trunks of many kinds of trees. The
larvae make large borings and eject most of their excrement
outside the trees; each makes a large hollow, and as many
usually work together their borings frequently interlace; in
time, with the work of other insects, timber-rotting fungi,
etc., large hollows are formed, and in these the phasmas take
up their residence. A large orange tree was practically
destroyed by larvae of this beetle, and figures (pl. xvi.) are
given of the inside and outside appearance of portion of the
trunk of this tree, showing the great damage done. Large
Kentia trees are also attacked. No living banyan trees were
noticed to be attacked by it, but larvae were abundant in
dead ones. Very old and rotten logs of many kinds of trees
appeared to be attacked with as much favour as living trees,
and their larvae are often taken from such logs by the
islanders, with whom they are very favourite fish-bait.
4) It is not Cnemoplites (Arimaspes) howei, as the late Mr.
A. S. Olliff thought possible.
147
Both sexes of the matured beetles vary in length, but
the male may be readily distinguished from the female by its
longer and stouter antennae and legs, especially the front
tibiae and tarsi, pronotum with patches of coarse punctures
alternated with more finely punctured and subopaque patches
(instead of with coarse punctures throughout as on the
female), and abdomen wider and subopaque, except that the
fifth segment and tips of the others are shining; whereas on
the female the abdomen is polished throughout.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES. (2)
Pirate XI.
Male of Lord Howe Island Phasma, Karabidion australe,
Montr.
: Puate XII.
Female of Phasma.
Puate XIII.
Figs. 1-8. Immature specimens of Phasma.
ag? Larva with renewed right hind leg.
» Sand 7. bs A ., left front leg.
PRS 2 td “e , Tight middle leg.
» o- Eggs.
Prate XIV.
Two mature males with right hind legs renewed.
Prate XV.
Sections of tree inhabited by Phasmas (greatly reduced).
7 Pirate XVI.
Longicorn Beetles, Agrianome spinicollis, W. S. Macl. -
Pirate XVII.
Sections of orange tree damaged by Longicornes (greatly
reduced).
(2)Photographs by Mr. Henry Hale. of the South Australian
Museum.
148
HYALOSTELIA AUSTRALIS, THE ANCHORING SPICULES OF
AN HEXACTINELLID SPONGE FROM THE ORDOVICIAN
ROCKS OF THE MACDONNELL RANGES, CENTRAL
AUSTRALIA.
By R. Evseripce, Junr., Curator, Australian Museum,
Sydney, Honorary Fellow.
[Contribution from the Australian Museum. |
[Read July 13, 1916.]
PiLate XVIII.
In 19060 a small collection of MacDonnell Ranges fossils
was presented to the Australian Museum by the Department
of Mines, Adelaide. Amongst these was a small piece of red
fossiliferous quartzite, the weathered surface covered with
minute straight, white, rod-like bodies, and the same showing
in section on the fractured ends of the entire mass. This at
the time was put aside for further examination, and, as so
often happens in such cases, forgotten.
These white, apparently rod-like bodies I take to be the
anchoring spicules of an Hexactinellid Sponge, and referable
to the genus Hyalostelia, Zittel (= Pyritonema, McCoy).
The existence of these spicules had already been recog-
nized in the rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges. At the
annual meeting of the Society, on October 17, 1893, Mr. W.
Howchin ©) “‘exhibited a fossil sponge, Hyalostelia, from the
Lower Silurian rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges, forwarded
by Mr. Thornton, of Tempe Downs. The only other site
where it is known to occur in South Australia is in the
Cambrian rocks at Curramulka.”’
- Professor R. Tate briefly referred in his account of the
Horn Expedition fossils to the occurrence of sponge rootlets
in quartzite at Finke Gorge. He described(S) them as
cylindrical casts, 1°55 mm. in diameter, extending through a
vertical thickness of four inches. Notwithstanding these
(1) McCoy: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi. (2), 1850,-p. 2738:
(2) Howchin: ‘Trans. Roy. Soc: S: Aus., xvii. pt. 11.,° 1893,
p. 855.
(3) Tate: Report Horn Expdn. Central Austr., pt. 1u1., 1896,
eae OF
149
easts are larger than //yaloste/ia rods proper, Tate yielded
preference to a sponge view of their nature rather than
regard them as Annelide burrows.
The cylindrical rods forming the specimen now before me,
and which I propose to term //ya/lostelia australis, have a
variable diameter of 0°19-1°39 mm., the longest preserved
piece measuring twenty millimetres. They are circular in sec-
tion, and when the strong mineral alteration the reds have
undergone allows the structure to be seen, it is concentric. In
many an axial tube is still apparent. These spicular cables
are quite free and unattached to one another, without any
trace of ‘‘rope-like bundles,’’ and although not all absolutely
parallel to one another, lie more or less in one direction.
The matrix is a compact quartzite shghtly iron-stained in
colour, and the rods being white stand out in strong contrast.
As already stated, the spicular rods are siliceous like the
matrix, but in places have undergone a secondary chalcedonic
change, and when this is so all structure is obliterated, the
alteration taking the form of bleb-like particles. Neither
hooked-hke terminations nor projecting decorative structures
were observed.
The variation in the spicule diameter (0°19-1°39 mm.)
is quite in keeping with that of the already-described species,
me yaccrcmaus, MeCoy, sp. (15-7. mm.).. Dr. J. G. Hinde
comments on this vagiability in the anchoring spicules of the
above species,‘4) which is met with in limestones of Llandeilo
age; these also are converted into chalcedonic silica.
The diameter of the MacDonnell Ranges anchoring
spicules, therefore, very considerably exceeds that of the
British form, and will afford a ready means of distinguishing
the two until the body of the sponge proper in //. australis
is discovered.
As a matter of strict priority the name //yalostelia,
Zittel, 1878, should give place to that of Pyritonema, McCoy,
1850. Dr. Hinde, however, has retained the former, but in
the English edition of Zittel’s “‘Text-book of Palaeontology,’’
by Eastman, the two are separately maintained, Pyrito-
nema being defined as ‘‘fascicles of long, stout spicules,
supposed to be root tufts’’; whilst in Hyalostelia the anchor-
ing spicules are ‘‘root-tufts composed of elongated, slightly-
bent fibres, sometimes terminating in four recurved rays.”’
Mr. Howchin was kind enough to lend me his specimen,
when I found that it and the Museum example form portions
(4)Hinde: Mon. Brit. Foss. Sponges, pt. 2, 1888, p. 112.
(5) Vol. i., 1900, p. 55
150
of one and the same piece of rock. When united the two
pieces measure one and a quarter inches long, one and a half
inches wide, and three-quarters of an inch thick, the spicular
rods extending throughout.
I am indebted to Mr. Howchin for the following remarks
{August 31, 1916]:—
‘‘From the material in my hand I think there must be at
least two clearly distinct species. Notwithstanding the
inclusion of rods of different diameters in the same individual,
there is, in all my examples, a certain preponderance of a
given diameter in the rods of any one particular sponge.
This also seems to be borne out by the descriptions and figures
hitherto published. That is to say, in a certain number of
cases the individual rods do not, throughout the entire speci-
men, attain a diameter of more than half that of the average
size of other examples. The diameters of the respective
species, as described, are as follows (Hinde’s figures being
used) :—
(Hyalosteha parallela, McCoy, 02 to
0-5 mm.
Group I. (fine | H. (Pyritonema) fasciculus, McCoy, 0:2
hair-like rods). } to 0°5 mm.
|. (Hyalonema) young, Eth., junr.
| Described as ‘‘hair-like.’’ :
(/yalostelhia australis, Fath., junr., 0°19 to
Group II. 139;
(stout rods). H. (Hyalonema} smith, Y. and Ws, 0s
to. 1-5. mms
“Tt is true that H. australis (rods) do ‘considerably
exceed’ in size those of Pyritonema fasciculus, but they are, if
anything, a little smaller than those of HH. smithiu. The
Tempe Downs example comes so near to the Carboniferous
HT. smithu that I regarded it as indistinguishable from that
form, and for that reason did not define it as a new species.”’
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
HYALOSTELIA AUSTRALIS, Hth., fils.
Fig. 1. Transverse section of anchoring spicules—x4 diam.
,, 2. Longitudinal section of several spicules—x7 diam.
In both sections the dense black portions in the spicules are
the silicified tissue; the white patches, on the contrary, are the
blebs of chaleedonic silica. In the transverse section (fig. 1) |
some of the axial canals are visible (as at a), and again in a
longitudinal section (fig. 2, b).
ELOATING GLACIER
Krrterron
10,755
ROSS SEA
WHITE
ISLAND
TSLAND
CASTLE Roc
SSE rrenenvs
ARS: Na300
AN
BEAUFORT 1) ISLAND
BLACK
ISLAND
he
(FloaTiNG GLACIER Ice)
,
,
° 3 i
* DAIL
Y yO ef
y
St y;
/
SEN J
“DISCOVERY wwren QUARTERS ~*~
Mc MURDO
CBarne
OBSERVING STATION
WidON 3NUL
Vol. XL., Plate XIN
i MT MORNING
sv79
SOUTH
aviod
Vv
ke MTLISTER
ages
aaz1205
aonvi
VICTORIA
NEW HARBOUR
GRANITE HARBOUR.
151
AURORAL OBSERVATIONS AT THE CAPE ROYDS STATION,
ANTARCTICA.
British Antarctic EKapedition, 1908.
By D. Mawson, K.B., D.Sc., Erc.
[Read July 13, 1916.]
Piuates XIX. ann XX.
PREFACE.
The following notes were prepared for publication in the
year 1911. The printing, however, was delayed, as Sir
Ernest Shackleton expected to publish the Scientific Reports
of the Expedition as a continuous series. Since then, want
ot the necessary funds has driven him to abandon the idea
of a complete series, and this manuscript is at last released
for publication.
The matter submitted is, firstly, the journal of aurorae
observed, and, secondly, conclusions drawn from an analysis
of the records contained therein. The journal is a compilation
of all loggings entered by members of the party. In this
almost everybody at the hut participated. One of the par-
ticular duties of the night-watchman was to scan the heavens
at intervals for auroral phenomena. As the party contained
few trained observers, the journal is not consistently thorough
throughout. However, as I was responsible for that depart-
ment of the work, I made it my business to personally observe
every display possible between the hours of 8 a.m. and mid-
night; the night-watchman had standing orders to waken me
at any time between midnight and 8 a.m., should there be
any notable demonstration.
I wish to mention Professor T. W. E. David, Chief of
Scientific Staff, as having been specially active in observations
and loggings connected with this journal.
As the records of auroral phenomena noted by observers
of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition of the years 1912
and 1913 were very full and supply much more matter for
discussion than herein available, only more prominent con-
clusions will be referred to in this contribution. Later on the
subject can be reopened in the light of the fuller information
made available by the later expedition.
Adelaide University, January, 1916.
152
CONTENTS.
JI. JOURNAL OF AURORAE :—
1. Introductory Remarks eee fi.
2. Explanation of Terms enmploveds: in hie Text 153
3. The Journal 15
II. SumMARY :—
1. Frequency in relation to Sun-spot Cycle So ae
2. The Annual Variation of Frequency ... AC
3. Auroral Storm Periods ... 5 ae sad vee
4. Diurnal ‘Variation . 203
5. Frequency in relation to Gacor aohie Tinactide 205
6. Diurnal Frequency and Geographic Direction
considered Conjointly ... oh ia oe bee
7. Diurnal Variation in Trend Ap p 1 AB.
8. Relation to Lines of Magnetic Force ... 2 S208
9, Relation to Land Topography ... ine 3 BIO
10. Relation to Meteorological Conditions Ve 20
11. Colour Ao ne - Hi a It DE
12. Suggestions ... Me; oe a oe Seay i
I.—JOURNAL OF AURORAE.
1. InrrRopucToRY REMARKS.
All directions mentioned in the text are given as true and
not magnetic bearings. The magnetic declination at Cape
Royds was, approximately, 150° E. The time of the entries
is stated in a daily round of twenty-four hours, beginning at
midnight and ending with the following midnight. For
example, 22.30 refers to 10.30 p.m. of the civil scale.
The hour entered was that of the hut clock, with neces-
sary adjustments made at two periods of the year, on
occasions when the clock was ascertained to be considerably
in error in relation to local mean time. Unfortunately, those
of the party in charge of the ‘‘time’’ were not as painstaking
as they should have been, and so this record, though relatively
accurate in itself, cannot be relied upon, within several
minutes of time at least, for comparison with other stations.
The trend of bands in the sky was noted as frequently as
possible, and the direction stated always the real trend, as
if observed in the zenith; not the apparent trend as seen in
perspective. In cases more than a few degrees from the
actual zenith some experience is necessary to accurately deter-
mine such direction. As a rule, no attempt was made to log
the trend of arcs of low elevation, on account of uncertainties
entailed therein. Arcs extending straight across the zenith
a
Pa) he
153
from horizon to horizon, as they drifted away from the zenith,
always appeared, on account of perspective, to become bowed
with convexity away from the observer. This and other
optical effects had at all times.to be carefully borne in mind
when recording the trend of fragments of arcs at a distance
from the zenith. :
It is certain that many faint auroral phenomena escape
observation altogether, except at the hands of an experienced
observer. Often when the luminous phenomena have so
faded as to be invisible to the eye in the normal way,
something may still be seen by looking towards a point 60°
or 90° away and then staring sideways. By doing so the
focus is thrown upon a fresh (more sensitive) portion of the
retina.
Reference in the text is frequently made to topographical
features of the locality about Cape Royds, the observing
station. The position of these can be noted by reference to
plate xix. (facing page 151).
9. EXPLANATION OF TERMS EMPLOYED IN THE TEXT.
The manifestations recorded as aurorae are luminous
phenomena of diverse form resembling closely the appearances
produced by electric discharge in rarified gases. The accumu-
lated labours of contributors to this subject show that the
incandescence observed in auroral displays is due in some way
to electric disturbances in the higher rarified atmosphere.
In logging the manifestations a number of. types have
been recognized and agreed upon by various authors. The
majority of the contributions to the literature of the subject,
however, have not been sufficiently scientific, and published
works are overloaded with a redundancy of terms, often over-
lapping and ill-selected. In this place, a discussion of the.
subject will not be attempted. It will suffice to explain what
is meant by the terms actually used in this journal.
Curtain.—This is the idealized form of aurora _phe-
nomena, and contains all the elements of auroral manifesta-
tions. Curtains are in the form of somewhat convoluted
(draped) bands and bars across the sky. Like the article of
furnishing from which they take their name, they are narrow
in lateral width, but the vertical extension is always con-
siderable. A fine illustrative example, though somewhat
more than usually convoluted, is that figured by Dr. Wilson
as plate 10 in the Aurora: Report of the British National
Antarctic Expedition of 1902-1904. The elements of a
curtain are vertical filaments, or streamers, as they are
referred to in this journal. The streamers are arranged just
154
as are the teeth in a comp, when the latter is held vertically
with the back of the comb below. At the lower edge of a
typical curtain the streamers are all united to form a con-
tinuous ribbon of light at an even altitude above the surface
of the earth; above they fade into invisibility at varying
altitudes, imperceptibly passing into outer darkness. In
cases where the display is fainter, only the brighter sections
of a curtain may be visible, and the relation of such patches
of light in the heavens only become manifest at intervals
when the excitation increases and the intervening portions of
the curtain become dimly outlined. Often all that is visible
is one or two isolated streamers which experience has taught
are, in most cases at least, the visible parts of an invisible
curtain, if one may so express oneself. Curtains, as they are
viewed, wax and wane—-now dazzling bright and again
quickly fading to almost invisibility. The excitation travels
definitely from one end to the other, often in slow, pulsating
movements. ._In the case of intense displays, however, the
luminescence ripples in a kind of wave-motion through the
streamers from one end to the other. In addition to the
passage of. luminescence along the length of a curtain, the
whole curtain usually shows a tendency to drift (body-travel )
towards some quarter of the heavens. Curtains seldom
appear singly, but more often multiple, usually as strictly
parallel forms, in number proportionate to the intensity of
the aurora. Very brilliant curtains usually reduce them-
selves within a few minutes to a nebulous condition, in which
the streamers and all fine outline are lost in a broad incan-
descent (nebulous) band or arc. Nebulous bands, arcs, and
patches are commonly referred to throughout this journal.
Brilliant aurorae below the horizon may cast a reflection
on and so illuminate the borders of visible clouds, producing
an auroral glow. Our observations show that at other times
there was the appearance of auroral excitation connected with
specific clouds.
The term corona is not employed here, for in lhterature it
is, often at least, misapplied. The streamers of curtain rings,
when such are situated in the zenith, on account of perspec-
tive effect, appear to converge to a meeting-point above, and
so have often been referred to in literature as a special ‘form
under the name of corona. Elsewhere in contributions on
the subject of the aurora polaris the term is employed to refer
to manifestations when an intense display reaches the zenith.
The term arch is, except perhaps in exceptional cases, a
misnomer, as extensive linear bands are of the nature of arcs
at a fairly uniform height above the surface of the earth.
155
3. JOURNAL OF AURORAE
OBSERVED AT
Aa Me)
Care Royps, Ross Istanp (Lat. 77° 32’ Sourn, Lone.
265th,
3rd,
4th,
6th,
7th,
12th,
13th,
20th,
21st,
22nd,
25th.
26th,
27th,
4.00
24.00
2.00
16.00
24.00
22.00
ESe
SESS5
cS ROE
=
Wo bo
S
166° 12’ East), puriING 1908.
March, 1908.
An auroral streamer on the S.E. horizon.
April.
Streamers from E.N.E. to S.K. near the horizon.
Auroral streamers again noted.
Streamers over N.E. and S.W. horizon.
Curtain to EK.
Curtain behind Ross Island extending from N. to
S.E. by E. Fine snowfall from no visible cloud
at 23.00.
Four arcs extended overhead to N. and S., situated
in ‘the sky. to E. of zenith. Also streamers
appeared over the horizon.
Aurora again noted; partially obscured by nimbus
clouds near the horizon. Slight haze with fine
snow between 2.00 and 4.00.
Two streamers seen in the EK.
Curtain trending to the N.W.
Curtains stretching N. and S. across the sky to E. of
zenith. The moon well up, and so the auroral
light must be strong to be visible.
Streamers in the N.
Beams over the slopes of Mount Erebus, to the N.E.
Four parallel bands across the sky from the zenith
to the E., trend somewhat E. of N. The light is
strong, notwithstanding the brightness of the
moonlight.
Streamers and low ares from N. to S. on the EK.
horizon.
Aurora continues in the E.
Aurora continues, but fainter.
Streamers arising from the N.E. horizon, noted on
the next succeeding days when clear between 17.30
and 18.30. Stronger lights, usually as ares, show
up between 22.00 and 2.00.
Aurora bright from N. to E.
Aurora in N. and HE.
Aurora in N.E. to S.
Aurora reported in N.E. and §S.
Aurora reported in N.E. and S.
Auroral phenomena appeared in the S. and S. by W.
Almost the whole sky from N. by W., through E. to
S., ablaze with auroral bands, curtains, and nebu-
lous masses. The luminous masses appear to
travel rapidly in a definite direction. The forms
are ever changing, retaining their shapes for not
longer than 10 seconds. The nebulous masses have
the appearance of being very near the earth’s
surface. This evening, and several preceding
evenings, the bands trended in a distinctly more
E. and W. direction than on earlier occasions.
28th,
Ist,
4th,
Sth,
22nd,
23rd,
24th,
00.80
2.00
2.00
22.00
24.00
22.00
3.00
20)..00
22.00
2.00
11.00
20.00
22.00
3.00
4.00
15.00
16.30
17.30 |
18.15)
21.30
24.00
156
The brilliant auroral display continues. or, 10°C EN or “the
zenith; bowed noticeably, with concavity to the
S.E.
The are just referred to had straightened and crossed
the zenith, trending N.N.E. and S8.S.W.
Three faint parallel curtains in the zenith and east
of it, extending from near the N. horizon to
within 20° of the S. horizon, and trending N.
and §.
Two blobs of auroral nebula in the S.S.E. in the
position of the earlier ares. An auroral haze
in the E.
Two curtains, one 30° up in the W., the other 45°
up in the E. The mean direction of trend about
N. and S., but bowed concave to. the W. An
indefinite auoral haze to the KE. The night very
dark and the sky clear. The aurorae were very
faint, and visible only on account of the favour-
able conditions.
21st,
22nd,
23rd,
24th,
189
2.15 ?
and head above smooth and shining, longitudinally rugose
218
between the frontal carinae and eyes, the rugae diverging
behind. Cheeks with coarse, elongate punctures. Mesonotum
and epinotum subopaque and rugose-punctate, the rugae
irregular on the sides and often transverse on the base of the
epinotum; pronotum and declivity of epinotum smooth and
shining, as are also the petiole, postpetiole, gaster, and legs.
Antennal scapes and legs with sparse piligerous punctures.
Body, including the antennae and legs, covered with
rather abundant, erect, coarse, yellowish hairs; those on the
scapes and tibiae standing off at an angle of about 30° to 45°.
Yellowish-brown to piceous or castaneous-brown ; append-
ages paler; first gastric segment in pale specimens often
darker behind; mandibular teeth black.
Female.—Length, 10°5-12 mm.; wings, 13-14 mm.
Head rather small, scarcely longer than broad, sub-
rectangular, very slightly broader behind than in front.
Antennal scapes reaching about one-fourth their length
beyond the posterior border of the head. Thorax large;
mesonotum overarching the small pronotum in front, flat-
tened behind; seen from above, distinctly longer than broad ;
scutellum longitudinally impressed in the middle; base of
epinotum sloping, longer than the declivity, the spines long,
blunt, directed upward, outward, and backward. Petiolar
node compressed anteroposteriorly, its upper border feebly
impressed in the middle; postpetiole short, broader than long.
Gaster large. Wings with large discal cell and only one
cubital cell.
Sculpture resembling that of the worker, but the whole
upper-surface of head and cheeks longitudinally rugose,
except a small median occipital area which is shining and
coarsely punctate, and the clypeus, which is transversely rugu-
lose on the sides. Thorax, including the mesopleurae, smooth
and shining; epinotum sharply rugose, the rugae on the base
transverse in front, arcuate behind, on the sides irregular
above, longitudinal below and extending forward on to the
mesosterna.
Pilosity like that of the worker.
Colour darker, castaneous; legs, usually including the
coxae, yellowish; wings distinctly and uniformly infuscated
throughout, radial vein and apterostigma dark-brown,
remaining veins paler.
Male.—Length, 5-6 mm.; wings, 6-6°5 mm.
Head, excluding the eyes, distinctly longer than broad,
convex behind and above, not broader behind than in front,
its occipital border with a pronounced, strongly-reflected
margin. Cheeks very short; eyes large and convex.
QE —E—yE——E———— ="
219
Mandibles narrow, with two or three teeth. Clypeus convex,
with rounded entire anterior border. Antennal scapes slender,
somewhat shorter than the head; funiculi with joints gradu-
ally increasing in length distally, but without distinct club;
first joint slightly swollen. Thorax large; mesonotum, seen
from above, as long as broad, very convex, especially in front,
where it strongly overarches the very small pronotum. Meso-
sterna and mesopleurae large and very convex. Epinotum
narrow, prolonged backward, its base rapidly sloping and
more concave anteriorly, its posterior portion somewhat
higher, subnodiform, and with very short declivity. Petiolar
and postpetiolar nodes low and rounded, the latter longer
than broad and somewhat broader than the former. Legs
long and very slender. Venation of wings as in the female.
Pilosity and sculpture much as in the worker, but the
hairs somewhat finer and the head much less rugose in front,
the mesopleurae and upper-surface of the epinotum smooth
and shining and the mandibles shining and sparsely punctate.
Colour as in the female, but the head darker, the
mandibles yellow, and the wings and apterostigma somewhat
paler.
Habh.—Victoria: Melbourne (type locality); Yarra dis-
trict (W. W. Froggatt); Swan River (locality of female,
Atta antipodum, cited by F. Smith). New South Wales:
Jenolan Caves (J. C. Wiburd); Port Hacking (W. B. Gur-
ney); National Park, near Sydney,’ Sutherland, Leura,
Katoomba, Hornsby, Manly, Sandringham, Bulli Pass, Gos-
ford, and Uralla (Wheeler); Fitzroy Falls (R. J. Tillyard) ;
Sydney (A. M. Lea); Sydney and Katoomba (fF. Silvestri) ;
Shoalhaven district (W. W. Froggatt); Dorrigo (W. Heron).
Queensland: Mount Tambourine and Colosseum (E. Mjoberg) ;
Townsville (F. P. Dodd); Brisbane and Koah (Wheeler) ;
Bribie Island (Wheeler and H. Hacker).
Although series of specimens from different localities vary
more or less in average size, in colour, sculpture, and the.
length and shape of the epinotal spines, it seems inadvisable
on the basis of the material examined to confer names on the
varieties of this species.
APHAENOGASTER (NYSTALOMYRMA) PYTHIA, Forel.
Pl. xx1., figs. 4-65 pl. xxii., figs. 5-8.
Aphaenogaster longiceps, Mayr.: Journ. Mus. Godeff., 12,
1876, p. 43, female, male (in part).
Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) longiceps, Forel: Ark. Zool., 9,
1915, p. 76, two females and male.
220
Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) pythia, Forel: thid., p. 76,
two females and male.
Worker.—Length, 4-5°5 mm.
Averaging smaller than lonyiceps. Head scarcely longer
than broad, distinctly broader behind than in front, with less-
rounded posterior corners than in /ongiceps, and with less-
constricted, though distinctly marginate, posterior border.
Eyes distinctly less convex, antennae shorter, though the
scapes surpass the occipital border of the head by nearly
one-fourth their length; funicular joints shorter. Pronotum
and base of epinotum more convex and rounded above in pro-
file; mesoépinotal constriction shorter. Epinotal spines
shorter, much further apart at their base than long, and
directed more upward. Petiolar node rising less abruptly
from the peduncle. Legs shorter and stouter, gaster perhaps
a little larger than in longiceps.
Smoother and more shining; mandibles subopaque and
shining; the rugae between the frontal carinae and eyes
feebler; epinotum smooth and shining above; sides of meso-
notum and epinotum much more finely rugulose-punctate, so
that their surfaces are also more shining.
Hairs finer and paler and a little more oblique on the
legs and antennal scapes.
Colour usually paler and more yellowish than in
longiceps.
Female.—-Length, 9°5-11 mm.; wings, 12°5-13 mm.
Smaller than the female of longiceps, with the posterior
corners of the head more pronounced and less rounded, the
eyes somewhat less convex, the antennae, thorax, and legs
shorter, and the epinotal spines smaller and acute. Venation
as in longiceps.
Sculpture much as in Jongiceps, but the head more sub-
opaque and more finely rugose. Gaster and upper-surface of
thorax very smooth and shining.
Pilosity as in the worker.
Colour distinctly paler than that of the female longiceps,
wings less deeply infuscated, yellowish-hyaline, with the
radial vein and apterostigma dark-brown. Mesonotum with
three large longitudinal brown blotches, gaster behind the
first segment brownish-yellow, as are also the legs, including
the coxae.
Mate.—Length, 4-475 mm,
Smaller than the male of Jlongiceps, the head and
antennae shorter, the former scarcely longer than broad,
excluding the eyes; thorax much shorter and broader, the
221
pronotum and scutellum seen together from above scarcely
longer than broad. In profile the scutellum is more convex
and projecting, the anterior portion of the base of the
epinotum descends more abruptly, and the nodiform posterior
enlargement is more pronounced in profile, but less pro-
nounced when seen from above. The nodes of the petiole
and postpetiole are much lower than in /ongiceps.
Sculpture, colour, and pilosity much as in that species.
Hab.—Queensland: Herberton (type locality) and Cedar
Creek (E. Mjéberg); Gayndah; Peak Downs; Rockhampton ;
Kuranda and Enoggera (Wheeler). New South Wales:
Dorrigo (W. Heron).
APHAENOGASTER (NYSTALOMYRMA) BARBIGULA, sp. nov.
Paes... nes. 7 to 93: pl. xxn/, fig. 9.
Stenamma Cischnomyriner) longiceps, Forel: Rev. . Suisse
Zool., 10, 1902, p. 4389. female; Fauna S.W. Aust., Hamb. Exped.,
1, 1907, p. 284, two females and male.
Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) longiceps, Forel: Bull. Soe.
Vaud. Se. Nat., 49, 1913, p. 187, female.
Worker.—Length, 4°5-5°5 mm.
Head regularly-elliptical, about one and one-fifth times
as long as broad, not broader behind than in front, with
convex sides, rounded behind the eyes, and without posterior
corners. Occipital border feebly reflexed. Eyes moderately
convex. Mandibles irregularly denticulate, with three larger
apical teeth. Clypeus, frontal carinae, and frontal area much
as in /ongiceps; frontal groove indistinct. Antennae rather
long, scapes incrassated distally, extending less than one-
fourth their length beyond the posterior border of the head,
funiculi distinctly 4-jointed, all the joints shorter than in
longiceps. Pronotum and base of epinotum rounded and
convex in profile; mesoépinotal constriction long and_pro-
nounced, epinotal spines reduced to small, rather acute, sub-
erect teeth. Petiolar node rounded, lower than in /ongiceps
or pythia. Postpetiole scarcely longer than broad, decidedly
broader than the petiole, in profile with abrupt posterior
slope. Legs rather slender; posterior tibiae with small spurs.
Shining; mandibles subopaque, longitudinally striate;
clypeus feebly and transversely rugulose; head very smooth
and shining above and behind, sharply, longitudinally rugose
between the frontal carinae and eyes; cheeks only with several
small, scattered, piligerous punctures. Thorax smooth and
shining, with the sides of the mesonotum and epinotum
punctate-rugose, the rugae being somewhat longitudinal on
222
the former; remainder of body smooth and shining, with
small, scattered piligerous punctures.
Hairs as in longiceps and pythia, except that they are
very long on the gula, forming a well-developed psammo-
phore; on the scapes and legs they are more oblique than in
longiceps and more as in pythia.
Colour variable and like that of /ongiceps.
Female.—Length, 13 mm.; wings, 13°5 mm.
Similar to the females of the two preceding species.
Head subrectangular, a little broader behind than in front,
with rounded posterior corners. Antennal scapes extending
only a short distance beyond the posterior border of the head.
Thorax rather long; base of epinotum long, its spines acute,
shorter than in Jongiceps and directed downward and _ back-
ward. Scutellum and petiolar node without median impres-
sion. Venaticn of the wings as in the preceding species.
Smooth and shining; mandibles subopaque, finely striate ;
clypeus transversely rugulose; head finely, longitudinally
rugose; rugosity on the base of the epinotum above fine,
indistinct and transverse, more distinct and longitudinal on
the sides.
Hairs similar to those of the worker but rather short,
except on the gula, where they form a psammophore, as in
the worker.
Colour uniformly yellowish-ferruginous, with slightly
paler legs. Waings yellowish-hyaiine, as pale as in pythia,
with dark-brown radial vein and apterostigma; remaining
veins resin-coloured. .
Hab.—-South Australia: Adelaide (type locality) (A. M.
Lea and Rothney); Meningie (L. H. Mincham); Gawler (A.
M. Lea); Karoonda to Peebinga (G. E. H. Wright). Western
Austraha: Dongarra; Gooseberry Hill; Wallaby Island;
Beverley (F. H. Duboulay). Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C.
Goudie). New South Wales: Yanco (W. W. Froggatt).
' This species, described from numerous workers from
many of the localities cited above and a single female taken
by Mr. G. E. H. Wright between Karoonda and Peebinga,
is readily distinguished from /ongiceps and pythia by the
conspicuous psammophore of the worker and female, by the
peculiar shape of the head and very short epinotal spines of
the worker, and by the downwardly-directed epinotal spines
of the female. The male seems to have been seen by Forel,
but was not described, as it was referred to longiceps. When
again taken it will probably be found to differ as much from
the males of /ongiceps and pythia as the worker and female
differ from the corresponding phases of these species.
oe wh
223
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Prats XX].
Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) longiceps, F.
Smith. Head of worker, dorsal view.
Worker, body in profile.
Head of female, dorsal view.
Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) pythia, Forel.
Head of worker, dorsal view.
Worker, body in profile.
Head of female, dorsal view.
Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) barbigula, n. sp.
Head of worker, dorsal view.
Worker, body in; profile.
Head ot female, dorsal view.
Pirate XXII,
Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) longiceps, F.
Smith. Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole of
female in profile.
Same of male.
Thorax of male, dorsal view.
Head of male, dorsal view.
Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) pythia, Forel.
Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole of female in
profile.
Same of male.
Thorax of male, dorsal view.
Head of male, dorsal view.
Aphaenogaster (Nustalomyrma) barbigula, n. sp.
Thorax, petiole,- and postpetiole of female in
profile.
224
ACARIANS FROM AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN
ANTS AND ANT-NESTS.
, By NarHan Banks.
(Communicated by Arthur M. Lea.)
[Read July 13, 1916.]
Prargers XXII go XXX.
The myrmecophilous mites collected by Mr. Lea in
Tasmania and Australia were sent me for determination and
description several years ago.
Some of the specimens are immature and cannot now be
determined; most of the adult specimens prove to be new
species. This is not strange, as very few mites of these
families have been described from these regions, and these
few not from ant-nests.
There is little generically remarkable in the collection ;
they are such as might be found in ant-nests in other
countries. Only a few of them were attached to the ants;
the others are largely scavengers, but nevertheless will doubt-
less be found to be rather closely confined to ant-nests, and
not generally distributed or with other environments. The
myrmecophilous mites of few regions outside of Europe are
known, and Mr. Lea deserves much praise for his industry
and attention in gathering such a number of these tiny and
generally-neglected creatures. As to host-relation, Hctatomma
metallicum is host to seven species of mites; Ponera lutea and
Polyrachis hexacantha each have six species; one mite occurs
with four species of ants, but nearly all the others have but
one host.
BDELLIDAE.
BDELLA (SCIRUS) HOSPITA, Nl. Sp.
VPLS ce ee
Body about twice as long as broad, broadly rounded
behind, tapering in front; beak about two-thirds as long as
width of body, with four hairs each side. Palpus with first
and last joint about equal in length, and each about as long
as the beak, second and third joints very short, subequal,
last joint with long hairs on tips and apical half or more,
few hairs on other joints. Cephalothorax with one eye
each side. Dorsum of abdomen with few fine, scarcely-visible
hairs. Legs of moderate length, femur 4 hardly as long
225
as the beak, with few fine hairs, more numerous on tarsi,
especially near apex. Length, 1°6 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polyrachis hexacantha.
Tasmania: Chudleigh, with Zridomyrmey.
ERYTHRAEIDAE.
FESSONIA PROMINENS, li. sp.
Pho xxiii fie. (5,
Body twice as long as broad, broadest in front; cephalo-
thorax with a prominent, median process, and each side with
two concavities; opposite the second one are the large, sessile
eyes, two each side, close together, and behind them on the
median line is a pair of pits or sensillae, each with a hair,
but I cannot see a crista or groove. Legs slender, of even
thickness throughout; legs 1 and 4 about as long as body, the
tarsi a little shorter than the preceding joint, but not swollen.
Body clothed above and below with short, cone-like hairs,
each with small spicules in transverse rows; there are several
patches on the dorsum free of hairs, three such spaces on the
cephalothorax, and a row of four each side on the abdomen.
The legs have similar but more elongate hairs, while the tarsi
have still more slender hairs, almost bristly. Length, 1 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Ocean Grove, with /ridomyrmex mite-
dus (Lea collection).
RHYNCHOLOPHUS ATTOLUS, Nn. sp.
PY, xxii,, fic. 6.
Similar in most respects to R. retentus, body of same
shape; small, triangular cephalothorax is lower than
abdomen, crista enlarged at posterior end, one eye each side,
palpi rather long. The body is clothed with short hairy
bristles, not clavate as in Ff. retentus; the legs are a little
longer, leg 1 longer than body, 4 much longer than body,
2 and 3 about as long as body. In leg 1 the tarsus is as
long as penultimate joint, and this latter scarcely any longer
than the one before it (in 2. retentus it is much longer). In
hind legs the joints are all more slender than in #. retentus,
the tarsus being scarcely three-fourths as long as the pre-
ceeding joint, not at all enlarged toward tip, and plainly
longer than tarsus 1. Length, 1°2 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea.
RHYNCHOLOPHUS RETENTUS, 0. sp.
Pl. xxui., figs. 2 and 3.
Body about one and one-half times as long as broad,
y
sides nearly parallel, only little narrower behind. Dorsum
I
226
clothed with hairs, which are thick or slightly clavate, and all
clothed with fine hairs. Cephalothorax small, triangular,
much longer than abdomen; crista reaching near end, enlarged
only at posterior end; one eye each side. Beak slender,
terminating in a recurved point each side; palpi long and
rather slender, ending in a blunt claw, with about seven
teeth in. a row before it, thumb of pipderata length, not
swollen, with hairs of moderate length. Legs not very
slender; leg 1 rather longer than body, 4 about as long as
body, 2 much shorter; tarsus 1 as long as penultimate joint,
slightly swollen; tarsus 4 nearly three-fourths as long as’
penultimate joint; tarsus 1 with dense fine hairs, other
joints with scattered short bristles, which are minutely hairy.
Length, 1°3 to 1°55 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polio hexacantha ;
Sea Lake and Ocean Grove, with Iridomyrmex nitidus.
TROMBIDIIDAE.
TROMBIDIUM AEQUALIS, nN. sp.
Plo 3a.
Body about one and one-fourth times as long as broad,
broadest in front, broadly rounded behind. Legs short;
leg 1 longest, about equal to body, leg 4 a little shorter, legs
2 and 3 subequal and about as long as width of the body,
tarsus enlarged, but over three times as long as broad and
fully one-third longer than the preceding joint, tarsus 4 not
enlarged, equal to preceding joint. Palpi large and stout,
ending in a rather slender claw, and a cylindric thumb equal
to the claw, inner edge of claw fringed with teeth, the last of
which is heavier than the others. Cephalothorax with two
sessile eyes each side, close together, crista ending in a pair
of sensillae. Legs clothed with moderately long single hairs.
Bedy densely clothed with short erect hairs, those on cephalo-
thorax and tip of body often branched. Length, 1 mm.
HTab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea
(Lea collection).
PARASITIDAE.
CELAENOPSIS BREVIATUS, Nl. sp.
’ Pl ssa, He.
Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-half times as
long as broad, broadest in middle. Dorsum with scattered
fine hairs; mouth-parts barely projecting in front of the body:
palpi short; legs very short, the fourth pair longest, and
these scarcely as long as width of body; leg 1 shorter and
weaker than the other pairs, ending in a few short sunple
hairs, other legs with few short hairs. Sternal shield in
————s
> =
227
three parts, a transverse part in front, and behind are two
pieces meeting angularly in the middle; the vulva, behind
these pieces, is V-shaped; the genital plate has two bristles
each side, the sternal plate one on each side, the ventral
plates have many short bristles near sides, and others on the
ventral*area toward margin; the anus is hardly its length
before the hind margin. Length, *8 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Chudleigh, Hobart, and Kindred,
with /ridomyrmex.
MYRMONYSSUS AEQUALIS, Ni. sp.
eee ie. 10> xxvi; figs. 14 and 16; and xxvi., fig. 21.
Body oval, rather pointed in front, broadly rounded
behind, with short fine hairs around margin, and on dorsum
densely covered with very short fine ‘hair. All legs rather
stout, and front pair hardly as long as body, second pair
plainly shorter; third and fourth hardly as stout as others;
the tibia and patella in each leg subequal in length, the tarsus
always longer, and ending in a large caroncle, tarsus 2 on
lower side narrowed before middle; all legs with few short,
simple hairs, few as long as the width of a joint. The under-
side of the beak has several transverse or oblique rugose
streaks on each side. Length, °8 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Devonport, Hobart, and Ulverstone,
on ants (14132) and (14941), and Bagdad, on thorax of
Tridomyrmex gracilis.
HYPOASPIS MINUSCULUS, 0. sp.
Pi: xxiv, fic.* 8.
Body about one and one-half times as long as broad,
broadest in front of middle, tapering each way. Dorsum with
a few scattered, rather short, simple bristles, mostly near the
margin. Palpi short. Legs rather slender, first pair nearly
as long as body, second much shorter and stouter, fourth
shorter than the first; in all the tarsi are much longer than
the preceding joint, and all legs with fairly numerous hairs.
Sternal plate short, concave behind, with three short bristles
each side; ventral surface with a few bristles, and a pair of
rather longer ones near tip; anal shield plainly longer than
broad, broader in front than behind, with an apical bristle,
anus near the front edge. Length, 55 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with ants (No. 20).
HyYPOASPIS INEPILIS, n. sp.
BL sev fie: 17.
2. Body about one and one-half times longer than
broad, broadest at posterior third, tapering rather suddenly
12
228
behind, dorsal shield occupying anterior two-thirds of dorsum,
truncate behind, with two rows of long bristles each side,
the submedian row not regular, a few other bristles near
margin, a pair in front, and several behind the shield. Legs
long but rather stout, the second pair plainly heavier than
the “others, the first and fourth pairs about as Jong as the body,
all with long simple hairs; tarsus 1 about one and one-half
times longer than the preceding joint, all with short-stalked
caroncles; sternal shield with three bristles each side, ventral
shield very broad behind and truncate, anal shield but little
longer than broad at base, not much narrowed behind, a stout
bristle at each posterior corner, several bristles near margins
of ventral shield, and others on ventral surface outside of
shield. The peritreme begins behind coxa 3 and extends in
slight, almost even, curve forward. Last joint of palpus has
a little process or finger on middle beneath. Length, 1 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Camponotus, sp.
(No. 14865).
CYRTOLAELAPS GRACILIPES, n. sp.
Pl. Sxiv 7; a a.
Q. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad,
broadest at middle, tapering each way, with about seven
simple hairs on each side, mostly behind; legs very long and
slender, especially the tarsi, all with simple hairs; sternal
shield deeply concave behind, with two bristles each side,
genital with one bristle each side, ventral shield tapering
behind, the anal shield broad and truncate in front, a bristle
behind anus, about six simple bristles on ventral surface each
side of ventral shield.
The male has the body more tapering behind, leg 2 larger
but without spurs, the coxa 4 more approximate. Length,
Okami.
ITab.—New South Wales: Sydney and Liverpool. Vic-
toria: Lal Lal, with Ponera lutea, Camponotus nigriceps,
Ketatomma metalhcum, and Polyrachis hexacantha.
CyRTOLAELAPS FEMORALIS, Nl. sp.
1 2 Mab: S Gig Mean onepalita
Yellow-brown; body oval, pointed in front, rounded
behind; dorsum smooth, without hairs; epistoma with a
slender median point: sternum with four bristles in a trans-
verse row across middle; vulva between hind coxae sub-
triangular; legs short, but very slender and with cnly fine
hairs, tarsus 1 ends in fine hairs but with a small caroncle
and claws, tibia 1 shorter than tarsus, as long as patella; in
legs 3 and 4 the femora are long, very slender at base, and
229
curved, the patella and tibia both very short, subequal, the
tarsus very long. Length, °75 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Evandale Junction, with Hetatomma
metallicum.
PARASITUS LYRATUS, Nl. sp.
Pl. xxv., fig. 18.
Yellowish. Body hardly twice as long as broad, sides
evenly rounded, broadest behind middlé; no hairs on the
body above, a pair of very short ones at tip; sternal plate
lyre-shaped, with three pairs of bristles, metapodia nearly
circular, each with a _ bristle, ventral shield roundedly
triangular, the point in front between the hind coxae; anal
shield nearly its length behind ventral, subtriangular, with
an apical bristle; legs rather long, front pair very slender,
with some apical hairs as well as the claws; all legs with few
short almost spine-like hairs. In male the second and fourth
pairs of legs are plainly thicker than the others, the femur
of leg 2 with a stout spine in front; coxae 4 approximate,
not one-half their diameter apart; ventral and anal shields
united and nearly covering the venter, pointed behind.
Length, 1 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Dunorlan, with Amblyopone australis.
PARASITUS DISPARATUS, N. sp.
Pioxxiv, no. 1M.
Body nearly twice as long as broad, tapering each way;
above with many short stout bristles, mostly clavate,
especially at sides, one at each humerus is longer and serrate
behind: legs slender, all with bristles, but near tips with
fine hair; first pair about as long as the body, the tarsus
nearly as long as the tibia and patella together; leg 2 stouter
but without spurs, leg 4 reaching behind body, the tarsus 4
not longer than tarsus 1, sternum rather narrow, between
hind coxae no wider than a coxa; the anal shield large and
broad, the anus its length from the tip. Leneth, ‘8 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Latrobe, with Polyrachis hevacantha.
PARASITUS INVERSUS, Nn. sp.
Pl) smi... 9.
Body pyriform, about one and one-half times longer than
broad, broadly rounded behind. Dorsum with a pair of
minute bristles on extreme front; a submarginal row of about
eight long bristles, those behind stouter than those in front,
and a submedian pair toward tip; margin with shorter bristles,
except toward front. Venter with short bristles each side
behind, a pair below on beak, three pairs on the sternal plate,
a pair (with minute hair at base) just behind the sternal
230
plate, a pair toward base on sides of ventral plate, one each
side of the anus, and a long one behind on anal plate. Legs
long and rather slender, with scattered fine hairs. The peri-
treme is outwardly margined by a plate which extends a little
behind hind coxae. Ventral plate much broader behind than
in front, a little longer than broad, anal plate much broader
in front, long-pointed behind; the anus (broader behind) at
about middle cf anal plate; an elongate metapodial plate each
side behind the peritremal plate. Length, 1:1 mm.
/fab.—Victoria: Portland (H. W. Davey), with Keta-
tomma metallieum.
ANTENNOPHORIDAE.
PTOCHARUS DAVEYII, Silvestri.
Pl, “xavige 22,
Boll. Labr. Zool. Agric. Portici, v., p. 56, 1910.
Body as broad as_long or much broader, and very high
behind according to amount of distension, broadest at or
behind middle. Dorsum shows a shield much longer than
broad, and beyond its middle a transverse line, not reaching
either side; dorsum without hair. Venter and margin with
many fine short hairs; genital plate triangular, separated by
a line from the ventri-anal plate, latter broader than long,
broadest on anterior third, anal aperture at its tip. Legs
very short and stout; first pair nearly as long as body, clothed
with many simple hairs, longer ones at tip of tarsus, other
tarsi rather blunt. Length, 1 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Liverpcol, with Camponotus
aencopiosus and Iridomyrmex naitidus.
PARAMEGISTUS AUSTRALIS, N. sp.
Pl xxi; foe:
Body plainly a little longer than broad. Dorsum smooth,
few if any bristles. Mouth-parts small; movable finger of
male mandibles slender, curved. Legs short, not as long as
width of body; leg 1 slender, with many rather stout bristles,
other legs thicker, with very few bristles. Sternal shield
transversely divided, the smaller anterior part apparently in
three parts; two short spines each side on the anterior part
and one each side on the posterior part; male aperture ellip-
tical, small. Ventral plate large, very broad at posterior
third, with about 16 short spines; anal plate broader than
ventral, crescentic, with many fine hairs, the anus, which is
pointed behind, near its anterior margin. Length, °8 mm.
Hal.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polyrachis hexacantha.
Probably will form a new genus on account of shape of
ventral plate.
| i
———eE———
235
about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest at
middle, tapering behind, reaching to hind margin of hind
coxae, in front of it four bristles, venter without bristles;
anus nearly circular and about its length from the submar-
ginal line. Male genital aperture hardly circular, broader in
front between coxae 3, and nearly one and one-half times its
diameter from them. lLeneth, °5 mm.
; dS
Jia. —Tasmania: Latrobe, with Letatomma metallicum.
UROPODA DENTIFRONS, Nl. sp.
Ply xxvii.; figs. 33; 34, and 36.
Rody short, subpyriform, shghtly pointed in front, body
hardly one-fourth longer than broad, male genital aperture
between coxae 3 only a trifle nearer to the posterior than to
the anterior margin. Dorsum with scattered, rather long,
sunple hairs; a row of very short ones submarginal on the
lower edge of the body. Labial plate broad, divided in
middle, each lobe with several teeth on anterior margin.
Legs very short, stout, with few hairs except at tip, * femora
1 and 2 of male with a large spur near inner base; peritreme
beyond coxa 2 with a long outward band. In the female the
vulva is about one-half to two-thirds of coxae 2 behind the
camercstome, its anterior edge at middle of coxae 2; a pair
of submedian hairs in this space and one each side at coxae 2;
vulva about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadly
rounded in front: behind it is truncate between coxae 4.
Length, 55 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Stanley. Victoria: Portland, with
Ectatomma metallicum.
URoOPODA DUPLICATA, Nl. sp.
Pl. xxix., fig. 38.
Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-fourth times as
long as broad, broadest in middle, rounded behind, in front
with a small median prominence; dorsum with scattered fine
hairs arising from hyaline dots: plate in front of coxae 1 with
outer outline truncate in front and an inner rounded portion;
female genital aperture one and one-fourth times as long as
broad, rather nearer hind than front margin, barely narrowed
behind, and reaching to hind margin of hind coxae, in front
close to scemsrpatcttic, four hairs each side and four in front;
few, if any, distinct hairs on venter; anus more than its
length from the submarginal line; legs rather slender, front
tarsi with many hairs toward the tip, others with short
spines. Length, 55 mm.
Hahb.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Polyrachis
ammon.
236
UROPODA FRATERNA, N. Sp.
Pl, x%3., Se:
Very similar to U. imternata. The plate in front of
coxae | is more acute in front, and shows an inner curved
ridge; the female genital aperture is nearer to the camero-
stome, and is about one and one-third times longer than broad,
not noticeably narrowed behind coxae, and not reaching much
behind middle of hind coxae. The venter shows an internal
line, asin (”. wnternata, but it is farther in front of the anus;
there are hairs around genital aperture and on venter, as in
U’. internata, and some between the internal and submarginal
lines. The male genital aperture is circular and situated
between coxae 2, and hardly its diameter from the camero-
stome; the plate in front of the coxae 1 is more nearly
truneate in front. Length, 45 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Chudleigh, with Polyrachis hewxa-
cantha.
UROPODA INTERNATA, 0. Sp.
p Pl. xxvii, so.
Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-half times as
long as broad, broadly rounded at each end, broadest near
middle ; no hairs on dorsum ; plate in front of coxae 1 roundly
triangular ; female genital aperture nearer to posterior than to
anterior end, iully one and one-half times as long as broad,
broadly rounded in front, narrowed at hind coxae, almost trun-
cate behind, where it reaches hind edge of hind coxae; in front
quite widely separated from camerostome, two pairs of hairs
in front, four each side, and one behind hind coxae, venter
with some scattered fine hairs; anus almost reaching the
submarginal line, in front of it a distinct internal line extend-
ing up each side to hind tarsi. Legs very short, especially
femora, tarsi with stout spines, except tarsus 1 with fine
hairs near tip. Length, -4 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Devonport, with Jridomyrmez.
UROPODA LONGIFRONS, 0. ‘sp.
Pl. sxxVvi1i-y Mie. See:
Very similar to (’. conveaifrons from Tasmania and with
the same host; but the plate in front of coxae 1 is plainly
longer, about as long as broad. The body is about one and
one-third times as long as broad, broadest behind the middle.
narrowed in front; no hairs on dorsum. The female genital
aperture is much closer to the hind than to the front end, about
one and one-third times as long as broad, slightly narrowed
and truncate behind, where it reaches the hind edge of hind
coxae, in front well separated from the camerostome, four
bristles in front of it; anus hardly its length from the sub-
marginal line; few, if any, hairs on venter; tarsi with short.
a
237
spines, front tarsi with fine hairs toward tip. Length,
‘55 mm.
H1ab.—New South Wales: Sydney. Victoria: Sea Lake,
with HLetatomma metallicum.
UROPODA OBLIQUIFRONS, n. Sp.
Pl. xxix., figs. 39 and 40.
Body only a little longer than broad and only slightly
pointed in front. A submarginal row of simple hairs, and
above an inner row of long scale-like hairs, and others on the
middle area of the dorsum. The labial plate with its anterior
edge retreating obliquely each side and slightly toothed, rather
more in the male than in the female. Legs short, tarsi hairy
at tip; femur 1 of male with a spur near base bearing a
hair, femur 2 of male with a long spur near base, tarsus 4
of male with a tooth on inner edge near the middle. In
female only short spurs on the anterior femora. The male
genital aperture is between and fully its diameter from the
coxae 3, and there are bristles in front of it and at bases of
the coxae, and a few on the ventral plate. This male aperture
is a little nearer the posterior than anterior edge of the body.
In the female the genital aperture is about one-half the
width of a coxa behind the camerostome, and its hind border
is between coxae 4 and nearly truncate, the aperture is
broadest near its middle; there are two pairs of bristles in
front of it. The peritreme makes a prominent bend outside
of coxae 2. Length, 1:05 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Burnie, with Amblyopone australis.
UROPODA SUBMARGINATA, Nl. sp.
PL, mee he: |
Very similar to U. agcata, but the plate in front of
coxae | is broader in front and the inner pointed part is more
triangular; there is no internal line on the venter, and the
dorsum has scattered hyaline dots, each with minute hair.
and a submarginal line of these hyaline dots, slightly elevated,
all around body above. Body about one and one-third times as
leng as broad, broadest in middle, broadly rounded ‘at each
end ; female genital aperture about in middle of body, one and
one-fourth times as long as broad, hardly narrowed and trun-
cate behind, where it reaches to middle of hind coxae; anus
about one and one-half times its length from submarginal line,
a bristle each side and a little behind it, but few other bristles
on venter ; four bristles in front of genital opening and severai
each side. Male aperture circular, about its diameter from
the camerostome and from coxae 2, situated between hind
parts of coxae 2. Length, ‘6 mm.
238
Hab.—New South Wales: Otford, with Camponotus
aeneopMlosus.
UROPODA TASMANICA, Nn. Sp.
Pl. xxix., figs: 42 to0.44;
Red-brown. Body about one and one-fourth times as
long as broad, broadest a little beyond middle, in front is a
hardly-distinct, rounded projection, showing slightly more
prominent in some than other specimens. Dorsum with many
scattered small clavate hairs, but not prominent. Venter
with numerous short simple hairs, sternum with a pair just
behind camerostome ; submarginal line about twice the length
of anus from the margin. Legs short, femora thickened,
tarsi long, tarsus 1 with many long simple hairs near tip,
other tarsi with some spines about as long as basal width of
the joint. Genital aperture of female one and one-half times
longer than broad, a little narrowed behind; in the male
the genital opening is circular, situated between coxae 3,
from which it is separated by hardly the diameter, and shows
a dark spot each side. Length, 1 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Railton, U!lverstone, and Hobart, with
Myrmecia pyriformis.
UROPODA TRILOBATA, Nn. Sp.
, Pl. xxvil.,oueece.
This species is similar to l’. convexifrons, but the plate
in front of coxae 1 is more elongated and trilobed in front.
The body is about once and one-third times as long as broad,
broadest in middle, and broadly rounded both in front and
behind; dorsum hairless. The female genital aperture is
plainly nearer the hind than the front margin of body, it 1s
about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadly rounded
in front and hardly narrowed behind, and reaches to the
hind margin of the hind coxae; in front it does not extend
so near the camerostome as in (. conveaifrons, and the four
hairs in front are in pairs, one pair near the camerostome
and one near the genital opening. The anus is hardly its
length from the submarginal line. The tarsi have stout
spines, except tarsus 1, which has fine hairs near tip.
Length, ‘5 mm.
/Tab.—Tasmania: Devonport, with ant (No. 14941).
ORIBATIDAE.
GALUMNA ANTALATA, N. |sp.
Pp sxex,.: Liga
In general similar to G. alata. A large, smooth body,
small cephalothorax, large wings, nearly twice as long as
deep, and emarginate before the middle. The cephalothorax
239
shows no trans-lamella, and there are no superior bristles ;
the pseudostigmatic organ is setaceous (not enlarged at tip).
The legs show only slender simple bristles; the femora are not
margined. The globose abdomen is without hairs; the
genital aperture is nearly square and almost twice its length
in front of the very much larger anal aperture; this is fully
twice as long and negrly twice as wide as the genital aperture,
and is widest in posterior part. The coxal plate shows three
short lines each side, the posterior two united at inner ends.
Length, *6 mm. ,
Hahb.—Tasmania: Latrobe, Burnie, and Hobart, with
sLinblyopone australis and Letatomma metallicum.
NovTasPis SPINULOSA, Michael.
Specimens of this large, bristly species were taken at
Hobart, Tasmania, with the ant Jridomyrmerx. It was
described from New Zealand, and agrees well with Michael’s
description and fine figures.
TYROGLYPHIDAE.
TYROGLYPHUS INAEQUALIS, Nn. sp.
iP) ae fie 50.
Pale-yellowish, with dark spot each side on abdomen.
Body fully twice as long as broad; abdomen in the female
rather emarginate behind in middle, and here with three
long hairs on each side, one of them about as long as the
body, others as long as the width of the body. Cephalothorax
with four large, subequal bristles above on the posterior part
and two long ones in front. Legs rather short; leg 1 larger
than the other pairs, and in male much enlarged, but not
toothed. The hind tarsi very slender; all legs with few hairs
or bristles, that at tip of penultimate joint the largest; in
hind legs the intermediate joints subequal in length, and
together nearly as long as the hind tarsus. Length, °3 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Stenamma
longiceps (Lea collection).
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puate XXITI.
Fig. 1. Trombidium aequalis, tarsus 1, palpus, hairs.
» 2. Rhyncholophus retentus, palpus.
ae. 3 ¥ leg 1, hairs, beak.
» 4. Bdella hospita, palpus, beak.
» 5. Fessonia prominens, hairs, cephalothorax.
» 6. Rhyncholophus attolus, legs, palpus, hairs.
5 7. Celaenopsis breviatus, venter.
Fig.
240
Pirate XXIV.
Hypoaspis minusculus, venter.
Parasitus inversus, venter,
Myrmonyssus aequalis, beak.
Parasitus disparatus, venter.
Oyrtolaclaps ygracilipes, venter.
PuatE XXV.
Parasitus lyratus, venter, claw,*male leg 2,
Myrmonyssus aequalis, dorsum.
Cyrtolaclaps femoralis, part of venter.
Myrmonyssus aequalis, male leg 1.
Hypoaspis inepilis, dorsum.
PrateE XXVI,
Trachyuropoda lear, venter, leg 1. .
Paramegistus australis, venter, mandible, epiandrium.
Antennophorus emarginatus, venter.
Myrmonyssus aequalis, leg 2, male.
Ptochares daveyi, venter.
Trachyuropoda constricta, venter, part of male venter,
hind tarsus.
Puate AXXVIT.
Uroplitella comparata, sternum.
Uropoda amblyoponae, labial plate, hairs.
Uroplitella disparata, sternum.
leg 1, labial plate.
Uropoda trilobata, leg L labial plate.
Uroplitella comparata, leg 1, labial plate.
Uropoda bifrons, labial plate.
Pirate XXVIII.
Uropoda bilobata, coxa 1, labial plate, hairs.
Ma longifrons, leg 1, labial plate.
oa dentifrons, labial plate.
¥ 3 peritreme, epiandrium.
by. internata, venter.
$5 dentifrons, leg 1.
as converifrons, part of venter.
PratE XXIX.
Uropoda duplicata, part ot venter, hairs.
s obliquifrons, coxae 1 and 2, peritreme, hair.
7 . labial plate.
Bi convexifrons, epiandrium.
.¢ tasmanica, venter, hairs.
Rs Ss tarsi 4 and 1.
ie 5 epiandrium.
PratE XXX.
Gulumna antalata, leg 1, pseudostigmal hair.
Uropoda amblyoponae, venter.
‘ apicata, part of venter, female.
yf mi re male.
é fraterna, labial plate.
Tyroglyphus inaequalis, legs 1 and 4.
Uropoda submarginata, part of venter.
241
THE LEPIDOPTERA OF BROKEN HILL, NEW SOUTH WALES.
PART Il.
By Oswa.tp B. Lower, F.Z.8., F.E.S., etc.
[Read July 13, 1916.]
| BOMBYCINA.
Family LYMANTRIADAE.
224. EUPROCTIS CORALLIPHORA, Low.
Two specimens, in September.
925. EUPROCTIS EDWARDSI, Newm.
Two specimens, in March.
226. CoLUSSA DENTICULATA, Newm.
Not uncommon during March and April.
wy Fae
227. CoLussa varia, Wlk.
Two specimens; one from Stephens Creek, one
Yandama.
228. ANTHELA STYGIANA, Butl.
Two fine specimens, in March and April.
229. ANTHELA PYROMACULA, Low.
Two specimens, in September.
230. ANTHELA CALLISPILA, Low.
Three specimens, in April.
931. ANTHELA PSAMMOCHROA, Low.
Taken occasionally, in March and April.
232. ANTHELA CLEMENTSI, Swin.
Two specimens, in March.
233. ENTOMETA FERVENS, WIk.
from
Rather common, December to March. Attached to
BRucalyptus.
; 234. ORGYIA RETINOPEPLA, Low.
One specimen, in October.
242
Family HYPSIDAE.
235. NYcCTEMERA AMICA, White.
Common during March and April.
Family SPHINGIDAE.
236. HERSE CONVOLVULI, Linn.
Not uncommon, February to April.
237. HerRSE ABADONNA, Fabr.
Five specimens, in March. This is distincta, Lucas.
238. CELERIO LINEATA, Fabr.
Not uncommon, February and March.
This form is known as /ivornicoides, Lucas. The genus
Celerio has priority over Chaerocampa, Dup.
239. CELERIO SCROFA, Bdv.
Several specimens, October to March.
240. CELERIO EROTUS, Cram.
One (poor), specimen, in March, an accidental straggler.
241. CELERIO EUPHORBIAE, Linn.
One specimen, in April, captured by Mr. J. Fairhead.
242. HIPPoTION CELERIO, Linn.
Not uncommon, January to March.
243. HemMaris HyLas, Linn.
rm : :
Three specimens, early in January.
244. Hemaris kinGI, Macl.
One specimen, at electric light, in February.
245. HopLIocCNEMA BRACHYCERA, Low.
Taken occasionally, September to November.
I have specimens from Pinnaroo and Semaphore, South
Australia; Roebourne, Western Australia; and Alice Springs,
Central Australia.
This species has the facies of species of Closmotriche, one
of the Votodontidae.
Family EUPTEROTIDAE.
246. OCHROGASTER CONTRARIA, WI1k.
Not uncommon during March and April.
\ 243
247. OCHROGASTER INTERRUPTA, WI1k.
Four specimens, in March. Probably a form of contraria.
248. EpricoMa ARGENTATA, WIk.
‘Three specimens, at light, in October.
Family NOTODONTIDAE.
249. DESTOLMIA LINEA™, WIk.
Five specimens, all males, in October and November,
almost certainly attached to Casuarina. I have it from Belair
and Pinnaroo, South Australia, taken in September.
250. Stauropus (?) EURYScIA, Low.
One specimen, type, in June.
Family BOMBYCIDAE.
951. BomByx OxYGRAMMA, Low.
Two specimens, in May.
252. Bompyx MIOLEUCA, Mevr.
One specimen, in March.
253. BoMBYX ALBIFINIS, WIk.
Two specimens (poor), from near Tarrawingee. x
These three species cannot remain in the genus Bomby 7:
and until the whole group is revised it would be useless to
attempt their generic position.
Family PSYCHIDAE.
254. HYALARCTA HUEBNERI, Westw.
Two specimens, in November.
255. CLANIA IGNOBILIS, WIk.
Five specimens, bred in February.
256. CLANIA LEWINII, Westw.
One specimen, November.
257. PLUTORECTIS GRISEA, Heyl.
One specimen, at light, March.
258. PLUTORECTIS GYMNOPHASA, Low.
Three specimens, October, November.
244
259. PARACHARASTIS ERION Ow.
259. PARACHARASTIS ERIONOTA, L
Three specimens, March to May.
Family COSSIDAE.
260. Cossus CINEREUS, WIk.
Taken occasionally at light, in May and June. It is a
ponderous insect, especially the female.
261. ZEUZERA COSCINOPA, Low.
Several specimens, March and April.
262. ZEUZERA NEUROXANTHA, Low.
Five specimens, October and March.
Family HEPIALIDAE.
263. HECTOMANES POLYSPILA, Meyr.
Two abraded specimens, in March. Mr. R. 8. Lower once
met with this species in hundreds, attracted by light, at
Pinnaroo, South Australia, in March.
264. PrELUS HyaLINaTUs, Herr-Sch:
Not uncommon, during May and June.
265. TRICTENA LABYRINTHICA, Don.
Taken occasionally, in May and June.
PYRALIDINA.
This group is rather extensively represented in the district,
the whole of the families being en evidence. As will be
apparent by those enumerated, nearly all the world-wide
species are found here. //ellula undalis, Gn.: Nomophila
noctuella, Schiff; and Tritaca affinitalis, Led. (=ustalis,
Wlk.), are met with in vast numbers, more especially
undalis. The Phycitidae and Crambidae are more numerous
than the other families, whilst the Pterophoridae are repre-
sented by the single Dowxosteres canalis, Wk.
Subfamily PHYCITIDAE.
266. EUZOPHERA COSMIELLA, Meyr:
Rather common, at light, August to December.
267. EUZOPHERODES POLIOCRANA, Low.
Taken occasionally, March and April.
245
268. CATEREMNA MICRODOXA, Meyr.
Not uncommon, September to November.
269. EUCARPHIA TRITALIS, Wlk.
Taken occasionally, September to December.
270. EKUCARPHIA NEOTOMELLA, Meyr.
One specimen, September.
271. ErrecLa BEHRIT, Zeller.
Rather common, August to January.
272. ETIELLA CHRYSOPORELLA, Meyr.
Taken occasionally, August to November.
273. PEMPELIA OPIMELLA, Meyr.
Two specimens, October.
274. PEMPELIA (?) HEMICHLAENA, Meyr.
One fine specimen, October.
275. HETEROGRAPHIS IANTHEMIS, Meyr.
Salebria placoxzantha, Low., P.L.S., N.S.W., p. 45 (1898).
I think my specimens are identical with Mr. Meyrick’s.
Mr. Meyrick, however, gives no locality in his original
description. T.E.S., Lond., p. 260 (1887).
Five specimens, March, September, and October.
276. Epicrocis Gcypsopa, Meyr.
Taken at rare intervals, March and April.
277. EPICROCIS OCULIFERELLA, Meyr.
Rather common, September to November. Varies con-
siderably in ground-colour and forewings, some specimens
being almost clear ochreous, others silvery-grey to dark
fuscous.
278. LASIOTICHA CANILINEA, Meyr.
‘Two specimens, March.
279. CRYPTOBLABES CENTROLEUCA, Low.
Not uncommon, at light, November and December.
280. TRISSONCA MESACTELLA, Meyr.
Not uncommon, March and April. Somewhat variable in
ground-colour of forewings, which is sometimes pale-ochreous,
or fuscous-whitish.
246
281. NEPHOPTERYX MONOSPILA, Low.
Taken occasionally, April.
282. HypopHANA HOMOSEMA, Meyr.
Tolerably common, at light, September to April.
283. HoMOEOSOMA VAGELLA, Zeller.
Common, at light, August to December.
284, CROCYDOPORA CINIGERELLA, Wlk.
Rather common, August to December.
285. ANERASTIA MIRABILELLA, Meyr.
Not uncommon, February and March.
286. ANERASTIA DISTICHELLA, Meyr.
Taken occasionally, March and April.
287. ANERASTIA METALLACTIS, Meyr.
Five specimens, April.
288. EPHESTIA ELUTELLA, Hib.
Rather common, July to December.
289. EPHESTIA INTERPUNCTELLA, Hiib.
Tolerably common, October to January.
Subfamily GALLERIADAE.
290. ACHRAEA GRISELLA, Fab.
Taken occasionally, November, March, and April.
291. APHOMIA PACHYTERA, Meyr.
Taken occasionally, January to March.
992. MELISSOBLAPTES DISEMA, Low.
One specimen, May.
293. MELISSOBLAPTES BARYPTERA, Low.
One perfect specimen, March. The type came from
Parkside, South Australia. :
294. GALLERIA MELLONELLA, Linn.
Rare here, three specimens, March and May.
247
Subfamily CRAMBIDAE.
295. DIPTYCHOPHORA OCHRACEALIS, WIk
Two specimens, November.
296. EROMENE OCELLEA, Haw.
Rather common, at light, August to December. It is
almost universally distributed.
297. SEDENIA XEROSCOPA, Low.
Five specimens, September.
298. SEDENIA ACHROA, Low.
Not uncommon, September and October.
299. SEDENIA RUPALIS, Gn.
Four specimens, October.
300. SEDENIA CERVALIS, Gn.
Nine specimens, September to November.
301. SEDENIA POLYDESMA, Low.
Taken occasionally, September and October.
302. SuRATTHA HEDYSCOPA, Low.
Five specimens, taken at light, February. They were all
taken at the same time and place, yet I have not met with
the species since.
303. SURATTHA BATHROTRICHA, Low.
Three specimens, October and November.
304. TaLis PEDIoNOMA, Meyr.
Common, March to May. _
305. TaLis PENTEUCHA, Meyr.
Not uncommon, March. In the original description the
specific name is printed panteucha, in Hampson’s revision
penteucha.
306. TALIS GRAMMELLUS, Zeller.
Rare here, April to May, five specimens.
307. TaLIS ACONTOPHORA, Meyr.
Common, March and April.
308. TALIS LONGIPALPELLUS, Meyr.
Not uncommon, March to May.
248
309. TaLis cycLosEmMaA, Low.
Three specimens, March and April.
310. Tatis crypstcHroa, Low.
Rather common, March to May.
311. TALIS STENIPTERALIS, Low.
Three specimens, October.
312. TaLIS EREMENOPA, Low.
Two specimens, in March.
313. CRAMBUS LEPTOGRAMMELLUS, Meyr.
Five specimens, March.
Subfamily EPIPASCHIADAE.
314. JOCARA THERMOPTERA, Low.
Three specimens, March and May.
315. ASTRAPOMETIS SABURALIS, WIk.
Taken occasionally, March and April.
316. MacaLLA HABITALIS, Gn.
Common, November, December, and April.
317. MaAcaLLA FUNEREA, WI1k.
Three specimens, at light, taken for the first time,
March, 1915.
318. SPECTATROTA FIMBRIALIS, Warr.
Taken occasionally, September.
Subfamily PYRALIDAE.
219. AGLOSSA CUPREALIS, Hub.
Not uncommon, November and December.
320. PyRaLIS FARINALIS, Linn.
Rather common during November, February, and April.
321. Pyrauis caustica, Meyr.
Occasionally in March, April, and June. The specimens
are somewhat larger on the average than the type, expanding
to 22 mm.
249
> Subfamily HYDROCAMPIDAE.
322. NYMPHULA NITENS, Butl.
Abundant some seasons, absent others, November
March.
323. NYMPHULA DIPLOPA, Low.
Three specimens, October and November.
324. MUSOTIMA OCHROPTERALIS, Gn.
Taken at rare intervals, in November.
325. MUSoTIMA NITIDALIS, WIk.
to
Not uncommon, October and November, generally taken
in the garden.
Subfamily SCOPARIADAE.
326. ECLIPSIODES CRYPSIXANTHA, Meyyr.
Taken occasionally, at hght, September and October.
327. ECLIPSIODES ARGOLINA, Low.
This type is still unique, taken in April.
328. ECLIPSIODES EPIGYPSA, Low.
Two specimens, in September.
329. EcLIPSIODES CRYPSERYTHRA, Low.
Four specimens, April and November.
330. ScoPARIA ANTHOMERA, Low.
Two specimens, March.
331. ScoparRIA SUSANAE, Low.
Not uncommon, May to June.
332. ScOPARIA SCHIZODESMA, Low.
Taken occasionally, August to March.
333. SCOPARIA ANISOPHRAGMA, Low.
Rather common, August and September.
334. ScOPARIA LICHENOPA, Low.
Tolerably common, April to June.
335. ScoPARIA MESOGRAMMA, Low.
A rare species, three specimens, August to October.
250
336. TETRAPROSOPUS PARACYCLA, Low.
One specimen (type), in November.
Subfamily PYRAUSTIDAE.
307. ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS, Cram.
Taken occasionally, October and November. A _ widely-
distributed species. :
338. NACOLEIA RHAEOALIS, WIk.
Not uncommon, March and September. Commonly
known as murcalis, W\k.
339. LyGROPIA XANTHOMELA, Meyr.
Two specimens, March.
340. GLYPHODES mMiIcRoTA, Meyr.
Five specimens, February and March.
341. HeLLULA UNDALIS, Fab.
Abundant, from September to May. Widely distributed.
Hampson (P.Z.S., p. 760, 1898) allows wndalis, Fab. ;
hydralis, Gn.; and phidilealis, Wik., to rank as three distinct
species. Mr. Meyrick considers them identical.
342. NOMOPHILA NOCTUELLA, Schiff.
Common, nearly throughout the year. Universally dis-
tributed.
343. METALLARCHA EURYCHRYSA, Meyr.
One specimen, December, an accidental straggler. £
have specimens from Hoyleton and Petersburg, South
Australia.
344. MRrTALLARCHA LEUCODETIS, Low.
Rather scarce, October and November.
345. KURYCREON MASSALIS, WIk.
Common, January to April.
346. TRITAEA AFFINITALIS, Ld.
Common throughout the year, except July and August.
347. ANTIGASTRA CATALAUNALIS, Dup.
Taken occasionally, April and May.
348. MECYNA ORNITHOPTERALIS, Gn.
Not uncommon, March and April. I follow Hampson
in separating this species from polygonalis, Hiib.
251
349. METASIA HOMOPHAEA, Meyr. (2?)
One specimen, doubtfully referable to this species,
November.
350. PIoNEA ORTHOGRAMMA, Low.
One specimen (type), in November.
351. ScELI@DES corDALIS, Dbld.
Common from September to November, and in March.
The larvae probably feed in the seed-pods of Solanum
esuriale, which is abundant here.
352. HELIOTHELA OPHIDERESANA, Meyr.
Taken occasionally, November to March.
Subfamily PTEROPHORIDAE.
353. DOXOSTERES CANALIS, WIk.
Taken occasionally, March and April.
TORTRICINA.
This group is only sparsely represented here, but those
species taken are quite representative. A noticeable pecu-
liarity is the absence of the very common Tortria postvittana,
Wik.; but with the advent of the numerous gardens being
formed, it is certain to be introduced ere long. A large pro-
portion of those enumerated were taken at light.
Subfamily PHALONIADAE.
304. HELIOCOSMA ANTHODES, Meyr.
Thirteen specimens, October. The type came from Wes-
tern Australia.
Subfamily TORTRICIDAE.
390. [SOCHORISTA PANAEOLANA, Meyr.
Taken occasionally, November.
356. I[SOoCHORISTA ACRODESMA, Low.
Five specimens, September.
357. Capua oxycGcona, Low.
Not uncommon, March and October.
358. CaPUA PLACODES, Low.
Three specimens, September to December.
359. CAPUA ATRISTRIGANA, Meyr.
Four specimens, March and April.
252
360. CaAPUA LEPTOSPILA, Low.
Three specimens, May.
361. EPICHORISTA PETROCHROA, Low.
Five specimens, October and November,
362. DICHELOPA PANOPLANA, Meyr
Not uncommon, November.
363. PALAEOTOMA STYPHELANA, Meyyr.
Taken occasionally, October and November.
4 Subfamily EUCOSMIDAE.
364. SPILONOTA EJECTANA, WIk.
Taken occasionally, September and October.
365. SPILONOTA MACROPETANA, Meyr.
Common, at hght, September to June.
366. EUCOSMA PLEBIANA, Zeller.
Common, March to June.
367. Bacrra opTantas, Meyr
Not uncommon, October to January.
368. PoLYCHROSIS BOTRANA, Schiff.
Several specimens, March.
369. LASPEYRESIA POMONELLA,. Linn.
Rather common, October to January.
370. LASPEYRESIA LOMACULA, Low.
Occasionally, October and March.
Subfamily OKCOPHORIDAE.
This subfamily is well represented, but most of the species
taken here are of sombre colouring. The genus Phi/ohota
occurs very sparsely, its place being taken by the genus
Nephogenes, of which I have nearly 30 varieties. The genus
Trachyntis is essentially Western Australian, but I have
taken several new species, and feel confident that many more
remain to be discovered in this district.
371. EULECHRIA ATRADELPHA, Low.
Two specimens, December. The type was taken at
- Stawell, Victoria.
253
372. EULECHRIA LEUCOPIS, Low.
Taken occasionally, November.
373. EULECHRIA GRAPHICA, Meyr.
One specimen, January.
374. EULECHRIA ACTIAS, Low.
Taken occasionally, April and October.
375. EULECHRIA NEPHELOMA, Low.
'
Not uncommon, November.
376. EULECHRIA ERIOPA, Low.
Nine specimens, October.
377. EULECHRIA PENTASPILA, Low.
A scarce species, four specimens, May.
378. EULECHRIA PHOTINOPIS, Low.
A winter species, taken occasionally, July.
379. KULECHRIA SCIOPHANES, Meyr.
Taken occasionally, March and October.
380. EULECHRIA PARALEUCA, Low.
Two specimens, November.
381. EULECHRIA AUTOPHYLA, Low.
Three specimens, March and April.
382. LINOSTICHA MYRIOSPILA, Low.
One specimen, type, November.
383. LINOSTICHA AMPHILEUCA, Low.
Two specimens, March. The type came from
Victoria.
384. LINOSTICHA PUDICA, Low.
Taken at rare intervals, August.
385. LINOSTICHA CREMNODISEMA, Low.
Not uncommon, March and April.
386. LINOSTICHA EUADELPHA, Low.
Several specimens, June.
387. OENOCHRODES CROSSOXANTHA, Low.
Three females, November.
Birchip,
254
388. TRACHYNTIS EREBOCOSMA, Low.
Several specimens, April and May.
389. TRACHYNTIS SARCOSMA, Low.
Five specimens, April and May. The type came from
Cockburn, South Australia.
390. TRACHYNTIS ARGOCENTRA, Low.
Taken occasionally, April.
391. TRACHYNTIS TETRASPORA, Low!
Two specimens, May. Much paler than the type, which
came from Derby, Western Australia.
392. TRACHYNTIS PELOMA, Low.
Not uncommon, April and May. The type came from
Warrego, New South Wales.
393. PHLOEOPOLA INFERNA, Low.
Not uncommon, March to May.
394. NEPHOGENES PYROCENTRA, Low.
Rather common, March to May; rarely in June and July.
This species varies,in ground-colour, some specimens being
almost fleshy-white, others fuscous to black, but the fleshy-red
longitudinal streak is always clearly defined.
395. NEPHOGENES XIPHOLEUCA, Low
Not uncommon, March to May.
396. NEPHOGENES PETRINODES, Low.
Two specimens, June.
397. NEPHOGENES PYCNoDA, Low.
Five specimens, November. The type came from near
Townsville.
398. NEPHOGENES PERIGYPSA, Low.
Nine specimens, October and November.
399. NEPHOGENES CENTROTHERMA, Low.
Taken occasionally, March and April.
400. NEPHOGENES SUSANAE, Low.
Rather common, beaten from Lassia biflora, in August.
401. NEPHOGENES CRASSINERVIS, Low.
Rather common, also beaten from Bassia biflora, August
and September. .
255
402. NEPHOGENES ATRISIGNIS, Low.
Taken occasionally, in May.
403. NEPHOGENES BASATRA, Low.
Rather common, August to October.
404. NEPHOGENES MELANTHES, Low.
Common, October and November.
405. NEPHOGENES DROSERODES, Low.
One specimen, type, August.
406. NEPHOGENES DRYMELANTHES, Low.
Five specimens, April.
407. NEPHOGENES AMPHISEMA, Low.
One specimen, Wompah (on the Queensland border),
November.
408. NEPHOGENES apora, Meyr.
Common, at light, March and April.
409. NEPHOGENES FOEDATELLA, WIK.
Taken occasionally, April.
410. NEPHOGENES oLymPIAs, Low.
Not uncommon, October.
411. NePHOGENES ZALIAS, Low.
Taken occasionally, October.
"412. NEPHOGENES SILIGNIAS, Low.
Rather common, October and November.
413. NEPHOGENES EREBOMORPHA, Low.
Seven specimens, June.
414. PHILOBOTA HABRODES, Low.
Common, March to May.
415. PurLoBpoTa GONOSTROPHA, Low.
One specimen, type, May. Further material may indicate
this species to be referable to .Vephogenes.
416. PuiLoBpora oxysEemMaA, Low.
Taken occasionally, January and March. Sometimes the
markings are almost obscured by whitish ground-colour.
256
417. CAESYRA XANTHOCOMA, Low.
Taken occasionally, September and October.
418. CaAESYRA PELODESMA, Low.
Not common, September and October.
419. OcysToLa HOLODRYAS, Low.
Rather common, at light, September to January.
420. H&rTEROBATHRA XIPHOSEMA, Low.
-
Two specimens, August.
421. HETEROBATHRA SEMNOSTOLA, Low.
One specimen, type, August.
422. HETEROBATHRA BIMACULA, Low.
Two specimens, August. This and the two previous
species are exceedingly scarce.
423. ARISTEIS MACROTRICHA, Low.
One poor specimen, Tarrawingee.
494, PLEUROTA PYROSEMA, Low.
Five specimens, May. A rare species.
425. SaROPLA PARACYCLA, Low.
Not uncommon, May and June.
4926. EUCRYPTOGONA TRICHOBATHRA, low.
Taken occasionally, May and June. ;
427. MimoBRACHYOMA EUSEMA, Low
Not uncommon, October to December.
498. GUESTIA ACTINIPHA, Low.
Three specimens, May and June.
429. GUESTIA PELADELPHA, Low.
Rather uncommon, at light, May to July. I took a large
series on one occasion ; but it is usually scarce.
430. GUESTIA EURYBAPTA, Low.
Four specimens, April to June.
431. Gursti1a(?) 1scHnota, Low.
One specimen, type, September.
i ee ie ai aSec.
the atin tahini ti a
5
—— ae
ee a
257
432. GUESTIA ADELPHODES, Low.
Three specimens, May.
433. PAURONOTA THERMALOMA, Low.
One specimen, type, July.
434. BorKHAUSENIA MACULIFERA, Low.
Taken occasionally, October and November.
435. BoRKHAUSENIA MEGALOPLACA, Low.
Rather scarce, May and June. This species has the
terminal joint of palpi short, and is more correctly referable
to Pauronota. j
436. BorKHAUSENIA HYPOXANTHA, Low.
One specimen, type, November.
437. BorKHAUSENIA(?) ERYTHROCEPHALA, Low.
One specimen, type, April.
438. BorKHAUSENIA ZOPHOSEMA, Low.
One specimen, type, August.
439. Mimopoxa pDRyINA, Low.
Three specimens, October.
440. MACHAERITIS XERODES, Low.
Common in grassy places, October and November.
441. MacroBATHRA ZONODESMA, Low.
Three specimens, October.
442. MacroBATHRA SyNComaA, Low.
Occasionally, October.
443. MAacroBATHRA PHERNAEA, Low.
Three specimens, October.
444. MAcROBATHRA GASTROLEUCA, Low.
One specimen, type, November.
445. MACROBATHRA METALLICA, Low.
Three specimens, October.
446. MacroBaTHRA DROSERA, Low.
Three specimens, October.
iw)
Ol
Go
NOTES ON A HIGH-LEVEL OCCURRENCE OF &A FOSSIL-
IFEROUS BED OF UPPER CAINOZOIC AGE IN THE
NEIGHBOURHOOD OF THE MURRAY PLAINS.
By Water Howcuin, F.G.S.
[Read August 10, 1916. ]
In previous notices“ the broken and fragmentary
occurrences of the fossiliferous beds of Cainozoic age in South
Australia have been commented upon and the great range
of altitude exhibited by these beds has been used as collateral
evidence in proof of locally-developed earth movements. Up
to the present the evidence has been supplied mostly by the
older fossiliferous series, which have been shown to give a
vertical range, in successive steps, of about 2,500 feet. (2)
The upper marine series (Tate’s ‘‘Miocene’’) does not
show the same range in its respective altitudes as the lower
series. The city of Adelaide is built on a platform of these
beds at a height of 100 feet above sea-level. They occur in
many places in the sea cliffs of Gulf St. Vincent, at about the
same level, or less, and also in the cliffs of the River Murray
at about 40 feet above sea-level.
The greatest elevation of the Upper Cainozoic marine beds
on the western side of the ranges, so far as known, occurs
near Hallett’s Cove. In the cove itself the fossiliferous (?)
Miocene occupies a position in the face of the cliffs, between
the Permo-carboniferous till and the Pleistocene clays, at a
. height of 100 feet above sea-level; but at the distance of a
mile inland the same beds are repeated, resting on a shelf of
Upper Cambrian rocks, at a height of about 200 feet above
sea-level. An additional occurrence is described in the
present paper at a still greater elevation.
(1) Howchin : ‘‘Description of a Disturbed Area of Cainozoic Rocks
in South Australia,’’ Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxv.
(1911), p. 47; ‘‘An Outher of Older Cainozoic Rocks in the River
Light near Mallala,’”’ ditto, vol. xxxvi. (1912), p. 14; ‘‘Foramini-
fera and other Organic Remains obtained from Borings on the
Lilydale Sheep-station,’’ ditto, vol. xxxix. (1915), p. 345.
(2)Tate fixed the base of the Lower Cainozoic fossiliferous beds,
in the Croydon bore, at 1,681 feet; so that when the height of the
hore above sea-level (57 feet) is allowed for, and the height of the
fossiliferous fragment on the Hindmarsh Tiers (about 900 feet
above sea-level) is added, we get an extreme vertical range of
these beds as 2,524 feet.
259
DESCRIPTION OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BED.
Recently my attention has been directed to a new locality
for the occurrence of beds of this age situated near the
Mount Mary railway station, on the Adelaide to Morgan line.
At a distance of one and a half miles from the railway station,
towards Morgan, at the 91 mile post, the line passes through
two shallow cuttings, at the summit of a slight rise in the
grade. The section exposed in these cuttings shows a maxi-
mum face of 7 feet, the lower 5 feet consisting of a shelly
deposit, which latter is capped by layers of travertine lime-
‘stone having an average thickness of 2 feet.
The shell-bed (so far as seen) consists entirely of oysters,
and is apparently limited to one species, Ostrea sturtiana.
These are in enormous numbers, being packed closely together,
and with only a slight amount of inorganic bed material,
the latter consisting of calcareous sand and shelly fragments.
The occurrence of paired valves was found to be relatively
rare, for whilst a few of these were obtained, by far the
greater number occurred as separates, probably separated and
distributed by wave action.
The only other organic remains that came under observa-
tion were gathered from the washed material obtained from
within and around the shells. These were microzoic, and
consisted of two species of foraminifera /Rotalia beccarii and
‘Polystomella crispa), one or two valves of ostracods, and a
fair number of fragments of small spines belonging to
Spatangoid echinoderms.
The facies of the bed and its contents show a direct
resemblance to the upper series of the River Murray cliffs, in
which O. sturtiana is the typical and most-abundant fossil.
Tate says ):—“‘This species constitutes banks up to 10 feet
or more in thickness in the upper part of the River Murray
cliffs, from Overland Corner to beyond Blanchetown.’’ I
cannot find that Tate has given any other record for the
occurrence of the species than that of the River Murray
cliffs, and this is the only locality given by Dennant in his
Catalogue.) I have collected one or two examples at
Hallett’s Cove, but it is not known elsewhere in South Aus-
tralia, and has not been noted outside of the State.
The restricted occurrence of this species, as compared
with the countless number of individuals assembled within a
limited area, is very remarkable when viewed in relation to
geographical distribution, and is very difficult to explain.
This particular oyster appears to have held the ground of a
a =
(3) Trans. and Proc. Roy; Soc. S. hus. vol. Vili. (1886), p. ‘97.
(4) Records Geolog. Sur. of Victoria, vol. i., pt. i1., 1908.
z2
260
certain area so effectively as to practically exclude all com-
petitors and to maintain the exclusive possession for a
considerable time; yet, notwithstanding its local fecundity,
failed to establish itself beyond its own particular province.
The deposit, as seen on the railway, is intersected by a
shallow valley, which cuts it in two. The outcrop must at
one time have been continuous, but whether it has been
eroded to its base by the valley or simply obscured by cover
in the hollow is uncertain. The permanent way has been
ballasted with the shells throughout the two cuttings, and
the embankment between the cuttings has been constructed
of the same material. The full length of the fossiliferous
outcrop, including the intervening valley, is about 500 yards.
The travertine limestone which caps the fossiliferous bed
slopes, with the ground on either side of the rise, and together
with the shell-bed, pass below the surface of the ground.
At no point in the outcrops is the base of the fossiliferous bed:
seen, nor the bed-rock on which it rests; its thickness, there-
fore, is uncertain.
EVIDENCE OF EARTH MOVEMENTS.
It has been already stated that the normal height of the
Upper Cainozoic marine series in South Australia is 100 feet
above sea-level, or less than: that. At Hallett’s Cove they
occur in two steps, at 100 feet and also at 200 feet above
sea-level. The height of the Mount Mary railway station
is given, officially, as 311 feet above sea-level, while the fossil1-
ferous bed in that neighbourhood is 30 feet higher. The
corresponding bed in the cliffs of the River Murray is thirteen
miles distant from the Mount Mary bed, and has a mean
elevation of 40 feet above present sea-level. The two occur-
rences are, therefore, not only widely separated as to location,
but the one occupies a position 300 feet above the other.
Notwithstanding these discrepancies in their present positions,
there can be no doubt that the respective beds were deposited
at the same level, and that the oysters formed a living colony
in the same waters and at the same time.
In order to explain the present discordance in their
respective levels, it must be assumed that a two-fold move-
ment has taken place. First, a general uplift of the sea-bed,
extending to some hundreds of feet, by which a plateau was
formed; and, secondly, a collapse on the eastern side, by
which the ground in that direction subsided to the extent of
at least 300 feet.
The facts brought to our notice by this interesting outler
of marine beds at Mount Mary form an additional contribu-
tion to the geological history of the Mount Lofty Ranges,
ela
¢
261
and accords with the suecession of events that is assumed to
have taken place on the western side of the ranges. The
western slopes of the dissected plateau show successive steps
im which longitudinal segments have slipped down—in some
ceases below sea- -level—forming the foothills of the ranges and
the sunken areas of Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf. The
Mount Mary occurrences of these beds give evidence of similar
earth movements having taken place on the eastern side of
the ranges as on the western, A. very distinct fault-scarp
faces the Murray Plains, with a north and south strike,
making a line with Eudunda, Point Pass, and Robertstown.
To the eastward of this fault-scarp the ground slopes away
to the River Murray. Point Pass railway station, situated
at the foot of the eastern scarp, is 1,249 feet above sea-level ;
the oyster-bed, near Mount Mary, is 340 feet above sea-level ;
and the corresponding bed at Morgan is 40 feet above sea-
level. By the movement of elevation an old sea-bed was
raised several hundred feet above sea-level, and this upward
movement was followed by longitudinal fractures, in two or
more steps, by which the faulted segments left the old marine
sediments at different levels.
These differential movements of the earth’s crust supply
a certain order of succession by which we may infer their
geological age. Thus the older marine beds of Cainozoic age
have been more displaced and occur through a greater range
of altitude than the newer marine beds of the series. These
facts suggest that the earth movements had been in operation
before the newer members of the series were laid down and
were continued subsequently to the latter’s depesition. The
movements were evidently complicated, and involved alterna-
tions of elevation and subsidence.
My attention was called to the Ostrea bed by my nephew,
Mr. E. E. Howchin, who had received his information from
Mr. A. Tonkin, pigs duties as an enginedriver on the
Morgan railway took him daily through the cuttings where
the shells are exposed.
bo
Cr
No
MINERAL NOTES.
By D. Mawson, D.Sc.
[Read August 10, 1916. |
PuaTE XXXT.
ConTENTS.
1, Octahedrite.. 2, Twinned, Gypsum Crystals. 3, Beryl.
4, Loadstone. 5, Monazite, 6, Cordierite. 7, Sillimanite. §8,.
Spinel. 9, Sphene. 10, Davidite.
1. Octahedrite.—A new and interesting locality for this
mineral is at the Glen Osmond Quarry, Adelaide. It is the
first reported occurrence of octahedrite in Australia. The
crystals, which are of rare occurrence, are found on the drusy
surfaces of fissures traversing the quartzite. It appears in
acicular and obtuse octahedral forms associated with rutile..
The crystal measured is a stumpy octahedron about 1 cm. long.
It is capped by a basal face, and shows also the following:
(117); (113),. (112), (111), and: (1410). ‘The faces gave sharp:
readings. The angle of 68° 15’ between the cleavages is
characteristic. The colour is reddish-brown. The specimen
measured was collected by Mr. A. C. Broughton.
2. Twinned Gypsum Crystals —Mr. F. Voss Smith,
manager of Block 14 Mine, Broken Hill, handed over to me:
the interesting twinned gypsum crystals illustrated (see plate
Xxxi.).. They were formed in the mtersor of a boiler of
marine type on the Westward Ho! Mine, near Manna Hill,
South Australia. The water which had formed the feed for:
the boiler was drawn from a creek containing mineralized’
water. When it was cleaned out, the occasion of the finding
of the crystals, the boiler had been standing idle for five
years and the contents evaporated. As shown in the illus-.
tration, they are cruciform penetration twins, with the (100)
as twin plane.
3. Beryl.—This mineral occurs in notable quantities as
large isolated crystals in the quartz reefs and coarse pegma-
tites associated with Pre-Cambrian granite intrusives out-
cropping to the north of Olary, in the Booleocomatta Hills,
and elsewhere in that neighbourhood. They are faintly
(1) These notes are based on minerals exhibited before the
Society during the years 1910 and 1911. Publecation was deferred
owing to the author having mislaid his notes before departing on.
his Antarcti¢ Hxpedition in’ December, 1911.
a is ee i i eh
be-Lhabhhet
ee
a
263
greenish in colour, and surface specimens are always turbid
and much cracked and discoloured. The crystals are usually
bounded by 1010 faces with irregular ends. In one case the
1010 faces were bevelled by 2130 faces and the ends
‘terminated by definite basal planes. The mest notable
feature, however, is the great size to which they attain. The
fragments of a crystal weighing 100 lb. were recovered from
one outcrop.
4. Loadstone.-—Slugs of highly-magnetic polar magnetite
occur weathered out along the outcrop of a basic intrusion in
the Pre-Cambrian belt about one mile to the north-east of
the Woman-in-White Mine, Boolcoomatta.
5. JMJdonazite.—This mineral occurs in notable quantity in
association with corundum in the corundum-mica-schist be-
tween Mounts Pitt and Painter, in the Flinders Range. This
formation is within two miles of the great lode culminating
in Mount Gee, associated with which are the several radio-
active minerals already exhibited at a meeting of this Society
—namely, autunite and torbernite, with less-frequent
zeunerite, gummite, carnotite, etc. The monazite-bearing
rock in question outcrops as an irregular patch about a
‘quarter of a mile in diameter and is intersected by a gorge.
‘The neighbouring rocks have been shown to be Pre-Cambrian,
and are chiefly volcanic. (lide Aust. Ass. for Adv. Science
Report, 1911.) The origin of the formation appears to
have been the result of the action of gaseous and _ liquid
magmatic solutions (pneumatrolysis) upon the surrounding
rocks. Such a conclusion is supported by the nature of the
mineral association, by the coarseness and irregularity of the
erystallizations, and by the presence of much tourmaline,
apatite, and monazite. The absence of silica, and the abund-
ance of mica, cordierite, and the hke, show that agent was
doubtless rich in hydrofluoric acid. Massive formations of
fluor spar and remarkable crystallized quartz formations else-
where in the neighbourhood (e.g., at Mount Gee) further
support this theory. On this line of reasoning the Mount Gee
formation is to be regarded as a later phase (further from
the magma hearth) of pneumatrolysis which, in the first
place, had effected the development of the ccrundum-mica-
schist belt containing the monazite. Monazite is everywhere
present in the corundum-schist, but in very variable amount.
Here and there it is visible to the naked eye in the hand
specimen, and aggregates up to half an inch in diameter have
come under notice. It is usually embedded in or surrounded
by the leaves of the mica, but where black tourmaline is
abundant is often embedded in the tourmaline. Crystalline
tacets are commonly shown on the grain-like individuals. The
;
264 :
colour varies from light honey-yellow to a_ reddish-brown.
Two samples, obtained by the bulk concentration of the ore
on a Wilfley dry table, were submitted to Mr. J. C. H.
Mingaye, who kindly analysed them and obtained bits follow-
ing results :- —
Sample 1. Saad 2
Rare earths of tle Cerium Group
as oxides nA, is sk 25°04 9% 66°48 %
Thoria. (THO, "4: ey ae 0°20. % 0°16 %
The No. 2 sample was much more free from admixture of
other mineral matter. Both will be noted to be unusually
poor in thoria.
6. Cordierite.—Associated with the corundum-schist,
already referred to, near Mount Pitt, is cordierite-rock. Or
account of the abundance and excellence of the material this
forms a notable occurrence of the mineral. The distribution
is irregular throughout the zone affected by pneumatrolysis,
but is more abundant and appears in distinct bands in the
peripheral belt. Usually it is admixed with corundum, silli-
manite, and some mica; but in places outcrops of almost
pure cordierite-rock appear. Where there is much cordierite
the corundum is pink. Some perfect double-ended hexagonal
pyramids of pink corundum have been met with embedded in
the cordierite. In one place the rock is about half-pink
corundum and half cordierite, and there lumps of corundum
many pounds in weight were got. Normally, it is of a waxy
appearance and a brown colour, but is also found very lght-
ccloured and even black. Its microscopic characters are
normal and the pleochrcoic halos are beautifully shown.
7. Sillimanite.—Microscope sections show this mineral
to occur in notable amounts in association with the ccrdierite
just described. It is normal in character. This is probably
the most important cccurrence of this mineral yet recorded in
South Australia.
8. Spinel.—Large octahedral crystals of the spinel,
pleonaste, are frequent in the corundum-mica-schist belt near
Mount Pitt. , They are opaque, and reach an inch i
diameter. The octahedral form is perfect. The composition-
of the spinel appears to vary in different portions of the
outcrop, but the prevailing type is best described as a,
pleonaste. The crystals are often embedded in the soft mica
and can easily be isolated.
9. Sphene.—Mr. Greenwood was the first to bring ix
specimens of this mineral from the Mount Painter district.
These were examined chemically and identified by Mr. W. T.
Chapman, of the Mines Department. An examination of the
\
_
;
j
265
outcrop from which these specimens were derived proved the
rock to be a very coarse-grained igneous injection, perhaps
best described as a cabbro- -pegmatite. It outcrops in the
Pre-Cambrian area on the creek about a mile below Mount
Gee. The sphene crystals are of a clove-brown colour, and
some were discovered that weighed several pounds. They are
embedded in a coarse uralitized- diopside. The formation
recalls the ‘‘yatalite’’ of Benson, from the Pre-Cambrian area
near Adelaide.
10. Davidite.—In a _ preliminary notice 2 concerning
radio-active minerals from the Radium Hill lode, near Olary,
the name davidite was suggested for one of them. Since that
date mining operations have opened up the lode'and exposed
additional features of interest. A special contribution on the
subject will’ be forthcoming shortly, but in the meantime
further reference to the association and identity of davidite
is due. The davidite in its pure form is but rarely met with
in the lode. It is in the form of streaks, grains, and crystals
embedded in the other filling. The latter is chiefly radio-
active ilmenite of a non-homogeneous character. In _ places
grains and patches of pure rutile appear. Occasionally in the
more massive portions of the lode stringers of quartz, centrally
disposed, make their appearance. Embedded in such quartz
nice cuboid crystals of davidite are to be met with. In thin
sections, under the microscope, these crystals appear homo-
geneous, and there is no evidence that they are a mechanical
mixture of mineral ingredients. An analysis by Dr. W. T.
_Cooke of some of this material is published elsewhere. (5) The
radio-active ilmenite forming the general lode-filling becomes
blacker and duller in the deeper zones, and at the same time
is more highly radio-active. The principal change is that of
decrease of titanium and increase in iron and uranium. In
certain pockets and apophyses the filling is mainly coarse,
intensely black biotite, 4) through which the radio-active
mineral is distributed as nodules. These latter commonly
contain 8 per cent. U,O,. The mineral composing these
nodules weathers comparatively readily, and, as met with, is
often in the state of brown, earthy aggregates. On the spoil
heap, where the micaceous gangue has been dumped at the
mouth of the shaft, a growth of carnotite is to be observed
developed on the flakes of black biotite subsequently to
reaching the surface. The biotite thus becomes, in the course
2) Vv “ide Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc., S. Aus., 1906.
4) Vide Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc., S. Aus., present volume,
p. 267.
(4) Vide Report by R. E. Stanley: Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc..
S. Aus., present volume, p. 268.
266
of several months, coated more or less with mustard-yellow
carnotite. A sooty coating in two fissures in the lode, and
also smearing some of the coarse biotite, was found to be
very highly radio-active. In appearance the coating sug-
gested oxide of manganese. It completely dissolves in weak
acid. A rough test showed it to be almost entirely oxide of
uranium, This apparently is the first report of the occur-
rence of uranic oxide free in nature. .The formation of the
carnotite at the surface, in the dump heap, appears to depend
upon the presence of this uranic oxide in the gangue. In the
surface portions of the lode a micaceous mineral in tiny green
scales occurs in places. At the time of writing the pre-
liminary note ‘°) it was suggested that this might prove to be
roscoelite. Examination is hampered by the minute quantity
available, but it certainly is not roscoelite, inasmuch as the
absence of vanadium has been proved. Uranium also is
absent, but it does contain 6°8 per cent. of Cr,O, (chromic
oxide). The 16 lb. block of lode matter which formed the
basis of the report by T. Crook, F.G.S., and G. S. Blake,
B.Sc., F.C.S., contains no typical davidite that can be
observed by the naked eye. Their reports deal comprehen-
sively with what the block sample contained—namely, carno-
tite and the massive non-homogeneous radio-active ilmenite,
which composes the body of the lode.“ It may be also that
the block contains some davidite in microscopic quantities.
As already mentioned, davidite occurs elsewhere in the lode
in the form of rough crystals, which are microscopically
homogeneous. The conclusions of Crook and Blake that.
davidite is a non-homogeneous substance is, therefore, not
valid.
(5) Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1906.
(6) ‘On Carnotite and an associated mineral complex from:
South -Australia,’?’ Min. Mag., March, 1910, vol. xv:
(7) Note made upon personal inspection of the block.--D. M.
bo
(oP)
~]
CHEMICAL NOTES ON DAVIDITE.
By W. T. Cooke, D).Sc., University, Adelaide.
[Read August 10, 1916. ]
A preliminary note by Professor Rennie and myself on
certain radio-active minerals from Olary appeared in these
Proceedings in the year 1906. Of the ferriferous and titan-
iferous radio-active constituents of the lode, the one referred
to as Davidite is the most interesting, as it 1s homogeneous
and is a distinct species (vide ‘Mineral Notes,’’ by Dr. Maw-
son, in this volume, p. 262). The bulk of the lode, however, is
a mechanical and chemical mixture of ilmenite, magnetite,
rutile, and davidite.
Analyses of davidite gave the following figures :—
TiO, 54°3
FeO 16:0
Fe,O, be: 13°0
Rare earths ... eA 8°3
eo eorO., and U,O, 4°6
MgO . We 0-6
CaO 1°5
PbO tek
CuO trace
H,O 1°5
Total 10079
The rare earths contain very little thorium, but much
cerium. The presence of lanthanum, didymium, erbium, and
yttrium was shown by chemical and spectroscopic tests. Most
of the 4°6 per cent. included under vanadium, chromium, and
uranium oxides is due to the last-named element.
Zirconium is absent.
Scandium.—Sir William Crookes has by spectroscopic
analysis found that scandium is present. ‘)
Davidite readily gives off helium in quantity when heated
to a red heat; 100 grams yielding about 15 cubic centimetres
of fairly pure helium.
1) Private communication from Dr. Mawson.
268
A NOTEWORTHY OCCURRENCE OF BIOTITE MICA.
By Evan R. Srantey, F.G.S., Government Geologist, Papua.
[Read August 10, 1916.]
This mica occurs as a constituent of the radio-active:
ilmenite-bearing lode in the Pre-Cambrian formation at
Radium Hill, situated about twenty miles east-south-east of
the Olary railway station. There is a considerable amount
of quartz and radio-active minerals associated with it, the
most obvious of the latter being carnotite. This carnotite
appears to have some connection with the black mica, and so,
on the suggestion of Dr. D. Mawson, a separation, analysis,
and optical determination have been made. Close to the
lode, but not directly associated with it, is a coarse mica vein,
dark greyish-green in colour, apparently different from the
black mica in the lode itself. Both these micas, when exposed
to atmospheric conditions for a period of a few months,
become coated with carnotite, and therein hes the special
interest which they possess.
Microscopic CHARACTERS.
The mica is jet-black in colour and possesses the usual
perfect cleavage parallel to the (001). In thin sections it is
light greenish-brown in colour and strongly pleochroic, the
pleochroic scheme being as follows :—
a=very dark-greenish sepia.
[) = greenish-yellow.
C= yellowish- brown.
The extinction is practically straight, being parallel to the
cleavage traces.
In convergent polarized light a small optical axial angle
is seen. This angle was determined roughly by comparing it
with the optical axial angles of known minerals on a prepared
scale. It was found to be approximately 30°, approaching
that of aragonite. It is optically negative and p
strongly directed fcrward, almost horizontal,’’ as against
‘““Labrum vertical or nearly so’’ of Rhopaea and Pseudo-
holophylia. The type of the only previously. described species
of Pararhopaea (callabonnensis) 1s 1n the Museum, and its
labrum appears to be quite vertical to the long axis of the
body; in fact, it appears exactly on the same plane as the
basal portion of the clypeus, and almost at right angles to the
front elevation of that organ. In Rhopaea ‘it is directed at
right angles to a straight line continuing the base of the
clypeus, and gently diver ges from a line continuing its front
elevation.
PARARHOPAEA GIGAS, Nl. sp.
d. Bright castaneous, some narrow margining parts
black or blackish. Densely clothed with long yellowish hair
on sterna, parts of legs, junction of prothorax and elytra,
hind margin of scutellum, and basal joint of antennae;
upper- surface with very short, sparse, depressed, whitish
setae. a:
flead with two feeble elevations between eyes; the
punctures there dense, large, shallow, and reticulate, about
base much smaller and sparser; clypeus with elevation high
and bilobed, in middle of apex much less elevated than at
sides; labrum widely and deeply notched, with numerous
setiferous punctures. Antennae with first joint large and
obtriangular, second small, third-tenth forming a “curved
flabellate club. Apical joint of palpi with a wide, shallow
depression. Prothorar about twice as wide as long (14 x 73
mim.), sides crenulate and. subangularly dilated near the
289
middle; with large shallow punctures, dense in front, irregu-
larly distributed elsewhere; with a feeble and irregular
median line. Sewtel/wm with irregular punctures, hind
margin rugose. Alytra three-fourths as wide as_ long
(18 x 24 mm.), shoulders rounded, sides gently dilated to
beyond the middle; with irregularly distributed and rather
small punctures, some round and others transversely rugose ;
dise of each elytron with three extremely feeble costae, the
third commencing in a shallow post-humeral depression.
Pygidium acutely margined, tip obtusely bilobed, with
numerous small punctures and in parts shagreened. Legs
long; front tibiae acutely tridentate, hind tibiae with two
unequal spurs, the inner one moderately acute and about as
long as basal joint of tarsi, the outer one longer and wider,
dilated from base to beyond the middle, and then feebly
rounded to apex; claw-joint with a short bisetose onychium ;
claws long, with a strong acute tooth about middle and a
rounded swelling at base. Length (¢, 9), 34-39 mm.
@. Differs in having prothorax smaller and narrower,
elytra more dilated, abdomen considerably larger, pygidium
more convex and much less acutely margined, club much
smaller, legs shorter, spurs to hind tibiae wider and shorter,
and hind tarsi considerably shorter.
Hab.—Western parts of South Australia: Ouldea (R.
T. Maurice), Lake Arcoona (A. Loveday), Overland Railway,
ten miles east of Golden Well (— Chandler, in National
museum). Type, 1.517. |
The largest specimen in actual bulk is exceeded only by
an unusually large specimen of Lepidiota froggatti, of all the
Australian JJ/elolonthides in the Museum, but its length is
slightly less than that of Lepidoderma waterhouser. The
club is composed of eight joints, instead of seven, as in
callabonnensis and the following species, but in the allied
genus, Rhopaea, the joints of the club vary in number from
five to eight. On the male the first lamella of the club is
about as long as the clypeus is wide, and is truncate at its
tip, the second is rather abruptly bent backwards from where
it passes the first and (as also the succeeding joints) is
about one-third longer than it. On the female the lamellae
of the club are only about the length of the basal tarsal
joint, the first lamella is about two-thirds the length of the
others, slightly longer than the joint itself, and acutely
pointed. On the apical joint of the only female in the
Museum there is a small swelling that from some directions
causes the club to appear nine- -jointed, but this is probably
accidental. On the specimen in the National Museum there
are a few long hairs near each front angle of the pronotum.
K
290
PARARHOPAEA RHIPIDOCERA, Nn. Sp.
“«
3. More or less castaneous, some marginal parts nar-
rowly black or blackish. Densely clothed with long yellowish
hair on sterna and parts of legs, basal joint of antennae,
latero-frontal and hind margins of prothorax, and hind
margin of scutellum.
Head coarsely sculptured between eyes; clypeus with
large, round, shallow punctures, its margining elevation high
and very feebly bilobed; labrum moderately notched, with
a few coarse punctures at sides. Antennae with first joint
moderately large, second short, third slightly longer and
wider, with a short projection near the inner apex, fourth-
tenth forming a strongly-curved flabellate club. Apical
joint of palpi with a long excavation. Prothorar strongly
transverse, sides moderately rounded with the margins
crenulated, apex incurved to middle; with moderately large,
shallow punctures, dense in front, irregular elsewhere; with
feeble remnants of a median line and with a shallow depres-
sion towards each side. Slytra not much wider than pro-
thorax, sides almost parallel to near apex; with moderately
coarse punctures, in places subvermiculate, and denser
towards apex and sides than elsewhere; disc of each elytron
with four costae, the inner ones more conspicuous than the
outer ones. Pygidiwm with rather acute margins, tip feebly
notched; with moderately dense punctures. Legs rather
long; front tibiae strongly tridentate, hind tibiae with two
unequal spurs, but the longer one not much wider than the
shorter one; onychium small, but with two long setae, each
claw with an acute tooth. Length, 18-24 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia:: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
Type, I. 4523.
Of the size and general appearance of callabonnensis, but
head very different between eyes, prothorax longer, with
different punctures, and without long discal hairs. The
smaller specimens are rather more coarsely sculptured than the
largerones. The head between the eyes on most of the specimens
appears irregularly biareolate, with the punctures crowded
and coarse, on two of them the coarsely-punctured space
appears instead to be elliptic in outline. The lamellae of the
club are subequal in length and slightly longer than the four
basal joints of the tarsi; they are usually closely folded
together, but when separated have a beautiful fan-like
appearance. The hairs at the apex of the scutellum are not
on its upper-surface, and on several specimens are concealed
(or abraded).
291
LEPIDIOTA PICTICOLLIS, Nn. sp.
Bright castaneous; head, all margins, and a median line
on prothorax, scutellum, under-surface, pygidium, and legs
black or blackish; antennae (club castaneous), palpi, and
claws obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with seta-like
white depressed scales, dense on head, all margins of pro-
thorax, scutellum, and sides of abdomen, and not very dense
elsewhere; sterna and base of abdomen with long, dense,
whitish pubescence, and with some straggling hairs; legs with
long hairs and white seta-like scales.
Head with crowded and moderately large punctures;
clypeus conspicuously bilobed, with larger and_ sparser
punctures than on the rest of head. Antennae with first
joint almost as long as four following combined, second
rather short and stout, third and fourth moderately long
and subcylindrical, fifth of irregular shape, sixth and seventh
very short and strongly transverse; club three-jointed, the
lamellae nearly as long as the six preceding joints combined.
Prothoraxy strongly transverse, sides finely margined and
feebly crenulated, front without raised margin; with small
and not very dense punctures, becoming crowded at sides and
in front, with a shallow medio-frontal impression. Scutellum
with rather dense punctures. Flytra at base very little
wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to near apex;
surface lightly rugose, and with small and not dense punc-
tures; each elytron with four discal costae, the two inner
ones moderately distinct and conjoined to form a small
swelling at summit of apical slope, the two outer ones very
feeble, with the fourth quite close to the margin. Pygidiuwm
rather acutely margined, with a vague median line, tip
lightly notched; punctures crowded and rather small. Legs
rather long; front tibiae strongly tridentate, middle tooth
nearer the apical than the subbasal one; tarsi slightly longer
than tibiae; claws each with a long and acute median tooth,
and a small subtriangular basal one. Length, 36-38 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: (H. J. Carter’s No. 6),
Stradbroke Island (H. Hacker, Queensland Museum’s No.
307). Type, I. 4525.
In general appearance not at all close to any of the
species named or identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn,
and at first glance apparently nearer to Pararhopaea and
Paralemdiota than to Lepidiota, but the antennal club is
rather small and composed of but three joints, hence in his
table of the true J/elolonthides it could only be referred to
Veolemdiota or to Lepidiota (unless to a new genus). Re-
ferring it to Lepidiota, in his table of that genus it would
K2
292
be referred to A, BB, but from the four species there
associated (as, in fact, from all others of the genus) it may
be readily distinguished by the bicoloured pronotum: on this
the black (or, at least, very dark-brown) markings are so
disposed that the castaneous parts form two large irregularly-
rounded patches. In some lights some of the hairs on the
front femora have a beautiful golden-rose gloss. The front
tarsi are of the same _ proportionate length as those of
froggatti.
The specimen from Mr. Carter (labelled by the late
Rev. T. Blackburn ‘‘Not known to me’’) is considerably
paler than the others, with the pygidium obscurely reddish ;
it is also much less densely clothed (but this 1s probably due
to abrasion).
LEPIDIOTA DARWINI, Blackb.
The type of this species was a female, but both sexes
were described by Blackburn. There are now before me nine
females, two of which were compared and agreed with the
type, and another is marked as a co-type. On all of them
the propygidium and abdomen are very densely clothed with
scales that are (either now or evidently once were) of a snowy
whiteness;.on three of them the pygidium is moderately
clothed, but the scales are sparser and larger than on the
adjacent parts; on the others, however, the pygidium is
almost or entirely glabrous, and appears conspicuously black,
in striking contrast to the snowy scales near it; it appears to
be a trifle longer than wide, but by actual measurement is
seen to be a trifle wider than long.
There are also six males before me, two bearing Black-
burn’s name labels and two others his number 2789 (in a
note-book recorded as darwinz). At first glance these speci-
mens look strikingly different to the females, and I am by
no means satisfied that their identity is certain. They differ
in being smaller, paler (the colour gradually becoming still
paler posteriorly), prothorax more convex, with larger and
sparser punctures, without a shining median line (this being
distinct on all the females); elytra less regularly clothed and
with three or four fairly well-defined (although not
conspicuously elevated) glabrous lines on each (of these, on
the females there are scarcely any traces, or none at all,
although the type was said to ‘‘bear obscure indications of
three or four wide, scarcely-convex costae’). The pygidium
is more transverse than in the female (regularly clothed on
all six), the abdomen is smaller,.and the elytra are less
dilated pesteriorly, but these latter characters are certainly
sexual.
293
LEPIDIOTA PERKINSI, Blackb.
Four co-types of this species are slightly smaller and the
prothoracic punctures are smaller in proportion than on the
males noted under darwini, but at most they represent a
slight variety of the same. If the males so noted are really
males of darwini, then perkinsi must rank as a variety only of
that species.
LEPIDIOTA DELICATULA, Blackb.
L. suavior, Blackb.
In the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection there was no
label representing de/icatu/a, as there nearly always was when
an unique specimen had been removed from his collection; in
consequence he appears to have entirely overlooked the species
when tabulating the genus.) The type is in the South
Australian Museum, and was compared and agreed with the
‘type (now in the British Museum) of swavvor.
LIPIDIOTA SQUAMULATA, Waterh.
In commenting on the scales of this species (under the
‘description of /eai) Blackburn laid Stress on the colour of the
same. There are before me two specimens from his collection
labelled as squvamulata, two sent by. Mr. Arrow as having
been compared with the type, and some others. The species
appears to be fairly common in North-western Australia.
Some of the specimens have all the scales of a snowy or
slightly waxen whiteness (probably the natural colour of
living specimens), on others they are all more or less brownish,
and on still others they vary from white to brown, but this
is almost certainly due to discoloration by age, immersion in
liquids, etc.
DIPHUCEPHALA.
In Blackburn’s table of this genus (ante, 1906, pp. 268-
272), in A, E, and EE, there are mistakes; evidently :qnota
was misplaced, and the word ‘‘elytra’’ was used instead of
‘‘prothorax’’; the lines in question should have been :—
E. Lateral margins of prothorax strongly dentate |
in the middle ... mf ... tgnota, Macel.
EK. Lateral margins of prothorax at most feeblyv
angular in the middle.
the line EE governing only mitens and rufipes, and not iquota.
For K (anrolimbata) the character of the clothing of
the pygidium used is confined to the female, the depression
behind the scutellum is extremely feeble, and practically
useless ; the species, however, is a ery distinct one.
() Ante, 1912, p. 63.
294
For LL (smaragdula) “ rygidium’’ was evidently a mis-
take for ‘‘scutellum’’; the species in his collection doubtfully
identified as smaragdula has the scutellum non-foveate, but
pygidium much as on pulchella (on p. 268 Burmeister was
given as the author instead of Boisduval).
: DIPHUCEPHALA PULCHELLA, Waterh.
D. azureipennis, Macl.
This species varies in length from 6 to 8 mm., and has
an almost parallel range of variation in colour to that of
colaspidoides, from which species it may be readily dis-
tinguished by the much wider and less parallel-sided median
groove of the prothorax. From examination of the type of
azureipennis Blackburn considered that name to be synony-
mous, and such was my own impression from a similar
examination.
DIPHUCEPHALA NITIDICOLLIS, Macl.
D. obscura, Macl.
This synonymy has been already noted by Blackburn,
and when J examined the specimens standing under the name
of obscura in the Macleay Museum they appeared to be simply
dirty ones of nitidicollis.
DIPHUCEPHALA MINIMA, Macl.
The only specimen in the Museum that could be placed
in BBB, of Blackburn’s table, is a small female that agrees
well with Macleay’s description of minima, except that the
front tibiae are bidentate (but the second tooth is very small)
and that the colour is purplish-blue instead of green (a com-
mon variation in colour).
DIPHUCEPHALA HIRTIPENNIS, Macl.
DIPHUCEPHALA COERULEA, Macl.
DIPHUCEPHALA LATIPENNIS, Macl.
The types of these species were returned to the Queens-
land Museum by Macleay, and have perished.
DIPHUCEPHALA HIRTIPES, 0. sp.
Bright metallic-green, densely clothed parts more
or less coppery; club of antennae, flanks of prosternum, hind
tibiae (except at base), hind tarsi, and parts of the others,
black or blackish; rest of the legs and of the antennae
reddish. Head, pronotum (except a large medio-basal sub-
quadrate space), flanks of sterna and hind coxae with dense
depressed scales, more or less stramineous in colour, abdomen
rae %
295
with paler scales, but along middle with long stramineous
hairs, becoming almost tufted at tip; pygidium densely
squamose, metasternum with rather long pubescence or short
hairs; legs with stramineous hairs, becoming much longer,
blackish, “and very conspicuous on the hind tibiae and tarsi.
Head with densely crowded punctures; clypeus with two
conspicuous sutures, the space between about twice as wide as
long, tips semi-upright, somewhat rounded, the notch semi-
circular. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides lightly
increasing in width from base to middle and then strongly
diminishing to apex, which is about half the width of base;
with a very feeble median line; punctures very dense, but
more or less concealed, except on the glabrous portion, where
they are very shallow, with a confluently-variolose appear-
ance. Scufellwin highly polished and impunctate. lytra
finely shagreened throughout, with irregular rows of small
punctures. Front tibiae bidentate; three basal joints of
front tarsi densely clothed on lower surface. Length,
9 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type,
fT, 5759.
In general appearance strikingly close to sericea, with
which it would be associated in Blackburn’s table, but apical
half and sides of pronotum densely squamose and the rest
glabrous, elytra glabrous and with much smaller punctures,
and abdomen with very different clothing (the hairy part of
the abdomen is completely free from scaies). The ocular
eanthi have longer and stiffer clothing than usual; there is a
feeble ridge along the middle of the “pygidium.
DIPHUCEPHALA TARSALIS, nN. Sp.
¢. Bright metallic golden-green, antennae (club black)
and legs (claws blackish) reddish. Moderately densely
clothed with rather long, subdepressed, stramineous setae,
becoming denser and paler on under-surface and pygidium,
but the latter glabrous at apex.
Head flat and with crowded punctures between eyes;
elypeus with tips elevated and obtusely triangular, the
dividing notch very wide. Prothorax lightly transverse,
sides lightly ineurved between middle (where each is acutely
angular) and base, with a rather deep median groove some-
what dilated at base, lateral sulci well defined but not
traceable to middle, with rather large punctures- (more
crowded in the depressions than elsewhere), each with a single
setiferous granule. Sevte/lum highly polished and impunc-
tate. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax; with large,
deep, approximate punctures in irregular rows: fourth and
296
seventh interstices lightly elevated. Pygidinm rather coarsely
shagreened. Front tibiae acutely bidentate; front tarsi
densely padded on under-surface, first joint somewhat
triangular, second (excluding its supporting base) fully four
times as wide as long, third somewhat smaller but of the
same proportionate width, fourth irregularly triangular.
Length, 6-65 mm.
Differs in having the tips of the clypeus much
smaller and but feebly e levated, legs shorter, with front tarsi
much narrower and not spongicse, and by the more convex
abdomen.
/Tab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea) >
New South Wales: Comboyne (W. H. Muldoon). Type,
I. 4487.
In Blackburn’s table would be associated with nitidi-
collis, from which it differs in being considerably smaller, and’
by the remarkably wide front tarsi of the male; from small:
specimens of rufipes it differs in the very different clothing
of upper-surface and different shapes of the inflated front
tarsal joints of the male; in size it is about equal to puherila,
but the sculpture and clothing are very different. The tips.
of the clypeus are obscurely diluted with red.
DIPHUCEPHALA PYGIDIALIS, Nn. sp.
basal joints of antennae reddish, the others black, under-
surface of clypeal tips black and shining, tarsi blue or purple,
the claws black, tips of front tibiae reddish. With white,
moderately-long setae or elongate scales, fairly dense on head’
(denser on tips of clypeus than elsewhere), moderately dense-
on sides, base, and along middle of pronotum (and a few
scattered about elsewhere), and forming feeble lines on
elytra: under-surface and legs with moderately-long white:
hair, forming a tuft on pygidium and becoming black on parts
of tarsi. |
Head shagreened and with crowded, partially concealed
punctures; clypeus distinctly and evenly narrcwed from base,
the tips acutely elevated and subtriangular, their dividing’
notch almost U-shaped. /Prothorar moderately transverse,
but much longer than the apical width, which is about half
that of the base, base bisinuate, but truncate at scutellum,
sides rather strongly rounded, front angles rounded off,
median line (except for its clothing) vaguely defined, lateral
impressions rather small deep foveae; finely shagreened’
throughout and with small dense punctures at sides.
Seutellum depressed in middle, shining, and very feebly
shagreened. //ytra somewhat dilated in middle, a feeble:
3. Bright metallic-green or coppery-green, two or three
ii a
7 FOL toate x
297
/
depression near base; with somewhat irregular rows of not
very large punctures, shagreened throughout. Pyyidium
shagreened and with a vague median line. Front tibiae with
an acute apical tooth only, three basal joints of front tarsi
inflated and (as also the Kien e with dense white setae on
under-surface. Length, 8-105 mm.
Q. Differs in fine the head srnaller. sides of clypeus
more strongly rounded, ‘the projecting tips much smaller,
abdomen more convex, legs shorter, with the front tarsi not
dilated and not spongiose.
Hah.—Western Australia: (old collection), Cunderdin
(Western Australian Museum), Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
‘Type, I. 5757.
In Blackburn’s table would be associated with furesta,
from which (as from all other Western Australian species)
it is distinguished by the conspicuously narrowed clypeus of
the male, and finely shagreened and curiously clothed pro-
notum. The male of masters: has the sides of the clypeus
more rounded, the prothorax with large shallow punctures
‘on the sides, and the pygidium not tufted, with the clothing
elsewhere different. On two of the specimens the pronotum
is more conspicuously coppery than the other parts. The
‘long white scales on the elytra of specimens in perfect con-
dition form a row on each interstice, but a very slight amount
of abrasion causes them to appear irregularly distributed,
they give the elytra (to the naked eye) a curiously speckled
appearance ; on all the specimens the base of the prothorax is
margined with scales; on two males the scales form three
conspicuous longitudinal lines and two feeble ones, with a few
scattered about irregularly; on another male they are
irregular, but on the only female before me the longitudinally
: ds: ventralis
The excavations ter sae te on the. four a
segment longicorms
Abdomen not. longitudinally excavated,
Third joint of antennae much shorter than
fourth ee PTs
Third joint slightly longer than fourth, or
at least almost as long.
Prothorax with a distinct median line ... mediana
Prothorax without such.
Elytra black A ver a .. §=‘nana
{nova
Elytra not black (7) ) nigricans
DyYSCOLOCERUS.
To this genus, proposed by Bonvouleir upon a single
species from Sumatra, Blackburn has added three species and
I have added one and know several others; but it is probable
that all the Australian species will eventually be considered
as belonging to a new genus.
DyscoLocERUS concoLtor, Blackb.
There are in the Museum three co-type males of this
species. Blackburn described the sexes as differing in the
apical segment of abdomen, that of the male being lightly
(77On some large females of nigricans the elytra are almost
black.
310
angulate towards the apex; but the margins of the apical
segment of these males are exactly the same as on three
females before me. The sexes, however, may be readily
distinguished by the antennae; on the male the three apical
joints are distinctly longer than the seven preceding com-
bined, and the eleventh joint is slightly longer than the
eighth, and much longer than the tenth; on the female the
three apical joints are less cylindrical, shorter than the seven
preceding combined, and the ninth and eleventh are of equal
length, and not much longer than the tenth. The species
occurs in New South Wales (Forest Reefs), as well as in
Tasmania.
DYSCOLOCERUS FUSCUS, hn. sp.
Of a uniform dingy castaneous-brown, legs somewhat
paler. Densely clothed with rather short, stramineous
pubescence.
Head evenly convex; with crowded punctures. Antennae
with second joint about as long as fourth, third about as long
as fourth and fifth combined, fourth-eighth equal in length
and slightly longer than wide, ninth about as long as seventh
and eighth combined, as long as eleventh, and slightly longer
than tenth. Prothorax strongly rounded in front, then
parallel-sided to base, median line distinct; punctures slightly
larger than on head, crowded on middle, still more crowded
on sides. lytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with
crowded punctures at base, elsewhere with somewhat smaller
granulate punctures; striation well defined. Length, 7-8 mm.
Hab.—South Austraha: Murray River (H. 8. Cope).
Lype, 1) 5746:
A compact species, with outlines much as those of
porosus and rubriventris, and distinctly wider than concolor.
On account of the ninth joint of antennae suddenly much
longer than the eighth, and the comparatively wide pro-
thorax, the species has been referred to Dyscolocerus rather
than to Hemiopsida. In some lights the pubescence has a
golden gloss. The two specimens in the Museum are probably
females.
DYSCOLOCERUS AUREOPILOSUS, Nn. sp.
Of a uniform dingy castaneous-brown, legs and antennae
somewhat paler. Densely clothed with golden pubescence.
Head with crowded punctures; gently depressed between
antennary sockets. Antennae long and rather thin, second
joint almost as long as fourth, third as long as fourth and
fifth combined, fourth-eighth subequal, ninth-eleventh slightly
longer than seven preceding joints combined, ninth about
as long as three preceding joints combined, slightly longer
than tenth, and slightly shorter than eleventh. Prothorax
’
311
rather strongly rounded in front, and then with sides feebly
dilated to extreme base, median line fairly distinct on apical
half, but not traceable to base; punctures much as on pre-
ceding species. /ytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle;
punctures and striae much as on preceding species. Length,
8 mm. 3
Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (H. J. Carter).
Type (unique), I. 5752.
In general appearance strikingly close to the preceding
species, but prothorax less transverse, more rounded in front,
sides less parallel and with hind angles diverging outwards,
median line less conspicuous in front, and not traceable to
base. The antennae are strikingly different, but they are
probably sexually variable in both; the type of the present
species is probably a male.
As I do not know heros and victoriensis, they have been
excluded from the following table, but the former would be
associated with basalis and the latter with concolor.
Elytra partly black ... ete on eps no! “basahis
Elyvtra entirely black.
Abdomen conspicuously paler than sterna ... rubriventris
Abdomen concolorous, or almost so, with sterna = porosus
Nlytra nowhere black.
Prothorax without median line “ab ne concolor
Prothorax with median line.
Prothorax with basal half parallel-sided ... fuscus
Prothorax with basal half diverging to f
extreme base oe Ae .. aureopilosus
Nematopes, Latreille.
Mame tat., 1825, p. 248; Lacord., iv., p. 113; Bonv., Mon.,
p. 644.
NEMATODES MAJOR, Bonv.
Mon., p. 668, pl. xxxii., fig. 3.
Dromoeolus thoracicus, Lea.
The genus Vematodes was not recorded from Australia
in Masters’ Catalogue, and Bonvoulcir described major as
from Victoria, in the United States. This mistake has been
already pointed out by Fleutiaux (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge,
1897, p. 257), who records it from Melbourne. The late
Rey. T. Blackburn has already noted that Dromoecolus thora-
cicus is a Nematodes, and I am now convinced that it is a
pure synonym of V. major. . The species varies in length from
6 to 10 mm. ‘Two specimens from Merimbula probably
belong to the species; they differ from the others before me
in being smaller (5-54 mm.), much paler, and with the discal
impressions of the pronotum scarcely traceable.
Hah.—New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania.
312
EUMENES BAKEWELLI, Bonv.
This species ranges from 11 to 14 mm. in length, and
occurs 1n Tasmania as well as in Victoria.
DROMOEOLUS DIGNOSCENDUS, Bonv.
The description of this species is but lttle more than a
comparison with ferruginipes from Waigiou, the only refer-
ence to colour being ‘‘la couleur des tarses est plus claire.”’
The length (variable in all the species known to me) was
given as 5 mm. There are four specimens before me from
Tasmania (the type was from Melbourne), that possibly
belong to the species; they are black, antennae (basal joint
excepted) obscurely diluted with red, and tarsi and knees
rather more conspicuously red (although not brightly so).
The pubescence is rather dense and irregularly distributed.
The second and fourth joints of antennae are short, subequal,
and their combined length about equal to that of the third.
Of the other black Australian species it is distinguished from
australasiae by the non-carinated head and fourth joint of
antennae much shorter than the third, and from /uguhris by
the non-carinated head and paler appendages. ;
The four Australian species of the genus may be tabu-
lated as follows :—
Derm dull reddish-brown ... . oa ... imnterioris
Derm black. |
Head non-carinated ae ir: re ... dignoscendus (?)
Head carinated
Third and fourth joints of antennae subequal australasiae
Third joint much longer than fourth .. lugubris
ARISUS.
The species of this genus in general appearance are much
like those of Mornax, but are distinct therefrom by short
oblique sulci on the metasternum ; to see these clearly, how-
ever, it is necessary to force the legs aside. All the species
have the head more or less conspicuously tricarinated in front,
with the median carina sometimes continuous from base to
apex; on some specimens the median carina is very feeble
on the clypeus, so that then the elevations resemble a thin Y.
ARISUS DEPRESSUS, Bonv.
A specimen from New South Wales (Tamworth) probably
belongs to this species, but it differs from the description in
being “somewhat smaller (44 instead of 6 mm.); the carina on
its head, from the junction of the oblique ones on the clypeus,
is very conspicuous to the base. The sutural stria on each
elytron is well defined throughout, and about the base the
4
others are fairly distinct, but they are very feeble or alto-
gether wanting elsewhere. Of the striae Bonvouloir remarks:
—‘‘Elytris non striatis’’; but again, ‘‘sans traces de stries
distinetes, sauf la juxta suturale.’’ A specimen from South
Australia (Monarto) is a little smaller (54 mm.) than the
type; in addition to size, it differs from the Tamworth one
in having the carina on the basal part of the head much less
distinct, “although traceable, and the elytra! striation rather
more pronounced.
ARISUS CARINATICEPS, Nl. sp.
Black; suture, under-surface, antennae, and legs more
or less obscurely reddish. Densely clothed with stramineous
pubescence.
Hlead with a conspicuous median carina from base to
apex, clypeus with an oblique carina on each side joining the:
median carina between the antennary sockets; punctures
crowded and rather smail. Antennae moderately long,
second joint short, third slightly longer than fourth, fourth-
tenth equal in length, but feebly decreasing in width, eleventh
longer. Prothorar with sides rounded in front and then
oblique to base; with dense and rather small but sharply-
defined punctures, becoming crowded on sides; with a narrow,
shining, continuous median line. “/ytra feebly decreasing
in width from near base; with dense granulate punctures
about base, posteriorly becoming smaller, sparser, and _ less
asperate; striation well defined, except about middle of each
elytron. Hind corae at sides about half as long as their
greatest length; basal joint of hind tarsi about as long as the
rest combined, third triangular and deeply bilobed. Length,
53-6 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron); Vic-
toria: Benalla (R. Helms). Type, I. 5734.
Differs from depressus in having the derm black and
prothorax with a shining median line. The metasternal sulci
are partially concealed by the middle femora, but are con-
spicuous when these have been forced aside.
ARISUS MINUTUS, Nn. sp.
Bright castaneous. Densely clothed with short, stra-
mineous pubescence.
Head with a strong median carina, but becoming rather
feeble on clypeus, the latter with a thin oblique cne on each
side joining the median one between the antennary sockets ;
with dense and rather small, partially-concealed punctures.
Antennae rather short, second joint short, third rather wide,
distinctly longer than fourth, fourth-tenth subequal in length
314
and rather strongly serrated, eleventh distinctly longer.
Prothorax with sides rather strongly rounded in front, with
a shining median carina on basal third; with small and rather
dense punctures, becoming denser on sides. //ytra slightly
diminishing in width from near base; with rather dense
asperate punctures about base, much smaller and sparser
elsewhere; striation well defined about suture and base, finer
or wanting elsewhere. Length, 4 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (W. du Boulay).
Type .(unique), I. 5735.
The hind coxae are much as in the preceding species, but
the tarsi are missing; the species differs from the description
of depressus in being smaller (it is considerably smaller than
any previously described species of the genus) and antennae
not filiform but quite strongly serrated ; the prothoracic punc-
tures are also considerably finer than on a species I have,
with some slight doubts, identified as depressus. The meta-
sternal sulci are very short, oblique, and close to the leg,
and to see them clearly the femora must be forced aside; each
appears as the apex of a much wider and somewhat deeper
depression on the flank.
Fornax.
This genus is the most abundant in species of all the
EBucnemidae, and the species at first glance are mostly
strikingly alike in general appearance, but they may usually
be readily distinguished by characters of the head and
antennae. In Blackburn’s table the genus is distinguished
by ‘‘Basal joint of hind tarsi as long as all the other joints
together’’; this is true of most of the species before me, but
on several of them the basal joint is either slightly or quite
conspicuously shorter than the rest combined ; these, however,
may be distinguished from Discaptothorax by the considerably
narrower latero-prosternal grooves.
FoRNAX PARVULUS, Bonv.
There are five specimens of Fornax before me that differ
from all the others in having the fourth and fifth joints of
antennae subequal in length and exceptionally short, their
combined length being equal or subequal to that of the sixth.
I cannot satisfy myself, however, that they belong to but
one species, although possibly they all belong to parvulus.
The smallest specimen (54 mm., similar in length to the type)
is from Tasmania, and has the tip of the abdomen almost
pointed (certainly not ‘ate rotundato’’), the fourth and
fifth joints of antennae are strongly transverse, and their
combined length is slightly less than that of the sixth, and
the sixth to ninth joints are slightly dilated. A specimen
ee
315
from Northern Queensland is of similar length, but is slightly
wider, the fourth and fifth joints slightly longer (but still
transverse), and together quite as long as the sixth; the tip
of the abdomen could fairly be called widely rounded (pos-
sibly the tip is sexually variable). Two from New South
Wales (Galston) are similar to the Tasmanian specimen,
except that they are larger (6-8 mm.). einai
ae
319
Table of species known to me:—
A. Derm black.
a. Head with a short longitudinal carina.
b. Third joint of antennae longer than fourth
bb. Third joint shorter than fourth ...
aa. Head not longitudinally carinate.
¢. Pronotum with minute, ill-defined punc-
tures on disc
c. Pronotum with
punctures :
AA. Derm more or less castaneous.
B. Fourth and fitth joints of antennae com-
bined no longer than sixth, if as long
BB. Fourth and fitth joints combined longer
than sixth.
C. Derm of pronotum opaque
CC. Derm of pronotum shining.
D. Eleventh joint of antennae just per-
ceptibly longer than tenth ...
DD. Eleventh joint conspicuously longer
than tenth.
E. Widest part of prothorax not the
extreme base.
d. Prothorax with a feeble Pains
line, but traceable throughout
dd. Prothorax without such a line ...
EE. Widest part of prothorax the
extreme base.
, F. Elytra somewhat darker than Bro:
thorax
ae Elytra no darker than pr othorax.
Comparatively large and robust
Go. Smaller and thinner.
larger, ea ouned
Basal. joint. of hind tar6i
longer than the rest com-
bined
HH. Basal joint shorter than the
rest combined
suturalis
niger
parvoniger
carinatifrons
parvulus
subopacus
orthodoxrus
norfolcensis
howensis
interruptus
MAjJOTINUS
talayroides
CUSTANCUS
DYSTRIGONISTHIS PARADOXUS, Blackb.
The type of this species was from North Queensland
(probably from Cairns). There are four specimens from
Cairns, nine from New South Wales (Forest Reefs), and
three from South Australia (Mount Lofty and Adelaide),
that appear to belong to the species. They vary in length
from 5 to 10 mm. (the type was about 7 mm). Their elytral
striae are peculiar; at the greatest width (just above the
metasternum) each has eleven, of these the tenth vanishes
level with the apex of the first abdominal segment, the ninth
and eighth meet near the apex, and then, as one, deepens and
continues till it joins the first, the second and third vanish
at about one-fourth from the apex, the fifth and sixth become,
conjoined and terminate nearer the apex, and the fourth and
seventh become conjoined and terminate still nearer the apex.
320
GALBOCERUS, Nl. g.
Head convex, antennary sockets large, not closely
approximated ; clypeus trisinuate in front. Antennae flabel-
late. Prothorax mcderately transverse. /lytra parallel-
sided to beyond the middle. Prosternmum with a wide and
deep excavation on each side of base; propleural triangles
each margined inwardly by a distinct carina, extending from
front coxa to level with the middle of the eye, margined out-
wardly by the overhanging side of pronotum. Metasternum
with two side pieces on each side, the outer one (the true
episternum) rather thin and parallel-sided, the inner one
hooked at base and narrowed till it disappears slightly before
the apex. Hind coxae long inwardly, strongly and evenly
narrowed (almost to a point) outwardly; tarsi with fourth
joint wide and strongly produced on lower-surface, claws each
with a wide and conspicuous membranous appendix.
The type and only specimen in the Museum is, in general
appearance, strikingly like J/icrorhagus cairnsensis on an
enlarged scale, but it differs from J/icrorhagus in having
propleural triangles instead cf parallelograms, in the pro-
sternal and metasternal sutures, tarsi, etc. Galhodema has
wide and deep prosternal sulci. Galba has deep prosternal
sulci and very different tarsi. No other Australian genus
has been recorded as having species with flabellate antennae.
The flanks of the pronotum are overhanging, so as to provide
protection for the antennae when at rest (much as on Phaeno-
cerus clavicorns), but as the propleural triangles are flat up
to (although polished near) the overhanging margins the
prosternum cannot be regarded as having lateral sulci (as in
Galba, Galbodema, etc.) ; there is, however, a wide and deep
excavation on each side at the base for the reception of the
femur. The head of the type being closely applied to the
breast, with the palpi partially concealing them, I have not
been able to see if the hind edge of the mandibles is strongly
sinuous, but believe it to be so. Regarding it as such, the
genus, in Blackburn’s table, would be associated with Hypo-
coelus, from which it differs in the antennae, tarsi, and meta-
sternum. Regarding it as belonging to CC of that table, it
would be associated with Humenes, which has very different
sides of prosternum, metasternum, antennae, and claws. I
am dubious as to its correct position, but provisionally it may
be placed near Phaenocerus.
GALBOCERUS PARALLELUS, N. sp.
Piceous-brown (almost black), antennae and legs of a
dingy-red. Rather densely clothed with shcrt, stramineous
pubescence.
321
Head with densely crowded and rather shallow punctures,
subgranulate in places. Antennae with first joint slightly
longer than the space between antennary sockets, second very
short and strongly transverse, third slightly longer than
fourth and the length of fifth, the others to ninth (two apical
joints missing) slightly increasing in length; ramus of third
to ninth each about thrice the length of its supporting joint.
Prothoraz with sides rather strongly rounded in front, thence
parallel-sided to base, with a feeble foveate impression on
each side of middle; very densely punctate, towards the mar-
gins granulate-punctate. //ytra almost continuously parallel-
sided with prothorax to beyond the middle; very densely
granulate about base, granulate-punctate elsewhere; striation
well defined throughout. Four hind tars: with basal joint as
long as the rest combined, basal joint of front tarsi as long as
the next three combined. Length, 11 mm.
Hab.—North-western Australia: Port George IV. (J. R.
B. Love). Type (unique), I. 5748.
There are very vague remnants of a median line on the
prothorax, the discal foveae are feeble, but quite distinct from
certain directions.
MALACODERMIDAE.
LAIUS PURPUREIPENNIS, N. Sp.
3g. Purple; two basal joints of antennae flavous, rest
of antennae, legs, and under-surface black. Densely and
finely pubescent.
Head with dense and very minute punctures. Antennae
rather long; first joint long and of irregular shape, second
large and distorted, the following joints small. Prothorax
distinctly transverse, front truncate, sides strongly rounded ;
punctures as on head. //ytra with sides feebly dilated to
beyond the middle; scarcely visibly punctate. Front femora
obliquely excavated in front; front tibiae dilated towards
base, and obliquely sulcate on inner side near base. Length,
4-4} mm.
Q. Differs in having two basal joints of antennae very
different and the front femora and tibiae simple.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin and Melville Island
(G. F. Hill’s No. 377). Type, I. 5687.
A remarkable species, and the only one at all close to
allem, from which it may be at once distinguished by the
two basal joints of antennae; of these the first is dilated
towards apex, with the apical portion wide and its summit
oblique, from some directions appearing subangular near its
outer apex; the second is slightly wider than long, joined to
the first on one side, and to the third in the middle, its
L
322
upper-surface irregularly concave, with an opening near
where it joins the first joint, but with the hollow space inside
almost labyrinthic (although of large size it is so largely
excavated that it appears little more than a thin irregular
shell, convex on the lower-surface). On the female the first
joint is somewhat shorter and simple, the second is simple,
subparallel-sided, and about as long as the third and fourth
combined. On alleni the first joint of the male is more
irregular about apex, the second is much smaller, differently
joined to the first and third, and its upper-surface totally
unlike that of present species. The head, prothorax, and
scutellum are of a different shade of purple to the elytra.
CURCULIONIDAE.
MANDALOTUS ABDOMINALIS, Lea.
On some specimens of this species in perfect condition the
clothing is more conspicuously variegated than on the types,
being of a rusty-brown, mottled with darker and paler spots,
on each elytron there is usually a pale, conspicuous spot on
the third interstice about the middle. On these specimens
also the transverse arrangement of the prothoracic granules is
fairly distinct, even before abrasion.
MANDALOTUS LATENS, Lea.
On fresh specimens of this species the clothing is more or
less rusty- or muddy-brown, but rather conspicuously vartie-
gated with numerous small, irregularly disposed, pale spots.
MANDALOTUS INTEROCULARIS, Lea., var.
Two specimens (sexes) from the Glenelg River (Victoria,
J. Rau) appear too close to imterocularis to be described as
new; but the abdominal carina of the male is more convex,
not quite so close to the apex of the segment, the metasternum
is slightly more concave, the elytra have feeble tubercles on
the third, fifth, and seventh interstices about the apical slope,
and the reane eee are stouter towards and less curved about
the apex. The female has the conspicuous inter-ocular
tubercle as on the type female. In the 1914 table, regarding
the elytra as tuberculate, the variety would be associated
with arciferus, but on the male of that species the middle of
the abdominal carina almost touches the apex of the segment.
Numerous specimens of the ordinary form have been
taken by Mr. Secker at Lucindale.
MANDALOTUS TRANSVERSUS, Lea.
The types of this species are females, although they were
described as probably being males; but Dr. Ferguson has
323
sent additional specimens from Dorrigo, one of which is a
male. It differs from the female in having each of the
middle coxae conspicuously armed with an upright, obtusely-
pointed ridge; the basal segment of the abdomen is flat, with
the base and sides of the intercoxal process conspicuously
elevated, the front tibiae are stronger and more curved, and
are conspicuously ciliated; the hind tibiae have their apical
three-fifths largely scooped out on the inner side, so that
when viewed from most directions each appears moderately
curved on the outer side and very strongly on the inner, the
scooped-out part commences so suddenly that, from some
directions, it appears to start from a subbasal tooth; there
are also two contiguous medio-basal foveae (small but con-
spicuous) on the prosternum. The clothing of the fresh
specimens is more of a rusty-red than on the types, and the
apical slope is rather less uneven. The female could still be
assigned to the position given it in the 1914 table of the
genus, but the male would be associated with dentipes, from
which it differs in its different and more conspicuous dentition
of middle coxae and very different hind tibiae; the hind
tibiae of dentipes are very decidedly shorter, more regularly
diminish in thickness from the base to the dilated apex, and
are rather more strongly and evenly curved; that species also
is without medio-basal foveae of the prosternum, and has
conspicuous bristles on the metasternum and part of the
abdomen.
MANDALOTUS ANGUSTUS, Lea.
On the middie coxae of the type male of this species
there is a shining, slightly-elevated ridge; it is indistinct
from some directions, but fairly distinct from others.
MANDALOTUS SQUAMIBUNDUS, Lea.
In the 1914 table of the genus this species was separated
from maculatus (from which, however, it differs in many
respects) by the absence of pale elytral spots. But Dr.
Ferguson has sent eight fresh specimens from Bowen for
examination, and nearly all of these have four rather feeble
pale spots at the base of the elytra, and a few still more feeble
ones scattered about elsewhere.
MANDALOTUS NODICOLLIS, Lea.
Some specimens of this species from Townsville are
evidently in perfect condition, without the muddy crust that
usually conceals the clothing. The clothing is very dense,
of a light muddy-brown or grey, with numerous pale spots
scattered about on the head, prothorax, elytra, and legs; on
some specimens the spots have a silvery lustre, or even a
L2
324
slightly greenish or golden one. The ocular lobes are
unusually feeble and the emargination of the prosternum less
pronounced than is usual in the genus.
MANDALOTUS TENUICORNIS, Lea.
Numerous specimens of this species have been taken at
Robe by Messrs. Feuerheerdt and Secker. Their clothing
varies from that of the types to a dingy greyish-white or slaty-
white, more or less conspicuously mottled with sooty or
sooty-brown. On the males the sides of the prothorax, near
the base, are often distinctly wider than the base of the
elytra.
MANDALOTUS HOPLOSTERNUS, N. sp.
3. Dull reddish-brown, some parts more or less deeply
infuscated. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, thickly
interspersed with stout setae.
Rostrum short, median carina traceable through clothing.
Scape rather long and not very stout; second joint of funicle
distinctly longer than first. MProthorax rather strongly
transverse, sides strongly and almost evenly rounded, median
line narrow, deep, and almost continuous throughout; with
large, subvermiculate, obtuse granules, readily traceable
through clothing. lytra somewhat angular, extreme base
slightly narrower than widest part of prothorax; with several
feeble subtubercular elevations about middle and base and
on apical slope, but with a conspicuous tubercle on each side
behind shoulder; with rows of large punctures not much
smaller on apical slope than about base. Prosternuwm with a
conspicuous keel between and in front of coxae. Abdomen
with basal segment gently depressed in middle. Front corae
widely separated ; front tibiae triangularly produced at inner
apex, hind ones strongly narrowed before and strongly dilated
at apex. Length, 6 mm.
Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne (J. W. Mellor). Type
(unique), I. 5571.
The prosternum armed in front associates this species
with armipectus in the latest table of the genus, (8) but on
that species (which is also a much smaller one) the armature
is like a semi-double transverse ridge; on the present species
it is an obtuse, but very conspicuous, longitudinal one. In
general appearance its upper-surface is strikingly like that of
meisus, simulator, and niger. The prothorax is almost
entirely dark, the elytra are dark, but in places conspicuously
diluted with red; but the colour of the derm is not to be
relied upon in JMandalotus. On the elytra the setae are |
usually pale and confined to the elevated parts.
(8) Ante, 1914, p. 298.
MANDALOTUS LAMINIPECTUS, Nl. sp.
é. Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red;
antennae, tarsi, and tips of tibiae castaneous. Densely
clothed with sooty-brown scales, more or less obscurely varie-
gated with ashen ones, and with numerous stout setae
scattered about.
Rostrum moderately long, wider at base than at. apex,
median carina narrow and distinct throughout. Scape
moderately stout; two basal joints of funicle long, rather
thin and subequal. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides
rather strongly transvere, median line narrow and rather
well defined ; with numerous round granules, readily traceable
through clothing. //ytra at widest slightly wider than pro-
thorax; with rows of large, partially-concealed punctures;
some of the interstices irregularly elevated (scarcely tubercu-
late), but with a fairly conspicuous swelling behind each
shoulder. J/esosternum with a wide and very conspicuous
inter-coxal process. Front covae widely separated; femora
very stout; tibiae comparatively short. Length (¢. Q),
5-54 mm.
@. Differs in having the prothorax more transverse,
elytra narrower at the base and wider across middle, meso-
sternum unarmed, abdomen gently convex, and legs somewhat
shorter.
Hab.—Victoria: Glenelg River (J. Rau). Type, I. 5570.
The front coxae are very widely separated, and the
separation is accentuated by the coxae themselves being
scooped out or obliquely flattened, although this is less con-
spicuous on the female than on the male. The projection
between the middle coxae of the male is very curious; at the
base it is about as wide as long, but it obliquely dilates till
at the apex it is almost twice as wide as long, with the apices
conspicuously elevated and the space between them incurved,
the whole process, except for the tips, being depressed below
5
the coxae and concave. Regarding it as notched, it would
(in the 1914 table of the genus) be associated with inersis and
/aminatipes, but the process in each of those species is very
much smaller and of very different shape; their rostrum,
front tibiae, etc., are also different. The hind femora of the
male from some directions have a deceptive appearance as of
being obtusely dentate. On the female the paler scales are
almost white, and form feeble spots on the prothorax and
elytra, and are rather dense at the base of the head.
MANDALOTUS WEDGENSIS, n. sp.
¢. Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red,
antennae and tarsi castaneous. Densely clothed with slaty-grey
326
scales interspersed with numerous fine setae, the latter
becoming long on tibiae.
Rostrum moderately long, median carina _ feeble.
Antennae comparatively long and thin, first joint of funicle
slightly longer and conspicuously stouter than second. /ro-
thorax lightly transverse, sides moderately rounded, median
line feebly impressed; with numerous feeble granules, the
depressions about which appear vermiculate through the
clothing. Alytra at base exactly the width of base of pro-
thorax, but disinctly wider at basal fourth, thence gently
rounded to apex; with regular rows of large, partially-con-
cealed punctures; interstices not separately convex, but the
fifth and seventh slightly wider than the others. Basal
seoment of abdomen with dense punctures, bounded externally
by a distinctly curved carina, the other segments almost
impunctate. Front corde widely separated; hind tibiae
acutely dentate at inner middle, inner apex acutely spined.
Length, 4 mm.
flah.—South Australia: Wedge Island (Captain Di Ais
Whate). “Typeset. 53807.
The curvature of the abdominal carina is midway between
that of the species DDe and ee of the 1914 table of the
genus; but the species may be readrly distinguished from the
members of those groups, except sydneyensis, by the hind
tibiae: sydneyensis has much longer and denser setae on the
upper-surface, and clothing otherwise different, larger eyes
and front coxae less widely separated. The gentle slope of
the elytra is not at all interrupted by separate convexity of
the interstices.
MANDALOTUS TIBIALIS, n. sp.
¢. Dark. reddish-brown or blackish, some parts (and
including the antennae and tarsi) more or less castaneous.
Densely clothed with muddy-grey or ashen, obscurely-varie-.
gated scales; interspersed with numerous stout setae; front
tibiae conspicuously but not densely ciliated.
Rostrum rather short, carina not traceable through
clothing. Antennae moderately iong and thin; second joint
of funicle slightly longer and thinner than first. Prothorax
moderately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded and
widest across apical third, median line narrowly impressed ;
apparently without granules. //ytra distinctly wider thar
prothorax at base, and somewhat sinuous there, owing to the
elevation of the third interstice on each, parallel-sided (except
for a small post-humeral tubercle) to beyond the middle,
somewhat irregular on aud about apical slope; with rows of
large, partially-concealed punctures, becoming smaller pos-
teriorly. Front coxzac rather widely separated, middle coxae
327
each armed with a strong, recurved, acute tooth; hind tibiae
transverely multicarinate internally, front ones variable.
Length, 3}-4 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Syduey (Old Collection), Blue
Mountains, and Rydalmere (Dr. E. W. Ferguson); Mitta-
gong, 2,000-2,500 feet (British Museum, from J. J. Walker).
Type, I. 5581.
I cannot satisfy myself that the five specimens before me
belong to more than one species; two of them have the elytra
about the apical slope subtuberculate and decidedly rougher
than on the others, and their front tibiae are apparently
strikingly different. On the Sydney and Mittagong speci-
mens the front tibiae have the apical three-fourths arched and
granulate on the lower-surface, with the granulated portion
suddenly terminating in a conspicuous tooth near the base
(somewhat as on avenaceus), each of the front femora also
has a notch in which the tooth can rest; on the other speci-
mens the tibiae are also granulate, but at the pcesition of the
strong tooth there is a gentle swelling only, much as on many
other species of the genus. The carinae of the hind tibiae
are invisible from most directions. In the 1914 table of the
genus, regarding the elytra as tuberculate, the species would
be readily distinguished from all those referred to F, and
also regarding them as non-tuberculate from all those referred
to K, by the middle coxae, the remarkable teeth on these vary
somewhat in size, but are conspicuous on all the specimens;
they curve obliquely inwards over the intercoxal process; the
armature of the middle coxae of dentipes, transversus, and
scaber is very different. The prothorax on abrasion is seen
to have the disc entirely without granules and to be covered
with small dense punctures, mixed with a few of larger size;
but the sides appear to have a few feeble elevations. The
alternate interstices of elytra are not conspicuously elevated
above their fellows, except that the third becomes almost:
tuberculate at base.
MANDALOTUS RAUI, Ni. Sp.
¢. Black, some parts obscurely reddish; funicle and
tarsi bright castaneous. Densely clothed with muddy-brown
scales, interspersed with stout setae.
Rostrum moderately long, upper-surface with derm
entirely concealed by clothing. Scape rather long: funicle
thin, first joint thicker and slightly longer than second.
Prothorar almost as long as wide, sides strongly and evenly
rounded, median line feebly impressed ; with numerous round
granules, slightly traceable through clothing, but conspicuous
on abrasion. //ytra subarcuate at base, which is wider than
328
boing: sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle; witly
rows of rather large, almost (or quite) concealed punctures ;
alternate interstices feebly elevated. Front coxvae very
widely separated, middle ones each with a shining oblique
ridge. Length (3 , 9), 34-4 mm.
a Differs in having the prothorax somewhat smaller,
elytra somewhat wider, baal segment of abdomen convex in
middle (instead of flat), and legs somewhat shorter, with
simple coxae. r
/fab.—South Australia: Adelaide, seven specimens from
tussocks (J. Rau). Type, I. 5573.
In the 1914 table of the genus would be placed under K
after Ah, and from all the species there placed (except
angustus) it differs in the middle coxae; from angustus it
differs in being somewhat smaller, rather more robust, with
the front coxae much more widely separated (almcst twice the
distance), and with the middle coxae more conspicuously
earinated (the carina from some directions causes each coxa
to appear armed with a subacute conical tubercle). The
separation of the front coxae is rather more than in rwvf-
manus, and the elytra, although non-tuberculate, are more
uneven than on that species. The elytra (except perhaps at
their base) could not fairly be regarded as tuberculate; their
base is much less conspicuously trisinuate (except for slight
encroachments by the third interstices it could fairly “be
regarded as arcuate) than in humeralis. The clothing on all
the specimens is very dingy and somewhat obscured by mud,
but on two of them there are faint indications of pale spots
on the prothorax, and still more faint indications on the
elytra.
MANDALOTUS SUBHUMERALIS, Nl. Sp.
3. Blackish-brown, some parts obscurely reddish:
antennae and tarsi castaneous. Denisely clothed with muddy-
brown slightly-variegated scales and with stout setae.
Rostrum short and stout, median carina traceable through
clothing. Scape not very long: first joint of funicle stouter
and slightly longer than second. Prothoraa almost as long as
wide, sides and base strongly rounded; with numerous
granules conspicuously transversely arranged. L/lytra sub-
arcuate and wider than prothorax at base, with a conspicuous
tubercular swelling on each side just beyond shoulder; with
regular rows of large punctures, appearing very small through
clothing; odd interstices very feebly elevated above the ever
ones. Two basal segments of abdomen feebly depressed in
middle. Legs moderately stout; front coxae lightly but
distinctly separated. Length, 3 mm.
ety
329
Hab.—South Australia. Type (unique), I. 5583.
Close to arcuatus, with which it would be associated in
the 1914 table of the genus, but differs in having the front
tibiae less curved at apex, ciliation shorter and sparser, scape
somewhat stouter, but in particular by the subhumeral pro-
minence on each elytron. From crawford: (also from South
Australia) it is distinguished by its smaller size, narrower
form, subhumeral prominences, and abdominal clothing con-
ecealing derm. It is about the size and at first glance some-
what the appearance of Achopera lachrymosa of the Crypto-
rhynchides. The paler markings consist of an interrupted
stripe on each side of the prothorax and numerous feeble
spots on the elytra. The clubs and two apical joints of each
funicle are missing from the type.
MANDALOTUS INCONSPICUUS, hn. sp.
3. Dull reddish-brown, appendages paler. Densely
clothed with light-brown or stramineous scales, somewhat
variegated on upper-surface; with numerous stout setae
scattered about. 3
Rostrum moderately long, sculpture of upper-surface
entirely concealed. Scape not very long, somewhat inflated
to apex; first joint of funicle distinctly longer and wider than
second, the others all transverse. Prothorar distinctly trans-
verse, sides rather strongly rounded; with dense, normally
concealed punctures. Elytra elongate-elliptic, shoulders
evenly rounded. Abdomen flat. Legs rather stout: front
coxae touching. Length, 2-25 mm.
Q. Differs in being somewhat larger and_ wider,
abdomen gently convex, and legs shorter.
Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow).
‘Type, I. 5587.
In the 1914 table of the genus this species would be
associated with maculatus and squamihundus; from the
former it is distinguished by its much denser clothing
(entirely concealing the punctures of the upper-surface) and
shorter and stouter antennae and legs. From squamibundus
it is distinguished by its smaller size and slightly narrower
form, somewhat shorter antennae and legs, front tibiae less
acutely produced at apex, and sparser and less regular elytral
setae. On the only female before me the elytral clothing
is paler than on the two males and with numerous small
chocolate-brown spots; on the males the spotting is very
obscure. The setae are unusually stout, even on the legs and
under-surface, and on the elytra are confined to a single row
‘on each interstice; they are nearly all stramineous. Before
330
abrasion the elytra appear to be finely striated, but after
abrasion rows of large punctures become evident.
LEPTOPS.
In the table of this genus in Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1916,
a line was unfortunately left out; this should have followed
immediately after K on page 316, as follows :—‘‘KK—Elytra
with few tubercles, or if numerous then obtuse.’’ This line
governing all the species that followed.
With long series of many species of the genus one 1s
inevitably forced to the conclusion that the majority are
extremely variable. The sexual differences are usually very
pronounced, nevertheless with many species the sexes vary
towards each other, so that, from an external observation, it
is often difficult to be sure of the sex of an individual. As
a natural result, many synonyms have resulted, and the
acquisition by the Museum of long series of many species
taken by Mr. H. W. Brown in the Cue district has made it
possible for some of these to be noted, and the plates given ~
(with the exception of five figures all of the members of the
group with the breast armed, and comprising most of the
giants of the genus) will serve to illustrate the great
variability 1m size and sculpture of some of them.
LEPTOPS DUPONTI, Boi.
var. wnterioris, Blackb.
var. obsoletus, Lea.
var. carmnatus, Lea.
LL. tribulus, in error.
4
Pl. xxx
I previously ‘ referred to interiors as a variety of
tribulus, and named two other forms as varieties of the same
species. But Mr. Arrow, from examination of the type, has
pointed out that our identification of trabulus 0 was incor-
rect, and that the real tribulius is the Queensland species
known as ferus.
In Masters’ Catalogue, echidna and dupont: are. given
as synonyms of ¢tribulus, but it has been already) pointed
out (from examination of the type) that echidna is really the
(9) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 327.
(10) The specimens in the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection
identified as tribulus were all of the species commonly supposed to
be such, and the numerous references in Australian literature
apparently all refer to the same species.
(11) L.c., 331, by a printer’s error recorded as from ‘Ni?
instead of ‘‘W.”’ Australia.
331
species described by Blackburn as planicollis, and is a very
distinct species. Till evidence to the contrary, therefore, is
forthcoming, it is necessary to regard dupont: as the name of
the species hitherto commonly known as fribulus.
Plate xxxiv. will give a good idea of the variations in size
and sculpture of the species; on fig. 74 there may be noticed
a smal! projection in front of the front legs; this is typical
of the group with armed breast, and is entirely absent from
the real tribulus (ferus).
LEPTOPS FERUS, Pasc.
Pl. xxxix., figs. 156 to 158.
According to a specimen sent for examination by Mr.
Arrow, and stated to agree with the type, this is the real
fribulus of Fabricius. In the side figure (158) the Catasarcus-
like post-humeral tubercle can scarcely be noted, but on
fig. 157 it appears on the right side as a small prominence
close to the leg.
LEPTOPS AREOLATUS, Blackb.
L. frenchi, Lea.
L. rudis, Lea.
Piesxxvil., fies Tih to 122.
This species is one of the most variable of the genus.
‘The type (fig. 112) is a rather large male, with the tubercles
more obtuse than usual (approaching the female). The
normal male (fig. 116) has two rows of more or less conical
tubercles on each elytron, the row on the third interstice
consisting of from three to seven, on the seventh from five to
ten, with the two nearest the apex larger (usually very con-
siderably so) than the others.
The female is usually much larger and much wider than
the male, with the elytral punctures sharply defined and
limited, but they are very variable; on the types of frencha
and rudis they are so strikingly different in general appear-
ance that it seems difficult to regard the two specimens as
belonging to but one species, but long series taken by Mr.
Brown at Cue and Ankertell (including many taken i cop.)
leave no doubt of this being the case. On the third inter-
stice there are from two to five very obtuse tubercles, on
some specimens tending to become subcarinate towards the
base; on the seventh interstice the tubercles are much less
conspicuous than on the male and are usually but two in
number (on the latero-apical slope), and even these are not
always distinctly conical; on an occasional specimen there are
some feebly tuberculate spaces on the fifth interstice.
332
The type of frenchi (fig. 114) is a large female of the
species, with the derm having a glazed appearance and the
punctures more clearly outlined than on any other specimen
under examination.
The type of rudis (fig. 111) is another large female, with
the punctures less sharply defined, although still of large
size, and more frequently confluent than usual. The base of
the elytra is certainly different in shape to that of the type
of frenchi, but the differences appear to be of an individual
nature rather than specific.
Leprors ciavus, Fab. (formerly H1pporninvs).
. LL. elegans, Vea.
Mr. Arrow informs me that elegans is a synonym of
clavus (from comparison with the type of the latter). This
being the case, it would appear that the subfamily //7ppo-
rhamdes must be altogether removed from the lists of Aus-
tralian beetles, as the only other species (nigrospinosus, No.’
4940) standing under the subfamily in Masters’ Catalogue
belongs to the Amycterides.
LEPTOPS EBENINUS, Pasc.
L. crassicornis, Pasce.
Mr. Arrow sent for examination a specimen of crassicornis
that appeared to represent a variety only of ebenimus, and
on his attention being called to this, he wrote :—‘‘The types:
of ehbeninus and crassicornis differ little, and seem to me to
be certainly conspecific.’’ Later on he sent two specimens
of the latter and three of the former, including a co-type of
each with a label in Pascoe’s writing. On ebeninus the
tubercles are more conspicuously conical than they are on
crassicornis, on whose elytra they are usually rounded and
fewer in number; but they belong to one species and to a small
group (12) all of whose species are variable.
LEPTOPS RETUSUS, Pasc.
L. rostralis, Lea.
The description of retusus is quite misleading; the
species 1s a very distinct one, and has been redescribed under
the name of rostralis. On Mr. Arrow informing me of this,
three questions as to the type were asked, as follows:—1. Is
there a small tubercle 95 on each side of the elytra just
above the middle of the metasternum? 2. 7 there a curious
(12) K, of the fehl in pay Rar Ent. elo 1906, Pa es®
(13) C, of the table, l.c.
333
oblique swelling just in front of each eye? 3. Are the large
elytral tubercles in the same positions as the specimen sent
of rostralis’ As affirmative answers were given to all, there
is no doubt but that the names are synonymous.
LEPTOPS HYPOCRITUS, Pasc.
A co-type, sent for examination by Mr. Arrow, has
clothing not at all green, the prothorax with a feeble median
(not subbasal) carina, with two distinct transverse interrupted
impressions; each elytra with three undulated (scarcely sub-
tuberculate) ridges, of which one commences on the shoulder
as an obtuse tubercle. The rostrum was described as ‘‘in
medio canaliculato,’’ the middle of that of the co-type seems
to be narrowly impressed near the base, but near the apex
it appears to be feebly carinated ; regarding it as non-carinated
it would in my table “4) be placed with setosus, with which
it has scarcely anything in common; regarding it as carinated
it would be placed in L, from all the species of which it
is at once distinguished by having but the humeral tubercles.
Probably, however, the male possesses characters that would
cause it to be referred to a different section. Quite certainly
it is not the species I incorrectly had as hypocritus, and so
commented upon. (15)
LEPTOPS ACUTISPINIS, Pasc.
A very distinct species, the original description, how-
ever, is not quite accurate (judging by a co-type on loan
from the British Museum), as the rostrum is described as
“robust, a slender somewhat abbreviated carina in front’’;
whereas it is comparatively thin and has a median carina
traceable from the base almost to the apical triangle.
LEPTOPS POLYACANTHUS, Pasc. v
A specimen from Cunnamulla appears to belong to this
species, but has the elytral tubercles more acute than usual
and the inter-ocular elevations very feeble instead of strongly
pronounced. —~
LEPTOPS’ FASCICULATUS, Lea, var. PULCHRIPENNIS, Nn. var.
In the Cairns district I obtained numerous specimens
that appear to represent a variety of fasciculatus,; they differ
from the typical form in having the elytra non-fasciculate,
or at least with the fascicles so reduced as to be little more
4) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 316.
(15) Ante, 1914, p. 296.
334
than feeble clusters of setae, and not supported by tubercular
swellings. To the naked eye the elytra have a_ spotted
appearance, but this is due to small patches of golden scales:
the patches on some specimens are brilliantly golden, or
greenish-golden, but on others are whitish with a slight
golden gloss, and the amount of surface they cover varies
considerably; the scales among which they are set are sooty-
brown or black, but on the apical slope the scales are entirely
dark. Many other parts of the body and appendages are
also supplied with golden scales, but without the spotted
appearance of the elytra. In some lights each elytral punc-
ture appears to have a small shining granule on each side,
but with greasy or abraded specimens these tend to disappear ;
on such specimens also the golden patches diminish in size
and brilliance. The granules are occasionally traceable on
the typical form, but not on fasciatus, which species the
variety approaches in sculpture, although at present I cannot
look upon that species as a variety of fasciculatus. Two other
specimens have the scales on the upper-surface entirely
golden, with a purplish tinge; on another the scales are
white, with a golden or purplish tinge, becoming greenish
on the sides.
LEPTOPS VACILLANS, Lea.
The types of this species were supposed to be from
Queensland, but there were two specimens of the species in
the Blackburn Collection labelled as from Western Australia.
LEPTOPS GLOBICOLLIS, Lea.
Numerous specimens from Dalby differ from the type of
this species in being larger (up to 20 mm.) and with all the
joints of the funicle longer than wide.
LEPTOPS CONTRARIUS, Blackb.
Pl. xxxviii.,, fies, .127.t0 daz:
In general appearance many specimens of this species are
extremely close to the variety carmatus of duponti; but the
suddenly terminated intermediate carinae of rostrum are
distinctive. Like so many of the species with armed breast
it is very variable in length (16 to 33 mm.) and as to the
tubercles and carinae of the elytra. Mr. Brown has taken
numerous specimens at Cue.
LEeptops co.tossus, Pasc.
Pl, xxxvin,, fies, 135° to lar,
The white scales on this species with age tend to become
of a muddy-brown, especially on specimens at all greasy.
335
LEerrors ECHIDNA, W. S. Macl.
Pl) xxxvili., figs. 138 to 140.
On the males of this species the first row of elytral
tubercles is sometimes continued almost to the base, instead
of degenerating mto a carina there; in the females it is
sometimes represented by two or three tubercles about the
apical slope, and carinated thence to base. In both sexes
the prothorax appears to be invariably largely scooped out
on the dise (the middle usually but not always carinated)
and the sides are conspicuously dilated from base to near
apex. There are numerous specimens (ranging from 18 to 28
mm.) in the Museum from Eyre Sand Patch; but the species
also ranges down to 11 mm.; see the following note.
LEPTOPS ACERBUS, Pasc.
‘Pi. xxxvili., figs. 1383 and 134.
I have previously (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 323)
commented upon two forms, either of which might be acerbus;
of these a specimen from Champion Bay is figured at 134
on plate xxxvuii., and there are others from Beverley before
me quite as small (down to 11 mm.). I am now quite satis-
fied that these are varieties of echidna; but the specimen
without exact locality (fig. 133) is certainly not echidna.
LEPTOPS BIORDINATUS, Blackb.
PE oexxvi., fies. 95 to 104.
Superficially some males of this species strongly approach
some males of duponti, but the suddenly terminated inter-
mediate carinae of rostrum are at once distinctive. On an
occasional specimen the third interstice on each elytron is
carinated from base to about summit of apical slope, so that
at first glance there is considerable resemblance to some speci-
mens of inferioris; on one specimen the second and fourth
interstices appear like closely-set chains of small beads, the
tubercles (or granules) being twice as numerous as on the
typical form. A large specimen from Eucla is most certainly
without a pair of conjoined tubercles 6 on the suture near
summit of apical slope, nevertheless there is at the position
where these should be two minute flattened shining spaces
that appear to represent remnants of tubercles.
Hab.—Port Pirie, Fowler and Murat Bays, Gawler
Range, Wilmington.
(16) They are decidedly variable in size on the species.
336
LEPTOPS GRAVIS, Blackb.
Pl, xxxv1., figs. 105. to 110:
Except by the intermediate carinae of the rostrum
gradually running into the head, instead of abruptly ter-
minated, it is difficult to distinguish some females of this
species from females of biordinatus. At Cooper Creek the
natives’ name for the species (according to the late Dr. J. G.
Reuther) 1s ‘‘Warnkati.’’
LEPTOPS FRONTALIS, Blackb.
A specimen from Stapleton (Northern Territory) differs
from the normal form of this species in having the humeral
tubercle on each elytron reduced almost to the vanishing
point.
LEPTOPS ELONGATUS, Lea.
PI, xxxix., fies’ 142 to T45.
Mr. Brown took numerous specimens (there are now nine
before me) that I hesitate to regard as more than a variety
of elongatus,; they ail differ in having the elytral tubercles
more obtuse, on the apical slope they are more prominent
than the others, but much less acute than those of the type;
the median channel of the pronotum is much less conspicuous
(not due solely to clothing), less parallel-sided, and on five
of the specimens an obtuse ridge traverses its middle, so that
on each of these it appears as two irregular foveae. The
median and sublateral carinae of the rostrum are narrower
than on the type, although the same in direction and bounded
by similar grooves; the sixth joint of the funicle is transverse,
and the other joints are slightly shorter than on the type.
The clothing is more of a snowy whiteness (on the type the
darker colour may be due to age), and on the abdomen, to
the naked eye, appears to form three stripes, of which the
median one is abbreviated, its place on the apical segment
being taken by a subtriangular shining space; on each of the
nine specimens this space is very distinct, although sparsely
clothed, on the type it is scarcely traceable owing to
being rather densely clothed, on the type also the larger
scales are much more numerous on the under-surface generally.
Seven of the specimens are from 14 to 16 mm. in length, the
others are much larger, 21 to 23 mm.
LEPTOPS HERCULES, Lea.
Pi enya fios, 141 andy i142:
The male of this species differs from the female (the only
sex described) in being much narrower, considerably smaller,
prothorax slightly longer than wide, elytra with more acutely
337
conical tubercles on apical slope and punctures (except on
sides) less well defined owing to the greater elevation of the
interstices. The only male I have seen differs also in having
the prothorax without a median carina and the scutellum
not elevated, but these may be individual variations. It is
evidently abraded, and has numerous minute denticulations
showing on the front tibiae.
LEeprTrorps HORRIDUS, Lea.
A specimen from the Coen River differs from the typical
form of this species in being much smaller (11 mm.) and
narrower, with the elytral tubercles conspicuously red and
more acute; the Catasarcus-like tubercle on each side, more-
over, is much smaller than usual, although traceable.
LEPTOPS LATICOLLIS, Lea.
Mr. G. F. Hill has taken numerous specimens of this
species near Darwin, and sent six for examination. These all
have the upper-surface apparently glabrous, but really
sparsely clothed with short setae. The female differs from
the male in having the elytra considerably wider than the
prothorax, and with somewhat shorter legs.
LEPTOPS PARVICORNIS, Lea.
Plate xxxix., figs. 146 to 148.
Three specimens were photographed to show the differ-
ences in size and appearance of this rare species.
LEPTOPS CACOZELUS, Lea.
Pl. xxxix., figs. 154 and 155.
A specimen from Tarcoola evidently belongs to this
“species, but has two small conjoined tubercles on the suture
near the summit of the apical slope; on another remnants of
tubercles are traceable; these specimens seem almost to con-
nect the species with parvicornis.
LEPTOPS CRASSIROSTRIS, Lea.
A specimen from Dr. Ferguson, without locality label,
may belong to this singular species; but it. differs from the
type in having the elytra less suddenly elevated at the base,
with six small tubercles there, some obtuse but fairly large
ones on the third and fifth interstices, and the punctures
larger; on the prothorax also the granules are larger and
better defined. From phymatodis it differs in the rostrum
being much shorter, the elytral tubercles much smaller, and
the base of elytra very different.
338
LEPTOPS AMPLIPENNIS, Lea.
Pl, x conspicuously
elevated interstices.
E. Three apical joints of funicle trans- nN
verse ... .. vermicollis
EE. No joints of funicle transverse.
F. Seutellum distinct and occupying
a basal notch in elytra ... pullatus
FF. Scutellum indistinct ‘and elytra
without a notch for same.
G. Fully three-fourths of front claw
joint projecting beyond lobes
of third . tarsalis
GG. Scarcely more than half pro-
TOCRIMES 95. 6) Pee ate -. maculosus
365
I have only been able to include one of the original
species in the table; of the others, I have seen a co-type of
obesus; in size, shape, and general appearance it is fairly
close to syvamosus, but its elytral punctures are quite twice
as large as those of that species.
O. tigrinus (from ‘‘Australia’’) is perhaps nearer
pullatus than any other species, but the description of its
elytral clothing and tibial setae are at variance with the five
specimens of pul/atus under examination.
O. candidus (also from ‘‘Australia’’) is very briefly
described, but short as the description is I have seen nothing
that will fit it; a Queensland species, close to maculosus, was
doubtfully identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn as candi-
dus, but differs from the description in several particulars,
and it was considered not advisable to include it in the table.
ATERPUS FOVEIPENNIS, Lea; var. BIFOVEIFRONS, nh. var.
A recently-obtained specimen possibly represents a variety
of this species. It differs from the type in being slightly
larger (11 mm.), with the upper-surface (except for a few
of the elytral foveae) quite as densely clothed as the under.
Rostrum somewhat irregularly impressed in front. Prothorax
with more conspicuous setae, punctures much smaller (at
least, apparently so), and with a curious, small, shining,
pear-shaped fovea on each side of the apex, immediately in
a line with the middle of the eye. Elytra with third and
fifth interstices much more distinctly elevated and nowhere
subtuberculate.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type
ar war, 1.2726.
MERIPHERELLUS NIGRICLAVUS, N.. sp.
Chocolate-brown, rostrum, antennae (the club black) and
legs (hind femora dark near, but not at, apex) flavous. With
white scales between eyes, on prothorax, apex of elytra, and
on under-surface.
Head with dense punctures. Eyes large, coarsely faceted,
separated slightly more than half the width of base of
rostrum. Rostrum moderately long, somewhat curved,
dilated at apex; with rows of rather small punctures.
Antennae thin, inserted about one-fifth from apex of rostrum ;
scape almost as long as funicle and club combined ; first joint
of funicle stouter and longer than second; club moderately
long. Prothorar small, almost twice as wide as long, sides
rather strongly rounded, base much wider than apex; with
366
dense punctures, in places concealed. Llytra scarcely once
and one half as long as wide, much wider than prothorax,
widest across shoulders, with rows of large punctures in
rather deep striae; interstices each with a row of punctures.
Legs long; femora stout, front lightly, middle moderately,
hind strongly and acutely dentate; tibiae thin; front tarsi
wide, flat, and fringed with long hairs; basal joint elongate-
triangular, longer than the two following combined; second
rather strongly dilated, with the apex notched; third cleft
almost to base, with the lobes divergent; fourth rather small.
Length, 1? mm. |
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection).
Dype, | bine
It was with some doubt that this species was referred to
Jferipherelius, as its front tarsi are very different to those of
apicalis. They are, in fact, very peculiar, but may be
sexually variable; the type appears to be a male. The white
scales are as described, but the type shows traces of abrasion.
From some directions parts of the elytral interstices appear
to be ridged, so that there they appear to be much narrower
than the seriate punctures.
MICRAONYCHUS RUFIMANUS, 0D. Sp.
Reddish-brown, in places almost black; most of rostrum,
scape, part of funicle and tarsi more or less reddish.
Moderately densely clothed with pale, greenish-blue or bluish-
green scales, in places with a slight coppery gloss.
Rostrum long, thin, and shining; punctures concealed
about base, near same small but distinct, elsewhere minute.
Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides gently rounded, base
not much wider than apex; punctures partially concealed.
Elytra slightly wider than prothorax, sides very feebly
decreasing in width from shoulders, with regular rows of
large, clearly-defined punctures. Length, 2 mm.
Tab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection).
‘Type, cer.
A beautiful species, readily distinguished from all others
of the genus by its red tarsi. On the front of the prothorax,
head, and base of rostrum the scales are mostly smaller than
elsewhere, and with a faint coppery lustre; on the prothorax
of one specimen there is a distinct median line of scales, but
on another the line is not so evident. On the elytra the
scales are rather large, and appear in a single row on each
interstice, and many of them have a washed-out look. On
the under-surface, however, the green is very evident.
367
MICRAONYCHUS CINERASCENS, 0. sp.
Dark piceous-brown, rostrum and parts of antennae and
of legs reddish or diluted with red. Densely clothed with
round, obscurely whitish scales, interspersed with numerous
sooty ones; but the sooty ones rather sparse on legs and almost
absent from under-surface.
Head with punctures entirely concealed. Rostrum long,
thin, and lightly curved, with small punctures concealed only
about extreme base. Prothorax moderately transverse, base
not much wider than apex; punctures dense and normally
concealed. L/ytra distinctly wider than prothorax, parallel-
sided to near apex; with rows of more or less quadrate, deep,
punctures, chose together, but frequently concealed. Length,
23-3 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln, Kangaroo Island
(A. M. Lea). Type, I. 2088.
At a glance apparently belonging to I/isophrice and with
the general appearance of argentata and alternata; but with
a distinct pectoral canal, which extends to the abdomen,
although becoming very shallow posteriorly. There are
numerous subdepressed setae (distinctly visible from the sides
only) amongst the elytral scales.
BRENTHIDAE.
EUPSALIS PICTIPENNIS, n. sp.
PY Sxxi1.4 fe ed.
3. Bright castaneous, some parts narrowly darker,
elytra with elongate flavous spots or vittae.
Head, from slightly in advance of eyes to insertion of
‘antennae, irregularly excavated and very uneven; mandibles
bifid or tritid at tips, internally with several small tubercles.
Antennae with joints more or less cylindrical, the eleventh
elongate. Prothoraz smooth, with a few minutely setiferous
punctures at sides, sides rather strongly dilated to beyond the
middle and then abruptly narrowed at base, a transverse line
parallel with the base, the space between longitudinally
rugose. Hlytra slightly narrower than prothorax, almost
parallel-sided to near apex; with regular deep striae, mostly
suddenly terminating near apex, the striae mostly with deep
and large punctures, but becoming smaller towards suture,
sides, and apex; interstices impunctate or almost so. /emora
stout, finely and acutely dentate; tibiae notched for reception
of tarsi; true fourth joint of tarsi small, but quite distinct
between lobes of third. Length (including mandibles),
17-19 mm.
368
Q. Differs in having two small foveae between eyes and
antennae, rostrum long, thin, cylindrical, and with minute
mandibles, prothorax slightly narrower, elytra and abdomen
slightly wider and legs slightly shorter.
Hab.—Queensland: Claudie River, several specimens cut
out of an old log (J. A. Kershaw). Types in National
Museum.
The male differs from the male of promissus in being
larger, in having the head considerably wider between eyes
and insertion of antennae, and the space there largely exca-
vated, without a process projecting obliquely backwards on
each side between an antenna and eye, the joints of the
‘antennae more cylindrical, and the elytra with rows of large
punctures in regular striae. The female differs from the
female of that species also in being without the lateral pro-
cesses on the head, and by the elytral punctures and striae
being as in its own male. The markings are also different;
on some specimens they are more conspicuous than on others,
but they appear to be always in the same positions on each
elytron as follows:—A long one on the third interstice start-
ing from the base, one on the fourth starting from near the
apex of the one on the third, ohe on the eighth from the
base to near the middle, a small one on the fifth at the base,
one on the sixth at the basal fourth, one on the third near
apex, and a transverse cluster on the third to sixth (looking
like an irregular interrupted fascia) ; the ninth interstice also
is sometimes pale throughout. The pale parts of the inter-
stices are usually wider than the adjacent parts.
EUPSALIS PROMISSUS, Pasc.
Recorded by Pascoe originally from Batchian. I have
previously recorded the species from the Northern Territory,
but without quoting the original reference, which is:—Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x. (Ser. 4), 1872, p. 323, pl.-xva
fig. 8. The species also occurs in Queensland (Endeavour
River). The length and mandibles of the Australian speci-
mens vary as described in the original ones.
CERAMBYCIDAE.
URACANTHUS and allied Genera.
The Uracanthides formed Group xxiii. of Lacordaire
(VIIT.—388), and were by him divided into two sections ; the
first containing Scolecobrotus, Uracanthus, and Acthiora, and |
the second Rhinophthalmus; with the latter I am not now
concerned. To the first group Pascoe added Hmenica, so that
at the present time it contains four genera, and these may
369
be tabulated (using their authors’ diagnostic characters) as
follows :—
Antennae composed of twelve joints (25) ... .-- Scolecobrotus
Antennae composed of eleven joints.
First joint of antennae long and thin, sides
of prothorax straight Aethiora (24)
First joint of normal length, sides not straight.
Elytra with apices rounded (25) x. ... EHmenica
Elytra with apices armed _... tA .. Uracanthus
URACANTHUS GIGAS, 0. sp.
-”
¢. Reddish-brown, some parts darker. Densely clothed
with short ashen pubescence, denser and somewhat longer on
head, prothorax (where it is slightly curly), scutellum, and
sterna than elsewhere. .
Head with small and large punctures intermingled on
elypeus, clypeal suture partially concealed by clothing;
muzzle of moderate length. Antennae with at least two
joints passing elytra, fifth to tenth joints obliquely produced
to one side at apex, tenth slightly shorter than ninth, and
about two-thirds the length of eleventh. Prothorax about as
long as the basal width, sides bisinuate and rounded in
middle; disc uneven, becoming corrugated towards sides and
in front. Llytra moderately wide at base, sides regularly
decreasing in width posteriorly, each widely emarginate and
strongly bidentate at apex; each with three feeble but dis-
tinctly elevated lines, disappearing before apex, the outer
one, before shoulder; with very dense subasperate punctures
oi two sizes intermingled, but the largest ones rather small.
Legs long and thin, basal joint of hind tarsi almost as long
as the rest combined. Length, 46-52 mm.
@. Differs in being larger (66 mm.), elytra wider and
less narrowed posteriorly, abdomen much larger, and legs
shorter.
Hab.—Queensland: Kingaroy (C. French); Western
Australia: Middalyd (2) (National Museum, from T. Worr).
(23) On Uracanthus triangularis and dubius the antennae are
occasionally twelve-jointed.
(24) Its only species, fuliginea (originally referred to Uvra-
canthus), is unknown to me, as it was to Blackburn. It is fre-
quently difficult to deal with Pascoe’s genera, unless their typical
species are known.
(25) Judging from the description and figure this is all I can
find to distinguish the genus from Uracanthus, and several species
of the latter genus teva the apical armature so feeble that it could
almost be regarded as absent, and from some it is quite absent.
(26) Possibly a temporary mining camp; the name does not
appear in the latest postal guide.
370
Type (¢) in C. French’s collection; type (9), I. 5690, in
South Australian Museum. ;
Much larger than any previously described species of the
genus; each of the three basal joints of the male tarsi has on
each side of its apex an acute spine, and these may eventually
be considered as of generic importance. The head, prothorax,
and scutellum are darker (almost black) than the rest of the
body, but no part is of a bright colour. The femora of the
male are without distinctively sexual clothing. The eleventh
joint of antennae is narrowed from about the apical fourth,
the narrow portion appearing to start from a feeble suture.
The antennae of the female are probably shorter than those
of the male, but on the only one before me they are broken
off almost at the base. The two males differ somewhat, the
‘(smaller) one from Western Australia having stouter
antennae, the outer line of each mandible an almost even
curve (on the type the polished apical portion is deflected
almost at a right angle), the apical segment of its abdomen
is more strongly concave (probably due to irregularity in
drying), and the tarsal spines are less conspicuous.
URACANTHUS INSIGNIS, 0. sp.
Pl. xxxil, ee.
Dark piceo-castaneous, elytra (apex and suture excepted)
paler. Densely clothed (except for some conspicuously
glabrous spaces) with short stramineous and white pubescence..
Head with muzzle almost twice as long as wide; clypeus
with a few conspicuous punctures, rounded posteriorly, with
the suture deep, triangular, and. wide in the middle.
Antennae thin, not passing third abdominal segment, fifth
to tenth joints rather feebly produced to one side at apex,
tenth about two-thirds the length of eleventh. Prothorax
much longer than wide, base almost twice as wide as apex;
glabrous portion with about twenty conspicuous corrugations,
but irregular and with a small node on each side of middle.
Elytra narrow, almost parallel-sided, each widely emarginate
and strongly and acutely bispinose at apex, with remnants of
feebly-elevated lines; with dense and minute punctures, but
on basal third with rather large partially-concealed ones. :
Legs thin, but not very long. Length, 30 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Narara (W. du _ Boulay)..
Type, I. 5691. :
The most beautiful species of the genus, with an
unusually long muzzle, curious clypeal suture, and apical
spines of elytra unusually far apart. The type is probably a
male, although the femora are without distinctively sexual
clothing. The clothing on the head is rather dense, but the
371
muzzle, sides in front of eyes, base, and under-surface are
glabrous, or almost so; the prothorax is widely glabrous
along middle, the pubescence on each side of the glabrous
space appearing as a narrow white line; between each of
these and the side the pubescence is stramineous, then there
is another white line, narrow at the apex and wide at the
base; the scutellum and the suture for a slight distance
beyond it are glabrous, then the suture for a slight distance is
clothed with white pubescence, but from about the basal
third is narrowly dark-brown and glabrous (although not
conspicuously so), the apex of each elytron (for a space about
two-thirds as long as its width) is highly polished and much
darker (the ‘spines are black); on the under-surface the
clothing is white or whitish.
URACANTHUS DUBIUS, DN. sp.
PR xxx) fes6:
3. Piceous-brown, most of elytra somewhat paler.
Densely clothed with somewhat ashen short pubescence, pro-
thorax with two feeble whitish lines, middle femora with very
dense suberect pubescence filling a narrow groove along
under-surface, hind femora with similar but less dense
clothing.
Head with median line deep and well defined, but
abruptly terminated near base, clypeus with small dense
partially-concealed punctures, its suture deep and_ sub-
triangular. Antennae extending to about one-fifth from
apex of elytra, fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at
apex, tenth slightly shorter than ninth and about two-thirds
the length of eleventh.’ Prothorax longer than wide, strongly
transversely multi-corrugate, a series of small nodes across
middle. H#lytra moderately wide at base, parallel-sided from
near shoulders almost to apex, each acutely bispinose at apex,
with very feebly indicated elevated lines; basal third with
dense small punctures, becoming even smaller posteriorly.
Length (d, @), 34-36 mm.
Q. Differs in being more robust, antennae distinctly
shorter, and femora neither grooved nor specially clothed.
Hab.—Western Australia: Eucla (C. French); South
Australia: Denial Bay (Dr. Abbott), Murat Bay (E. A.
King), Fowler Bay (Blackburn’s Collection, from Professor
Tate). Type, I. 5482.
A large dark species, which possibly should have been
treated as one of the varieties of triangularis, but with sub-
humeral markings moderately clothed instead of conspicuously
glabrous; it is also considerably darker than that species, some-
what more robust, and the smallest of the six specimens the size
372
_ of the largest of numerous ones of triangularis before me. One
of the specimens was labelled as fuscocinereus in the Blackburn
Collection, but it is evidently not that species, which is
described as being much smaller and as having three smooth
brown patches at the base of each elytron: one humeral, one
median, and one sutural; markings which, if constant, should
readily distinguish it from all others of the genus. It will
be noticed, however, that under Variety C of triangularis
a specimen is commented upon whose left side agrees with
the description of fuscocinereus. The elytra are without
glabrous patches, but a space behind each shoulder and the
tips of the elytra are darker at the positions where, in
triangularis, the derm is glabrous, but the clothing there is
almost, or quite, as dense as elsewhere. On the elytra, except
at the dark patches, the pubescence, to the naked eye, appears
to be in numerous fine lines, this being due to very feeble
elevations; no part of the prothorax is distinctly glabrous,
and the oblique whitish lines of pubescence are not very con-
spicuous. The tarsi, for the genus, are comparatively short.
On the type male the eleventh joint of antennae is
narrowed towards the apex, but the narrower portion has its
outline continuous with the basal portion, and the false suture
scarcely traceable. On a female in Mr. French’s Collection
the apical portion is conspicuously marked off from the basal
portion by a notch, and the false suture is fairly distinct ;
but on a second male the right antenna (the left is unfor-
tunately broken) is quite distinctly twelve-jointed, the twelfth
joint being about one-third the léngth of the eleventh. (27)
URACANTHUS FUSCUS, 0. sp.
PLixxxii. leer
3. Dark brown. Densely clothed with short stramine-
ous pubescence; middle femora with conspicuously dense
clothing along under-surface, the hind ones less densely
clothed.
Head with median line narrow, base finely granulate,
clypeal suture rather deep and semi-circular, muzzle rather
short. Antennae just passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints
produced on one side at apex and rather flat, eleventh joint
about one-third longer than tenth. /rothorax distinctly
longer than wide, sides bisinuate, disc irregularly multi-
corrugate, with a small node on each side of middle. lytra
not much wider than prothorax, moderately narrowed from
(27)On the males of triangularis the false suture is usually
fairly conspicuous, and on two specimens in the Museum the ~
antennae are distinctly twelve-jointed; on specimens of many
other species also the false suture is sometimes very distinct.
373
‘shoulders to basal third and then parallel-sided almost tc
apex, suture spinose, a small notch between it and middle of
apex, which is rounded; elevated lines scarcely visibly indi-
eated; with very small punctures, but a few of moderate
size behind shoulders. Length (d, 9), 15-24 mm.
Hab.—-South Australia (old collection, Macleay Museum
and Rev. A. P. Burgess), Tarcoola (C. French). Type,
I. 5698.
Structurally close to s¢mulans, but darker, prothorax
more uniformly clothed, elytra with subhumeral markings
but vaguely indicated (not at all on some specimens) and
more or less clothed, and general clothing of elytra with a
fine multi-lineate appearance (instead of uniform). The
elytra are slightly darker near the shoulders and at the tips
than elsewhere; two very feeble oblique lines of paler clothing
may be traced on the prothorax of several of the specimens.
The six specimens before me are all males, but their antennae
vary slightly in length and thickness. The specimens from
the old collection have the derm entirely of a rather pale-
eastaneous, with the clothing uniformly whitish, but they
were long exposed to light.
URACANTHUS DISCICOLLIS, n. sp.
Pi, sexu, fies, Sand 9. |
3. Reddish-brown, some parts darker. Densely but
irregularly. clothed with whitish pubescence; all femora very
densely clothed along middle of under-surface.
Head with median line narrow, deep, and abruptly
terminated, base densely granulate-punctate; clypeus convex,
rounded posteriorly, subtuberculate on each side in front,
suture deep and rather wide. Antennae passing elytra, joints
rather thin and subcylindrical, but fifth to tenth feebly pro-
duced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-third longer
than tenth. VProthorax distinctly longer than wide, sides
subangular in middle, transversely corrugated at apex, and
somewhat uneven towards sides, glabrous portion smooth and
with a few small punctures. L/ytra narrow, apices rounded
with suture feebly produced, with several very feebly elevated
lines; with small dense punctures about base, becoming still
smaller posteriorly. Length (¢, 9Q), 11-24 mm.
Q. Differs in having shorter antennae, sides of pro-
thorax less angulate in middle, elytra more parallel-sided,
and legs shorter, with femora much less densely clothed along
under-surface.
Hah.—Western Australia: Albany (R. Helms); South
Australia (Rev. A. P. Burgess and Blackburn’s Collection),
Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow), Karoonda to Peebinga (G. E.
374
H. Wright), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper); Victoria:
Inglewood, on Melaleuca sp. (D. Best); (7?) New South Wales
(H. J. Carter). Type, I. 5696.
In general appearance somewhat like bivittatus and
margimellus, but tips of elytra evenly rounded, and with the
suture very feebly produced (scarcely spinose). Of the seven-
teen specimens before me the tips are never emarginate, but
they vary from a form in which each is distinctly rounded
(fig. 9) to one in which the suture is slightly produced
(fig. 8). The clothing is also different to the usual form of
hivittatus, whose prothoracic vittae are not continuous to
apex. The scutellum and suture are usually darker (some-
times almost black) than the adjacent parts. There are four
wide stripes of pubescence along the prothorax: one on each
side of middle and one along each side, the intervening spaces
are highly polished and almost (or quite) glabrous; the
median glabrous space is usually, but not always, conspicu-
ously dilated towards the base, the dilated space being almost
oval in outline; on ten specimens it is non-corrugated and
with but a few small punctures, and the base is almost with-
out corrugations, but on several specimens there are some
distinct ones there, but the surface gradually changes till it
is almost entirely irregularly corrugated; the disc of the
Albany specimen, might almost be regarded as vermiculate,
with a short but distinct median line. The elytra appear te
thhave three brown lines from base to apex: one sutural
(common to both) and one near each side, but these lines are
really due to their covering pubescence being much sparser
than elsewhere. The false suture of the eleventh joint of
antennae is rather distinct on some specimens and scarcely
‘traceable on others. The size is very variable.
URACANTHUS PERTENUIS, N. sp.
Pl. xxkn.y fest) Ovaaalm,
d. Piceo-castaneous. Irregularly clothed with whitish
pubescence.
Head with median line very narrow, base densely granu-
late-punctate; clypeus subtriangular, with a few small
punctures, suture deep and rather wide. Antennae very
thin, almost extending to the tip of elytra, fifth to tenth
joints triangularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh
about one-fourth longer than tenth. /Prothorax much longer
than wide, base conspicuously wider than apex, sides feebly
bisinuate; conspicuously multi-corrugate, but somewhat
irregular about middle. //ytra at base not much wider than —
prothorax, sides regularly decreasing in width to apex, where
each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose; densely
375
and minutely punctate. /eys unusually thin; basal joint of’
hind tarsi almost as long as the rest combined. Length
(do, Q@), 14-21 mm.
@. Differs in having somewhat shorter antennae, with
the fifth to tenth joints less produced on one side at apex,.
and shorter legs with thinner tarsi.
Hab. — Australia (Blackburn’s Collection) ; Western:
Australia (— Unbehaun) ; South Australia: Goolwa (old col-
lection); Victoria: Melbourne, on Loranthus sp. and A cacia
armata (D. Best); Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea). Type,.
1. 5488.
A very thin species, at first glance somewhat suggestive
of Stephanops, but with the muzzle of normal length. The
clothing of the prothorax is somewhat as on discicollis, but
the tips of the elytra are utterly different, and, in fact, the
species is not very close to any other in the Museum. On
the head the pubescence is dense between the eyes; on the
prothorax it is condensed into four conspicuous vittae, with
the intervening spaces polished and almost glabrous; on the
elytra the pubescence is dense at the base on the sutural
half for a short distance, but is narrowly continued along the
suture, on each side the dense pubescence is rather narrow,
but is somewhat dilated at about the basal third; the rest of
the elytra is very sparsely clothed; as a result, to the naked:
eye, the elytra appear to be conspicuously brown, with three
narrow whitish lines; on the under-surface the white pub-.
escence is much denser at the sides of the sterna than else-
,where. The prothorax is about twice as long as its apical
width. The elytra (except for the suture and margins) are
without elevated lines; their tips are unusually acutely armed,
but the sutural spine varies somewhat; the outer one, how-
ever, appears to be always long and acute. The males are
without sexual adornment of the femora, but in addition to
the differences noted above their antennae are clothed with a
fringe of pubescence projecting downwards (the fringe is very
fine, but is quite distinct in a good light); on the female this
is represented by a few sparse setae only.
URACANTHUS PARVUS, Nn. sp.
Ph. wae. ies 12.
3. Piceous. Rather sparsely clothed with whitish
pubescence.
Head with a very narrow median line, base densely
granulate-punctate ; clypeus semi-circularly rounded, with the
suture deep. Antennae thin and distinctly passing elytra,
fourth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at
376
rapex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. Lro-
thorax distinctly longer than wide, base not much wider than
apex, sides feebly dilated shghtly nearer base than apex,
with dense corrugations, somewhat irregular, across middle.
Llytra slightly wider than prothorax, sides feebly decreasing
in width to middle, thence parallel-sided to apex, where each
is semi-circularly notched and rather acutely bispinose. Legs
very thin, tibiae somewhat curved. Length, 11 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia (W. du _ Boulay). Type
(unique), I. 5703.
The type is the smallest specimen of the genus I have
seen. From the preceding species it is distinguished (apart
from size) by the very different clothing (the antennae, how-
ever, are very similarly fringed), prothorax wider in front,
with the sides more rounded, more conspicuously multi-cor-
rugate, and by the outer spine of each elytron smaller than
the inner one. The clothing 1s moderately dense between the
eyes, about the middle on each side of elytra, and on each
side from apex of prosternum to apex of metasternum; on
the base of elytra, about the middle, it 1s not quite so dense
as on part of the sides, but rather denser than on the adjacent
parts; the disc of the pronotum is non-vittate. The femora
are without sexual adornment. The false suture of the
eleventh joint of antennae is very distinct.
URACANTHUS TROPICUS, Nn. Sp.
Pl, xm he:
Piceo-castaneous, some parts paler. Rather densely —
clothed with stramineous pubescence, becoming whitish on
antennae, under-surface, and legs.
Head with median line deep; clypeus equilaterally
triangular, punctures rather small, suture deep. Antennae
extending to about fourth segment of abdomen, fourth to
tenth joints feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh
very little longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long
as the apical width, which is but little less than that of the
base, sides moderately rounded in middle; middle of disc
smooth and with a few small punctures, base, apex, and sides
irregularly corrugated. “/ytra not much wider than pro-
thorax at base, very feebly diminishing in width to apex,
where each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose ; with
small punctures and some large (but not very large) ones
towards base; with remnants of vaguely elevated lines.
Length, 15-16 mm.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection).
‘Type, I. 5697.
ne | ae ee ee a oe
ee
2
377
A small narrow species, which differs from parallelus im
being narrower, but elytra at base proportionately wider than
base of prothorax, and apical spikes more acute, prothorax
more conspicuously corrugated and with sparser clothing.
The clothing on the dise of the prothorax is scarcely evenly
distributed, but is not vittate; on each elytron there is a
narrow glabrous space from the shoulder to about the basal
third or half, the pubescence outside of this space being paler
than that towards the suture. The middle femora of one
specimen are rather more densely clothed along the middle
than on the other, its front tibiae are slightly wider, and the
antennae are slightly longer, these differences probably being
sexual.
URACANTHUS PARALLELUS, 0. sp.
PR) xaxi., ise 14;
¢. Rather dark-castaneous, elytra somewhat paler.
Densely clothed with stramineous pubescence; middle femora
very densely clothed along middle of under-surface.
Head with median line narrow and terminated some
distance from base, where each is granulate-punctate ; clypeus
subtriangular, with irregular punctures, suture deep and
rather wide. Antennae thin, not extending to apex of elytra,,.
fifth to tenth joints feebly produced on one side at apex,
eleventh very little longer than tenth. Prothorar much
longer than wide, base not much wider than apex, sides gently
rounded in middle; near base transversely corrugated. Elytra
very little wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to
apex, where each is semi-circularly emarginate and acutely
bispinose, each with remnants of three feeble elevations; with
dense and minute punctures and some of larger size (but not
very large) about basal third. Length, 18 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown. Type (unique), in
National Museum (from C. French).
In general appearance very close to froggatti, but pro-
thorax more densely clethed, without visible transverse cor- _
rugations except about base, elytra even more parallel-sided,
the tips conspicuously emarginate, bispinose, and with cloth-
ing slightly sparser than elsewhere, the derm just before the
tips not depressed, but evenly convex with the adjacent parts.
To the naked eye the type appears to be parallel-sided
throughout. The clothing on the upper-surface is almost
evenly distributed, the only distinctly glabrous parts being a
small spot in the middle of the pronotum and a small spot on
each shoulder (the latter possibly due to abrasion). From
some directions the tenth joint of antennae appears to be
_ slightly longer than the eleventh.
4
*
378
URACANTHUS LATEROALBUS, 01. sp.
/ Pl. xxxigaoee, 15:
gd. Ofa rather dark ¢astaneous. Densely clothed with
stramineous and white pubescence.
Head with median line narrow, deep, and terminated
near base, the latter densely granulate-punctate; muzzle
shorter than usual; clypeus densely punctate, suture deep,
semi-circular and rather wide. Antennae moderately long,
fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at apex. Tro-
thorax about one-fourth longer than wide, sides moderately
rounded in middle; densely and strongly corrugated, but
irregular about middie. s/ytra moderately robust, their
median half almost parallel-sided, each notched at apex, with
‘the suture strongly dentate and the outer edge margining
the notch subtriangular; each with several very feeble eleva-
tions or remnants of same; with very dense small punctures.
Legs comparatively stout. Length, 29 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River. Type (unique),
I. 5695.
A comparatively robust species, with stouter antennae
‘than usual, the antennae, however, are damaged, but ten
joints remaining on one side and four on the other; possibly
‘exanunation of a specimen with complete antennae would
indicate that it should be referred to Scolecobrotus. The
“pubescence on the head is somewhat ochreous and denser
between the eyes than elsewhere; on the prothorax it- is
“nowhere vittate in character, but is darker on the disc than
at the base, apex, and sides; on the scutellum, and on the
elytra for a narrow space along the suture, the pubescence —
is whitish, and on each side there is a conspicuous marginal
snowy stripe throughout; from the shoulder to about the basal
third the stramineous pubescence is sparser than elsewhere.
so that, to the naked eye, there appears a short subglabrous
stripe; the pubescence on the under-surface and legs is mostly
white. |
The four hind femora are densely clothed with somewhat
‘ochreous pubescence along the under-surface, and along the
middle of each there is a brownish glue-like substance; it is
not accidental, as it is alike on the four femora, and I have
seen a similar substance, or traces of it, on the males of
‘several other species ; it is probably a secretion used for sexual
attraction. ‘
URACANTHUS ALBATUS, Nn. sp.
Plo xxx ic. a6:
3. Reddish-castaneous. Densely clothed with white
pubescence; four hind femora with very dense subochreous
379
pubescence along middle of under-surface; three basal seg-
ments of abdomen each with a conspicuous medio-apical spot
of moderately long subochreous hairs.
Head with a narrow median line somewhat dilated and
abruptly terminated near base; clypeus with some large
punctures and very minute ones, suture semi-circular and
partially concealed by pubescence. Antennae extending to
or slightly passing apex of elytra, fourth and fifth joints
slightly, sixth to tenth acutely produced on one side at apex,,
eleventh joint about one-fourth longer than tenth. Pro-
thorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is
considerably less than that of the base, sides subangularly
produced in middle, strongly transversely corrugated, but
irregular about middle. //ytra about one-fourth wider than
protherax, feebly diminishing in width to apex, where each
is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose; basal third with
dense and coarse punctures, becoming much smaller pos-
teriorly ; each with three feeble elevations, of which the outer
one is rather short and scarcely traceable. Length (¢, Q),
14-25 mm.
Q. Differs in having shorter antennae and legs, femora
not densely clothed along under-surface (although more
densely than is usual with females of the genus), and abdomen
without tufts on the three basal segments.
Habh.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin (C. French) ;.
South Australia: Parachilna (Field Naturalists’ Expedition) ;
Victoria: Mallee and Grampians (National Museum, from
C. French), Dimboola, and Bacchus Marsh, on Acacia sp. (D.
Best). Type, I. 5492.
Fairly close to strigosus (whose male has very similar
abdominal clothing), but elytral pubescence more uniform,
prothorax distinctly shorter, and apical spines of elytra much
more acute. The pubescence on the head and sides of sterna
is denser than elsewhere; on the elytra, to the naked eye, it
has a feebly lineate appearance, owing to the feebly elevated
lines; on the prothorax it varies in density and disposition,
on some specimens being almost uniformly distributed, with
but a very small medio-basal glabrous spot, on others the
spot is extended to appear as a narrow glabrous stripe; but
en about half of the specimens before me the prothorax has
four conspicuous vittae of pubescence, with the intervening
‘spaces shining and almost glabrous. On the specimen from
_ Kellerberrin most of the elytral pubescence is stramineous;
os is aahe ele ee eel
two small Victorian specimens have the elytral clothing
decidedly sparse. The false suture of the eleventh joint is so
distinct on some specimens that their antennae appear to be
almost twelve-jointed.
380
URACANTHUS LORANTHI, N. sp.
Pl. xexgr ene 17;
¢. Reddish-castaneous. Irregularly clothed.
Head with median line narrow and abruptly terminated
before base; clypeus with very dense punctures, its suture
semi-circular. Antennae distinctly passing elytra, fifth to
tenth joints rather lightly produced on one side at apex, five
apical joints compressed, eleventh very little’ longer than
tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width,
which is very little less than that ‘of the base, sides sub-
angularly produced in middle; surface irregularly vermicu-
late (in places transversely corrugate). Hlytra not much
wider than prothorax, decreasing in width to basal third,
thence parallel-sided almost to apex, where each is rather
lightly emarginate; basal third with dense and rather coarse
punctures, becoming much smaller to middle, thence to apex
shagreened; each with three feeble elevations. Length
Cone py Lael. amo,
@. Differs in having decidedly. shorter antennae,
shghtly shorter legs, and somewhat wider prothorax.
Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne, on Loranthus sp. (National
Museum and D. Best). Type in National Museum; co-type,
1. 5693, in South Australian Museum.
At first glance somewhat like acutus, but elytra with
very different tips; each of these is distinctly emarginate, but
the sides of the emargination vary from lightly spinose to
completely unarmed. The head is moderately clothed with
stramineous pubescence, the prothorax (including the sides)
has four distinct vittae of similar pubescence, and along the
middle a rather wide, loosely-compacted one (on some speci-
mens, including the type male, appearing as two narrow
vitae, or six im all); on the elytra (except about the base,
where it is rather more distinct) the clothing is very short
and inconspicuous; on the under-surface and legs the clothing
is moderately dense. The clothing of the under-surface of
the four hind femora is somewhat denser on the male than
on the female, but is not conspicuously erect or suberect as
on many males of the genus; the sexes, however, may be
readily distinguished by the antennae, these passing the elytra
in the male and not extending to their tips in the female.
URACANTHUS SUTURALIS, Nn. sp.
PL ikxxiL., Ges,
3. Black, im places atasgeele diluted with red. With
white pubescence : under-surface of four hind femora densely
clothed with moderately long ochreous pubescence.
an ti
381
Head with median line very narrow; clypeus with very
dense punctures of irregular sizes, suture semi-circular, both
suture and punctures partially concealed by clothing.
Antennae distinctly passing apex of elytra, fourth to tenth
produced on one side of apex, eleventh about one-third longer
than tenth. Prothorar about twice as long as the apical
width, which is much less than that of the base, sides angu-
larly produced in middle, surface irregular across middle,
and more or less corrugated elsewhere. //ytra distinctly
wider than prothorax, parallel-sided from basal third to near
apex, where each is evenly rounded, with the suture strongly
spinose; with subgeminate rows of moderate-sized punctures,
irregular towards base and very small and not geminate
posteriorly ; each with three feebly-elevated lines and traces
of others. Legs rather long and thin. Length, 22 mm.
Hab.—South Australia: Murat Bay (E. A. King).
Type (unique), I. 5692.
An almost black species, but with conspicuously white
clothing ; on the elytra the pubescence appears to be in regular
fine lines, with the margins more densely and evenly clothed
(but the basal half of the elytra of the type is much abraded) ;
on the prothorax there is a conspicuous glabrous stripe on
each side, and some glabrous spots on the disc. The elytra
have the tips evenly rounded, but the strongly-spinose suture
readily distinguishes from sfrigosus. The eleventh joint of
antennae, about one-third from apex, appears to have a fine
suture, slightly notched at its upper edge, indicating an
approach to the twelfth joint of Scolecobrotus more distinctly
than on most species of the genus.
URACANTHUS LONGICORNIS, Nn. sp.
Phexexi,, fis. 269’ to 21.
¢. Bright reddish-castaneous, prothorax and scutellum
somewhat darker. Densely clothed with white pubescence;
hind femora shallowly grooved along under-surface, with
conspicuous clothing (partly ochreous) filling the groove of
each.
Head with median line deep and abruptly terminated
near base, which is densely granulate-punctate; clypeus with
some large punctures at sides, small and dense elsewhere,
suture deep, wide, and semi-circular. Antennae with at
least two joints passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints triangu-
larly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-fourth
longer than tenth. /rothorar not much longer than greatest
width, sides gently incurved between base and middle, and
then strongly narrowed to apex, which is not much more
than half the width of base; strongly transversely corrugated,
382
but somewhat irregular across middle. Llytra not much
wider than prothorax, moderately narrowed to basal third,
and then parallel-sided to near apex, suture strongly spinose ;
about basal third with dense and rather coarse punctures,
becoming much smaller from about the middle; each with two
or three feebly-elevated lines. Length (3, 9), 12-22 mm..
Q. Differs in having shorter antennae and legs, longer
and more parallel-sided elytra, wider abdomen, and hind
femora with much shorter clothing along under-surface.
Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection and
National Museum, from C. French), Endeavour River (C.
French), Cairns (EH. Allen), Type, I. 5704.
One of the specimens in the National Museum was
labelled by Mr. Blackburn as near acutus,; from that species,
however, it differs in having the prothorax shorter, wider at
the base, and much less parallel-sided, with the tips of elytra
very different; each elytron has the suture strongly acute,
with the space near it either very feebly notched (fig. 19)
or evenly rounded (fig. 21), but on the only female before
me the sutural spine is rather small and the notch distinct
(fig. 20); her antennae (unfortunately broken) are evidently
considerably shorter than those of the male, with the serra-
tions less pronounced. In some respects it appears to
approach Aposites. The clothing on the prothorax, scutel-
lum, extreme base, and basal sides of elytra has a rather
loose woolly appearance, on the rest of the elytra it is very
short and depressed ; on some specimens, to the naked eye, a
narrow marginal white stripe may be traced from the base
to the apex.
One of the specimens in the National Museum is labelled
as from South Australia, but probably in error.
URACANTHUS TRIANGULARIS, Hope.
Typical form. Each elytron with a conspicuous glabrous
subtriangular patch behind the shoulder, the patch margined
with denser clothing (appearing lke a conspicuous irregular
white line) than the adjacent parts; apex also conspicuously
glabrous and acutely bispinose.
Var. A. Apex of elytra not glabrous, but slightly
darker than the adjacent parts, subtriangular basal vatch
with clothing bounding it no denser or paler than elsewhere ;
tips acutely bispinose. Length, 27-31 mm. This variety
is distinguishable from some forms of simulans only by the
acutely bispinose apex of each elytron. It occurs in New
South Wales and Victoria (Mr. D. Best reared one specimen
cf it from a species of Lomatia).
383
Var. B. Apex of elytra not glabrous, and not, or
scarcely, darker than the adjacent parts; subhumeral patch
on each elytron rather shorter than on typical form, partially
clothed towards the base and conspicuously bordered (intern-
ally and posteriorly) with paler clothing. Length, 18-29
mm. This form occurs from Victoria to Western Australia,
and is fairly common in the drier parts of South Australia.
The size of the subhumeral patch varies, and when long the
variety is only distinguished from the typical form by the
non-glabrous apices. The length and acuteness of the outer
spine varies, so that on some specimens it is but little more
acute than on simulans, from which, in fact, it is not always
easy to distinguish specimens of the variety.
Var. C. Subhumeral patches with margining clothing
not conspicuously paler than elsewhere, apex of each elytron
acutely bispinose and not glabrous. Length, 21-24 mm.
This form has a similar range to Var. B, and is distinguished
from it only by the clothing at sides of subhumeral patches.
A specimen, from Onslow, in Mr. French’s collection,
might be referred to this variety ; it has the subhumeral patch
en the left elytron (on the right it is different, apparently
owing to abrasion) partially clothed, so that it appears to be
in three irregular parts, one humeral, one sutural, and the
other median. But practically, judging from the descrip-
tion, the only distinguishing feature of fuscocinereus was a
basal patch similarly divided.
URACANTHUS FUSCOCINEREUS, White.
The original description of this species is insufficient for
its positive identification, and it was possibly founded upon
one of the numerous varieties of trangularis. Its habitat
was given as “‘Australia,’’ not New South Wales, as in
Masters’ Catalogue.
URACANTHUS SIMULANS, Pasc.
Pl. xxxu. fig. 22.
A specimen from the Blackburn Collection, labelle@ as
simulans, is 15 lines in length, another from Ouldea is 14,
the smallest in the Museum (from Beverley) is but 8; but
the average is much the same as that of the types (10-11
lines).
There are several closely-allied species from which it may
be distinguished by each elytron acutely spinose at the sutural
apex and not elsewhere, and clothing immediately behind
glabrous elytral patches not denser than elsewhere. On the
384
aisc of the prothorax the transverse corrugations are some-
times scarcely or not at all traceable across the middle; but
on other specimens they are quite as strong there as elsewhere.
Hab.—South Australia: Parachilna, Renmark, Ouldea;
Western Australia: Beverley, Mullewa, Geraldton.
URACANTHUS STRIGOSUS, Pasc.
Pl, xxx, figs. eo 25.
According to Pascoe, readily distinguished by its fulvous-
grey hairy stripes, with naked intervals. A specimen from
Victoria (the type was from New South Wales), labelled by
Blackburn as strigosus, has four hairy lines on each elytron,
with the intervals subglabrous; on the prothorax also the
clothing has a sublineate appearance. A specimen from
Birchip has the lineate appearance much less defined, the
elytral clothing being almost uniform, except that on the
extreme margins it is denser; but on the prothorax three
almost glabrous lines are very conspicuous. A specimen,
taken from a wattle tree at Ropes Creek, differs in being
narrower and smaller (8 lines), with the prothorax somewhat
narrower, with the lateral nodes more prominent, and with
the three glabrous lines very conspicuously occupying most
of the surface, and elytra with but two conspicuous hairy
lines, although the others are traceable; its four hind femora
are very densely clothed on the under-surface, this being a
masculine feature; each of the three basal segments of its
abdomen has a small medio-apical spot of conspicuosly
different clothing to the adjacent parts (this also being a
male character). The apical spines (fig. 24) are more acute
than usual. Another specimen, from Tarcocla, belonging to
Mr. French, agrees with the Ropes Creek one, except that it
is slightly larger and with the apical spines of elytra (fig. 25)
smaller and closer together.
URACANTHUS MARGINELLUS, Hope.
PY. -xxxi1.; figs. 26 and 27:
A specimen from the Blackburn Collection, and bearing
his fame label as marginellus, may possibly be that species;
but the elytra are obliquely emarginate at apex, with the ends
of the emarginations rounded off and not at all spinose
(fig. 26); it was without locality label. Some other speci-
mens from South Australia agree with it, others have the
emargination even less pronounced, and on one there is a
short inner spine (fig. 27). It is not always easy to dis-
tinguish this form from hivittatus, whose outer elytral spines
(figs. 29 and 30) are often very blunt.
385
URACANTHUS PALLENS, Hope.
Ply xxxiy, fio. 28.
The original description of this species (excluding size,
which in the genus is very variable) would fit several species,
but as it was from Tasmania it is probable that a specimen
from the Blackburn Collection (bearing a label that is similar
to that of many Tasmanian specimens in his collection) may
belong to it. This specimen is close to semulans, but the
spines at the tips of its elytra (fig. 28) are somewhat different
to those (fig. 22) of that species.
URACANTHUS BIVITTATUS, Newm.
Pi. xxxii., figs: 29 and 30.
A fairly common species in New South Wales and South
Australia. On some specimens the lines of clothing on the
pronotum are continuous to the apex and closer together than
on the typical form; but this may be sexual.
7
URACANTHUS FROGGATTI, Blackb.
This species was described as having the apex ‘“‘of elytra
truncate and devoid of spines,’’ but not correctly so, as two
eo-types in the Museum have the tips of elytra densely
clothed with snowy pubescence, concealing their real sculp-
ture; the tips themselves are emarginate, with the sides of
the emargination lightly spinose, or at least acute; the elytra
just before the tips are each conspicuously semi-circularly
depressed.
Appended is a table of the species known to me:—
A. Elytra conspicuously glabrous at apex and not
behind shoulders _... ... mMsiqnis
AA. Elytra conspicuously glabrous at apex and
behind shoulders — ... Ee wae ... triangularis
AAA. Elytra with post-humer al “(not longitudinal) [ (typical)
markings only.
a. Each elytron unispinose.
b. Post-humeral markings glabrous (at least in
part) 44 i af i me ... simulans
hb. Post-humeral markings not glabrous ... ... fuseus (in part)
aa. eamie elytron bispinose.
‘, With glabrous lines from post-humeral markings glabrilineatus
cc. Without such lines
d. Post-humeral markings not glabrous ... ... dubrus
si Post-humeral markings glabrous.
e. Spines comparatively close together ... pallens(?)
ee. Spines distant . .. triangularis
_AAAA. Elytra with longitudinal ‘markings © or uni- [ (varieties)
formly clothed.
B. Prothorax not distinctly longer than basal width gigas
BB. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide.
C. Elvytral clothing condensed into numerous small
: fascicles... shi * Bo aye ... eryptophagus
N
386
CC. Elytral clothing not so condensed.
D. Each elytron produced only in middle of apex
DD. Tips of elytra not as in D.
E. Elytra unarmed.
f. Pronotum binodose in middle
ff. Pronotum not binodose in middle
EE. Elytra armed, or at least distinctly
emarginate.
F. Prothorax without transverse corruga-
tions ;
FF. Prothorax w ih transverse pation
G. A conspicuous transverse depression
near tip of each elytron
GG. Without such depressions.
H. Tips of elytra not notched,
suture acutely produced.
q. Three basal segments of abdomen
of male each with a fascicle ...
gg. Abdomen non-fasciculate.
h. Derm black
ie Derm not black.
}. Prothorax vittate
Prothorax non-vittate
HH. Tip of each elytron notched, and
usually bispinose.
I. With large punctures towards base
of elytra.
j. Three basal segments of abdomen
of male each with a fascicle.
Elytral clothing conspicuously
vittate
ae Elytral clothing uniform
Abdomen non-fasciculate.
a Base of prothorax very little
wider than apex :
ll. Base much wider than apex .
II. With no large punctures on elytra
J. Prothoracic clothing more or less
vittate.
m. Outside of apical notch very
acutely armed
but
mm. Outside less acutely armed
than suture
mmm. Outside rounded
JJ. Prothoracic clothing non-
vittate.
Kk. Prothoracic corrugations not
continued across middle on
whole of basal half.
Margins of elytra with paler
clothing than dise :
nn. Margins with oe as on
dise ih i
KK. Prothoracic cor rage tions
continued across middle
of basal half.
acutius
mermis
discicollis (Gin
[ part)
maleficus
froggatti
ventralis
suturalis
[part)
discicollis (in
longicornis Gn
[ part)
strigosus
albatus
loranthi
longicornis (Gn
[ part)
pertenuis
bivittatus
marginellus
tropicus
parallelus
387
L. Margins of elytra with con-
spicuous white clothing
throughout ?
39
33
33
>9
Figs.
39
>?
37 to 42.
43 and 44.
45.
46 and 47.
48 and 49.
50.
51. ‘
52 and 53.
54and 55.
56.
YE
58 and 59.
60.
61.
62.
SH & BReSsd
435
PLATE XXXII.
(Details of species of Bolboceras.)
armigerum, Macl., front view oi clypeus.
variolicolle, Lea, front view ot clypeus.
insigne, Lea, front view of clypeus.
trifoveicolle, Lea, front view of clypeus.
quinquecorne, Lea, front view of clypeus.
dacoderum, Lea, front view of clypeus.
taurus, Westw., front view of clypeus.
contextum, Lea, front view of clypeus.
pentagonicum, Lea, front view of clypeus.
bY by Oe be by
Lea, front view of clypeus
of cephalic horns.
pentagonicum, Lea, back view of clypeus
ocular canthi,
bainbridgei, Westw., head from above.
be)
>
the side.
PratvE XXXIV.(34)
proboscideum, Schreib, produced front of head.
hoplocephalum, Lea, front view of clypeus.
and
and
Westw., head and prothorax from
63 ta 70. Leptops duponti, Boi., variations, principally in
size, of common form.
of the South Australian Museum.
71 to 73. Ee # Boi., var. interioris, Blackb.
74. ae ez Boi., common form with pec-
toral armature (slight pro-
jection in front of front legs)
showing.
75. os a Bo... large specimen inter-
mediate between common
form and interioris.
76. ne . es Boi., var. obsoletus, Lea.
77 and 78. Me , Boi., var., carinatus, Lea.
Prate XXXV.
79 to 86. Leptops nitidiventris, Lea.
87 to 89. 5 pilulifer, Lea.
90. a i amplipennis, Lea.
9land 92. os muricatus, Pasce.
93 and 94. om pilulifer, Lea, varieties.
Prare XXXVI.
9 to 97. Leptops biordinatus, Blackh.
98 to 104. , ie var. raucus. Blackh.
105 to 110. es gravis, Blackh.
(54) Plates xxxiv. to xxxix. are from photographs by Mr. H. Hale,
436
Puatr XXXVII.
Figs. 111 to 122. Leptops areolatus, Blackb. (fig. 112 type of
species; fig. 111 type of var. rudis,
Lea; fig. 114 type of var. frenchi,
Lea).
» L123 to 126. » « brown, Gea.
Pirate XXXVITI.
Figs. 127 to 132. Leptops contrarius, Blackhb.
5) eee A acerbus, Pasc. (?)
5, \ Lone a Ff se ay Pasc.
) oo ue, LOT: a colossus, Pasc.
55 eS PaO AT 40s At echidna, W. S. Macl. (fig. 139 co-type |
of planicollis, Blackb.).
3 aed 149, + hercules, Lea.
PruatE XXXIX.
Figs. 143 to 145. Leptops elongatus, Lea (fig. 144 type, figs. 143
and 145 described varieties).
5, J46° to. 148. ne parvicornis, Lea.
» 149and 150. x nitidicollis, Lea.
a toto 153: us duboulayi, Pasc.
», Lotiand 155. 4 cacozelus, Lea.
156 to 158. a ferus, Pasc. (the real tribulus, Fab.).
9)
437
ADDITIONS TO THE FISH-FAUNA OF LORD HOWE ISLAND.
No. 5.0)
By Atitan R. McCvtiocn, Zoologist, Australian Museum,
and
Epear R. Waite, F.L.S., Director, South Australian
Museum.
[Contribution from the Australian and South Australian
Miuseum s.]
[Read September 14, 1916.]
Praves XL. to XLITTI.
Since the “Catalogue of the Fishes of Lord Howe Island”
was published,'?) a number of new and otherwise interesting
species have been forwarded by residents of the island.
Some of these are dealt with in the following pages, together
with a small collection which was recently obtained for the
South Australian Museum by Mr. A. M. Lea during a col-
lecting expedition to Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands.
We have also again examined some specimens of which
the earlier identifications appeared incorrect, and submit
additional notes upon them.
Much of this material has been forwarded at intervals to
the Australian Museum by Mrs. Thomas Nichols, who has
contributed so much to our knowledge of the island fauna.
Other striking species were secured by Mr. P. R. Pedley,
who is also interesting himself in the fauna of the island.
Family LEPTOCEPHALIDAE.
Genus CoNGERMURAENA, Kaup.
Congermuraena, Kaup.: Cat. Apod. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1856,
p. 108 (C. habenatus, Richardson); Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales, xxiii., 1898, p. 284.
This genus apparently differs from Leptocephalus only
in having granular instead of sharp vomerine teeth, and in
having the muciferous system of the head rather more deve-
loped. The dorsal fin originates well forward above ‘the head
or just behind the vertical of the pectoral fin, but this con-
dition is not a generic character, since the fin commences
equally far forward in some species of Leptocephalus.
(1) For No. 4 see Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., pt. 3, 1904,
p. 135.
(2) Waite: loc. cit., p. 187.
438
CONGERMURAENA HOWENSIS, Nl. sp.
Pl. xl. fig. 2.
Congermuraena mellissi, Ogilby: Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889,
p. 72 (not C. mellissii, Giinther).
Congrellus gilberti, Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
xxul., 1898, p. 288 (part, Lord Howe Island _ specimens) ;
Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 189.
Head 1°5-1°6 in the trunk. Head and trunk 1°2-1°4 in
the tail. Eye 1°3-1°4 in the snout, and 4°9-5°7 in the head.
Snout 3°4-4°3, pectoral 3°0-3°3, and depth of body 2°7-3°2 in
the head.
Body somewhat compressed, the head and trunk shorter
than the tail. Head large, conically pointed anteriorly.
Snout longer than the eye, and projecting beyond the lower
jaw. Eyes large, separated by a narrow interorbital space.
Gape of mouth extending backward almost to below the
middle of the eye, with distinct but not fleshy lips. Anterior
nostril in a short tube near the margin of the mouth; snout
with large open pores with raised margins. A series of widely-
spaced pores crosses the upper-surface of the head behind
the eyes to beyond the angle of the mouth, where it divides,
one branch following the upper lip while ‘the other extends
along the mandible: a second series crosses the nape and
curves downward behind the preopercular portion of the head.
Teeth.—Premaxillary teeth acicular, slender, and acute, and
arranged in several rows. Maxillary teeth similar, in three
or four rows anteriorly, becoming uniserial posteriorly.
Anterior vomerine teeth acicular, becoming granular on the
shaft, where they are arranged in two or three irregular rows;
they do not extend backward to the vertical of the anterior -
margin of the eye. Mandibular teeth acicular, in several
rows anteriorly, becoming uniserial posteriorly; the inner
ones aré smaller, stouter, and more granular than the others.
Fins.—Dorsal commencing well in front of the gill-
opening. Pectoral slender, with about fourteen rays, the
upper of which are longest.
Lateral line commencing on the operculum, slightly
arched anteriorly, thence gradually descending to the median
line of the body.
Colour.—Brown in alcohol, light-olive in formaline.
Head with distinct darker cross-bands; the first covers the
snout, but leaves the nostrils and larger pores and the lips
white; the second crosses the interorbital space and forms a
dark patch beneath the eye; the third extends across the
nape and preopercular portion of the head; and the fourth
crosses the neck and opercles. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins
with narrow black borders.
res
439
Described from three specimens 143, 283, and 347 mm.
long: the smaller, being preserved in formaline and exhibit-
ing characters not shown in the larger spirit specimens, is
figured. They apparently differ from all described species of
Congermuraena in having the dorsal fin originating over the
operculum.
Loc.—Lord Howe Island.
Family LABRACOGLOSSIDAE.
Genus LABRACOGLOSSA, Peters.
LABRACOGLOSSA NITIDA, N. sp.
Bl... xh y fies od,
Meme G-te A. a. (23-24; P. 21-22; V. i. 5; C. 17;
i. Jat. 72-75; L. tr. 10-11, 19.
Depth 3°3 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3°9 in
the same. Eye slightly longer than: the snout, 4°0 in the
head. Interorbital width greater than the diameter of the
eye, equal to that of the orbit and 3:2 in the head. Median
dorsal spines subequal to the anterior dorsal and anal spines,
2°4 in the head.
Body fusiform, moderately compressed, the upper and
lower profiles almost equally convex. Snout rather obtuse ;
nostrils close together, small, sublateral, placed near the
orbital margin. Eye partly covered by a thick adipose hd,
situated in the anterior half of the head. Mouth oblique,
the maxillary reaching back to below the anterior portion of
the pupil. Preorbital narrow, entire, not covering the
maxillary. Preoperculum broadly rounded, the surface of
its border striated, the striae forming fine crenulations on its
margin. Operculum with a very small spine.
Teeth.—A single row of short conical teeth in the upper
jaw, behind which is a band of microscopic ones anteriorly
on each side of the symphysis. Mandible with a band of
minute teeth anteriorly, merging into a single series of small
stout teeth on the sides. A large patch of microscopic teeth
covers the head of the vomer, from each side of which a
narrow band extends backward on the palatines ; commencing
evenly with the termination of the latter is a very broad,
elongate band on each mesopterygoid. Tongue largely covered
by a broad patch of similar teeth. Gill-rakers long and
slender, about twenty-six on the lower limb of the first arch ;
the longest two-thirds as long as the snout.
Scales cover the greater part of the head, extending for-
ward to the nostrils: they are present on the cheeks, opercles,
and lower iaw, and a few occur on the maxillary. Body
covered with rather small, ctenoid scales, which have broad
: 440
rough margins, and their exposed surfaces coarsely striate.
They form a low sheath at the base of the spinous dorsal, and
cover the membranes of the soft dorsal and anal; they also
extend over the basal half of the caudal, and portion of the
pectoral. Lateral line scarcely arched, formed of simple
tubercles, which extend on to the caudal base.
Fins.—Dorsal commencing well behind the vertical of the
ventral. Its spines are slender, and increase rapidly in length
to the fifth, after which they become slightly shorter to the
last: the dorsal rays decrease regularly in length backward.
Anal commencing beneath the third dorsal ray; its spines
increase in length backward, the third being two-thirds as
long as the first ray; soft anal similar in form to the dorsal.
Caudal deeply forked. Fifth upper pectoral ray longest.
Ventrals not nearly reaching the vent.
Colour.—After long preservation in formaline, the
general colour is brown above, lighter below. A light-coloured
area commences above the shoulder and extends backward to
the caudal fin, and covers the greater part of the back above ~
the lateral line. Jt is defined anteriorly and below by a
dark-bluish area, which commences behind the eye. Dorsal
and anal fins dusky, the latter with a light edge. An ill-
defined dark spot at the base of the pectoral.
Described from five specimens, 134-154 mm. long measured
from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays. They
differ from L. argenteiventris, Peters, in having smaller scales
and ten instead of eleven dorsal spines.
Loc.—Four of the specimens were collected for the Aus-
tralian Museum by Mrs. T. Nichols at Lord Howe Island.
The other was secured at Norfolk Island by Mr. George E.
Nobbs.
Family LUTIANIDAE.
Genus ParacaEsio, Bleeker.
PARACAESIO PEDLEYI, Nn. sp.
Plexi
D. gee 10)5 Am 8s Poe aig We igor C17 as ee elaine
L. tr., from first dorsal spine, 10, 1, 20.
Head 3°6, and depth of body 2°9 in the length to the
hypural joint. Eyé almost as long as the snout, 1°5 in the
interorbital space, and 4°0 in the head. Interorbital space
2°5, snout 3°6, and depth of caudal peduncle 3°0 in the head.
Third dorsal spine 1°4 in the head, and, 1°3 longer than the
last. Penultimate dorsal ray 2°0, third anal spine 3°3, and
penultimate anal ray 2°] in the head. Pectoral 0°1 longer
than the head.
OE EE EE Ee
44]
Body moderately elongate, compressed, the dorsal and
anal profiles almost evenly rounded. Head tumid, the inter-
orbital space high and arched. Eye a little above the middle
line of the head. Maxillary reaching backward to below the
anterior portion of the eye, only partly covered by the pre-
orbital, which is entire and not so broad as the maxillary.
Preopercular margin sinuous but not serrated, the hinder limb
subvertical, the angle rounded. Operculum with a flat spine.
Nostrils minute, close together, midway between the anterior
margin of the eye and the tip of the snout.
Teeth.—Premaxillaries with several short stout canines
anteriorly and on the sides, which are followed by a narrow
band of villiform teeth. Mandible with a few canines
anteriorly and a band of villiform teeth. Vomer with a small
patch of villiform teeth: similar teeth are also present on the
anterior portions of the palatines. Tongue smooth.
Scales cycloid, of moderate size, largest on the anterior
portion of the sides. They extend forward on the upper
surface of the head to above the anterior portion of the eye;
thence they are defined by a series curving backward to
the suprascapular, which is covered with small muciferous
canals. “Some large scales are placed on the sides of the nape
and are connected with those on the cheeks and opercles.
Seven rows on the cheeks, leaving a broad area on the limb
of the preoperculum naked. All the rest of the head naked,
the skin on the snout and upper part of the head pitted
with minute pores. Small scales cover the base of the pectoral
fin and a large part of the caudal, but they are not present
on the membrane of the dorsal and anal. fins. Lateral line
but little arched, extending on to the middle of the caudal
peduncle, and consisting of simple tubules.
/’ins.—Dorsal originating slightly behind the vertical of
the ventrals; the third spine is the longest, and with these on
each side of it forms an elevated lobe; the posterior spines
are subequal in length and scarcely shorter than the first
rays; the rays increase in length backward to the second last.
Anal originating below the anterior part of the soft dorsal
and terminating a little behind it; the first spine is short, the
second and third subequal and as long as the anterior rays.
Pectoral falcate, reaching to the vertical of the first anal
spine. Caudal strongly forked.
(olour.—General colour cerulean-blue and lemon-yellow.
The yellow colour covers the tail and greater portion of the
caudal peduncle, and extends forward on the supralateral por-
tion of the body to a point in advance of the origin of the
dorsal. The anterior part of the body is blue, and this colour
extends backward along the back below the dorsal fin, and
442
on the side to the lower base of the caudal. Abdominal sur-
face silver shot with blue. Head dark above, light-blue on
the cheeks and opercles. A dark band crosses the body
between the middle of the spinous dorsal and the abdomen,
which consists largely of the very broad blackish margins to
the scales. Spinous dorsal dark, the membrane between its
fourth and ninth spines being almost black; soft dorsal dusky
anteriorly, becoming lighter backwards. Anal hyaline-blue,
pectorals hyaline, ventrals bluish-white basally, the rays
becoming blackish towards the tips.
Described and figured from a specimen 336 mm. long
from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays. It was
collected by Mr. P. R. Pedley, to whom the Trustees of the
Austrahan Museum are indebted for many valuable specimens.
This species has the general characteristics of P.
vanthurus, Bleeker,@) but may be at once distinguished by
the form of the spinous dorsal and by the distribution of its
colours.
Family KYPHOSIDAE.
Genus Kypuosus, Lacépéde.
KypHosus Fuscus (Lacépede), Giinther.
aig a fuscus, Giinther: Jour. Mus. Godeff., ii., 1873,
Pp. °
Four specimens are preserved in the Australian Museum
from Lord Howe Island and two from Norfolk Island. One
of the latter is an incipient albino, being of a light-yellow
colour instead of dark-brown, with darker yellow stripes along
each row of scales. It is perhaps identical with the ““Guinea-
fish” of Lord Howe Isiand, which has been very rarely
observed. (4)
Family SCORPIDIDAE.
Genus ATyPiceTuHys, Giinther.
ATYPICHTHYS .LATUS, Ni. sp.
Pies sl eeaoe 3.
De xii-xil, T4-o: AY ine 13tlos” Pe b= 2 ve
Coat
Scales in 70-75 rows between the suprascapular and the
hypural joint; 12-15 scales between the lateral line and the
middle of the spinous dorsal, excluding the dorsal sheath.
Depth 2°04-2'1 in the length to the hypural joint ; head 3°2-3°4
in the same. Eye longer than the snout, 2°5-2°8 in the head.
Snout 1°2-1°5 in the eye, and 3°5-4°0 in the head ; its length 1 1s
(3) Bleslar Res. F aun. Madabase ‘ar’, Pdiss.; 1878, p. 37, pie
(4) Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v. 3, 1904, p. 167,
443
a little less than the interorbital width, which is 2°9-3°5 in
the head. Fifth dorsal spine 1°6-1°8, and second anal spine
1°8-2°1 in the head.
Colour.—Yellow, with six broad longitudinal brown
stripes on the body; on the upper half these are much broader
than the light imterspaces, and in large specimens the three
upper ones may each be divided into two. Head with similar
stripes, most of which do not connect with those of the body,
being separated from them by a lght transverse bar on each
side of the nape.
This species is very similar to 4. strigatus, Giinther, but
is deeper, and has usually twelve instead of eleven dorsal.
spines. The stripes on the body are broader, and an extra
one is developed in A. latws, while they are not all connected
with those of the head, as in 4. strigatus. In all other
details, the two species are very similar. j
This definition is drawn up from four specimens in the
Australian Museum collection, 105-218 mm. long from the
snout to the end of the middle caudal rays. A specimen
212 mm. in length is selected as the type.
Loc.—The two smaller examples, including that figured,
were obtained at Norfolk Island, where Mr. Lea also took
specimens, while seven larger ones were secured at Lord Howe
Island, together with examples of A. strigatus.
ScorPIS vIoLAcEuS, Hutton.
Hard-bellied Blue Fish.
Ditrema violacea, Hutton: Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., v., 1873,
p- 261, pl. vii., fig 31b
’ Scorpis aequipinnis, Ogilby: Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889,
See eeeuoe: se roc. .luimn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2), i1., 1887,
eee wmice: ) brans. N.. Zeal. Inst., xlii., 1910, p. asl
(not of Richardson). °
Caesiosoma aequipintis, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904,
pp. 167, 206.
An examination of a series of specimens of Scorpis shows
that several well-differentiated species have been united under
the name S. dequipinnis. Richardson’s species has very small
scales, there being more than 100 series above the lateral
line, and it is confined to South and South-western Australia.
The New South Wales form is S. lineolata, Kner., while
specimens from Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island are
apparently referable to S. violaceus. Larger specimens of
the last-named species are readily distinguished from those of
S. lineolata, by their much more convex interorbital area
and their smaller eye, while seven specimens have x. 27-29
spines and rays in the dorsal fin, and i. 25-27 in the anal.
444
Family POMACENTRIDAE.
Genus GLypHIsopon, Lacépede.
GLYPHISODON sorpDIDUS, Forskal.
Pl, ‘xige oe
Chaetodon sordidus, Forskal: Deser. Anim., 1775, p. 62.
Glyphidodon leucopleura, Day: Fish. India, 1877, p. 385,
pls lxxxinpene, 4
Glyphidodon sordidus, Waite: Mem. Austr. Mus., i11., pt. 3
1897, p. 122.
D. xi; 16 5 A. 1.) Tot Pe Vs as ey eee
Tee ae, PTA.
Twenty eight scales between the operculum and the
hypural joint, and three and a half between the back and the
lateral line below the median dorsal spines. Body short and
deep, narrower in the young, its depth 1°6-1°8 in the length
to the hypural joint; head 2°6-2°8 in the same. Eye 2°5-3°3
in the head. Fifth dorsal spine 1°7-1°9, fourth dorsal ray
1°4-1°7 in the head.
Body with five dark cross-bands, which are broader than
the interspaces between them. The first is indistinct, and
crosses the back before the dorsal fin. The second and third
descend from a large black blotch on the dorsal fin which
covers the membrane between the second and seventh spines;
these bands are darker than the others, and may be coalescent
on the back. The fourth band is placed below the tenth to
twelfth spines, and the fifth below the anterior rays. A large,
rounded, black spot on the upper anterior portion of the
caudal peduncle extends forward a little below the posterior
dorsal rays. Upper base of the pectoral fin with a distinct
black spot. Outer ventral ray dusky, as is the anterior por-
tion of the soft dorsal and the greater part of the anal.
The above definition is based on three specimens 34, 45,
and 74 mm. long, the largest of which is figured. They are
apparently identical with G. sordidus, Forskal, having the
body short and deep, with 33 series of supralateral scales,
and a striking black spot on the caudal peduncle, features
which are characteristic of that species.
Synonymy.—A critical comparison of these specimens with
b
one of the types of G. lewcopleura, Day, which is preserved in
the Australian Museum, convinces us that they are identical
with that species also. Day’s example is only 36 mm. long,
and is in very bad condition, but sufficient of its characters
are retained to leave no doubt of its authenticity; it agrees
much better with his description than with his figure, how- —
ever, and suggests the latter is inaccurate in both the form of
its fins and the disposition of its colour-marking. Day has
described a ‘‘dark, almost black, band from the first half of
i
4%
‘
}
445
the dorsal fin descending to the ventral,’’ but this is appar-
ently formed of the second and third bands, which, as our
specimens show, are sometimes partly united and darker than
the others.
Loc.—Our smallest example (34 mm.) was collected in a
rock-pool at Lord Howe Island. Mr. Lea obtained seven
specimens at Norfolk Island. Another (45 mm.) was secured
at Funafuti, Ellice Group. Two others, including the
largest figured specimen (74 mm.) were obtained in the New
Hebrides.
Family LABRIDAE.
Genus THALASSOMA, Swainson.
THALASSOMA PURPUREUM, Forskal.
Julis trilobata, Ogilby: Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889, p. 68;
Thalassoma trilobatum, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, pp.
171, 209 (not Labrus trilobatus, Lacépeéde).
Julis purpurea (Forskal), Giinther: Jour. Mus. Godeff., xvi.
(Fische der Sudsee, viii.), 1909, p. 272, pl. cxlix., fig. a;
Thalassoma purpureum, Jordan and Evermann: Bull. UT. S. "Fish.
Comm., xxili., 1, 1905, p. 295.
Julis umbrostigma (Riippell), Giinther: loc. cit., p. 294, pl.
exlix., fig. b; Thalassoma umbrostiqma, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus.,
eto. 41, Jordan and Hvermann: loc. cit.,. p. 300,
fig. 129
The fishes recorded by Ogilby and Waite from Lord
Howe Island as 7. trilobatum are properly referable to 7.
purpureum. Labrus trilobatus, Lacépede, is regarded as
synonymous with L. fuscus, Lacépéde, by Jordan and Ever-
mann, which differs from 7. purpurewm in having no scarlet
markings on the head.
The identity of 7. uwmbrostigma and T. purpureum has
been suggested by both Klunzinger and Giinther, while Waite
has shown that they are merely growth stages of the one
species.
T. purpureum is abundant on the reefs at Lord Howe
Island, while a Norfolk Island example is preserved in the
Australian Museum.
Family CHEILODACTYLIDAE.
Genus CHEILODACTYLUS, Lacépeéde.
Subgenus Goniistivus, Gill.
CHEILODACTYLUS (GONIISTIUS) EPHIPPIUM, n. sp.
Fil. xlin.;) fig. 2.
D. xvii. 32-33; A. 1. 8; P. 8, 5-6; oe. di Lela
62-64; L. tr. 9,1, 19.
(5) It has been incorrectly recorded as G. brounriggu, Waite:
Prelim. Rept. Thetis Exped., 1898, p. 61.
446
Supralateral scales 74. Depth of body 2°7-2°9 in the
length to the hypural joint; head 3°1-3°4 in the same. Eye
much shorter than the snout, slightly broader than the inter-
orbital space, and 4°2 in the head. Fourth dorsal spine
2°5-2°6, second dorsal ray 2°9-3°08, second anal ray, 1°5-1°6,
and longest pectoral ray 1°2-1°3 in the head.
Body compressed, elevated anteriorly. Profile from the
snout to the back very oblique, slightly convex on the snout ;
the nape obtusely keeled. A bony tubercle is present on each
side of the snout anteriorly, and another larger one is placed
before each eye. Orbit defined above by a granular ridge,
and by four granular ossicles which encircle the posterior and
inferior margins of the eye. WNostrils large, close together,
the anterior with fimbriate margins. Lips very thick, the
upper overhanging the lower. Maxillary narrow, extending
backward to below the nostrils. Preorbital and preoperculum
entire; operculum with a small flat spine. A band of small,
cardiform, depressible teeth in each jaw; palate toothless.
Body covered with moderately large scales, the exposed sur-
faces of which are minutely granular. They form sheaths at
the bases of the dorsal and anal fins, and extend on to the
caudal and pectoral fins. They are very small on the head and
breast, and extend forward to between the nostrils on the
upper-surface of the head. Lateral line slightly arched, ex-
tending over the upper part of the caudal peduncle to the
middle of the caudal fin; it is formed of simple tubules placed
on small scales, which are intercalated with the others.
Fins..—Dorsal originating above the operculum; the
spines increase rapidly in length to the fourth, whence they
decrease evenly backward, leaving the margin of the fin not
or scarcely excavate. The anterior rays are much longer than
the last spine; the others decrease regularly backward to the
last. Anal short, falcate, its hinder margin incised. Longest
simple pectoral ray not greatly produced, not reaching so far
back as the adpressed ventrals, which reach nearly or quite
to the vent. Caudal forked.
Colour.—Light-brown in formaline with oblique darker
cross-bands. An indefinite dark bar extends from the nape
to behind the operculum; a second broad band extends
obliquely backward from the anterior third of the spinous
dorsal to the middle of the side; a third covers the greater
part of the remainder of the back, and encloses three large
light spots below the soft dorsal. A blackish mark surrounds
the eye and extends forward on to the snout; sides of head
with dark reticulating lines enclosing lighter spots. Breast
and caudal fin with some very indefinite greyish ocelli.
Spinous dorsal blackish, the soft portion with a median lighter
447
band. Anal, pectorals, and ventrals blackish, hghter in the
larger specimen.
Described from two specimens 290 and 348 mm. long
from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays, the
smaller of which is figured and is selected as the type. They
are closely allied to several of the species of Cheiodactylus
which have more than thirty dorsal rays, but the disposition
of their colour-marking distinguishes them from all.
Loc.—The larger example was obtained at Lord Howe
Island by Mrs. T. Nichols, while the other was secured
by Mr. E. Allen at Norfolk Island.
Family AMMODYTIDAE.
Genus BLEEKERIA, Giinther.
Bleekeria, Giinther: Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862, p. 387
Ti, Louolems, Gunther); Jordan: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
=xx.,, 1906, p: 716.
This genus apparently differs from Ammodytes only in
having no free longitudinal fold of skin along each side of
the ventral surface. A critical comparison of the specimen
described below with European examples of A. tobianus,
Linnaeus, fails to reveal any other generic differences.
BLEEKERIA VAGA, Nh. Sp.
Phi xbi., fo
Pee os Po lO C15; Li: lat. 107 +5 ; Li tr.
fm; 1, 48:
Head, from the premaxillary symphysis to the end of the
opercular lobe, 4°3 in the length to the hypural joint. Depth
of the body 271 in the head. Eye a little wider than the
bony interorbital width, half as long as the snout, and 6°8 in
the head. Pectoral fin 2°5, fourth dorsal ray 4°5, and third
anal ray 3°2 in the head.
Body subevlindrical, a little compressed, thickest in the
middle of its length and tapering at each end. Snout
pointed, the mandible projecting and conical anteriorly.
Maxillary reaching to below the anterior margin of the eye,
pointed behind, and entireiy hidden by the preorbital. Lips
broad. Nostrils minute simple openings, supero-lateral. Eye,
with a well-developed adipose lid. Angles of the preoper-
culum and operculum expanded into broad lobes, which are
produced backwards. Head naked, with a subcutaneous
muciferous system opening into minute pores, which are
largest on the limb of the preoperculum. Jaws and palate
without teeth; a large bony knob at the symphysis of the
premaxillaries, and a smaller one on the mandible. Gill-
openings very wide, the membranes free from the isthmus,
448
and the sht between them extending forward to below the
eye. No longitudinal skin-fold on the side of the
abdomen. A skinny, pointed lobe behind the operculum
above the base of the pectoral: vent well behind the middle
of the body, with a rounded flap covering the urinogenital
orifice.
Scales:—Body covered with scales, which are largely
rudimentary and enveloped in skin-folds extending obliquely
across the body. A longitudinal row at the base of the dorsal
fin-is differentiated from the following two or three between
it and the lateral line; the row directly above the lateral line
is marked with a vertical tubule on each scale posteriorly,
but the tubules become small and interrupted, and finally
disappear anteriorly. Scales of the sides completely enveloped
in the skin-folds, those of the ventral surface free. Scales
cover the base of the caudal fin and extend up between the
rays. Lateral line formed of simple tubes extending over
107 scales, subparallel with the back for the greater part
of its length, and terminating on the upper part of the caudal
peduncle.
Fins.—Dorsal and anal fins placed in shallow grooves.
Dorsal originating behind the base of the pectoral and formed
of slender, subequal rays, most of which are bifurcate; the
third and fourth are higher than those immediately following
them, but the succeeding ones gradually increase in length
again. Anal originating about midway between the base of
the pectoral and the end of the caudal fin, and terminating
well behind the end of the dorsal; its third ray is the longest,
the next two or three decrease rapidly, and succeeding ones
become gradually shorter. Pectoral pointed, the fourth upper
ray longest; it can be received into a depression in the side
when adpressed. Caudal deeply forked.
Colour.—Uniform sandy-yellow in formaline, the opercles
blackish.
Described and figured from a specimen 166 mm. long.
It is closely allied to B. gilli, Bean, and may be identical
with that species, but has 112 instead of 97 scales between -
the origin of the lateral line and the hypural joint, and
», 1, 18 across the middle of the body instead of 3, 14 trans-
verse rows. |
Loc.—Lord Howe Island; collected for the Trustees of
the Australian Museum by Mrs. Thomas Nichols. The
habitat of B. gilli is unknown, but the specimens on which
the species was founded were supposed to have been collected
in the Pacific by Dr. Stimpson.
————— ——— SO
(6) Bean: Proc. U.S. Nat.. Mus:, xvii., 1895, p. 629.
ge ee ae LT
449
Family BLENNIIDAE. \
Genus Giiiias, Evermann and Marsh.
Gillias, Evermann and Marsh: Rept. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxv.,
1899, p. 357 (G. jordami, Everm. and Marsh).
This genus is usually regarded as synonymous with
Tripterygion, Risso, but it apparently differs in having the
head more or less scaly, while scales cover the abdomen and
breast.
GILLIAS SQUAMICEPS, Nn. sp.
Pl. xli., fig 1.
Tripterygion nigripenne, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., pt. 3,
1904, pp. 182, 224 (not T. nigripenne, Cuv. and Val.).
Beemer tet A! 29-23: Pi 8-947-8 V2: C. 138;
L. lat. 21-24; Scales 34-36; L. tr. 24, 1, 7.
} Head 2°9-3°4 in the length to the hypural joint. Eye
longer than the snout, 3°1-3°3 in the head. Snout 1°1-1°2 in
the eye. Depth 1°5-1°7 in the head.
Body elongate, tapering from the head to the caudal
peduncle. Head pointed anteriorly, subcylindrical pos-
teriorly. Snout conical, the jaws equal. Mouth slightly
oblique, the maxilla expanded posteriorly and reaching almost
to below the middle of the eye. A small nasal tentacle, and
a larger branched one on the upper portion of the eye.
Teeth in broad bands in both jaws anteriorly, becoming
uniserial laterally, the outer row enlarged, curved, cardiform ;
a curved row of minute teeth on the vomer, the rest of the
palate apparently toothless.
Scales extending forward to the hinder orbital borders on
the upper-surface of the head and on to the opercles and
cheeks below, where they are arranged in about five rows; in
the smallest specimen the cheeks are naked. Rows of minute,
spine-like cilia are present around the orbital margins, across
the nape, and on the preopercular and suprascapular mar-
gins; these are most developed in the largest specimen.
Entire body, including the abdomen, breast, and pectoral
base, covered with large, strongly ctenoid scales. The lateral
line is almost straight and extends to the vertical of the
_ anterior dorsal ray. It is separated by two series of scales
from the median row on the side of the tail; each of these
has its margin excavated into a deep notch, the notches ex-
tending forward a varying distance in advance of the end
of the lateral line. There are 2} scales between the lateral
_ line and the back, and 7 between it and the anal fin.
Fins.—First dorsal commencing just behind the vertical
_ of the preoperculum: the first spine is the longest, the others
_ decreasing backwards. Second dorsal originating behind the
P
450
base of the pectoral ; its spines increase in length to the eighth
or ninth, and then decrease again. The third dorsal is
highest anteriorly and is composed of simple rays. Anal fin
much longer than the second dorsal and formed of simple
rays, which are curved and thickened towards their tips; they
increase in length to about the twentieth, and the last is
behind the vertical of the hinder dorsal ray. Pectoral large,
the longest upper simple ray reaching well beyond the origin
of the anal; the six or seven lower rays are simple and
thickened, those above them are bifid. Ventrals jugular,
each consisting of two simple free rays, the inner of which is
the longest. Caudal rounded, the two outer rays of each side
simple, the others bifid.
Colour.—-Light-grey in alcohol, each scale with a dark
margin of microscopic black dots; five dark cross-bars descend
from the back to the middle of the sides, where they divide
into irregular intermediate bands on the lower half of the
body. A broad dark bar crosses the cheek from the eye, and
there are several less definite ones crossing the lips. Anterior
dorsal almost black, second and third dorsals crossed by
irregular dark oblique bars. Anal with about eleven dark
spots at its base, from which oblique bars extend on to the
fin; a broad white marginal band. Pectorals and caudal with
numerous irregular brownish cross-bars.
Described from three specimens 25-55 mm. long, the
largest of which is figured and is selected as the type. Two
of these are the specimens which were doubtfully recorded
by Waite as T. nigripenne, but his recent paper upon some
species of Tripterygion proves that they cannot be identified
with that species. They are allied to G. striaticeps, Ramsay
and Ogilby,‘®) but consistently differ in the increased number —
of spines in the first and second dorsal] fins.
Loc.—The two larger examples were collected at Lord
Howe Island, and the smallest at Norfolk Island, taken by
Mr. A. M. Lea.
Family TETRAODONTIDAE.
Genus SpHEROIDES, Dumeril.
SPHEROIDES ALTIPINNIS, Ogilby.
AR he altapinnis, Ogilby: Rec, Austr. Mus., i., pt. 6, 1891,
p. :
Amblyrhynchotus oblongus, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., ili.,
1900, p. 207 (not Tetrodon oblongus, Bloch.).
Tetraodon hypselogeneion, Waite: loc. cit., v., 1908, p. 38 (not
Tetraodon h ypselogencion, Bleeker).
(7) Waite: Rec. Cantb. Mus., ii. ; “pt. 1 1913, p. Lp
(8) Ramsay and Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Bos, N.S., Wales, (2), 111%
1888, p. 419.
ad Mas :
451
Spheroides altipinnis, S. oblongus, and S. hypselogeneton,
Waite: loc. cit., v., 1904, p. 218.
Tetrodon pleurogramma, Regan: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902 (1903),
Si, p. o0v, pl. xxiv., fig. 2.
am PRM EO
Spheroides pleurogramma, McCulloch: Rec. W. Austr. Mus.,
i., 1904, p. 297.
The typical specimen of S. a/tipimnis is in the Australian
Museum collection: it is stuffed and in very poor condition,
but such of its characters as are retained indicate that it is
the adult form of the species described and figured by Regan
as S. pleurogramma. Peldis Via.5; Co 17+6;
L. lat. 27; L. tr. 2+ 7.
Length of head 2°76, height of body 2°65, and: length
of caudal 3°63 in the length. Diameter of eye 2°5, inter-
orbital space 3°84, and length of snout 5°0 in the head.
Head and body compressed, profile of head from snout
to the highest poimt, which is just in advance of the dorsal
fin, almost straight, slightly tumid above the eye. The profile
from the highest point to the origin of the soft dorsal is
slightly concave ; it thence falls more rapidly. The ventral pro-
file is more even and convex; interorbital space nearly flat.
The snout is rather blunt, the jaws equal; the maxilla reaches
to below the middle of the eye, and its distal extremity is
pointed above and rounded below, its width being 3°3 in the
diameter of the eye: opercles finely serrated. Gulls four, a
slit behind the fourth; gill-rakers long and thin, twenty-five
in number on the first arch, of which twenty are on the lower
limb. Pseudobranchiae -present. Vent one-third nearer to
the anal than to the ventral fins.
Teeth.—Villiform teeth in the jaws, on the vomer and
palatines; none on the tongue.
Fins.—The first dorsal originates a little in advance of
the opercular margin: the first spine is small and applied to
the second, which is shorter than the fourth: the third is
_ the longest, one-half the length of the head: the first ray is
one-half longer than the longest spine; the anal has a long
base arising in advance and continued posterior to the second
dorsal ; its second spine is higher than that of this fin; the
pectoral is long, extending to the fourteenth scale of the
lateral] line: the ventral is placed almost wholly in advance
of the pectoral, it reaches to between the vent and the anal
456
fin, and its spine is as long as that of the second dorsal. The
caudal is slightly emarginate ; its peduncle is long and slender ;
its length above being twice, and its depth less than the
diameter of the eye.
Scales.—The scales are large and finely ctenoid; there
are two in advance of the first dorsal. The lateral line closely
follows the dorsal profile; it does not run medially along the
caudal peduncle, but falls to below the middle, where it is
lost at the base of the caudal rays; its scales are branched
anteriorly, but become simpler on the tail.
Colour.—The upper half of the head is dark-brown, the
lower portion yellow, becoming silvery on the opercles: the
two areas are separated by a dark horizontal bar which
extends from the snout through the middle of the eye to the
margin of the opercle. Below this is a narrow white bar,
which broadens slightly on the opercle. The body is pale-
brown above and silvery-yellow beneath, with a large brown
blotch in the middle of the depth beneath the spinous dorsal,
this is split up by three narrow vertical silvery bars.; a broad
brown band passes from the base of the anterior dorsal rays
obliquely forward to the space in front of the anal: the
dorsals are dusky, the other fins colourless.
Length.—88 mm. Four specimens obtained.
These specimens differ from typical examples of the genus
Archamia only in having seven in place of six spines in the
first dorsal fin. They apparently approach the characters of
A. zosterophorus, Bleeker, but in that species the white
facial band and the anterior body-blotch are absent, and the
complete band includes the whole base of the second dorsal.
Family CHIRONEMIDAE.
CHIRONEMUS MICROLEPIS, n. sp.
PL, ‘xi¥i.
Chironemus marmoratus, Waite: Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlii.,
1910, p. 381 (mot of Giinther).
Br: Fi Dow, 18s As a! 6S Paee,b> Vino a
L. lat. 68.
Depth 3°9 in the length to the hypural jomt: head 3°2
in the same. Eye subequal to the interorbital width, shorter
than the snout, 4°3 in the head. Snout 3°3, longest pectoral *
ray 12 in the head. Fourth dorsal spine and second dorsal
ray 2°3, second anal ray 1°4 in the head.
Snout conical, the upper jaw longer than the lower.
Mouth almost horizontal, maxillary reaching to below the
(4) Bleeker: Act. Soc. Nederl., i., Manado, p. 36.
457
anterior orbital margin. Nostrils large, close together before
the eye, the anterior with two fimbriate skinny lobes. Inter-
ocular space concave; the orbital margins breaking the contour
of the head, and each forming a blunt tubercle posteriorly.
Preorbital smooth. Preoperculum broadly rounded, entire.
Operculum with two flat spines. Nape rugose, naked.
Teeth.—Broad bands of villiform, depressible teeth on
each jaw, and a few forming a curved series around the head
of the vomer; palatines toothless.
Scales.—The greater part of the operculum is covered
with small scales; similar but smaller scales extend on to
the cheeks almost to the end of the maxillary, leaving a broad
area on the opercular border and around the eye naked.
Body-scales very small on the nuchal region and back, base
of pectoral, breast, and abdominal surface. Lateral line
running down from the shoulder to the middle of the body
below the anterior dorsal rays, thence straight to the base of
the tail. There are about eighteen scales between the pos-
terior dorsal spines and the lateral line, excluding the dorsal
sheath. Dorsal and anal sheaths well developed.
Fins.—First dorsal commencing above the operculum;
the spines increase rapidly in length to the fourth, after which
they become gradually shorter backwards; the last two spines
are subequal in length. The anterior rays are as long as the
highest spines, and the succeeding ones decrease regularly
backward, leaving the margin of the fin straight. Anal with
three strong spines, the second and third subequal, and the
third in close apposition to the first ray, which is thickened
and simple; second ray longest, as long as the ventrals.
Pectoral pointed, the longest simple ray reaching beyond the
middle of the ventrals, which over-reach the vent. Caudal
subtruncate. |
Colour.—Light purphsh-brown in alcohol, checkered with
well-defined darker markings which subdivide the ground-
colour into subguadrangular patches. Head marbled with
the same dark colour, and somewhat speckled with light dots.
All the fins are marked with a reticulate, dark nattern,
enclosing more or less rounded light spots (McCulloch).
A small example of this species was obtained by Mr. Lea
at Norfolk Island, but the foregoing description is based
upon a specimen 218 mm. long in the Australian Museum,
from which also the accompanying plate is prepared. It
differs from (. marmoratus, Giinther, under which name [
have previously recorded it, in having much smaller scales,
the cheeks and opercles more densely scaly, and in being
rather more elongate.
458
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1. Forster, in Bloch and Schneider: Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 343.
2. Forster: Descr. Anim. ed Lichtenstein, 1844, p. 292.
3. Richardson: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1845 (1846), p. 247.
4. Richardson: Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1844-1848.
5. Bleeker: Verhand. d. Konig. Akad. v. Wetens, 1855.
6. Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1859-1870.
7. Giinther: Fische der Mus. Godeffroy.
8. Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), 1i., 1887, pp.
990-993.
9 Ogilby: “Proc. Linn. Soe’ Nis Wales; xxii) V607. pe
10. Boulenger: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. (2), 1., 1895.
11. Waite: Rec. Aust. Mus., 111, 1900, p. 215.
12. Waite: Trans. N.Z. Inst., xli., 1910, pp. 380-383.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puate XLIV.
Myxus elongatus, Giinther.
PruatE XLV.
Archamia leai, n. sp. *
Pratt XLVI.
Chironemus microlepis, n. sp.
459
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
No. 10.
By J. M. Brack.
[Read October 12, 1916. |]
Piates XLVII. anp XLVIIT.
The district placed in brackets after the name of a locality
means that the record is a new one for that plant in one o1
more of the botanical districts defined in Tate’s ‘‘Flora of
Extra-tropical South Australia.’’ Some interesting new
records were made by Mr. Rodney Cockburn, Secretary of
the Railways Standing Committee, while travelling in the
Far North-east in June last.
GRAMINEAE.—VHragrostis leptocarpa, Benth. Between
Goyder Lagoon and the Queensland border (R. Cockburn).
This handsome grass, whose panicles become purple with age,
has the flowering glume obtuse when spread open (not “rather
acute,’’ as described by Bentham) and the palea almost
glabrous, with the nerves produced upwards into two acute
lateral lobes.
CHENOPODIACEAE.—-I have found it impossible to deter-
mine satisfactorily the number of spines in Bassia paradova
(R. Br.), F. v. M., either in the flower or fruit under ordinary
conditions. However, by macerating one of the fruiting heads
in lime-water all the wool was removed, and it then appeared
that the head consisted of eight connate fruits, of which one
was 2-spined, one was 3-spined, two were 4-spined, and four
were 5-spined. It is clear, therefore, that this species will
not fit into the genus Sc/lerolaena (2 dorsal spines), in which
it was placed by Brown and retained by Bentham, or into
Anisacantha (3-5 dorsal spines).
AMARANTACEAE.—A/ternanthera angustifolia, R. Br.
Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cock-.
burn) ; Oodnadatta (Miss Staer). A new record for the State.
CRUCIFERAE.—A/yssum linifolium, Steph. Government
Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W). Capsella pilosula, F. v. M.
Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W).
LecuMinosaE.—Psoralea eriantha, Benth. Oodnadatta
(Miss Staer) ; between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border
(R. Cockburn; Dist. C). Crotalaria Cunninghamu, R. Br.
Mulka (R. Cockburn). This plant, with its showy golden and
460
dark-striped flowers, is locally known as the ‘‘Stuart Pea.’”
C. dissitiflora, Benth., var. eremaea, F. v. M. Mulka (R.
Cockburn ; Dist. C). Stipes of pod almost as long as calyx.
ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. — Zygophyllum — fruticulosum, DC.
Specimens from Bell Rock, on the Murray, have smaller
flowers and fruit than usual and slender diffuse stems, each
capsule containing, by abortion, only one or two seeds.
RUTACEAE.
Phebalium bullatum, sp. “ova. (tab. xlvii.). Fruti-
culus erectus vix metralis, fois cuneato-linearibus 5-12 mm.
longis rigidis crassis margine glanduloso-bullatis supra viridi-
bus acutiuscule canaliculatis subtus argenteo-lemdotis et
nervum ‘medium prominentem ostendentibus, umbellis ter-
minalibus, ramulis pedicellis calycibusque lepmdotis, calyce
obtuse et breviter dentato, petalis intus flavis extus squamulis
rufescentibus et albis vestites, staminibus exsertis, filamentis
glabris flavis, antheris caducis glanduld terminatis, stylo basin
versus stellato-piloso, carpellis dense lemdotis.
South Australia: River Murray (Tate Herbarium,
labelled ‘‘Hriostemon lemdotus, F. v. M., var. amiefolius’’ ) >
Ninety-mile Desert (Tate Herbarium, collector, J. Gudge,
labelled ‘‘Hriostemon sediflorus, F. vy. M.’’); Wilkawatt (T.
G. B. Osborn); between Murray Bridge and Callington ;
‘Karoonda (J.-M. Black).
Victoria (localities kindly supplied by Professor Ewart) :
Near Lake Hindmarsh (Mrs. Captain Rowan); north-west of
Lake Hindmarsh (C. French, sen.) ; north-west of Lake Alba-
cutya (C. French, sen.).
Flowers September and October. Seems to have been
first included by Baron von Mueller under Hriostemon sedi-
florus (Phebalium glandulosum, Hook.), and later under /.
stenophyllus, F. v. M., which was originally considered by
Mueller to be merely a variety of #. lemdotus, F. v. M. (Ph.
sguamulosum, Vent.). The varietal name quoted in the Tate
Herbarium seems to have been given by Mueller, but not
published; I do not understand the word “amiefolius’’ ; it 1s
- perhaps a transcriber’s error for ‘“ferassifolius.’’ The new
species differs from its three East-Australian allies (Ph.
glandulosum, squamulosum, and stenophyllum) in the leaves
linear-cuneate, more or less acutely channelled above and with
a prominent midrib below, never recurved or revolute on the
inargins, and with very conspicuous glandular tubercles and
silvery scales on the margins and underside. The style is
stellate-hairy towards the base, while in the other three species:
it is glabrous.
4
ey ip ee a eee Te
<<
*
pe
a
461
EvuPpHoRBIACEAE.—Phyllanthus trachyspermus, F. v. M.
Between Goyder Lagoon and reensland border (R. Cock-
burn; Dist. C).
LyYTHRACEAE.—Ammanna multiflora, Roxb. Between
Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn). First
record for South Australia proper. Given by Tate for
Northern Territory (Dist. F).
BoRRAGINACEAE. — Fritrichium australasicum, DC.
Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W).
ScROPHULARIACEAE.—J/imulus gracilis, R. Br. Between
Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn;
Dist. C).
CUCURBITACEAE.—Cucumis trigonus, Roxb. Between
Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn;
Dist. C).
CompositaE.—-Gnaphalium imdicum, L. Between Goy-
der Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn). First
record for South Australia proper. Brachycome basaltica,
FP. v. M. Same locality (Dist. C). Gnephosis eriocarpa,
Benth. Same locality. Our specimens have all the partial
heads 1-flowered, with about six oblanceolate, scarious bracts,
united by the wool growing on the green midribs, and with
light-yellow (not pink) tips. Sphaeranthus hirtus, Willd.
Same locality. First record for South Australia. Hitherto
found only in Queensland and tropical part of Northern Ter-
ritory. Hrigeron sessilifolius, F. v. M. (pl. xlviii.). Pandie
Pandie Hills, near the Queensland border (R. Cockburn).
Discovered by Alex. Forrest on the Daly River, N.T., and
described by Mueller in 1881 (Fragm. xi., 100). It does not
appear to have been observed elsewhere since then, and the
distance from the Daly River to Pandie Pandie is about 900
miles. ~The involucral bracts are unusually broad for the
genus HLrigeron, but I cannot see that they are ‘‘connate
below in a broad lamina,’’ as stated by Mueller. It seems
to me that the outer circuit of the very broad, concave recep-
tacle was mistaken for the base of the involucre. Since the
above was written, Professor Ewart informs me that the
Victorian National Herbarium contains, in addition to the
type from the sources of the Daly River, a scrap of the same
plant, unnamed but marked ‘‘Near Eyre’s Creek, 1889;
Alfred Henry.’ Eyre Creek is an affluent of the Warburton
and traverses portion of Queensland and South Australia,
passing near the Pandie Pandie country.
STYLIDIACEAE.
In the valuable ‘‘Census of New South Wales Plants,’’
by Mr. J. H. Maiden and the late Mr. E. Betche, the authors
462
follow Mueller in substituting Candollea, Labill., for Styli-
dium, Swartz, and say (p. 162):—‘‘The genus Candollea was
founded by Labillardiére in 1805; one year later the same
author applied the name Candollea, apparently by an over-
sight, to another genus (Dillemaceae). As both genera could
not stand, Swartz changed Candollea (Candolleaceae) in 1807
into Stylidium, and consequently the order into Stylidieac,
but in doing so he made the twofold mistake of changing the
name of the plant that has undoubtedly the claims of priority
and of selecting a name (Stylidium) already applied by
Loureiro in 1790 to a genus of Cornaceac. There can be no
doubt that F. v. Mueller was right in restoring the name
Candollea to the genus first named so by Labillardiére (Can-
dolleaceae). abillardiére’s second genus, Candollea (Dil-
leniaceae), of course, had to go, and is now united with
Hibbertia.’’
The whole question is of great importance to Australian
systematic botany, and therefore the following comments will
not be out of place :—
1. Labillardiére did not apply the name Candollea ‘in
1806 to a genus in Dillemaceae “‘by an oversight,’’ but because
he found that the genus in Stylidiaceae which he had named
Candollea in 1805 had, earlier in the same year, beén published
as Stylidiwm by Swartz in Willdenow’s Spec. Pl. iv., 146.
This was the first description of that genus, the second being
in 1807. The Stylidim of Swartz has, therefore, a clear
priority over the first Candollea of Labillardiére.
2. Thus the only question to determine is whether the
Stylidium of Loureiro, published in 1790, is a valid genus in
Cornaceae and therefore invalidates the Stylidium of Swartz.
To this the reply is that the Sty/dium of Loureiro is con-
sidered by all the great botanical authorities (Bentham and
Hook., Gen. Pl.; Index Kewensis; Engl. and Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzenfam.) as a synonym of J/arlea, or of Alangvum if
Marlea be considered a section of that genus. It is not even
certain whether it can be identified with MWarlea. H. Harms,
in the Nat. Pflanzenfam., 11., 8, 260, says:—‘‘Stylidiwm
chinense, Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch. ed. Willdenow (1793), p.
273, is generally quoted as a synonym of Marlea begonufola,
Roxb.: but as Loureiro speaks of a ‘corolla infera’ and ‘drupa
supera,’ the description he gives does not agree with JMJar/ea
Legonvfolia. In any case, jt now seems to me questionable
whether Loureiro’s diagnosis can be referred to JMJarlea.”’
3. Mueller, after he had attempted to restore Labil-
lardiere’s first Candollea and Loureiro’s Stylidiwm, renamed
the Australian plant, Marlea vitiensis, Benth., as Styldium
vitiense, F. v. M., but in the ‘‘Census of New South Wales
463
Plants’? Bentham’s name is retained and Mueller’s treated
merely as a synonym.
4. As the Stylidium of Loureiro has fallen into complete
disuse and become only a synonym, the way is cleared for the
adoption of Swartz’s Styhdium. Article 50 of the Vienna
rules says:—‘‘No one is authorized to reject, change, or
modifyaname . . ._ because of the existence of an earlier
homonym which is universally regarded as non-valid.’’ This
was evidently the view taken by Bentham in the ‘‘Flora Aus-
traliensis,’’ and more recently by Dalle Torre and Harms in
their ‘“‘Genera Siphonogamarum,’’ and by Mildbraed in
‘‘Engler’s Pflanzenreich, Stylidiaceae.’’
~
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Puate XLVI:
Phebalium bullatum, n. sp. 1 and 8, upper-surface of leaves;
2 and 4, under-surface of leaves; 5, transverse section of leaf;
6, scale from under-surface of leaf; 7, pistil; 8, petal; 9, stamen.
Prave XVI
- Erigeron sessilifolius, F. v. M. 1, half of receptacle and
involucre, spread out and seen from below; 2, bisexual flower;
3, female flower; 4, stvle-branches; 5, stamens: 6, hairs.
464
A RESEARCH ON THE EUCALYPTS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
AND THEIR ESSENTIAL OILS.
By R. T. Baker, F.L.8., and H. G. Smirn, F.C.S.,
Technological Museum, Sydney, New South Wales.
(Communicated by Prof. E..H. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc., Lond.)
' [Read October 12, 1916.]
PLatTes ADA, 10 LIT.
CONTENTS.
Page.
1. Acknowledgments aN aoe e., ie tia ABA
2. Introduction—
(ay Botanical Be a gt ab ... 465
(b) Chemical aie PRL 2 < S
3. General Grouping of South Ree iia ee yt
4, Species, with their Systematic, Technological, and
Chemical Data af ..., 468
5. Tabulated Results obtained w with Grids Oils ... 493
6. Botanical Survey of Species ... ak Dy 4. 1/400
7. Census of Species at a as a er niwey. Wie
1.—ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
We have to acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr.
Walter Gill, F.L.S., the Conservator of Forests of South
Australia, for kindly furnishing material for distil-
lation of several of the species, and to Mr. E. Burgess, of
Kangaroo [sland, who at considerable personal effort for-
warded material for distillation of the Kangaroo Island
species.
We have also to tender our thanks to the Education
Department of South Australia for kindly granting permission
to circularize the teachers under its jurisdict’on, asking them
to aid in the preparation of this paper. We received
material and general information from this source, and wish
to express our thanks to those correspondents whose indi-
vidual names are given at the end of this paper. The list of
localities from which the material was collected is also given.
;
+
465
2.—INTRODUCTION.
(a) Bovranica..
The systematic side of the South Australian Eucalypts
has received a fair amount of attention at the hands of
botanists, and the ‘‘Census’’ of Professor Tate in Transactions
of the Royal Society of South Australia, 1889, p. 93, leaves
little to be desired up to that date. No special work, how-
ever, has been published on the economics of these Eucalypts,
especially as regards the cliemistry of their essential oils, and
it is these desiderata that form the main object of this paper.
The species are arranged according to the plan laid down
in our work, ‘‘A Research on the Eucalypts and their Essen-
tial Oils,’’ Sydney, 1902. It may be stated that those species
occurring in the Northern Territory are not included in this
list.
A few alterations from Tate’s list are as follows :—
EB. albens, FE. calycogona, F. elaeophora, FE. Bosistoana,
E. Lansdownmana, and F. acervula are added, whilst £.
amygdalina, E. paniculata, HL. gonocalyx, EF. Stuartiana,
BE. Gunni, 2. Sieberiana are omitted, as there is not suffi-
cient evidence forthcoming of their occurrence in South
Australia.
The number of Eucalypts recorded for South Australia
falls much short cf those for the other States, except perhaps
Tasmania, a fact probably due to its geographical position in
regard to the main mountain ranges of the continent, where
the species are found to be more numerous. The species show
perhaps a closer botanical connection with those of Victoria
and Tasmania than of other contiguous States, while the
greatest differences exist between them and those of New
South Wales and Western Australia. What may be regarded
as the introductory group of the genus Eucalyptus—the
“‘Bloodwoods’’—is practically unrepresented, and this fact
again illustrates the argument which was advanced by us in’
a paper on the Victorian Eucalypts (Reports, A.A.A.S., vol.
xiv., p. 296-7) concerning the period of development of the
Eucalypts in Australia. Although the most numerous group
of the South Australian Eucalypts is the ‘‘Mallee,’’ even
this numbers less than a dozen species, probably due to the
greater uniformity of the topographical features from those
of the neighbouring States.
The next largest group is the ‘‘Gums,’’ and here we have
a very interesting specimen, 7. acervila, which was originally
described from Tasmania, and is now shown for the first time
to also occur on the mainland. On morphological grounds it
has previously, in South Australia, gone under the name of
9?
466
EL. Gunnu, but xylogically and chemically the relationship
cannot be established with that Tasmanian species.
The salient species of this group is the ‘‘Murray Red
Gum,’’ #. rostrata, a characteristic feature on all the water-
ways in the State.
The group known as ‘‘Boxes,’’ so prominent in New
South Wales, is also not wanting in South Australia, and
Ky. Woollsiana and f. albens are good representatives.
The “Stringybark” group has likewise a good representative
in 4. obliqua, which is restricted to the South-eastern ranges,
where it is found growing along with the other ‘‘Stringy-
barks,’ /#. capitellata and /. macrorhyncha.
Such distinctive groups as ‘‘Peppermint’’ and ‘‘Iron-
bark’’ are quite absent—not @ single species of either being
so far recorded.
Of these groups, the best timber trees are H. rostrata,
KB. obliqua, E. leucoxylon, KH. microtheca, and EF. largi-
florens ; while the best oil-producing species are /. eneorifolia,
Kk. odorata, and #. oleosa.
It thus appears that these are the best of the South
Australian species of Eucalypts for re-afforestation, or for
commercial oil-production.
The following list gives the approximate number of
representatives of the several groups:—Stringybarks, 3;
Gums, 9; Mallees, 11: ° Boxes, 8: Ironbarks, 0: Blood-
woods, 0; Peppermints, 0; Ashes, 0.
(b) CHEMICAL.
. The chemical investigation of the Essential oils of a
number of species which are considered in this paper for the
first time shows that, taken as a whole, general agreement
may be traced between the constituents of these species and
those of certain groups growing in the eastern portion of the
continent. None of them, however, is referable to the large
group of phellandrene-bearing oils which occurs so plentifully
in the highlands of New South Wales and Victoria, and in
Tasmania. The characteristic constituent of the oils of these
latter species is the ketone piperitone, and in no case was this
constituent detected in the oils of the ten species now investi-
gated for South Australia. The distinguishing constituent
most frequently occurring in these oils is aromadendral—the
high-boiling laevorotatory aldehyde so frequently found in
the oils of the ‘‘Mallees’’ and in those species allied to them,
as, for instance, the typical ‘‘Boxes’’ (H#. hemrphloa, EF.
albens, etc.).
The quantity of oil obtained from the leaves of some of
the species described is particularly small, and in no instance
7 . 2 5
ee eee ee ea ee eee
467
-~ %
was a yield of 2 per cent. of oil obtained. The oils of two
species from Kangaroo Island (#. eneorifolia and FL. odorata)
are almost identical in composition with that yielded by F.
polybractea, the ‘‘Silver-leaf Mallee’’ of Victoria, and the
““Blue Mallee’’ of New South Wales; and the oils of these
three species may be considered as’ being amongst the richest
in cineol content of all the oils yielded by the genus Euca-
lyptus. Most of the rectified oils of the species now described
.for the first time were tinged yellow, and none was water-white
similar to those of the ‘‘Peppermints’’ and of the ‘‘Ashes.”’
This colour is traceable to the influence of the particular
phenol occurring in this group, which evidently forms a
quinone structure at certain stages. . It does not appear to
contain a methoxy -group in the para position similar to
Tasmanol—the phenol of the “Peppermint group’’—and is
crystallizable.
The oils of all the species contain esters, as do all crude
Eucalyptus oils, although in some cases very small in amount.
The esters in the oil of 2. fasctculosa represented 7:7 per
cent., if the alcohol had the C,,H,,OH molecule, and the
acid acetic. The alcohol did not appear to be geraniol; but
the amount of oil at our disposal was altogether too small
for it to be isolated and determined. The ester, geranyl-
acetate, was present to the extent of about 14 per cent. in
the oil of #. acervula. Pinene was a constant constituent in
practically all the oils, although in some of them the amount
was but small. Limonene was also detected in the oils of a
few species, as also was phellandrene. Cymene was deter-
mined as occurring in the oil of /. rostrata in some quantity,
and-a good deal of work was done on the aromadendral,
which also occurs in this oil in fair amount. The oil from
Ek. rostrata from Kangaroo Island was of particular interest,
and analysis shows it to be in close agreement with those we
distilled from material collected many years ago at Albury,
and at Hay, in New South Wales. The results were pub-
lished in 1902 in our work, “‘A Research on the Eucalypts.’’
The oil distilled from the variety borealis of this species, while
being as comparatively constant in itself as that of the type,
has differences in constitution particularly marked, the two
forms being in this respect quite distinct. We have now
investigated material from both forms collected from several
localities widely separated, and quite recently oil distilled in
Victoria from the variety horealis has been analysed.
It will be observed that only a few South Australian speci-
mens now remain of which the oils have not been investigated,
and we should be glad to receive material of these for distil-
lation and investigation.
468
3.—GENERAL GROUPING OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN
KUCALYPTS.
STRINGYBARKS : — Boxes : —
EF. obliqua E. olaeophora
E. camtellata EL. Bosistoana
EB. macrorhyncha E. albens
BE. Woollsiana’
MALLEES : — E. hemiphloia
EB. Behriana EB. largiflorens
E. gracilis EF. microtheca
E. odorata EB. santalifolia
FE. oleosa FE. Blackburniana
E. unecinata
BE. cneorrfolia Gums : —
EL. dumosa BE. acervula
FE. calycogona FE. viminalis
E. incrassata EL. rostrata
E. pachyphylla EF. cosmophylla
E. Lansdowneana FE. fasciculosa
EL. leucoxylon
BE. coriacea
E. corynocalyz
4.-—SPECIES, WITH THEIR SYSTEMATIC, TECHNO-
LOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL DATA.
(Arranged in order of sequence.)
1. EUCALYPTUS CAPITELLATA, Sm. (Bot. New Holl., 42,
Trans. Linn. Soc., i., 285).
“Stringybark.”’
This species is one of the best known of the ‘‘Stringy- |
barks’’ in the three States—South Australia, Victoria, and
New South Wales; in the latter it is called ‘‘Brown Stringy-
bark.’’ In South Australia it attains the greatest height of
all the “‘Stringybarks,’’ and is one of the most valuable
timber-trees in the State.
Brown, in his “‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ figures
and gives a full account of the features and economics of the
species. ~ 7
Its botanical and chemical characters are fully described
in our ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 149.
2. EUCALYPTUS MACRORHYNCHA, F. v. M.
‘Red Stringybark.”
Tate, in his ‘‘Census’’ (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol.
xil., 1889, p. 94) records this species for South Australia, 4
469
but Maiden (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxii., p. 285)
states that a specimen in the University Herbarium of Ade-
laide, labelled by Tate ‘‘#. macrorhyncha . . dale
£. obliqua, L’Her. If #. macrorhyncha has been admitted
to the Flora of South Australia on the authority of that
specimen, it should be removed.’’ We, however, have
received a specimen from Mount Templeton (C. N. Grenfell)
which is undoubtedly #. macrorhyncha.
Its botanical and chemical characters are given in our
work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 146.
3. EUCALYPTUS SANTALIFOLIA, F. v. M.
“White Mallee.’
This species was described by Baron von Mueller in
Trans. Vict. Inst., 1854. Bentham, in his ‘‘Flora Austra-
liensis,” vol. ii1., 1866, recognized its validity as a
species, and Mueller in his “‘Eucalyptographia,’’ 1879, gives a
figure. J. H. Maiden, in his ‘‘Critical Revision of the
Eucalypts,’’ suppresses it as a synonym under FL. diversifolia,
Bonpland, which Bentham regarded as a variety of JL.
vminalis (*‘Flora Australiensis,’’ 11i., p. 240). It is apparent
from this that the systematic placing of this tree is now
surrounded with difficulty.
Mueller, in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia,
talifolia, synonymizes Bonpland’s #. diversifolia, remarking
that ‘‘as the plant defined by Bonpland represents that very
pM)
young state’ . . . in which the leaves pass from the
broad form of juvenile plants into the narrow shape of the
leaves, . . . normal for adult trees, the name had to be
discarded.’’ The figure illustrating Bonpland’s plant, which
Mueller states was done by Massa, we have not seen.
As Bentham places Bonpland’ s £. diversifolhia under EL.
vimmalis, the inference is that there must have been some
resemblance to that species, and then, in spite of this, we
have Mueller bringing it under his #. santalifolia. Bentham
fully describes /. santalifolia, F. v. M. (vol. 11., p. 206), and
does not allude to its resemblance to F. diversifolia, and he
probably saw specimens of both.
Bentham, when mentioning this species (HL. santalifolia)
under /. viminalis, states that ‘‘the flowers are rather
numerous in the umbel and the fruit large.’’ Now six
flowers are the most we have seen in /. santalifolia; Mueller’s
figure shows only three at the most. The leaves, at least,
and certainly not the fruits, can hardly be said to resemble
those of 2. viminalis, so that it appears Bentham must have
had material differing from Ff. santalifolia, as now under-
stood, when he matched Z. diversifolia with F. viminalis.
under his HL. san- .
470
The late Rev. Dr. Wools named specimens of what is
now #. rubida for one of us as #. diversifolia—a very good
name for the tree—specimens of which Bentham may have
had when identifying #. diversifelia of Bonpland. Unfor-
tunately, no one seems to have described the ‘‘sucker’’ or
abnormal leaves of #4. santalifolia, or, for the matter of that,
LE. diversifolia, so that it is difficult to understand how the
latter name apples to Mueller’s tree, as the leaves are not
diverse.
Maiden, in his ‘‘Critical Revision of the Eucalypts,”’
Part i1., reproduces in full Bonpland’s description of FP.
diversifolia, but unaccompanied by Massa’s plate.
The more experience we have with Eucalypts the more
the fact is impressed upon us that it is more often than
not almost impossible to identify Eucalyptus trees or material
from descriptions alone, and this is the difficulty with
Bonpland’s description. in this connection it brings to mind
the words of Caley in ‘‘Flinders’ Voyages,’’ vol. 11., p. 547,
under “‘Eucalyptus’’:—‘‘Fifty species of Eucalyptus, most
of which are distinguished and have proper names applied to
them by the native inhabitants, who, from differences in
colour, texture, and scaling of the bark, and in the ramifica-
tion and general appearance of these trees, more readily
distinguish them than botanists have as yet been able to do.”’
Of the identity of #. santalifolia, as now established,
there can be no doubt, and as the chemical data are made
on that species there is no other alternative but to retain that
name for the result of this investigation.
Essential Oil.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil-
lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo
Island in the month of June.
The average yield of oil was 0°41 per, cent. The
crude oil was of a lemon-yellow colour and had a terpene-like
odour, which almost entirely masked that of the small amount
of cineol. Although chiefly a terpene oil, and highly laevo-
rotatory, yet phellandrene was absent. The oil also contained
nearly 20 per cent. of sesquiterpenes. The crude oil had
specific gravity at 15° C.=0°884; rotation 4p—37°7°; refrac-_
tive index at 20°=1°4736, and required 8 volumes 80 per
cent. alcohol to form a clear solution.
The saponification number for the esters and free acids
was 4°9.
On rectification a few drops of acid water came over,
but the volatile aldehydes were present only in very small
amount. Between 168-175° (corr.), 38 per cent. distilled ;
&
471
between 175-200°, 39 per cent. came over; and _ between
260-275°, 17 per cent. distilled.
These fractions gave the following results :—
Sp. gr. at 15° C. | Rotation ap. | Ref, index at 20°.
First fraction 09674, | +.—386° . | 1:4670
Second fraction O°8701 | — §2°2° | 1°4691
Third fraction 0°9295 = 1°4963
—
The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in
the portion distilling below 200°, and the result gave 12°5
per cent. of that constituent for the crude oil.
The oil is thus shown to consist largely of terpenes,
so that redistillation of the two first fractions was under-
taken. Three per cent. of the first fraction was removed,
which boiled below 162°. The second fraction was then
added and the whole fractionated, in order to further separate
the lower-boiling terpenes. Between 162-172°, 34 per cent.
distilled (=second fraction); between 172-175°, 16 per cent.
distilled. These fractions gave the following results : —
Sp: gr. at 15° C. | Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°.
First fraction 0°8597 —29°6° | 1°4673
Second fraction 0° 8574 | — 480° 1°4693
Third fraction 08574 | —656° | 14711
These results suggest that as phellandrene is absent the
principal terpene in the oil of this species is laevorotatory
limonene, and that pinene is only present in small quantity.
For industrial purposes the essential oil of this Eucalypt has:
little commercial value at present.
, 4. Eucatyptus Bosistoana, F. v. M.
(Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, October, 1895.)
“Red Box.’’
This species probably occurs in South Australia, as
material received by us from Mount Templeton (C. N. Gren-
fell) and Seven Hills (Clara A. Chesterman) resembles this
Eucalyptus more than any other. The material, however,
was hardly perfect enough to speak definitely.
Its botanical and chemical characters are given in our
work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 61.
472
5. EUCALYPTUS GRACILIS, F. v. M.
A ‘‘Mallee.’’
This species was described by Mueller in 1884 in Trans.
‘Vict. Inst., 1., 35, and Frag. i1., 55. Bentham, in his ‘‘Flora
Australensis,’’ acknowledges the specific rank of this Euca-
lyptus, as well as Tate in his “‘Census of South Australian
Plants,’’ 1889. Maiden (Crit. Rev. Gen. Euc., vol. i., p.
&1) synonymizes this species under 1. calycogona, Turcz. The
material of #. calycogona has not been investigated by us,
so that we cannot speak as to the synonymy of these species.
The material examined is 2. gracilis, F. v. M.
The botanical and chemical characters are given in our
work, “‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,” p. 129.
6. Evcatyprus oporata, Behr. (Sch. Linnea., xx., 657).
‘“Peppermint.”’
Pigs.
Behr’s species is acknowledged in Bentham’s ‘‘Flora
Australiensis’’ and Mueller’s ‘‘Eucalyptographia,’’ and later
by Maiden in his ‘‘Critical Revision of the Eucalypts,’’
vol. u1., part 1., p. 26, as well as in the Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Aus., 1903, where he goes fully into the synonymy of the
species.
With most of this latter synonymy we are not in accord,
especially placing /. Lansdowmana under F£. odorata.
Brown, in his “‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ figures
both species, and if any reliance can be placed in delineation
greater differences could not be better illustrated. Brown’s
figure is what we regard as #. |Woollsvana.
The species, as understood in this paper, is restricted to
the tree commonly known as ‘‘Peppermint,’’ found in the
neighbourhood of Adelaide and elsewhere in the State, in-
cluding Kangaroo Island. To assist in its identification a
figure is here given (pl. 1.). ,
The results given in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential
Oils,” p. 210, were obtained from an oil submitted by
Faulding & Co., of Adelaide, under that name, and was not
of our distillation. i i
Essential Oul.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil-
lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo
Jsland in the month of June.
This species is considered by Eucalyptus distillers of
Kangaroo Island to be of equal value with 2. eneorifolia for
oil distillation. .
473
The origin of the name ‘*Peppermint’’ for this species
could not be traced, and it seems to be altogether a misnomer,
as the ketone of peppermint odour (piperitone) appears to be
absent in the oil, the characterstic high-boiling constituent
being aromadendral. The name ‘‘Peppermint’’ is also given
to Eucalyptus species in New South Wales, the oils of which
do not contain piperitone, nor do their oils have a peppermint
odour. The oils of the true “‘Peppermint’’ Eucalyptus species
contain the terpene i ela in addition to the pepper-
mint ketone.
The average yield of oil was 1°87 per cent., but as the
* material was collected in the winter this may be taken as the ©
minimum yield. The crude oil was orange-brown in tint,
indicating but a trace of phenol, and had an odour similar
to those belonging to the cineol-pinene group, with a
secondary odour indicating aromadendral. Volatile alde-
hydes were pronounced. The oil was very rich in cineol, and
phellandrene was absent.
The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9193;
rotation *>n—1°1°; refractive index at 20°=1'4639, and was
soluble in 14 volumes 70 per cent. alcohol. The laevorotation
shown by this oil is due to the aromadendral. The saponifi-
cation number for thé esters and free acids was 8°5.
On rectification a few drops of acid water with some
aldehydes came over below 173° C. (corr.), showing the com-
parative absence of the lower-boiling terpenes. Between
173-185°, 82 per cent. distilled; between 185-215°, 8 per
cent. came over, and between 215-230°, 4 per cent. distilled.
These fractions gave the following results :—
First fraction 0°9153 — (1° 1°4619
Second fraction | 0°9161 LK | ha 1°46389
Third fraction 0°9219 ah 7° | 1°4794
e Sp. gr: at 15° C. Rotation ay. Ref. index at 20°.
The high laevorotation of the third fraction is due to the
aromadendral. The cineol was determined by the resorcinol
method in the fractions distilling below 185°. The results.
from two determinations showed that 86 per cent. of cineol
was present in the crude oil, which proves it to be cne of the
richest cineol-bearing oils of the whole group.
‘The rectified oil was slightly yellow in tint, due to the
particular phenol present.
474
There is a very strong resemblance between the oil of
this Eucalypt and that of ‘‘Narrow Leaf,’’ 2. cneorifolia,
and for commercial purposes no marked differences should be
detected between the products of the two species.
7. EKucatyerus oveosa, F. v. M. (Neder Kruid. Arch., iv.,
132).
‘‘Red’’ or ‘“Water Mallee.”’
PL tie.
This Eucalyptus species, one of the large group known
‘as ‘‘Mallees,’’ preserves its specific botanical and chemical -
characters throughout its geographical distribution. It is
fully described, both systematically and chemically, in our
work on the ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 118.
8. EUCALYPTUS UNCINATA, Turcz.
A. ‘‘Maltlee,”’
In this State it occurs on Kangaroo Island, as well as
the mainland, and is fairly constant in its characters, being
always found as a ‘‘Mallee.”’
This is a species that so far has eluded us, and we have
not yet been able to procure material for chemical investiga-
tion.
9. EKucanyprus cnEorIFoLIA, DC. (Prod., 11. p. 220).
‘‘Narrow-leaf Mallee.’’
Pl. xlix.
The specific rank of this Eucalypt has so far been unchal-
lenged. It is the ‘‘Narrow-leaf Mallee’’ of Kangaroo Island,
although it is not uncommon to find it in small tree form. —
A figure is given of it in DC. Mem. Myrt., t.p., according
to Bentham (loc. cit.), but so far it has not been depicted
in any Australian publication. A figure is, therefore, given
with these results, which will more definitely place it for
future reference for botanical workers, both in and outside
Australia (pl. xlix.).
Nssential Oil.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil-
lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island
in,the month of June. This species is the principal one on |
the island from which Eucalyptus oil for pharmaceutical
purposes is distilled. It is one of the ‘‘Mallees,’’ or shrubby
Eucalypts, and is a very common species on Kangaroo Island.
475 .
The species known as ‘‘Peppermint’’ on the island seems
to be closely related chemically to #. eneorifolia, and the oils
distilled from these two trees show great resemblances. The
principal constituent is cineol, and pinene is only present in
comparative small amount. The Ingh-boiling aldehyde,
aromadendral, is a characteristic constituent in this oil, even
more so than in that of the ‘‘Peppermint.’’ The rectified oil
is slightly yellow in tint, as is usual with the oils of this
group. This colour is due to the influence of the particular
phenol present. The product of this species is one of the
mest pronounced cineol-bearing oils obtainable from the
whole genus, but requires rectification, so that the aromaden-
dral may be removed as much as possible.
The average yield of oil was 1°8 per cent.,. but this may
be taken as the minimum yield, as the material was collected
in mid-winter. The crude oil was orange-brown in tint, and
had an odour similar to the cineol-pinene oils of this group,
with a secondary odour of aromadendral. Volatile aldehydes
were present, but phellandrene was absent.
The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9229;
rotation, *>—3°3°; refractive index at 20° =1°4664, and was
soluble in 14 volumes 70 per cent. alcohol. The laevorotation
of this oil is largely due to the aromadendral. On rectifica-
tion a few drops of acid water with some aldehydes came over
below 174° (corr.). Between 174-185° C., 81 per cent. dis-
tilled; between 185-220°, 9 per cent. came over; and between
220-237°, 5 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the
following results :—
ae
aie
Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°
|
First Tea | 0°9166 — 1°1° 1°46382
Second fraction "9172 yg | 1°4678
Third fraction 0°9291 —16°2° 1°4866
The high laevorctation of the third fraction is due to
the aromadendral. The cineol was determined by the
resorcinol method in the fractionated oil. When calculated
for the crude oil the result showed that 87 per cent. of
cineol was present. The saponification number for the esters
and free acids was 7°4.
It will be noticed how closely the above results agree
with those obtained with the oil distilled from the species
_ known vernacularly on Kangaroo Tsland as ‘‘Peppermint’’
¢E. odorata).
7
3
476
10. Eucatyprus pumosa, A. Cunn. (Schau. in Walp. Rep.,
li., p. 925, 1843).
“Red Mallee.”’
We are in favour of keeping this species distinct from
. incrassata at present, in opposition to Mueller (‘‘Eucalyto-
graphaia,’’ Dec. V.), where it is synonymized under that
species, while Maiden (‘‘Crit. Rev.Gen. Euc.,” vol. 1.5; p. 95)
only gives it varietal rank to #. imerassata. The specimens
received by us from various parts of South Australia are
morphologically identical with many others received from
New South Wales and Victoria, thus showing a uniformity
over a large geographical area of the mainland, which, we
think, warrants its specification.
It is botanically and chemically described in our work
on ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 117. |
The material for botanical investigation for this paper
was obtained from Kangaroo Island, and the fruits differ
only slightly from those of the mainland, being inclined to
pear shape and a little longer than the mainland 2. dwmosa.
The chemical results show a’ little variation, but not
anything nearly sufficient to warrant the making of even a new
variety. ;
Hssential Ou.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil-
lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island
in the month of June. The leaves of this species were some-
what thick, and the terminal branchlets had quite angular
stems, the bark on the branchlets being quite red in places.
The leaves, after steam distillation, had become quite red in
colour, particularly the young shoots at the end of the
branchlets. This peculiar red colour, given’ to the steam-
distilled leaves, was also observed with those of FL. leucorylon,
but not with the leaves of the ‘‘White Mallee’’ or of any
other species from Kangaroo Island.
The average yield of oil was 0°96 per cent. The crude ©
oil was reddish in colour and in odour resembled the oils of the |
pinene-cineol group. Cuineol was present in fair quantity, but
phellandrene was absent. The terpene of low-boiling point
was dextrorotatory pinene, and the high-boiling fraction con- —
sisted principally of the sesquiterpene.
The crude oil had specific gravity at 15°=0°9041; rota- —
tion 4p+16°4; refractive index at 20° =1'4667, and required
one volume of 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear solution. —
The saponification number for the esters and free acids —
was 3°7.
477
On rectification a few drops of acid water with some
aldehydes came over below 163° C. (corr.). Betweén 163-
167°, 32 per cent. distilled; between 167-198°, 53 per cent.
came over; the temperature then rose to 245°, and between
that temperature and 272° 10 per cent. distilled. These
fractions gave the following results :—
| |
| Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°.
First fraction _ 08854 +24°5° 1°4629
Second fraction | 0°9022 +14°1° 1°4625
Third fraction | 0°9289 a | 1°4920
af |
The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in
the portion distilling below 198°. When calculated for the
crude oil the result showed 42°5 per cent. of cineol to be
present.
The oil belongs to the pinene-cineol class, and does not
contain constituents which might be considered of a special
character. The species is thus of little value as an oil-pro-
ducing tree, particularly as others are available from which a
greater yield of oil can be obtained and also much richer in
cineol.
The chemical resemblance between ‘‘Blue Gum’’ (2£.
leucozylon) and ‘‘Red Mallee,’’ as shown by the formation of
a red coloration to the leaves when steam-distilled, is further
exemplified with their oils, and it will be observed that the
results obtained with the oils of these two trees are in strong
agreement.
11. EvcaLyptus PpacuypHyiia, F. v. M. (Jour. Linn. Soc.,
pp. 141,;°:98).
This species belongs to the shrubby group of Eucalypts,
and is found in the dry interior near Lake Amedeus, and the
McDonald Range.
12. Evcatyetus LANSDOWNEANA, F. v. M. et J. E. B.
(‘‘Forest Flora of S. Aus.’’).
‘Red Flowering Mallee.”’
This was described and figured by Mueller and Brown in
“‘The Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ published in 1882.
478
It was described from the Gawler Ranges specimens, but the
authors give Encounter Bay, Ch. Stuart, 1847; and Port
Lincoln, 1851.
Tate (Proc. A.A.A.S., Sydney, 1898, p. 535) states it
is not a tenable species, and Maiden (‘‘Crit. Rev. Genus
Kuc.,’’ vol. 11., p. 32) places it as a variety of /. odorata.
The fruits figured //oc. cit.) do not match those of any
other South Australian species seen by us (including a large
series of 4’. odorata), and therefore we are inclined to regard
it as a valid species, after seeing the specimen in the Adelaide
University Herbarium.
13. EucaLtyprus BLACKBURNIANA, Maiden, ined.
The Melbourne Herbarium specimen of this species is
labelled by Mueller ‘‘/. odorata, Behr., Yorke Peninsula,
Teffer, 1879.’’ Similar material has reached us from Murray
River, Staer, 1911, and also from the Sydney Herbarium,
the latter labelled #. Blackburniana by Mr. Maiden.
If this should prove to be distinct from /. odorata, then
Mr. Maiden’s name should stand.
14. Eucatyprus Benriana, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. Inst.,
1., 34).
‘Bull Mallee.’’
This species of Mueller is found in Victoria and New
South Wales, and preserves a morphological constancy
throughout its geographical distribution.
The botany and chemistry is described in our work,
‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 69.
15. EucaLyptus cALycoGgona, Turcz.
Poe
There is a specimen of this species in the Adelaide
University Herbarium from Wirrabara, and specimens were
also received from Walter Gill, F.L.S., so this should be
added to the South Austrahan flora.
16. Evcatyprus rncrassata, Labill. (Pl. New Holland,
WoL. Ty
A ‘‘Mallee.’’
It was originally recorded by the French author from
Cape Leeuwin, but since then has been found to extend very
— a aaa?
479
far east from that point, even into the most Eastern State,
New South Wales. The fruits are variable in size and shape,
but unfortunately Labillardiére does not figure the fruits, so
that a certain amount of conjecture surrounds the form
published.
The large coarse-ribbed fruit and the two smooth capsules
are delineated by Mueller in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia’’ (the
three left figures are all found in South Australia).
Maiden, in his ‘‘Crit. Rev. Gen. Euc.,’’ vol. i., under
this species describes a large number of varieties, with fruits
varying from 1 in. long and $ in. diameter to a small pilular
specimen about { in. long and } in. diameter, including
£. dumosa, which we, however, regard as a separate species.
17. Eucatyptus Woo.uwsiana, R. T. B.
There appears to have been some confusion in the past
between this species and its congeners, for that figured by
J. E. Brown, ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ under Z.
odorata is this species. Specimens were received which match
the type collected in New South Wales.
It is botanically and chemically described in our work,
“‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,” p. 132.
18. EUCALYPTUS ALBENS, Miq.
“White Box.”’
There is a specimen in the National Herbarium, Mel-
bourne, collected by J. E. Brown, with locality Wirrabara,
South Australia, so that if this specimen is authentic this
species should be added to the South Australian flora.
The chemistry of this species will be found in our work,
“‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 134.
19. Evcatyptus HEMIPHLOIA, F. v. M. (Frag., ii., p. 62).
““Box Med
Bentham, in his ‘‘Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. i1., p. 216,
records this species for South Australia, and Tate, in his
*‘Census,’’? lists it; but Maiden, in his ‘‘Crit. Rev. Gen.
Euc.,”’ vol. 11., p. 15, is inclined to think that an error is
recorded here, and that it is ¥. odorata, var. purpurascens,
that is indicated.
From the material received by us from South Australia
only two specimens showed resemblance to this species; the
specimens, however, were not in mature fruit.
480
No specimen appears to be extant in Adelaide Herbarium
of this species, but in the Melbourne Herbarium there is a
specimen of it, labelled ‘““W. Gill, from Mount Remarkable.’’
It is botanically and chemically described in our work on
‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 135.
20. EUCALYPTUS LARGIFLORENS, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. Inst.,
ly Agape
BOO ied ox *”
Professor Tate records this species for South Australia
in his ‘‘Census,’’ but Mr. Maiden, in his paper, “‘A Contri-
bution to the Botany of South Australian Flora’’ (Trans.
Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxx1i.,.p. 280), places this species
under 1. fasciculosa, F. v. M. Both these species are Muel-
ler’s, and the specimens examined by us in the Tate Collec-
tion, Adelaide University, is Mueller’s 2. largiflorens.
It is botanically and chemically described in our work
on ‘‘Kucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ under ZL. pendula,
Dhiae
21. Eucalyptus microTHeca, F. v. M. (Jour. Linn. Soc.,
11.5 \ oma
““Coolabah.’?.”
This interior species of the State, as well as in New
South Wales, is easily distinguished from its congeners
by its small fruits and the comparatively large exserted
‘valves. It is probably the tallest tree of those parts. The
timber is very hard, interlocked, and durable, and is of a
pale chocolate colour.
It is botanically and chemically described in our work,
‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 158.
22, EuUcALYPTUS ELAEOPHORA, F. v. M. (Frag. ii., p. 52).
‘““Bundy.”’
This species is recorded for South Australia by Tate in
his ‘‘Census,’’ under the name of LF. gontocalyx, F. v. M.,
with which species it was first placed by Bentham in his
“Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. u1., p. 230, and acquiesced in by
Mueller in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia.’’ The two, however, are
quite distinct, as recognized by all later botanists. _
481
It is botanically and chemically described in our work,
‘“Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ under the name of
E. Cambagei, p. 118.
23. KUCALYPTUS acERVULA, Hook. f. (Fl. Tas.).
This species of Hooker was fully investigated by us when
writing our paper on “‘The Eucalypts of Tasmania’’ (Proc.
Roy. Soc. Tas., October, 1912), where it is also shown in
what respects it differs from /#. paludosa of New South Wales.
It is the species recorded by botanists of South Australia as
BE. Gunnu, and is figured as such by J. EK. Brown in his
*‘Forest Flora of South Australia.’”’ #. Gunnu, the ‘‘Cider
tree’ of Tasmania is, however, quite another species, the
botanical and chemical differences being already given by us
(loc. cit.). Both botanically and chemically the relationship is
complete between the South Australian and Tasmanian trees.
It is thus shown that #. acervula is not endemic in Tasmania,
as was previously supposed. Mr. J. H. Maiden, in his
“Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalypts,’’ vol. ii., part 7,
p. 133, synonymizes this species under /’. ovata, Labillardieére,
a synonymy with which we cannot agree, as the evidence
advanced appears to us altogether insufficient, and Labil-
lardiére’s plate and description do not match the 7. acervila
of Tasmania and South Australia.
Essential Ourl.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species were
received for distillation from the Conservator of Forests
of South Australia, Mr. Walter Guill, in the month of
December.
The crude oil was somewhat viscid, and had an aromatic
odour. It evidently consisted largely of high-boiling con-
stituents, such as sesquiterpene; it was dark coloured,
and a phenol was present in fair amount for a Eucalyptus oil.
A solid paraffin was also present. Phellandrene was absent,
and cineol was present only in small amount. The ester
content was somewhat high, the saponification number for the
esters and free acids, in the cold with alcoholic potash, being
40°7. The separated oil had a marked odour of geraniol, so
that the principle ester, consisted of geranyl-acetate. The
amount of this ester in the oil of this South Australian tree
may thus be stated to be 14 per cent. Geranyl-acetate has
been isolated from the oils of several Eucalyptus species, and
in one instance (7. Macarthur’) over 70 per cent. of this
ester has been found.
&
482
The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0-°9307;
rotation, 4»>—1°4°; refractive index at 20° C.=1°487, and
was soluble in one volume 80 per cent. alcohol, but became
very turbid on addition of excess of alcohol. The high
specific gravity, refractive index, and colour reactions suggest
the presence of a fair amount of sesquiterpene. The large
amount of ester renders the oil somewhat soluble in alcohol,
but with excess of alcohol the presence of a solid paraffin in
some quantity 1s indicated.
The results of the analysis of this oil, as shown above,
very closely resemble those we obtained for 2. acerviula from
Tasmania. This is particularly noticeable through the ester
and the solid paraffin, and allowing for differences in yield
of oil and a consequent lower specific gravity in the Tasmanian
material, the physical characters may be considered in agree-
ment.
The presence of the aromatic alcohol, geraniol, in the
oil of this South Australian tree is worthy of reference, im
view of Hooker’s remarks in his ‘‘Flora Tasmaniae,’’ in which
he states “‘that the bruised foliage has a much sweeter cdour
than is usual in the genus.’’ This observation was made over
fifty years ago.
24. EUCALYPTUS VIMINALIS, Latalk (Pl. New Holl., ii., 126
to 151).
‘‘Manna Gum.”’’
Few species of Eucalypts are so widely distributed in —
Australia as #. viminalis, consequently it has several common ~
names, the most general being “‘Manna Gum.’’ It is re- |
stricted to the south-eastern portion of this State. A full
systematic description and plate, as well as other relevant |
matter on the species, are given in Brown’s ‘‘Forest Flora of
South Australia,’’ 1882.
It is botanically and chemically described in our work on
‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 137.
25. EKucatyprus rostrata, Schlecht. (Linnea. xx., 655).
‘Red Gum.”’
s
Being a distinct tree, and easily recognized from its loca-
tion, very little confusion has occurred in connection with
the nomenclature of this species. It is almost invariably —
found on the banks of rivers, billabongs, and courses: of old ;
rivers. Its most common name is ‘‘Murray Red Gum,’’ but —
it has a much larger distribution than that name implies. |
483
It is, perhaps, more largely cultivated abroad than any
any other species except 1’. globulus. Its specific characters
appear not to vary wherever the tree is exotically grown.
The oil from the variety borealis of this species (‘‘Re-
search on the Eucalypts,’’ p. 75) differs entirely from that of
£. rostrata, but in itself is just as constant. We have now
had material of this variety from several localities, recently
from Victoria, and the oil from all these is in agreement.
There are thus two distinct forms of /. rostrata, and it is our
intention to eventually raise the variety borealis to specific
rank.
Kssential Oil.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil-
lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangarco Island
in the month of June.
The average yield of oil was 0°38 per cent. The crude
oil was dark coloured—due to the influence of the phenols—
and had a strong secondary odour of aromadendral. Cineol
was present, but in small amount, and a small quantity of
phellandrene was detected ; cymene was present in some quan-
tity. The oil from this material gave results which were in
entire agreement with those published by us in 1902 for this
species (“Research on the Kucalypts,’’ p. 139), from materia!
collected at Albury and at Hay, New South Wales localities.
The crude oil of the Kangaroo Island /#. rostrata had
specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9047; rotation, ap—12°4°;
rafractive index at 20°=1'4890, and was soluble in one
volume 80 per cent. alcohol. The saponification number of
the esters and free acid was 6'1. On rectification a few drops
of acid water and some aldehydes came over below 173°
(corr.). Between 173-188°, 51 per cent. distilled; between
188-255°, 30 per cent. came over, and between 255-272°, 7
per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following
results :—
Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap | Ref. index at 20°.
| LES Seas
First fraction | 0°8710 — 775° 14811
Second fraction | 09127 | —91°2° 1°4929
Third fraction | 0°9333 ae 1°5040
2
The left rotation of the first fraction is partly due to the
_ phellandrene, while that of the second fraction is almost
entirely owing to the aromadendral. The high refractive
— « Q2
484
index of the first fraction, taken in conjunction with the low
specific gravity, is due to the influence of the cymene.
The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in
the first fraction. When calculated for the crude oil the
result indicated that 11 per cent. of that constituent was
present.
For the determination and identification of the low-boil-
ing constituents in the oil of this species another portion was
distilled. The oil which came over below 185° C. was added
to that of the first distillation and the whole redistilled, using
a fairly long rod and disc stillhead. Although commencing
to distil at 157°, yet only 7 per cent. distilled below 170° C.
(corr.); by 173° 38 per cent. had come over. The three
fractions were separated as follows: 157-173°, 38 per cent. ;
173-175°, 31 per cent.; 175-179°, 15 per cent.; residue boils
ing above 179°, 16 per cent.
The results obtained with these fractions were as fol-
lows :—
Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap, | Ref. index at 20°.
First fraction 0°8647 — 4°5° LAye7
Second fraction O°8676 — §°4° 1°4806
Third fraction 08714 = 7°)? 1°4812
Restdwes cee oe. 0°9063 —17°8° 1°4880
ae
It is thus evident that the amount of pinene can be but
small, and that it is either inactive or slightly laevorotatory.
The high refractive index, taken with the low specific gravity,
suggests the presence of cymene.
Cineol was detected in all three fractions, and as this
constituent was small in amount an endeavour was made to —
remove it by agitating each fraction with 50 per ceat.
resorcinol. The uncombined portions were removed, washed,
and dried. The influence of cineol is shown from the follow-
ing figures, when compared with those given above :—
eee
Sp. a at 25°. Ref. index at 20°.
First fraction ... 0°8613 1°4805
Second fraction ... * 08649 1°4842
Third fraction ... 0'8667 1°4856
—_————————————
485
Cymene.
The analytical results suggested the presence of cymene,
and to determine the identity oa this hydrocarbon a portion
of the rectified oil, thought to contain the cymene in greatest
quantity, was bretcd in the cold with a dilute solneien
of potassium permanganate, and the oil unacted upon re-
moved. The oil was then oxidized by an aqueous solution
of potassium permanganate (12 grams KMnO, in 330 grams
water), as suggested by Wallach; about 2 eras of oil at the
time were added, and the solution heated on a rapidly boiling
waterbath. When the reaction was completed the MnO, was
filtered off, the filtrate evaporated to dryness, the salt boiled
out by alcohol, evaporated to small bulk, water added and
acidified with sulphuric acid. The separated acid was purified
from alcohol; it then melted at 155-156° C. From the
method of formation of this substance, and its melting point,
there seems little doubt but that the acid formed was
p-oxyisopropylbenzoic acid. This result, together with other
factors, indicates the presence of p-cymene in the oil of this
species. That this hydrocarbon occurs in the. oil of #.
rostrata in some quantity is thus shown.
Aromadendral.
Messrs. Schimmel & Co. have not as yet recognized
aromadendral as an aldehyde differing from cumin aldehyde,
and in “Die Atherischen Ole,” published by this firm in
1910, they state that cumin aldehyde .occurs in the oils of
several Eucalypts, which are there enumerated, page 440.
Cumin aldehyde may occur in the oils of some Eucalyptus
species, and perhaps does, but as this aldehyde does not contain
an asymmetric carbon atom it cannot be active to light, and
consequently, on theoretical grounds alone, cannot be identi-
cal with the laevorotatory aldehyde which occurs in so many
Eucalyptus oils; often, as in the case of F. rostrata and £.
salubris, with a very high specific rotation.
As this aldehyde occurs in some quantity in the oil of
Lf. rostrata, as well as the oils of several other species here
dealt with, it was thought advisable to isolate it in a pure
condition from the oil of a Kangaroo Island tree and deter-
mine the properties of the aldehyde from this source.
Aromadendral appears to be a dihydroaromatic aldehyde
having the formula C,,H,,O. This formula was originally
e
486
given to this laevorotatory aldehyde by one of us when it was
first announced (Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, p. 286).
In Schimmel & Co.’s work, above quoted, p. 449, appears
a description of a tetrahydroaromatic aldehyde (Phellandral)
obtained from water fennel oil. It thus appears that the
three aldehyhes—cumin aldehyde, aromadendral, and _phel-
landral fee the series C,,H,,O, C,,H,,O, and Ce wl
The two last show optical activity, the former is inactive.
That both active forms of aromadendral occur in Euca-
lyptus oils is suggested from the fact that the degree of
rotation varies greatly in the several species which contain
it, although the predominant dextrorotatcry form has not yet
been isolated ; also that the oxime prepared with the aldehyde
extracted from the mixed high-boiling fractions of numerous
Eucalyptus oils in which it occurs, melted at 84-85° C., which
is the melting point for the oxime of aromadendral. That
aromadendral is a definite chemical substance is demcnstrated
by the uniformity shown by the aldehyde when prepared from
Eucalyptus species growing many hundreds of miles apart.
was extracted from the higher-boiling
rostrata by the aid of scdium bisul-
phite in the usual manner. When purified it had an cdour
reminding of cumin aldehyde, was almost colourless, being
shghtly yellow in appearance, and was highly laevorotatcry.
The specific gravity at 20° C.=0°9534; specific rotation,
falp — 73°94°: “refractive index’ at 20° = 11-5066 = the Voxume
melted at 84-85°, and the phenylhydrazone at 105-106° C.
By arranging these results in tabulated form with those of
cuminaldehyde the differences appear distinctly marked. The
corresponding figures for phellandral, as given by Schimmel
Aromadendral
portion of the oil’of £.
and Co;;
are also added for comparison :—
Cuminaldehyde.
Aromadendral.
Phellandral.
Neti Lc cam Gy naae O°9818 0°9569 0°9445
Optical rotation Nil [alp —73°94° ap —36°30°
m.p. oxime . 58-59° 84-85° 87-88°
m.p. phenylhy dia-
ZONE 126-127° 105-106° 122-123°
Ref. index at 20° oo 15066 1°4911
For further
see our work,
reference in connection with aromadendral
‘“‘Research on the Eucalypts,
1902, pi giias
487
26. EUCALYPTUS COSMOPHYLLA, F. v. M.
(Trans. Vict. Inst., 32).
‘““Serub Gum.”’
So far as known, this Eucalyptus is endemic to South
Australia. Though generally a medium tree, yet it cccasion-
ally attains large dimensions, according to Mr. Gill. It
extends to Kangaroo Island. _
Essential Oil.
Leaves with terminal branchlets of this species for distil-
lation were received from the Conservator of Forests,
Mr. Walter Gill. The material was collected in the month of
December. The average yield of oil was 0°62 per cent. The
crude oil was light orange-brown in colour, with an odour
indicative of an oil belonging to the cineol-pinene group, with
a secondary odour suggestive of the aldehyde aromadendral.
The presence of volatile aldehydes was particularly marked.
The slight laevorotation of the crude oil,is largely due to the
aromadendral, although the pimene is also laevorotatory to a
small extent. Phellandrene was absent. This left rotation
is unusual with oils of this class, as in most cases the pinene
shows a predominant dextrorotation. The cineol content is
only fair, and the oil does not contain constituents having
special characters. The species has, therefore, little value as
an oil-producing tree.
The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9108;
rotation, *D—3°2°; refractive index at 20° =1°4659, and was
soluble in 7 volumes 70 per cent. aleohol. The saponification
number for the esters and free acids was 5'6.
On rectification a few drops cf acid water, together with
some aldehydes, came over below 167° (corr.). Between
167-172°, 9 per cent. distilled; between 172-198°, 75 per
cent. came over, and between 198-270° 11 per cent. distilled.
These fractions gave the following :—
|
| Sp. er: at 15°.¢, | Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°.
First fraction | 08909 | —2°6° 1°4612
Second fraction | 0°S065 —3 0° | 1°4628
Third fraction | 0°9296 | eek 1°4827
The cineo] was determined by the resorcinol method in
the rectified portion; the result showed the presence of 50
5)
48
Oo
per cent. of that constituent in the crude oil. The rectified
oil was tinged yellow, a peculiarity common to the oils of this
group. This colour is traceable to quinone influence derived
from the peculiar form of phenol present in the oils of the
cineol class, other than those of the “‘Peppermints’’ and the
‘“Ashes.’’ The phenol (tasmanol) which cccurs in the oils
of these latter groups contains a methoxy group, so that
quinone is not an oxidation product, and consequently the
rectified oils obtainable from species belonging to these groups
are colourless.
27. KUCALYPTUS LEUCORNZON, EF. vy. M.
‘*Blue Guin.’’
This species was described first by Baron von Mueller in
the Transactions of the Victorian Institute, i1., 33, 1854, and
again 1n 1860-1861 in his ‘‘Fragmenta,’’ 11., p. 60, but in this
latter he includes the ‘‘Ironbark’’ now recognized as JL.
siderorylon, so that that description is a composite one; and
Mueller, in his “Eucalyptographia,” further perpetuates the
error.
Woolls (Proc, Linn.. Soc: Wes, Wales, 1836, 92 boom
details the differences of the two species, so that he is really
the author of the species.
J. E. Brown, late Conservator of Forests, South Austra-
lia, describes and figures the species with three plates, dividing
it into four varieties, vzz.:-—
(a) The “‘Blue Gum,” small fruits and white flowers.
(6 and c) “‘White’’ and ‘‘Red Flowering Gum,’’ with
large fruits; var. macrocarpa.
(d) The “‘Scrubby Blue Gum’’; var. pauperita.
We are inclined to regard, until. further investigated,
(> and c) as type, (a) just a white variety of the type, and
(/d) as a distinct form, deserving specific rank.
Essential Oil.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distal-
lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island
in the month of June. This species grows somewhat plenti-
fully on Kangaroo Island, and is stated to have both red and
white flowers. It seems to be generally known throughout
the island as ‘‘Blue Gum.”’
The leaves, after steam distillation, had become quite red
in colour, resembling in this respect those of the ‘‘Red
Mallee.’’ The average yield of oil was 0°78 per cent. The
erude oil was reddish in colour, due to the influence of iron
from the still acting on the phenol. The odour was that
given by oils belonging to the cineol-pinene class, and volatile
aldehydes were pronounced. No indication was given for the
aldehyde aromadendral. Phellandrene was not present. The
terpenes present were pinene and limonene, and _ probably
eymene occurs also. A fairly large fraction was obtained
boiling above 260° C., which consisted principally of a sesqui-
terpene. The amount of esters was small.
The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°8987:
Topauion, *D+9°2°; refractive index at 20° C.=1°4711; and
required 1 volume of 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear
solution. The saponification number for the esters and free
acids was 3°8. .
On rectification a few drops of acid water, together with
some aldehydes, came over below 165° C. (corr.). Between
165-172°, 34 per cent. distilled; between 172-225°, 50 per
cent. came over, and between 225-276° 13 per cent. distilled.
‘These fractions gave the following results :—
| Sp. gr: at 15° C. Rotation aq. Ref. index at 20°.
First fraction 0°8815 | 325°0° | 1°4650
Second fraction 0°8921 Feo ike 1°4667
Third fraction 0°9365 Inactive 1°4964
The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in
the rectified oil and calculated for the crude oil. The result
obtained with two closely-agreeing determinations showed that
32 per cent. of cineol was present in the crude oil.
The Terpenes.
When the cineol in the oil of the first two fractions was
combined with phosphoric acid in excess, the terpenes
separated from the thick jelly formed and could be poured
from the cineol phosphate. After agitating with 50 per cent.
solution of resorcinol, the separated liquid, after well washing
and drying, had specific gravity at 15°=0°8641; rotation,
4p + 11°8°; refractive index at 20°=1°4756.
The oil was tinged yellow, and had an odour reminding
ssomewhat of cymene, and was very mobile. The terpenes
were redistilled, when 50 per cent. came over between 157-
490
167° (corr.), and 34 per cent. between 167-172° C. These
two fractions gave the following results :—
Sp. er at i5° GC, totation ag. Ref. index at 20°.
iY ; Me | A
First fraction 0°8604 +17°5° 1°4715
Second fraction 0°8569 ; sah be 1°4746
The nitrosochloride was readily formed with the first
fraction, and this, when purified, melted at 104° C.. It is
thus evident that the chief terpene in the oil of this species
is dextrorotatory pinene.
The specific gravity and refractive index suggest that the
other terpene is limonene, and probably cymene is present
also. The oil of this species is thus shown to contain a
predominance of terpenes.
28) KUCALYPTUS FASCICULOSA, Yoyo Mi.
A ‘White Gum.’’
Mueller described this tree in Trans. Vict Inst., vol. 34,
but Bentham, 1866, ‘“ Flora’ Australiensis,” vol. iii., p. 212,
synonymizes it under F. paniculata ; Mueller, in his
‘‘Kucalyptographia,’’ 1879, concurs in such a classification,
but Maiden, in Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., 1908, p. 280, shows.
that these two are distinct, and as this is not an ‘‘Ironbark’”’
tley should be separated.
It is another instance proving that something ~ more is
required in the specific determination of Eucalypts than a
morphological comparison of leaves, fruits, etc.
J. E. Brown figures and describes it in his ‘‘Forest Flora
of South Australia,” p. 46, under the name of #. paniculata.
There can be no doubt that the flowers, leaves, and fruits
there figured much resemble /. paniculata, and there is also.
a strong connection in the chemistry of the oils of the two
species, but the timbers, bark, and habitat well‘indicate the
specifi¢e differences.
Essential Oil.
Leaves with terminal branches, of this species were
received for distillation from the Conservator of Forests
of South Australia, Mr. Walter Gill, in the month of
December.
The average yield of oil was 0°019 per cent., only one
ounce ef oil being obtained from 329 lb. of material. The
species is thus a very poor oil-producing Eucalypt. The crude
oil was somewhat mobile, of a dark-amber colour, and an
49]
odour indicating an oi! of the pinene-cineol group. The
amount of cineo] was small—certainly not more than 15 per
cent. of that constituent being present. The saponification
number for the esters and free acids was 22°1, which, for an
alcohol belonging to the C,,H,,OH series, in combination with
acetic acid, represented 7°7 per cent. of ester. The odour of
the separated oil was not distinctive and did not indicate
geraniol, so that the identity of the alcohol is at present in
doubt.
The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9041;
rotation, #p+6°3°; refractive index at 20° =1°4789, and was
scarcely soluble in 10 volumes 80 per cent. alcohol.
The small amount of oil at our disposal did not permit
more extensive work being done upon it, and distillation
results could not be obtained. The species has no value as an
‘oil-producing tree, the yield of oil being so small.
29. Evcatyptus cortaces, A. Cunn. (Schau. in Wdlp.
Rep. 11.5',925).
“Cabbage Gum.”’
This species appears to be restricted to the South-eastern
portion of the State, near the coast. Sufficient research has
not yet been undertaken to determine definitely this South
Australian tree’s relationship with KF. phlebophylla; so that
until this is ascertained, it is impossible to say which data
given under the two species in the botanical and chemical
descriptions in ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 179,
and ‘‘Eucalypts of Tasmania and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 27,
respectively belong to the South Australian Eucalypt.
30. EUCALYPTUS CORYNOCALYX, F. v. M. (‘‘Frag.’’ 11., p. 43).
“Sugar Gum.’’
Mueller, when describing this Eucalyptus in 1860 gave
it this name, which was acknowledged by Bentham in his
“Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. iii., p. 218 (1886). It appears,
however, that in 1852 Mueller had already described the
same species under the name of /. cladocalyx, but discards
this for 2. corynocalyx in lus “‘Eucalyptographia,’’ 1879, and
Bentham follows his wishes. He must evidently have had
‘some sound reasons for such alteration of nomenclature, and
now that the name /. corynocalyx runs through Eucalyptus
literature of the last fifty years we have decided to fall into
line with the author’s wishes and use /’. corynocalysx, and not
exhume the name of /. cladocalyy.
492
: Essential Oil.
Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil-
lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island
in the month of June.
The yield of oil was very small, only three ounces being
obtained from 194 lb. of material, equal to 0°096 per cent.
The crude oil was of an orange-brown colour, and the odour
resembled that of an oil belonging to the cineol-pinene group.
The secondary odour was indefinite. Phellandrene does not
occur in the oil of this species. The crude oil had specific
gravity at 15° C.=0°8945; rotation, 47+871°; refractive
index at 20°=1°4779, and was soluble in 4 volumes of 80
per cent. alcohol. The saponification number for the esters.
and free acids was 7°7.
On rectification a few drops of acid water, with some
aldehydes, came over below 159° C. (corr.). Between 159-
167° 28 per cent. distilled, and between 167-205° 53 per
cent. came over; the residue thus represented 19 per cent.
As the amount of available oil was small, less than half the
usual quantity was available for distillation. These fractions.
gave the following results :—
ND ere ablserC: | Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°.
First fraction O8718 | 4209° 1+ 41-4670
Second fraction O°8816 | +11°1° | 1°4738
Residue? 2 eet cee 0°9548 | == 1°5007
The cineol was determined by the resorcinal method in
the rectified oil, and when calculated for the crude oil the
result showed that 20 per cent. of that constituent was pre-
sent. The oil of this species thus shows strong resemblance
to those distilled from #. microcorys and BE. maculata. The
chief terpene is dextrorotatory pinene. The species has little
value as an oil-producing Eucalypt.
31. EucaLyptus opiiqua, L’Her.
“Stringy Bark.”’
This widely-known species of the Eastern States extends:
to South Australia, and along with /. capitellata and #-
macrorhyncha is the most common species in the ranges of
the South-east, extending across to Kangaroo Island.
It is botanically and chemically described in our work on
493
**Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 188, and figured by J. E.
Brown in his ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia.”
5.—_TABULATED RESULTS WITH THE CRUDE
OILS, TOGETHER WITH THEIR PRINCIPAL
CONSTITUENTS.
TABLE (A).—SPECIES NOW INVESTIGATED.
The full analysis of the oil of any particular Eucalypt
will be found described under that species. Constituents,
other than those enumerated, may be present in small amount
in many of the oils. Volatile aldehydes were present in small
quantities in all the oils, and free acid also, because the small
amount of water which always came over first on distillation
was acid to litmus. The saponification number includes that
for the free acid as well as for the esters; it will be noticed
that the oil of two species had a somewhat high saponification
number. All the oils contain phenols in small amount. The
alcohol used in determining the solubilities was standardized
for percentage of absolute alcohol by weight. The refractive
indices were taken with a Zeiss Abbé refractometer and cor-
rected for 20° C., the factor 0°00047 being used for this pur-
pose. The yields of oil are from material collected as would
be done for commercial oil distillation.
TABLE (B).—SPECIES PREVIOUSLY INVESTIGATED.
The results recorded for the oils of species enumerated in
this table are those we had previously obtained from the same
species collected in other Australian States. From the numer-
ous investigations we have undertaken with authentic material
collected in localities far apart, it may be stated as a general
rule that an identical species of Eucalyptus, growing under
natural conditions, will furnish products chemically in agree-
ment. This fact is borne out in this research with both
E£. acervula and EF. rostrata—in the former case from Kan-
garoo Island and Tasmania, localities hundreds of miles apart.
E.. obliqua is also a good instance of this constancy, for we have
had material for investigation collected in the New England
district of New South Wales, and in several other localities
in this State, as well as in Tasmania, and the chemical results
are all in agreement. We have, therefore, no reason to sup-
pose that the species common to South Australia and the
Commonwealth will differ in their comparative chemical con-
stancy, and for that reason have given this table of results
for their crude oils for referential purposes.
Species,
E. cosmophylla
E. fasciculosa
E. leucoxrylon
E. rostrata
E. cneorifolia
E. odorata
E. corynocalyx
E. dumosa
E. santalifolia
E. acervula
TABLE '(A).
Saponification |
Species.
E. albens
E. Behriana
E. Bosistoana
E. capitellata
E. coriaceae
E. claueophora
E. gracilis
E. hemiphloia
E. largiflorens
KH. macrorhyncha ...
E. microtheca
E. opine
E. oleosa
E. viminalis
E. W ool siana
Sp. gr. at 15°C. | Rotation ap, wine
0°9108 = 32° ig ee
0°9041 + 6B° 29°]
("8987 fee OP 3°8
0°9047 —19°4° 671
09229 — 33° | 74
09193 FO 4)° 85 |
08945 435819 17 |
O°9041 +1649 37
0°884 = 37°7° 49
(9307 Sh -4° 40°7 |
TABLE SLE (B).
Sp. er. at 15°C. | Rotation ap, ae i
2 .Q°9044),)0 14 Nea os Vek, 8G ae
("9237 4+ 3:7° 111
0°9078 4+ 995° 3°9
0°9175 + 4:49 42
"8947 99:3 46 |
0°9199 + 4°97° 8°7
0°9098 4+ 134° 62
09117 = 8'8° 5°8
0°9155 ae ge SI S4
0°929 Laevorotatory Rca
0°8855 i 43
(8902 — 26°26° 8'1 |
0°925 os POP 1 49
09162 + 36° | 79 |
089.56 —124° | griey |
INVESTIGATED.
™ Cineol, per cent.,
Resorcinol method,
Crude Oil.
70% 53
80% | 15
3 |
80% 32 |
|
80% | ll
ls. 80% | 12
80% Small
quantity only ,
EVIOUSLY INVESTIGATED.
| Cineol, Phosphoric
bility in | Acid method,
Yield per cent.
0°62
0019
0°78
6°38
18
1°87
0096
0°96
O41
0°03
Yield per cent.
ohol. approximate
ec f Per cont ire
ol. § 80% 30 0°10
ols. 70% | 48 0°61
70% | 38 0°97
80% 28 0°16
80% | 5 0°45
70% | 58 a
80% 15 0°90
70% | 20 0°55
70% | 50 0°67
70% | 30 0°27
ible in| 5 0°23
Is. 80%,
80% | 5 0°67
. 70% 50 0°97
0%, 35 0°35
80%, 10 0°50
Chief Constituents.
Pinene, cineol, aromadendral, ses-
quiterpenes
Pinene, cineol, esters
Pinene, limonene,(?) cymene, ses-
quiterpenes, cineol
Cymene, aromadendral, cineol, phel-
landrene, pinene
Cineol, pinene, aromadendral
Cineol, pinene, aromadendral
Pinene, cineol, sesquiterpenes
Pinene, cineol, sesquiterpenes
®
Pinene, limonene, cineol, sesquiter-
penes
Pinene, geranyl-acetate, sesquiter-
pene, paraffin
Chief Constituents.
Cineol, pinene, esters, aromadendral
Cineol, pinene, esters, sesquiterpene
Cineol, pinene, sesquiterpene
Cineol, phellandrene, pinene, ses-
quiterpene
Phellandrene, piperitone, cineol,
sesquiterpene
Cineol, pinene, aromadendral,
esters, eudesmol
Cineol, pinene, aromadendral
Cineol, pinene, aromadendral
Cineol, pinene, esters
Cineol, phellandrene, pinene, eu-
desmol, esters
Phellandrene, pinene,_ cineol,
cymene, sesquiterpene
Phellandrene, cineol, aromaden-
dral, esters
Cineol, pinene, aromadendral, ses-
quiterpene
Cineol, pinene, phellandrene, ses-
quiterpene, esters
| Cineol, pinene, esters, aromadendral
6.—BOTANICAL
496
SURVEY OF SPECIES.
(Localities from which Specimens were received from South .
Australia for the preparation of this paper.)
Specimen.
Eucalyptus capitellata
E.
E.
esis]
macrorhyncha
santalifolia
. Bosistoana
E.
gracias ...
. odorata
. oleosa
. uncinata
. eneorifolia
. dumosa
. Blackburniana
. calycogona
. Woollsiana
. hemiphloia
. acervula
. viminalis
Locality.
S.E. corner of S.A.
Dowlingville
Mount “Templeton:
Near Adelaide
Kalangadoo ...
| Glencoe
Kangaroo Island
Mount Templeton
Sevenhills eae
Nackara For. Res.
Mount Templeton
Hd. of Lindley
South Australia ...
Nuriootpa ”
Mount Templeton |
Gulnare ;
Blumberg ..
Clinton North
Middleton
Brownlow ;
Queen’s Own Town
Palmen! - tage
Sheaoak Log
Kangaroo Island
Clinton North
Rosy Pine
Brightwood .
Brownlow) t.cc 5
Hoa Bay. Kilian
Kangaroo Island
Port Augusta
Mount Templeton
Clinton North
Callington
Gulnare. ;
Queen’s Own Town
Kangaroo Island
Murray River.
Mount aap S
Rosy Pine
Pinnaroo
Adelaide ;
Sheaoak Log
Callington
HY, part of S.A.
Kalangadoo ...
Mount Muirhead —
Prospect Hill .
Kalangadoo ...
Glencoe |
——
Name.
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
Mabel F. B. Tapp
C. N. Grenfell
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
W. K. Bednall
Edward H. Galle
EK. Burgess
C. N. Grenfell
Clara A. Chesterman
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
C. N. Grenfell
K. R. Edmonds
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
Dr. J. B. Cleland
C. N. Grenfell
Adeline Adcock
W. D. Oliver
Kate M. Brazill
Julia G. Tucker
Annie M. Koop
Marian Minns
Christian G. Zadow
Johann F. Schultz
EK. Burgess
Kate M. Brazill
Essie Edwards
B. O. St. B. Ayliffe
Annie M. Koop
Sidney C. Kelly
E. Burgess
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
C. N. Grenfell
Kate M. Brazill
D. A. Melbourne
Adeline Adcock
Marian Minns
E. Burgess
A Staer
C. N. Grenfell
Essie Edwards
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
R. H. Cambage
Johann F. Schultz
D. A. Melbourne
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
W. K. Bednall
E. Smith
Grace McD. Bell
W. K. Bednall
Edward Galle
Specimen.
E. rostrata
E. cosmophylla
E. leucoxrylon
&
. fasciculosa
E. corynocalyz .
E. obliqua
497
' Locality.
Rietint Paslsnon
-~ WKalangadoo ...
Prospect Hill
Mount Torrens
Kanmantoo
Blumberg
Castle Springs
U roonda
Lower Inman Vv ‘alley
Quorn ::
Keyneton
| Naracoorte
Palmer
Beetaloo Be
Queen’s Own Town
Kangaroo Island
Sheaoak Log ;
South Australia ...
Prospect Hill
Beetaloo
Keyneton
Blumberg ‘
Kangaroo Island
Prospect. Hill
Middleton
Prospect Hill
South Australia .
Glencoe
Kanmantoo
Sevenhills &
Rendelsham ...
World’s End Creek
Beetaloo
— Callington
Queen’: s Own Town
Sheaoak Log
Kangaroo Island
Smithfield...
Prospect Hill
| Maude M.
| Maude
Ds: A.
Name.
ic IN: Bpatiell.
W. K. Bednall
Grace McD. Bell
Sophia M. Tuck
H. J. O’Leary
W. D. Oliver
Elizabeth Prior
The Teacher
M. M. Smith
John C. Nadebaum
Elsie A. Whitehead
Wiliam J. Gunn
Christian G. Zadow
Maude A. Hannan
Marian Minns
EK. Burgess
Johann F. Schultz
Walter Guill, F.L.S.
Grace McD. Bell
Maude A. Hannan
Elsie A. Whitehead
W. D. Oliver
E. Burgess
Grace McD. Bell
Julia G. Tucker
Grace McD. Bell
Walter Gill, F.L.S.
Edward H. Galle
H. J. O'Leary
Clara A. Chesterman
Williams
Florence EK. Malcome
A. Hannan
Melbourne
Marian Minns
Johann F. Schultz
EK. Burgess
Herbert J. Deeble
Grace McD. Bell
j
. CENSUS OF SPECIES.
1. E. capitellata 12. E. Lansdowneana 22. E. elaeophora
2. E. macrorhyncha 13. E. Blackburniana 23. E. acervula
3. E. santalifolia 14. FE. Behriana 24. KH. viminalis
4. E. Bosistoana 15. E. calycogona 95. EH. rostrata
5. E. gracilis 16. E. incrassata 96. E. cosmophylla
6. E. odorata 17. E. Woollsiana 97. E. leucoxrylon
{ 7. E. oleosa 18. KF. albens 98. E. fasciculosa
8. E. uncinata 19. FE. hemiphloia 29. E. coriacea
= 9. E. cneorifolia 20. EB. largiflorens 30. BE. corynocalys
10. E. dumosa 21. E. microtheca 31. E. obliqua
ll. BE. pachyphylla
‘ DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
; Piate xlix. Eucalyptus cneorifolia.
; 1. 3 odorata.
b li. oe calycogona.
. lii. me oleosa.
®
-
* 498
NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY
TORTRICIDAE. can
By A. JEFFERIS TuRNER, M.D., F.E.S.
[Read October 12, 1916.]
When Mr. Meyrick undertook his revision of the
Australian Tortricina, since published in the Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales for 1910 and 1911,
I sent to him for determination every species in my collection
of which I had two or more examples. There remained a
number of unique examples, and these, together with more
recent captures, form the subject of the present paper. All
the types, with the exception of those otherwise specified,
are in my own collection.
Mr. Meyrick’s papers form an admirable groundwork for
the study of this group. The genera are well characterized,
and with proper care there is no great difficulty in their
discrimination, but the species of this family will always
prove a difficult study, owing to their general uniformity of
pattern, together with a frequent puzzling extent of variation.
Family TORTRICIDAE.
Subfamily CARPOSININAE.
BoONDIA NIGELLA.
Bondia nigella, Newm.: Tr. E. S. (mn. s.), 111., 289; Meyr.=
P) LOS: NS? Wales, 1882,’ pi yiez:
Mr. W. W. Froggatt has sent me two female examples —
from Moruya, New South Wales, with the note that they
were bred from larvae found in plum-root galls.
CARPOSINA SMARAGDIAS, n. sp. (apapaydos, emerald).
Q, 31 mm. Head brown mixed with whitish; face
whitish. Palpi very long (5), terminal joint 4 second;
brownish. Antennae brown. Thorax bright-green, anterior
margin, a transverse median line, a second line behind this,
a posterior spot, and some scattered scales on patagia brown.
Abdomen pale-brown. Legs brown-whitish; anterior pair
brown, with pale annulations on tarsi. Forewings strongly
dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched at base, thence nearly Bs
straight, apex rounded, termen slightly oblique, nearly
straight, rounded towards tornus; bright-green, with scanty
= = -
499
brown irroration; markings brown; a large spot on base of
costa containing some green scales; an incomplete fascia from
4 costa obliquely outwards, then bent longitudinally to middle
of disc, upper edge of discal portion blackish; a brown dot
between discal portion and costa; a brown dot on midcosta,
and three similar dots at equal intervals between this and
apex; a pale subterminal fascia not reaching margins; a
terminal series of dots; cilia pale-grey, obscurely barred with
brownish. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. The hindwings
have 3 and 4 separate but approximated at base, not stalked
as is usual in this genus.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns;
one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
CAaRPOSINA EULOPHA, 0. sp. (etAodos, well tufted).
¢, 18 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 5; dark-grey,
internal and upper half of external surface grey-whitish, the
latter with a few darker scales. Antennae grey-whitish ;
ciliations in male 1. Thorax grey-whitish, irrorated with
dark-grey and ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish; from
each side of base arises in male a strong pencil of long hairs
directed dorsally, their apices ochreous-tinged. Legs grey;
tibiae annulated with whitish; posterior pair mostly whitish.
Forewings very elongate-triangular, costa straight to near
apex, apex pointed, termen straight, very oblique; whitish
unevenly suffused with grey and with ochreous, and irrorated
with dark-fuscous; some fuscous dots on costa; a moderate
crest in disc at 4, and a second beneath and beyond, both
dark-fuscous anteriorly, whitish posteriorly; numerous small
tufts of raised scales; cilia grey-whitish, with an obscure
darker median line. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey.
This species should be easily known by the long basal
abdominal tufts of the male.
Hab.—South Australia: Blackwood, near Adelaide, in
November; one specimen received from Oswald Lower.
CARPOSINA APLEGIA, Nl. sp. (d7Anyos, plain, simple).
2,18 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish-grey.
Palpi 6; fuscous, upper edge whitish. Antennae whitish-
grey. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings rather
narrow, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round-
pointed, termen nearly straight, rounded beneath, oblique;
whitish grey, with some darker grey irroration towards
dorsum and termen; cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia whitish.
Hahb.—New South Wales: Wentworth Falls, near
Katoomba, in April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell.
| 500
Subfamily PHALONIANAE.
Gen. PHAULOPHARA, nov. (davAodapos, meanly clothed).
Antennae of male ciliated. Palpi moderate, ascending ;
second joint with loose spreading hairs anteriorly forming an
apical tuft; terminal joint short. Thorax with a strong
posterior crest. forewings with 2 from before angle, 7 and 8
long-stalked, 7 to termen. Hindwings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7
separate, parallel.
PHAULOPHARA BELOGRAMMA, N. sp.
(BeAoypaypos, inscribed with darts).
gd,12mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous-
whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish; ciliations in male 1.
Thorax fuscous; patagia, except bases, ochreous-whitish ; pos-
terior crest very long, ochreous-whitish barred with fuscous at
and before apex. Abdomen dark-grey, beneath ochreous-
whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; antennae, femora, and tibiae
fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish,
with patchy fuscous irroration; a large basal patch, its pos-
terior edge convex ; indications of a median fascia; posterior
area of disc suffused with fuscous, except on four longitudinal
subterminal bars, and a small triangular spot on termen
shortly beneath apex; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a sub-basal
fuscous line, which is interrupted opposite terminal spot.
Hindwings and cilia grey.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Evelyn Scrub, near Her-
berton, in January; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
Type in Coll. Lyell. ,
Gen. TANYMECICA, nov. (Tavvpyxeos, elongate).
Palpi very long, porrect; second joint extremely long,
thickened with roughly-appressed hairs above and beneath;
terminal joint short. Thorax with a posterior crest. Fore-
wings without raised scales; 2 from shortly before angle,
3 and 4 stalked, 7 separate to termen, 8 and 9 stalked. Huind-
wings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 equidistant and remote at origin ;
A, 5, 6,and 7 parallel,
TANYMECICA XANTHOPLACA, h. Sp. (EavforAakos, broadly yellow).
9,30 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 44; whitish, external
surface brownish-tinged. Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous.
Abdomen fuscous, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous; all
tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior femora and
tibiae mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not
501
dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex round-
— —=—— = ~~.
pointed, termen sinuate, scarcely oblique; pale fuscous, with
darker fuscous streaks parallel to veins; a few whitish dots
in terminal portion of disc; a dark fuscous terminal line; cilia
dark-fuscous, base whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with basal
half pale-yellow, terminal half dark-fuscous, the line of junc-
tion irregularly dentate; cilia dark-fuscous, on tornus and
dorsum pale-yellow.
_—
/1ab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
February; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
Gen. EUSTHENICA, nov. (etoGerixos, stout).
Antennae of male very shortly ciliated. Palpi moderate,
ascending, thickened with smoothly-appressed scales; terminal
jomt short, bent forwards. Thorax with a posterior crest.
Forewings without raised scales; 2 from shortly before angle,
3 and 4 approximated at origin, 7 separate, to termen. Hind-
wings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 separate and parallel; forked
vein in cell well-developed.
EUSTHENICA MEGALAUCHA, hi. sp. (peyadavyos, arrogant).
¢, 26 mm. Q, 36 mm. Head fuscous-brown, with
some whitish scales between antennae. Palpi fuscous-brown.
Antennae brown-whitish; ciliations in male }. Thorax
fuscous-brown, posterior = of patagia and posterior aspect of
erest brown-whitish. Abdomen brownish. Legs fuscous-
brown ; posterior pair brown-whitish. Forewings not dilated,
costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen scarcely rounded,
slightly oblique; whitish-brown, with numerous fine transverse
lines and three fasciae fuscous-brown; first fascia from + costa
to 4 dorsum, nearly straight ; second fascia from 2 costa to 3
dorsum, slightly outwardly curved; third fascia from # costa
5
to tornus, nearly straight, expanding towards tornus; cilia
brownish with whitish apices. Hindwings grey; cilia grey-
_ whitish, with a grey sub-basal line.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
January; Coolangatta, in January. Two specimens.
HELIOCOSMA DISCOTYPA, n. sp. (d:0KoTuTos, disc-marked).
gd, 12 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. (Palpi broken.)
Antennae ochreous-whitish; in male thickened, ciliations
imperceptible. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen grey, to-
wards base tinged with reddish-brown, tuft ochreous-whitish.
Legs pale-fuscous ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings
dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched (apex broken),
termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey; costa tinged with
_ reddish-brown: markings reddish-brown, narrowly edged with
502
ochreous-whitish; a_ basal pent bounded by an inwardly
oblique line from 4 costa to } dorsum; a transversely oval
spot resting on mid-dorsum and reaching % across disc; a large
apical blotch bounded by a strongly ‘inwardly- curved line;
cilia reddish-brown, on tornus ochreous-whitish. Hindwings
and cilia grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Coolangatta, in March; one speci-
men.
HYPERXENA ZIROPHORA, N.. Sp. (Ce.podopos, loose-robed).
2, 17 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Palpi 5;
whitish-grey. Antennae whitish-grey. Abdomen _ grey-
whitish. Legs pale-grey. Forewings elongate, slightly
dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex tolerably
pointed, termen nearly straight, strongly oblique; pale-grey,
towards base grey-whitish; a pale-brownish subdorsal blotch,
undefined towards dorsum, sharply defined towards costa,
where it reaches beyond middle of disc as a bidentate process,
and is margined by a whitish suffusion; an undefined pale
reddish-brown terminal suffusion; cilia whitish, bases mixed
with pale-brownish. Hindwings and cilia whitish.
Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in June; one specimen.
‘Type im Coll. uyell.
Gen. TRYCHNOSTOLA, nov. (tpuvxvoctoAos, rough-robed).
Palpi moderate, ascending, thickened with smoothly-
appressed scales; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with a
posterior crest. Forewings with numerous tufts of raised —
scales; 2 from shortly before angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to —
termen. Hindwings with basal pecten on median vein; 3 and
4 connate, 5 closely approximated to 4 at origin, 6 and 7
remote, roughly parallel, converging somewhat after origin, —
diverging somewhat towards termen, 7 to costa.
The presence of a basal pecten on median vein of hind- —
wings is exceptional in this family. Type, 7’. /ichenitis.
TRYCHNOSTOLA LICHENITIS, n. sp. (AevyyviTis, Mossy).
9, 28 mm. Head whitish; face and palpi fuscous.
Antennae fuscous. Thorax whitish, bases of tegulae and —
patagia and posterior crest fuscous. Abdomen ochreous- grey
whitish. Legs fuscous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with
ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish.
Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly sinuate,
arched at base and beyond middle, apex rounded, termen —
bowed, slightly oblique; greenish, costa and central part of
dise satatied with whitish, generally strigulated with fuscous;
a small median tuft of scales near base and a larger tuft at 4 1,
id
7
ay
i
503
a large tuft at | at lower angle of cell, and many smaller
tufts; cilia fuscous. Hindwings pale-fuscous; cilia pale-fusc-
ous, on dorsum fuscous-whitish.
/‘1ab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in December:
one specimen.
TRYCHNOSTOLA PHAEOSTICTA, Nl. Sp.
(pavootixtos, dusky speckled).
2, 15 mm. Head grey-whitish; face pale-grey. Palpi
pale-grey ; inner-surface grey-whitish. Antennae grey-whitish,
irregularly speckled and banded with fuscous. Thorax and
abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey; tibiae and tarsi annulated
with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish.
Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded,
termen obliquely rounded; grey-whitish, closely strigulated
with fuscous; a number of fuscous dots on costa; a transverse
ridge of elevated scales at 4 from dorsum nearly to costa,
anteriorly fuscous, posteriorly grey-whitish ; a number of small
tufts of scales in disc; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings pale-
grey; cilia grey-whitish.
Hah.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in March; one
specimen.
Subfamily TORTRICINAE.
IsOCHORISTA EUDROSA, n. sp. (evdpocos, bedewed).
3, Q, 12-14 mm. Head pale-ferruginous. Palpi 21;
pale-ferruginous. Antennae pale-grey; ciliations in male
minute. Thorax with a well-marked posterior crest; pale
ferruginous. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior
tibiae and tarsi grey, annulated with whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round-
pointed, termen straight, oblique; in male without costal fold;
ochreous-whitish, with a lustrous sheen; markings bright-fer-
ruginous; a fuscous dot on costa near base giving rise to an
irregularly-dentate line, sharply angled on fold, representing
basal patch; a fine outwardly-oblique line from + costa curved
inwards to 4 dorsum, dilated towards dorsum; a strongly-
marked median fascia from 4 costa, at first narrow, below
middle strongly dilated and extending on dorsum from middle
to tornus, dilated portion with an acute projection upwards;
a large semioval partly-fuscous spot on % costa; a subapical
costal spot; a slight subterminal suffusion ; cilia brown-whitish,
on tornus narrowly fuscous. Huindwings and cilia grey.
Nearest /. cerophanes, Meyr.
Hah.—Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; Gayndah, in
September; Rosewood, in April. Three specimens.
504
Gen. CATAMACTA.
Cautamacta, Meyr.: Tr. N. Z. 1., 1911, p. 81; Gen. Insect.
Tory Bes
Antennae of male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect;
second joint thickened with rough scales above and beneath:
terminal joint short. Thorax smooth. Forewings with 7 and
8 stalked, 7 to termen. MHindwings with 3 and 4 separate,
but approximated at origin, 4 and 5 connate, 6 and 7 stalked.
Distinguished from Acropolitis by the absence of a
thoracic crest, from Paraselena by 3 and 4 of hindwings not
remote at origin, and from Procalyptis by the stalking of 6
and 7 of hindwings. The genus has not been previously
recorded in Australia, though known in New Zealand and
India.
CATAMACTA HEDISTA, n. sp. (yd.0T0s, very sweet).
¢, 20mm. Head whitish. Palpi 23; ochreous-whitish,
external surface fuscous-tinged. Antennae pale-grey; cilia-
tions in male 4. Thorax whitish, anteriorly tinged with
greenish-ochreous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-
whitish ; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi annulated with
fuscous. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa scarcely arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; in male with a
costal fold reaching beyond middle, broad towards base,
thence narrow ; whitish ; costa barred with fusccus; a moderate
basal patch crossed by lines of greenish-ochreous, best marked
towards dorsum; a suffused greenish fascia, grey in middle,
from midcosta to dorsum beyond middle, strongly dilated
towards dorsum, becoming ochreous, with three fuscous dorsal
dots; a greenish and grey suffusion beyond and parallel to
this, from # costa to termen above tornus; cilia whitish, with
an interrupted grey sub-basal line, apices greyish. Hindwings
and cilia grey.
/Tab.—Queensland: Brisbane; one specimen.
ACROPOLITIS TETRICA, n. sp. (tetricus, harsh, gloomy).
¢, 28 mm. Head fuscous-brown, side tufts whitish--
brown. Palpi 24; fuscous, towards base ochreous-whitish.
Antennae pale-brownish; ciliations in male 4. Thorax
whitish-brown mixed with fuscous-brown. Abdomen pale-
grey. Legs fuscous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous-
whitish; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish. Forewings
rather narrow, not dilated, costa gently arched near base,
thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen rounded
beneath: a tuft of scales on dorsum near base; in male with
a narrow costal fold extending to 4; whitish-brown suffused
5
and irregularly spotted and blotched with dark fuscous-brown ;
505
a large irregular-edged blotch in middle of dise giving off a
process towards base, and another to } costa; a broad longi-
tudinal streak from near beyond central blotch to muid-
termen; cilia fuscous brown, on apex and towards termen
mixed with whitish-brown. Huindwings pale-grey, with faintly
darker strigulae; cilia whitish-grey maith a grey sub-basal line.
Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide, in August; one speci-
men, received from Dr. Pulleine.
LAMYRODES ARGILLACEA, n. sp. (argillaceus, clay-coloured).
3¢,12mm. Head and thorax pale ferruginous-ochreous.
Palpi whitish, external surface of tuft fuscous. Antennae
grey; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey; tuft
ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair fuscous; anterior and middle
tarsi fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings
slightly dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex
pointed, termen slightly sinuate, oblique;,in male without
costal fold; pale ferruginous-fuscous; costa strigulated with
whitish and fuscous; a whitish fascia irrorated internally,
with ground-colour from 4 costa obliquely outwards to fold,
there “constricted, bent inwards, and continued by a whitish
line to mid- dorsum ; a similar but narrower fascia from mid-
costa to # dorsum; a double whitish line from 4% costa, con-
tinued as a silvery-grey outwardly-curved line to tornus; a
double whitish mark on costa beyond this, and another before
apex, its inner limb giving rise to a short silvery-grey line to
termen above middle; some blackish scales on termen; cilia
ferruginous-ochreous, on costa interrupted with whitish, and
also beneath apex and on tornus, on termen with a broad
basal whitish line. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Hab.—New South Wales: Glen Innes, in March; one
specimen.
Gen. GLYPHIDOPTERA, nov. (yAvdidorrepos, notch-winged).
Palpi long, porrect; second joint very long, with rough
projecting scales above and beneath ; terminal joint moderate.
_ Thorax with a strong bifid posterior crest. Forewings with
termen deeply incised beneath apex, forming a broad notch
opposite veins 5 and 6; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. Hind-
wings with discocellulars strongly angled, the end of cell
having the form of a W; 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat
approximated at base, 6 and 7 short-stalked.
A developoment of Capua distinguished by the strongly-
notched forewings. The form of the cell of hindwings, the
long palpi, and the strongly-crested thorax are additional
peculiarities.
506
GLYPHIDOPTERA POLYMITA, Nn. sp. (7oAvputos, Many threaded).
Q, 22 mm. Head reddish-brown mixed with whitish.
Palpi 34; outer-surface reddish-brown, inner whitish. An-
tennae fuscous-brown, towards base whitish. Thorax reddish-
brown. Abdomen pale-grey; tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs
whitish-ochreous; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with
fuscous ; posterior pair whitish. Forewings dilated pcsteriorly,
costa strongly arched near base, thence nearly straight to near
apex, apex round-pointed, termen deeply and broadly notched
beneath apex, thence obliquely rounded; whitish, suffused
and streaked with reddish-brown; these streaks are specially
marked in cell and between posterior veins; cilia reddish-
brown, with some whitish bars, best marked in notch. Hind-
wings and cilia grey-whitish.
Hab.—New South Wales: Glen Innes, in October; one
specimen, beaten from a sapling Hucalyptus.
6
Gen. BaTones.
Batodes, Gn.: Eur. Micro., p. 40; Meyr.: Gen. Insect:
Tortricidae, p. 10.
Asthenoptycha, Meyr.: P. L. S. N's. Wales, 1881, p. 461,
and 1910 pe i7s.
BaTODES HEMINIPHA, Nn. sp. (7puvidos, half-snowy).
¢, @, 14-17 mm. Head and palpi brown. Antennae
brown; ciliations in male $. Thorax brown. Abdomen
brown, tuft whitish. Legs brown; tarsi with pale annula-
tions; posterior pair brown-whitish. Forewings strongly
dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight or shghtly sinuate,
apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly
oblique; dorsum with a strong crest near base; brown, more
or less strigulated with dark-fuscous; some whitish irroration
towards dorsum; apical # of wing white, with some strigulae
and a dorsal dot before tornus dark-fuscous; anterior margin
of white area irregularly waved and concave; cilia pale-
brownish. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in November;
two specimens.
BATODES OCHROCHYTA, Nl. Sp. (@ypoxutos, suffused with pallor).
3g, 12 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi fuscous;
inner-surface whitish. Antennae whitish, with fine fuscous
annulations; ciliations in male }. Abdomen fuscous. Legs
fuscous; tibiae and: tarsi with whitish annulations; posterior
pair whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa
_
57
ather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
ounded; costal fold in male moderately broad, extending
o 4; fuscous, median area suffused with whitish; a fuscous
asal patch, containing several fine dark-fuscous transverse
ines, interrupted by a median whitish suffusion; a fine dark-
uscous line, suffusedly bordered with brownish, from % costa,
on bifurcating, anterior limb ending on 3 dorsum, posterior
n tornus; similar lines from } costa to tornus, a short line
rom costa beyond this, and a line on termen; cilia fuscous.
indwings and cilia grey.
Nearest 4. craterana, Meyr.; distinguished by the median
whitish suffusion.
Hab.—Queensland: Toowoomba, in September; one
specimen.
Gen. AUTHOMAEMA, nov. (aiGoprayos, akin).
Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect;
second joint with projecting scales above and beneath; ter-
minal joint short. Forewings with 3 and 4 stalked from
angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. MHuindwings with 3 and
4 connate, 5 somewhat approximated, 6 and 7 stalked.
A development of Capua, distinguished by the stalking
of 3 and 4 of forewings. Type, A. pentucosma, Low.
CaPUA NAIAS, N. sp. (vaias,a water-nyinph).
¢.12mm. Head white, slightly ochreous-tinged. Palpi
whitish, external and anterior surface of second joint blackish,
except towards apex. Antennae whitish, annulated with
blackish ; ciliations in male $. Thorax white, tegulae blackish.
Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa
rather strongly arched, apex pointed, termen obliquely
rounded; in male without costal fold; white; markings
blackish ; a large spot on base of dorsum with a short posterior
process reaching fold; a spot on base of costa, sometimes
double, another at 4, and a dot at 4; an oblique fascia from
-mideosta to dorsum before tornus, interrupted above middle,
dilated heneath interruption, constricted above dorsum; a
dot on 3 costa; four small spots on apical fourth of ccsta;
several dots on termen; cilia white, with a few basal blackish
dots. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. |
This pretty and delicate species is not like any other.
Hah.—New South Wales: Ebor, in December and Janu-
ary; two.specimens taken in a damp cave beneath a small
waterfall.
508
CAPUA ACROGRAPHA, N. sp. ‘dxpoypados, narked at the apex) .!
9.12 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Palpi
2; ochreous-whitish. Antennae greyish, towards base ochre-
ous-whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
echreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated; costa nearly
straight, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique;
ochreous-whitish; basal third of costa narrowly fuscous; an
ochreous-brown, moderate, inwardly oblique fascia from costa
before middle to 4 dorsum, becoming fuscous on dorsum;
disc beyond this coarsely reticulated with ochreous-brown; a
blackish dot in disc beyond middle; two or three blackish dots
before termen above middle; cilia ochreous-whitish, on apex
broadly dark-fuscous. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia ochreous-
whitish.
Allied to (. decolorana, Wik.; distinguished by the
inwardly oblique fascia and apical dark spot in cilia.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in June; one specimen.
CAPUA DASYCERCA, Nn. sp. (dacvKepxos, bushy-tailed).
3, 9, 12-13 mm. Head and palpi pale-brown.
Antennae brownish, obscurely annulated with dark-fuscous;
ciliations in male 2. Thorax brown, posterior crest dark-
fuscous. Abdomen fuscous-grey; tuft dark-fuscous, very
large in female. Legs pale-brownish; anterior pair fuscous,
with pale annulations on tarsi. Forewings strongly dilated
posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen
straight, slightly oblique; male with a slender costal fold
to +; pale-brownish ; a large basal patch outlined with dark-
fuscous, rather acutely angled outwards below middle; a
dark-fuscous median fascia, indented anteriorly and slightly
projecting posteriorly im middle; a fuscous tornal spot; a
dark-fuscous fascia from costa near apex, broad on costa,
narrowing to its termination on termen above tornus; a fine
fuscous transverse line between basal patch and median
fascia, and two fine lines between that and subterminal fascia ;
cilia pale-brownish. Hindwings and cilia grey. ’
Hab. — Queensland: Killarney, in November; five
specimens. }
CAPUA TETRAPLASIA, nN. sp. (tetpazAacwos, fourfold).
Q,11 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous-
whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish. Thorax ochreous-
whitish tinged with ferruginous. Abdomen grey. Legs
ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately
arched near base, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen
straight, slightly oblique; whitish, with a small basal patch
Sa ay aaa Se pee OS ear a eae
509
and four fasciae ferruginous, mixed with fuscous; first fascia
from } costa to 4 dorsum, shghtly outwardly curved; second
fascia straight, outwardly oblique, from midcosta to % dor-
sum ; third . fascia from } costa, confluent on dorsum with
preceding: fourth fascia from costa beyond and continuous
with third to tornus; cilia ferruginous-fuscous. Hindwings
and cilia grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island, in August; one
specimen.
~
CAPUA ACRITA, N. sp. (dxputos, confused).
¢, 13 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 2; fuscous-
brown. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 1. Thorax dark-
fuscous. Abdomen dark-grey, basal segments brown-whitish.
Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair
whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male without
costal fold ; whitish mixed with reddish-brown and a few scat-
tered tuscous scales ; markings dark-fuscous, with a few reddish-
brown scales; a large basal patch limited by an irregular line
from + costa to mid-dorsum; median fascia sharply defined
anteriorly, posteriorly suffused, broad on costa, indistinct
towards termen; costal area beyond this grey, with an
included dark-fuscous costal dot; a broad inwardly-oblique
streak from costa before apex; a broad line from tornus 3
length of termen, cilia whitish-grey, bases partly fuscous.
Hindwings pale-grey, faintly strigulated with whitish; cilia
pale-grey.
Hab.—Victoria: Gisborne, in February; one specimen.
Type in Coll. Lyell.
i
CAPUA EUCYCLA, n. sp. (edxuxdos, well rounded).
¢, 17mm. Head pale-grey. Palpi grey, inner-surface
white. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 1. Thorax and
abdomen grey. Legs grey; tarsi with whitish annulations.
Forewings suboval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded,
termen obliquely rounded; in male with a moderate costal
fold extending to 4; grey, with fuscous markings and irrora-
tion; basal patch ill-defined; median fascia from + costa to
mid-dorsum, anterior edge clearly defined, posteriorly suf--
fused, with a median projection; a second fascia from % costa
to termen above tornus, anterior edge irregular, well defined ;
cilia whitish, obscurely barred with grey, and with a dark-
fuscous medjan line. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River, in November; one speci-
‘men received from A. M. Lea.
510
CaPUA CYDROPIS, n. sp. (xvdpwrs, of glorious appearance).
9, 18 mm. Head fuscous-brown; face pale-ochreous.
Palpi fuscous-brown ; inner-surface pale-cchreous. Antennae
fuscous-brown. Thorax with a strong posterior crest ; fuscous-
brown. -Abdomen_ fuscous-brown. Legs whitish-ochreous ;
anterior pair suffused with fuscous. Forewings not dilated,
costa strengly arched near base, thence straight, apex
rounded, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; whitish-
brown; markings reddish-brown, partly edged and spotted
with dark-fuscous; a moderately basal patch, produced
and obtusely angled outwards in middle; a subtriangular
dorsal spot from 4 to middle; a rather broad fascia from
costa before middle obliquely outwards, greatly dilated below
middle, but deeply indented on posterior edge above dorsum ;
a triangular spot on costa about 2, its apex confluent with
fascia ; subterminal and submarginal dark lines; cilia fuscous,
mixed with brown. Hindwings deep ochreous towards termen,.
irrorated with fuscous; cilia grey, with a darker subbasal line.
Conspicuously distinct.
Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in March; one
specimen.
CAPUA DISCOTYPA, nN. sp. (dvcKoruros, disc-marked).
Q, 12mm. Head and therax brown. Palpi 3; brown.
Antennae pale-brownish, with narrow blackish rings.
(Abdomen broken.) Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae
and tarsi fuscous, with ochreous-whitish annulations. Fore-
wings rather narrow, strongly dilated posteriorly, costa
straight, towards apex gently arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded ; brown-whitish, closely set with fine fuscous
transverse lines and some dark-fuscous irroration ; costa finely
strigulated with dark-fuscous; a circular fuscous-brown blotch
above # dorsum, to which it 1s connected; a fuscous-brown
fascia from # costa, narrow on costa but rapidly widening,
anterior edge to tornus, posterior to midtermen : three fuscous
streaks from costa beyond this; cilia fuscous. Hindwings
fuscous; towards base thinly scaled; cilia fuscous.
Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in January ;
one specimen.
CaPUA EUCAMATA, 0. sp. ‘edxaporos, well-wrought).
gd,14 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen fuscous.
(Antennae broken.) Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with
ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish.
Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched,
apex ‘round-pointed, termen scarcely rounded, oblique; in
male with a rudimentary costal fold to 1; fuscous, mixed witlr.
——— se So
—_—
511
whitish and in places slightly tinged with ferruginous-brown ;
markings clearly defined, whitish, narrowly edged with dark-
fuscous and ferruginous-brown ; a fascia from + costa to 4
dorsum, slightly outwardly curved; a second fascia from 3
costa to 3 dorsum, interrupted in disc; two whitish costal dots
before apex; a third fascia, subterminal, ill-defined in middle
portion ; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in October; one specimen.
Type in Coll. Lyell.
CaPUA VULPINA, n. sp. (vulpinus, foxy-red).
3,12 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, with a purplish
gloss. Palpi 5; fuscous, tinged with brown. Antennae pale-
grey: ciliations in male 4. Abdomen pale ochreous-grey.
Legs ‘ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair pale-fuscous. Forewings
not dilated, costa arched near base, bent at 2, thence ee
apex rounded-rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique;
in male with a narrow costal fold to 2; fuscous, with a dull
purplish gloss, suffused, except near base, with reddish-brown ;
costal edge narrowly and interrupted whitish beyond middle;
cilia fuscous, mixed with reddish-brown. Hindwings whitish,
indistinctly strigulated with whitish-grey; cilia whitish.
Hab.—New South Wales: Stanwell Park, near Bulli, in
April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell.
TORTRIX HAEMATEPHORA, Nl. sp. (atari popos, blood-stained).
dé, 92, 20-23 mm. Head whitish, brownish-tinged.
Palpi 3; fuscous, inner-surface whitish. Antennae grey;
ciliations in male 13. Thorax brownish-fuscous, with a post-
median white spot. Abdonien grey-whitish. Legs fuscous;
posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated,
costa arched near base, thence nearly straight, apex pointed,
termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; in male without
costal fold; whitish, finely strigulated with pale-grey; mark-
ings grey, partly suffused, especially on margins, with bright-
ferruginous, and blackish; a large basal patch, sharply
toothed posteriorly below middie; a moderate fascia from 4
costa to beyond middle of disc, there expanding into a large
blotch, which extends from 3 dorsum to tornus, and whose
posterior edge is sharply toothed upwards; an elongate mark .
on costa from middle to near apex, containing two whitish
costal dots; a fine terminal line; cilia grey-whitish, with an
interrupted dark sub-basal line. Hindwings grey-whitish,
with faintly darker strigulations; at apex grey; cilia grey-_
whitish.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.),
in February and March; eight specimens.
4 512
TORTRIX ERYSIBODES, n. sp. (€pvorfwors, mildewed).
3d, 18-20 mm. Head ochreous-brown; face fuscous.
Palpi 3; pale fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male
15. Thorax fuscous, tegulae, patagia, and a posterior spot
ochreous-brown. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior
pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated, costa
gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly.
oblique, towards tornus rounded; grey, with a few whitish
scales; five or six irregular ochreous-brown transverse lines,
containing some fuscous scales, partly connected in disc; these
lines commence from fuscous costal spots ; short whitish fasciae
from + and midcosta, lost in disc; cilia whitish, barred with
pale-grey. Hindwings pale-grey, with faint darker strigula-
tions; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 to
6,000 ft.), in February and March; eleven specimens. This
species was abundant in the neighbourhood of the hotel.
TORTRIX TEPHRODES, n. sp. (te¢pwdys, ashen-grey).
od, 18-20 mm. Head grey. Palpi 2; grey. Antennae
grey ; ciliations in male very short (4). Thorax and abdomen
grey. Legs grey; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore-
wings not dilated; costa arched to middle, thence straight,
apex tolerably pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly
oblique; costal fold narrow, to 2; whitish, closely irrorated
with grey; markings grey, with patchy ferruginous irrora-
tion; sometimes also some ferruginous irroration between
markings; an ill-defined basal patch dentate outwards above
middle; a short oblique fascia from costa before middle, ter-
minating abruptly in mid-disc; a blotch on dorsum before
tornus, reaching to middle of disc; an elongate mark on costa
at 2, followed by two costal dots; a short erect mark from
termen just beyond tornus; a dark grey terminal line;
cilia whitish, with an interrupted grey sub-basal line. Huind-
wings grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (3,500 to
5,000 ft.), in January and February; eight specimens.
TORTRIX EURAPHODES, n. sp. (etpadwodys, well-embroidered).
dg, 15-16 mm. Head whitish; face grey. Palpi 2;
fuscous. Antennae grey; ciliations in male very short (4).
Thorax fuscous, with some whitish scales. Abdomen grey,
tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Fore-
wings not dilated, costa arched near base, thence straight,
apex rounded-rectangular, termen nearly straight, scarcely
oblique; in male without costal fold; whitish, sometimes with
513
slight patchy pale-ochreous suffusion; markings fuscous; a
rather large basal patch, angled outwards below middle; two
or three dots on dorsum; a short outwardly-oblique fascia
from 4 costa, ending abruptly before mid-disc; a large blotch
on tornus; a streak along costa from middle to apex, some-
times connected with apex of fascia; a triangular spot on
middle of termen, its apex sometimes connected with tornal
blotch; cilia grey, apices whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia
whitish, with a grey sub-basal line.
Ground-colour whiter than in the preceding species, the
markings much more distinct, with a triangular spot on
termen, and without costal fold.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000-6,000
ft.), in March; four specimens.
TORTRIX HAEMATODES, hn. sp. (aipatwdns, blood-stained).
36, 9,15-19mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi 2;
fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 1. Abdomen
grey. Legs fuscous ; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings not
dilated, costa gently arched, straight beyond middle, apex
rounded-rectangular, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique ;
in male without costal fold; fuscous, sometimes dotted with
dark-fuscous, usually more or less reticulated with bright-
ferruginous; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000-6,000
ft.), in February and March; nine specimens. Among these
is only one female, which is distinctly smaller than those of
the other sex.
TORTRIX BALIOPTERA, n. Sp. (Badvorrepos, with speckled wings).
6,15 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-brown. Palpi 3;
ochreous-brown. Antennae ochreous-brown ; ciliations in male
%. Abdomen grey, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-
whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated, costa strongly arched
near base, thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen
scarcely oblique, rounded beneath; in male without costal
fold: whitish, closely strigulated with pale ochreous-brown; a
basal patch and median fascia faintly indicated; the latter
strongly oblique from costa before middle to tornus; cilia
whitish. Hindwing grey-whitish, faintly strigulated with
grey; cilia whitish.
This species belongs to the sobriana group.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in September ; Warwick,
in October. Two specimens.
R
514
TORTRIX CELATRIX, n. sp. (celatrix, a concealer).
3, Q, 19-20 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-brown.
Palpi 24; fuscous-brown. Antennae fuscous-brown; cilia-
tions in male 24. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi
annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair ochreous-
whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa
rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen sinuate,
oblique; in male without costal fold; dark fuscous-brown,
finely strigulated with reddish-brown ; costal edge strigulated
with fuscous; cilia fuscous-brown. Hindwings whitish,
strigulated with grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line.
This species nearly resembles 7. ferrea, but the much
longer antennal ciliations show that it is distinct.
Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine and Toowoomba,
in September; three specimens.
TORTRIX ORIOTES, nN. sp. (dpemmrys, a mountaineer).
3d, 14-20 mm. Head fuscous, irrorated with white.
Palpi 24; fuscous, with some white irroration; base white.
Antennae dark-fuscous with whitish annulations; ciliations
in male 14. Thorax dark-fuscous, with some white scales
on margins. Abdomen grey; under-surface whitish. Legs
fuscous irrorated, and tarsi annulated, with whitish ; posterior
pair mostly whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently
arched, beyond middle straight, apex rounded-rectangular,
termen straight, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold ;
grey; basal patch faintly indicated, mixed with dark-fuscous,
pale-ochreous, and white; markings white, broadly edged,
with a mixture of dark-fuscous and pale -ochreous; three
outwardly oblique fasciae from }, 4, and %, reaching a and
the first slightly beyond middle of disc, the third fascia inter-
rupted ; a white costal dot beyond third fascia; a white sub-
marginal line from apex: a dark-fuscous terminal line by eile
whitish, with a fuscous sub-basal line, on tornus fuscous.
Hindwings fuscous; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line,
towards tornus wholly grey.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.),
in January and March; six specimens.
MERITASTIS ANISOCAUSTA, Nn. Sp.
(avicoxavoros, wnevenly scorched).
3, 9, 11-12 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi
ochreous-whitish ; external surface of second joint fuscous.
Antennae grey-whitish ; ciliations in male 1. Abdomen pale-
grey. Legs grey-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa
strongly and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
EE ————————
515
rounded; grey-whitish; a large but variable fuscous basal
patch, obsolete towards dorsum, sometimes faintly marked,
bounded by a line from } costa towards mid-dorsum ; a semi-
oval pale-centred costal patch extending on costa from middle
to #, sometimes obsolete; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings and
cilia grey-whitish.
Its small size, obtusely rounded forewings, and whitish-
grey forewings are characteristic, but the dark markings are
inconstant. —
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in October, Decem-
ber, and January; three specimens received from F. P. Dcdd,
of which one is in Coll. Lyell.
EPICHORISTA PLEUROSEMA, Nn. sp.
(wAevpoonpmos, with costal markings).
¢, 11 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, with a few
fuscous scales externally. Antennae whitish, finely annulated
with dark fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Thorax fuscous,
patagia whitish. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi
annulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings
somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched,
apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; whitish,
with fuscous irroration and markings; numerous dark-fuscous
strigulae on costa, some of them giving rise to short fine
oblique lines; basal patch obsolete; a defined fascia from mid-
costa to tornus, strongly dilated and more suffused towards
tornus; a terminal line not reaching tornus; cilia whitish,
with a well-marked median dark-fuscous line. Hindwings
with 6 and 7 stalked; grey; cilia grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Rosewood, in April; one specimen.
EPICHORISTA HYPERACRIA,N Sp (t7repaxptos, upon the heights).
S,12-16mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous, internal
surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations
in male 1. Thorax fuscous, with some pale-ochreous irrora-
tion. Abdomen dark-grey, tuft whitish. Forewings elongate,
narrow, not dilated, costa slightly arched near base, thence
straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, strongly
oblique; in male without costal fold; grey, irrorated with
pale-ochreous; an ill-defined white costal streak; a similar
median streak from 4 to #, then bent upwards and suffusedly
connected with preceding at apex; a third similar streak from
base along fold, not reaching tornus, connected with origin of
median streak; cilia white, on apex grey. Huindwings grey;
cilia white, with a grey basal line.
R2
516
This and the following allied species are peculiar in their
elongate forewings, with strongly oblique termen and simple
pattern of longitudinal streaks. There is some variability in
the neuration of the hindwings; 6 and 7 may be separate or
stalked, and 3 and 4, although usually separate, may be con-
nate. They must, I think, be referred to this genus, though
somewhat intermediate between it and Tortriz.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (6,000 to
7,000 ft.), in January; nine specimens.
EPICHORISTA LEPTOSTICHA, Nl. sp.
(Aertoortxos, with slender streaks).
3, 9, 17-21 mm. Head and thorax dark-grey. Palpi
24; grey, internal surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae
grey; ciliations in male 4. Abdomen grey, tuft whitish.
Legs fuscous; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow,
elongate, not dilated; costa slightly arched near base, thence
straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, strongly
oblique; in male without costal fold; grey, irrorated with
pale-ochreous; a white costal streak, rather broad at base,
gradually narrowing, and not quite reaching apex; costal
edge dark-fuscous near base, thence grey; a slender white
median streak from 4 to termen; sometimes short white
streaks to termen above and below this; cilia grey-whitish.
Hindwings grey; cilia whitish.
Larger than the preceding, the antennal ciliations shorter,
the streaks more defined, median streak reaching termen, and
without any streak on fold.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 to
6,000 ft), in March; seven specimens.
AROTROPHORA HEMIPLECTA, n. sp. (€uurAextos, half-netted).
3¢,15 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 5; fuscous with
a median reddish-brown streak on external surface, lower edge
whitish. Antennae fuscous; in male markedly dentate with
fascicules of cilia. Thorax pale-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous-
brown. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair fuscous. Fore-
wings strongly dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched,
apex rectangular, termen sinuate, not oblique; ochreous-
whitish densely strigulated with brownish-fuscous, which
forms fine wavy transverse lines in basal half of wing, and
again towards apex; a darker more distinct line from ¢ costa
to midtermen, in certain lights partly edged with silvery-
white; cilia fuscous mixed with pale-brown. Huindwings
ochreous-whitish, towards apex, termen, and tornus coarsely
reticulated with blackish; cilia whitish-ochreous with some
fuscous admixture at apex and tornus.
a ee
fre ¥ S Ce GOO aT”. rrr i i i i eee De
517
Hab.—Queensland: Coolangatta, in © August; one
specimen.
CNEPHASIA TRISSOCHORDA, HN. sp.
(tprcoxopdos, With three chords).
©, 17 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and
abdomen grey. Legs grey; posterior pair ochreous-whitish.
Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, ¢osta arched to 4,
thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight,
slightly oblique; whitish-grey, with a few fuscous strigulae;
markings dark-fuscous; a series of dots or short strigulae on
costa; a line from ? costa to 4+ dorsum, slightly outwardly
curved, not angled, representing edge of basal patch; a rather
narrow oblique fascia from 2? costa to 3 dorsum, its centre
paler, constricted in middle; a second hourglass-shaped fascia
from % costa to tornus, expanded on margins, much con-
stricted in middle; cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings whitish,
faintly strigulated with pale-grey; cilia whitish, with a pale-
grey basal line.
Allied to (. rugicolana.
Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft:),
in January; one specimen.
SCHOENOTENES MICROPOLIA, 0. sp. (pixporoduos, small grey).
2, 12 mm. Head whitish-grey; lower part of face
whitish. Palpi whitish: external surface of second joint
fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax grey. Abdomen whitish-
grey. Legs whitish: anterior pair fuscous. Forewings with
‘ small tufts of raised scales, not dilated; costa moderately
arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded;
whitish-grey, finely strigulated with pale-fuscous; cilia
whitish, with a very fine antemedian grey line. Hindwings
whitish, towards apex tinged with grey; cilia whitish.
Hah.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
June; one specimen.
SCHOENOTENES CRYMODES, 0. sp. (xkpupwoys, icy).
gd, 12 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 14; whitish, with
some fuscous scales on external surface. Antennae whitish;
ciliations in male 1. Thorax whitish. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Legs whitish: anterior pair with some fuscous
irroration. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, more
strongly towards base, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely
rounded ; whitish, with pale-grey strigulae forming very ill-
defined markings: numerous dark-fuscous dots on costa;
basal patch faintly indicated: median fascia from costa before
middle to dorsum beyond middle, scarcely traceable in disc,
518
dark-fuscous on margins; indications of a second fascia from
costa to tornus; followed by a third incomplete fascia from
costa before apex to termen above tornus; cilia whitish, with
a few fuscous scales before apices. Hindwings and cilia
whitish.
Hab.—New South Wales: Stanwell Park, near Bulli,
April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell.
Gen. GYNNIDOMORPHA, nov. (yuvidopopdos, of weak form).
Head rough-scaled. Palpi moderately long, porrect;
second joint with rough projecting scales above and beneath ;
terminal joint short. Forewings without raised scales; all
veins present and separate, 7 to costa. Hindwings with 3
and 4 separate, 5 rather widely remote, 6 and 7 stalked.
In the costal termination of vein 7 of forewings this
genus agrees with Peronea, but differs in the absence of
scale-tufts and the separation of 3 and 4 of hindwings. The
latter character separates it also from Dichelopa.
GYNNIDOMORPHA MESOXUTHA, N. sp.
(uecoovGos, tawny in the middle).
Q, 11mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax whitish-
ochreous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely founded; whitish- ochreous :
markings ochrecus-brown; a rather large basal patch, pos-
terior edge nearly straight; an inwardly oblique, moderately
broad, median fascia from midcosta to middorsum, con-
stricted above middle; a fascia from 2 costa to tornus,
moderately broad on costa but soon narrowing to a fine line;
cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey.
fiab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in March; one
specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
DICHELOPA HETEROZYGA, n. sp. (érepotvyos, unevenly yoked).
3d, 12mm. Head, palpi, and therax brownish-fuscoeus.
Antennae fuscous, with whitish annulations; ciliations 1.
Abdomen dark-brown. Legs pale-brownish. Forewings nar-
row, not dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen
very obliquely rounded : reddish-brown mixed with fuscous
and crossed by numerous broken silvery transverse lines;
cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark-brown.
2, 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax bright reddish-
brown. Forewings with ground-colour bright reddish-
brown without fuscous admixture.
Hahb.—Queensland: Warwick, in October ; two specimens.
519
Gen. APURA, nov. (azovpos, distant, unlike).
Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint generally smooth-
sealed, but with rough projecting scales above and beneath
towards apex ; terminal joint rather long, stout, smooth-
sealed. Thorax without crest. Forewings with tufts of
raised scales; 2 from %, 3 and 4 short-stalked from angle,
7 and 8 stalked, 7 igs costa. Hindwings with cell short (about
4), 3 and 4 stalked, 5 parallel, not approximated to 4 at base,
6 and 7 stalked.
An anomalous genus. The termination of 7 of fore-
wings in costa is very unusual, and the structure of the
hindwings is also peculiar. In general appearance the fol-
lowing species resembles a Laspeyresia, but there is no trace
of a submedian pecten.
APURA XANTHOSOMA, n. sp. (favGoowpos, yellow-bodied).
2, 20 mm. Head and thorax brownish-grey. Palpi 2;
grey. Antennae grey. Abdomen ochreous-yellow. Legs fuscous ;
tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair, except tarsi,
whitish-ochreous. Forewings scarcely dilated, costa moderately
arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen slightly sinuate, not
oblique; some tufts of raised scales in disc, especially large
towards base; fuscous mixed with whitish and suffused with
ochreous-brown especially in median area; basal patch
fuscous, well defined by a slightly sinuous line from } costa
to # dorsum; beyond this is a broad suffused whitish trans-
verse line, and beyond this again a broad median ochreous-
brown area, bounded by a fine sinuous fuscous line from ?
costa to # dorsum; terminal area strigulated with fuscous
and containing a broad ochreous-brown line edged with
fuscous from # costa to termen above tornus; cilia fuscous,
with minute white p®ints and bronzy-purple reflections.
Hindwings and cilia grey: dorsal cilia and hairs ochreous-
tinged.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
December; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
Gen. TRACHYPTILA, nov. (tpayv7TiAos, rough-winged).
Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi rather long: second
joint subascending, smooth beneath, thickened with scales
on upper-surface before apex; terminal joint moderate,
curved downward. Thorax not crested. Forewings with
tufts of raised scales: 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. Hind-
wings with 3 from well before angle remote from 4, 4 and 5
closely approximated at base; 6 and 7 stalked.
520
Similar to Paraselena in neuration, but with tufts of
scales on forewings, and really a development of the Peronea
group. The palpi are rather peculiar.
TRACHYPTILA MELANOSTICHA, N. sp.
(weAavootixos, black-lined).
¢, 21 mm. Head and thorax grey, with fine whitislr
irroration. Palpi 3; grey, internal surface whitish. Anten-
nae grey; ciliations in male 2. Abdomen grey. Legs grey;
femora and anterior coxae whitish posteriorly; tibiae and
tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated
posteriorly, costa gently and evenly arched, apex rounded,
termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey, with fine blackish
strigulae and irroration; a blackish streak along fold from
near base, thicker towards origin; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings
‘and cilia pale-grey.
Hlab.—Victoria: Birchip, in December; one specimen
received from D. Goudie. ;
Gen. ParANEPSIA, nov. (zapavewnuos, akin).
Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect;
second joint with rough projecting scales above and beneath ;
terminal joint short. Thorax without crest. Forewings with
small tufts of raised scales; 3 from angle, 7 and 8 separate,
7 to apex or termen. Huindwings with 3 and 4 separate, but
approximated at base, 5 approximated to 4, 6 and 7 connate
or short-stalked.
Differs from Hpichorista only by the raised scales on
forewings, but really belongs to the Peronea group. Type,
P.-amydra, Turn.
PARANEPSIA AMYDRA, N1. Sp. (dpvdpos, dark).
oO ietbo ime Stead and thorax fuscous. Palpi 23;
fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 3. Abdomen
grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish ;
posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated
posteriorly, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex
rounded, termen obliquely rounded, 7 to termen; in male
without costal fold; fuscous; markings dark-fuscous; a large
basal patch, pesterior edge from + costa to 2? dorsum, acutely
angled outwards in middle, and again on dorsum; a fine line
from costa slightly beyond basal patch to dorsum, dilated
somewhat towards dorsum ; a second approximate and parallel
line from costa to mid-disc; costal edge ochreous-whitish,
interrupted by dark-fuscous strigulae; terminal fourth of disc
finely reticulated with dark-fuscous; cilia fuscous, a darker
OOO EO OOOO EEE Eee ee
521
basal line interrupted by brown-whitish. Hindwings with
6 and 7 connate; fuscous; cilia fuscous.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in August; one specimen.
PARANEPSIA PHAULERA, 0. Sp. (davAepos, mean, paltry).
¢, 12 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-grey.
Antennae grey-whitish annulated with dark-fuscous; cilia-
tions in male 1. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-
whitish; anterior pair pale-grey. Forewings not dilated,
costa strongly and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded; 7 to apex; whitish-grey, with slight
fuscous irroration; a rather large basal patch indicated by
fuscous irroration, bounded by a straight line from } costa
to + dorsum; median fascia indicated by two fine parallel
fuscous lines from about middle of costa to dorsum before
tornus, very indistinct towards dorsum; a squarish fuscous
spot on # costa, and some fuscous irroration above tornus;
cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked; grey-
whitish; cilia grey-whitish.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Townsville, in June; one
specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
SCOLIOPLECTA ARAEA, Nl. sp. (dparos, weak, slight).
¢,10mm. Head and palpi whitish. Antennae whitish,
with some fuscous annulations towards base; ciliations in
male minute. Thorax whitish, anterior margin ochreous.
Abdomen pale-grey. Legs whitish; anterior and middle
tibiae and all tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings
slightly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, termen nearly straight, scarcely oblique; whitish,
with some fine fuscous strigulae; costa barred with many
fuscous dots at regular intervals; some ochreous irroration
towards base; an ochreous transverse fascia from } costa to
4+ dorsum; a second similar but broader fascia from mid-
costa to dorsum beyond middle; a third fascia from # costa
to termen above tornus, ochreous near costa, but mainly
composed of fine fuscous strigulae; an oblique subapical
fuscous costal bar joining a fine fuscous terminal line; cilia
whitish, on costa with fuscous apices. Hindwings and cilia
pale-grey.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in March; one
specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
ScOLIOPLECTA OCHROPHYLLA, 0. sp. (@xpodvAdos, pale-winged).
2, 14 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous-
whitish, apex of second joint broadly fuscous. Antennae
522
fuscous. Thorax ochreous-whitish, with some fuscous admix-
ture. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-
whitish; all tarsi and middle tibiae annulated with dark-
fuscous. orewings scarcely dilated, costa moderately and
evenly arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely
oblique; whitish; markings dark-fuscous, mixed with
brownish-ochreous; a line from base of costa, confluent on
dorsum, with an outwardly curved line from } costa; a line
from 4 costa to 4 dorsum parallel to the preceding; two or
three dots on costa before middle; a narrow fascia from mid-
costa to dorsum beyond middle, ill-defined and partly inter-
rupted in disc; a costal dot beyond this: an outwardly
curved line from } costa to tornus, showing in oblique light
some leaden-metallic dots; a submarginal line from costa
before apex to midtermen; cilia ochreous-whitish, with an
oblique dark-fuscous basal bar at apex and two dark-fuscous
dots above tornus. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia grey-whitish,,
with a dark-grey sub-basal line. |
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in October; one
specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
EBoDA CYCLOPLEURA, Nn. sp. (kuxAozAevpos, with rounded costa).
¢, 12-14 mm. Head and thorax pale-fuscous. Palpi
reddish-fuscous, internal surface and lower edge whitish.
Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen:
grey, towards base whitish tinged with reddish-ochreous.
Legs ochreous-whitish; antericr pair, except coxae, fuscous.
Forewings not dilated, costa strongly and evenly arched, but
more strongly towards base, apex obtusely rounded, termen
straight, not oblique; grey, with fine transverse fuscous
strigulations; a broad, interrupted purple-fuscous line on
costa, becoming continuous on termen; a large ill-defined
dorsal blotch whitish strigulated with ferruginous in one
example, in a second example this is not developed; cilia
pale-ochreous, apices grey. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia grey-
whitish.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns;
two examples (one imperfect and of uncertain sex) received
from F. P. Dodd.
Subfamily EUCOSMINAE.
BATHROTOMA DELOSCHEMA.
Spilonota deloschema, Turn.: P.-L. S. N.S. Wales, 1914, 554.
Zathrotoma catapasta, Turn.: l.c., 1915, 192.
Hab.—New South Wales: Ebor.
i a Cn te ee ee la al
e359
a20
BATHROTOMA MELANOGRAPHA, Nn. sp.
(weAavoypados, inscribed with black).
¢, 16mm. Head whitish-grey. Palpi 3; dark-fuscous,
upper edge and terminal joint whitish-grey. Antennae grev;
in male slightly serrate, thickened and notched at 4, minutely
ciliated. Thorax whitish-grey, with a pair of dark-fuscous
dots near posterior angle, bases of patagia brown. Abdomen
whitish-grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish,
middle femora, middle and posterior tibiae grey-whitish.
Forewings narrow-elongate, costa gently arched, apex
rounded-rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique: in
male with a broad costal fold extending to middle; whitish,
mixed with fuscous-grey, middle of disc suffused with
brownish; a blackish median streak from + to middle, bifur-
cated at anterior end; this is followed by a blackish spot,
and this again by an oblique blackish streak towards, but not
reaching, apex; all these markings are suffusedly edged with
brownish; a narrow, interrupted terminal fascia of alternate
dark-fuscous and whitish striae; cilia grey, with fine whitish
striae, bases whitish interrupted by dark-fuscous, with a
longer bar at 4 from apex. Huindwings and cilia grey.
Hab.—New South Wales: Hornsby, near Sydney, in
June; one specimen received from R. J. Tillyard.
* , .
ACROCLITA CHLOREIS, n. sp. (xAwpyis, greenish).
Q.,, 10 | mm. Head pale-greenish, side tufts partly
brownish-tinged. Palpi 24; fuscous, internal surface whitish.
Antennae fuscous. Thorax greenish; patagia whitish, bases
brownish-tinged. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; tarsi grey,
with whitish annulations. Forewings narrow, not dilated,
‘costa moderately arched to middle, thence straight, apex
rectangular, termen slightly excavated beneath apex, thence
obliquely rounded; greenish; markings brownish, edged and
mixed with dark-fuscous; three transverse lines from basal
part of costa as far as fold; a broad band from 4 dorsum,
somewhat outwardly oblique, ending in a rounded extremity
above middle of disc; a larger blotch with very irregular
‘outline on dorsum from % to tornus, reaching more than half
across disc; a spot on midcosta and another slightly larger
a little beyond this; a small tuft of raised scales before
middle of disc, between two dorsal blotches: an elongate
subapical spot narrowly connected with a dark-fuscous dot
at apex; a fine fuscous terminal line; cilia grey-whitish, with
an obscure fuscous median line, on apex fuscous. Hindwings
and cilia pale grey.
524
Not near any other species, unless it be the following.
The small tuft of raised scales on disc is a peculiar character.
Habh.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
June; one specimen.
ACROCLITA NEOTHELA, ni. sp. (veo6yAos, fresh-budding).
Q, 11-13 mm. Head pale-green. Palpi 2%; greenish,
inner-surface whitish. Antennae pale-grey. Thorax pale-
green. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; anterior tarsi annu-
lated with fuscous. Forewings narrow, not dilated, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, somewhat produced,
termen sinuate, slightly oblique; green, with some scattered
dark-fuscous scales; some dark-fuscous costal dots; median
fascia dark-fuscous, from midcosta to tornus, interrupted
below middle, above interruption broadly connected with a
dark-fuscous apical spot; cilia pale-greenish, apices grey, on
apex dark-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-
grey; cilia pale-grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in August and November ;
two specimens.
ANCYLIS ACROGYPSA, Nn. sp (dxpoyvos, with chalk-white apex).
¢, 9mm. Head fuscous. Palpi fuscous, internal sur-
face whitish. Antennae fuscous; in male slightly serrate,
cilaticns imperceptible. Thorax dark-fuscous mixed with
whitish. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior
tibiae and tarsi fuscous; middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous,
annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrow, some-
what constricted posteriorly, costa strongly arched near base,
thence straight, apex acute and strongly falcate, termen
strongly sinuate, not oblique; dark-brownish-fuscous; a large
whitish suffused blotch at 4+ extending from costa to fold;
beyond this are three short oblique whitish costal strigulae ;
several transverse whitish strigulae in dorsal area; a large
terminal whitish area sharply limited by a nearly straight
transverse line, immediately preceded by some leaden-grey
suffusion and by a whitish spot above middle of disc; apex,
two ante-apical strigulae, and a fine terminal line dark-
fuscous; a small spot before apex and a larger above tornus
leaden-grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish, on apical process fuscous.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia pale-grey.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns;
two specimens received from F. P. Dodd.
EUCOSMA PHAEOSCIA, n. sp. (favooxios, darkly shaded).
3, 14 mm. Head and thorax whitish, with some
dark-fuscous scales. Palpi 24; whitish, external surface of
525
second joint with two broad dark-fuscous bands. Antennae
grey; ciliations in male minute. (Abdomen broken.) Legs
whitish, irrorated with grey; tibiae and tarsi annulated with
dark-fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male with
a strong but narrow costal fold extending to middle; fuscous;
costal fold barred with dark-fuscous; a dark-fuscous basal
patch; a broadly-suffused grey-whitish dorsal streak from this
to %; a large dark-fuscous blotch in disc before middle,
succeeded by a small ochreous-brown suffusion towards dor-
sum; a white spot in disc at #; a whitish suffusion at tornus ;
cilia white with dark-fuscous dots, one at apex, two beneath
apex, one at tornus, one above tornus. Hindwings with 3 and 4
stalked; grey, thinly scaled; cilia pale-grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Nambour, in August; one specimen.
EUCOSMA PACHYNEURA, 0. sp. (7ayvvevpos, thick-nerved).
3d, 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous-
brown. Antennae pale ochreous-brown, annulated with
dark-fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen dark-grey.
Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tarsi fuscous,
with ochreous-whitish annulations. Forewings © slightly
dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded-
rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique; in male with
a narrow costal fold extending to #; pale oehreous-brown ;
costa strigulated with dark-brown; a dark-brown patch on
4 dorsum, anteriorly suffused, posteriorly sharply defined by
a slender whitish line; a narrow semi-oval dark-brown patch
on dorsum before tornus, partly outlined with whitish; a
brown suffusion on posterior part of costa, apex, and upper
part of termen; cilia fuscous-brown, with a pale basal line.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; semi-translucent, thinly
covered with fuscous scales; veins densely outlined with dark-
fuscous; cilia pale-fuscous, with a darker sub-basal line.
Habh.—Queensland: Sandgate, near Brisbane, in Sep-
tember; one specimen.
EUCOSMA PERFIXA, Nn. sp. (perfivus, pierced through).
d,14mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 3; grey, internal
surface whitish. Antennae grey-whitish; ciliations in male
minute. Thorax pale-grey. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs
ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair suffused with pale-grey. Fore-
wings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa straight to middle,
thence gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
sinuate, oblique; in male with a narrow costal fold to 4;
grey-whitish ; costal fold grey; some dark-fuscous dots on
costa beyond this; a dark-fuscous subcostal dot near base,
526
and another beyond this; a fine dark-fuscous longitudinal
streak above middle from 4 to apex, interrupted in centre;
six or seven pale ochreous-grey oblique streaks from costa;
ocellus ochreous-grey, limited by two obscure leaden-grey
transverse lines; a short dark-fuscous longitudinal mark in
mid-disc, preceding first transverse line; cilia grey-whitish
with fuscous apices, at apex dark-fuscous. Hindwings with
3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia grey-whitish.
Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, in August; one
specimen.
EUCOSMA MELANOCOSMA, Nl. sp.
(ueAavoxoopos, adorned with black).
3,15 mm. Head and palpi fuscous-whitish. Antennae
pale-grey ; ciliations in male minute. Thorax whitish, bases
of patagia fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish.
Forewings moderate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, termen slightly sinuate, slightly oblique;
in male without costal fold; white; markings dark-fuscous;
numerous fine costal strigulae; a central sub-basal spot,
closely followed by a second spot; a narrow erect triangular
mark from 2 dorsum half across disc; a similar but broader
mark from # dorsum; a subterminal line crossing a rather
large subapical spot; an apical spot; cilia fuscous. Huind-
wings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia pale-grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in October; one specimen.
EUCOSMA PERPLEXA, n. sp. (perplexus, confused, intricate).
3d, 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-brown.
Antennae whitish-brown; ciliations in male minute.
Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair suffused
with fuscous. Forewings moderately broad, slightly dilated,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, slightly
produced, termen straight, scarcely oblique; in male without
costal fold; whitish-brown finely strigulated with brown and
fuscous ; a large basal patch darker than rest of wing, bounded
by a line from } costa to 2 dorsum, slightly angled on fold;
median fascia represented by a dark line from midcosta to
before tornus; an interrupted dark-fuscous terminal line;
cilia brown. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey; cilia
rey.
i 7 ae ae Brisbane, in December; Killarney,
in November. Three specimens.
EUCOSMA AELLAEA, Nn. Sp. (deAXavos, Stormy).
Q,12mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 24; brown-
whitish, middle and apex of external surface fuscous.
527
Antennae grey. Abdomen brown, towards apex fuscous.
Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi dark-
fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings some-
what dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded-rectangular, termen. sinuate, rounded beneath,
slightly oblique; pale ochreous-brown, with numerous
transverse dark fuscous-brown lines; costa with alternate
fuscous-brown and whitish strigulae; the latter give rise to
short, slender, very oblique leaden-grey lines; a paler area
on mid-dorsum; ocellus ochreous-brown with dark fuscous
centre, bordered by anterior and posterior transverse leaden-
grey lines; cilia fuscous, with several pale ochreous-brown
bars. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; brownish-fuscous,
towards base paler; cilia grey, with a fuscous basal line.
Hab.—Queensland: Beerburrum, near Nambour, in
December ; one specimen.
BACTRA PSAMMITIS, n. sp. (Wapputis, sandy).
3, 9, 14-15 mm. Head and thorax whitish-brown.
Palpi 3; whitish-brown. Antennae grey-whitish; ciliations
in male minute. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey-whitish ;
posterior pair whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi sometimes
annulated with fuscous. Forewings slightly dilated, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique;
pale ochreous-brown; numerous darker strigulae on costa,
those on apical portion forming short oblique streaks; some
minute fuscous-brown dots on dorsal edge; a fuscous-brown
terminal line; cilia pale fuscous-brown, with a whitish basal
line. Hindwings and cilia whitish.
Characterized by the long palpi; pale forewings without
fuscous markings, and whitish hindwings.
Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide, in March; two speci-
mens received from Oswald Lower.
BACTRA PASSERCULA, n. sp. (passerculus, a little sparrow).
2, 16-20 mm. MHead whitish-brown. Palpi 24;
whitish-brown, with a dark-fuscous streak along lower-half
of external surface. Antennae grey-whitish. Thorax
whitish-brown or brown. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-
whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous.
Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-
pointed, termen straight, oblique; whitish-brown or brown ;
numerous fine oblique fuscous costal strigulae; a few minute
fuscous dorsal dots; a fine fuscous terminal line; sometimes
several fuscous dots in anterior % of central area of disc;
cilia ochreous-whitish or whitish with two or three fine
528
fuscous lines. Hindwings whitish, with slight greyish suf-
fusion on terminal edge; cilia whitish, with a pale-grey basal
line. |
This species varies in colour of forewings; in the paler
examples there is a tendency to the development of fuscous
spots in disc. ©
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in January, March, and
May; Stradbroke Island, in September and April. Five
specimens.
BACTRA ANTHRACOSEMA, 0D. Sp.
(adv@paxooynpos, marked with charcoal).
@, 15 mm. Head brown-whitish. Palpi 24; fuscous.
Antennae grey; basal joint brown-whitish. Thorax pale-
brown. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ;
anterior tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings
not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen
straight, oblique; pale-brownish; markings dark-fuscous; a
broadly suffused median streak from near base to apex,
interrupted in disc before middle, indented on costal border
at #2, and from thence with costal edge sharply defined;
numerous fine short oblique costal strigulae; some minute
dorsal strigulae; a terminal line; cilia pale-brown, on apex
narrowly fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in December; one
specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
BACTRA TESTUDINEA, n. sp. (testudineus, like a tortoise).
6, 9, 20-25 mm. Head reddish-brown or fuscous-
brown. Palpi 24 to 2%; brown. Antennae grey; ciliations
in male 4. Thorax reddish-brown or fuscous-brown, some-
times with a fuscous mark across patagia. Legs brownish or
fuscous; tarsi with pale annulations; posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings slightly or not dilated, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; pale-
brownish, more or less suffused with fuscous-brown, more so
in male; numerous dark strigulae on costa and dorsum;
usually some darker suffusion in mid-disc; cilia fuscous or
pale-brownish. Hindwings grey; paler towards base; cilia
whitish, more or less grey towards apex.
Larger than B. passercula, the forewings darker and the
hindwings grey, not whitish.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in November, December,
March, and April; four specimens.
Gen. ALYPETA, nov. (dAvryTos, joyous).
Antennae in male shortly ciliated. Palpi porrect or
somewhat ascending; second joint with projecting scales above
529
and beneath; terminal joimt short. Thorax with strong pos-
terior crest. Forewings with a dorsal crest of scales; 7 and 8
separate; 7 to termen. Hindwings with 3 and 4 closely
approximated at base, connate, or stalked, 5 approximated
to 4 at base, 6 and 7 closely approximated at base.
A derivative of Argyroploce, distinguished only by the
dorsal crest of forewings. Type, 4. delochlora.
ALYPETA DELOCHLORA, nh. sp. (d7A0xAwpos, distinctly green).
6,18 mm. Head green. Palpi 24; green. Antennae
grey-whitish, annulated with blackish; ciliations in male 4.
Thorax green. Abdomen dark-fuscous. Legs ochreous-
whitish ; tibiae and tarsi fuscous, the latter with pale annu-
lations. Forewings slightly dilated, costa rather strongly
arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen straight, slightly
oblique; deep-green, partly suffused with bluish-green; a
strong fan-shaped crest of scales from dorsum at 4, fuscous,
its dorsal edge green; an obliquely triangular blackish mark
from costa, near base, to fold, its dorsal edge somewhat
dentate; some fuscous suffusion in middle of disc towards .
termen; some fine fuscous costal strigulae; a dark-fuscous
terminal line; cilia fuscous, apical half barred with greenish,
around apex ochreous-whitish barred with fuscous. Hind-
wings with 3 and 4 closely approximated at base; dark-
fuscous, thinly scaled. towards base; cilia fuscous.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane; one specimen received
from F. P. Dodd.
ALYPETA LEPTOCHLORA, n. sp. (AerroxAwpos, faintly green).
2, 12 mm. MHead greenish. Palpi 24; greenish.
Antennae grey-whitish, annulated with blackish. Thorax
fuscous; tegulae, patagia, and base of crest greenish.
(Abdomen and legs broken.) Forewings posteriorly dilated,
costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded,
shightly oblique; fuscous; a small crest of scales on dorsum
at +; costal edge green, strigulated with fuscous; apical
portion of wing whitish, with a few greenish and fuscous
scales, sharply limited by a straight line from 2 costa to
tornus; cilia pale-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate ;
fuscous, towards base thinly scaled; cilia fuscous.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns, in July; one
specimen.
ALYPETA ACLYTA, n. sp. (dxAvtos, INconspicuous).
¢, 14 mm. Head and thorax pale-fuscous. Palpi 2;
pale-fuscous. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute.
Thorax grey-whitish, with a sub-basal ochreous-whitish band.
530
Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi
fuscous, the latter annulated with ochreous-whitish. Fore-
wings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex
rounded, termen nearly straight, moderately oblique; whitish,
closely irrorated with fuscous; a small dark-fuscous crest of
scales on mid-dorsum; posterior half of costa barred with
fuscous; an indistinct fuscous line from 2 costa to tornus;
cilia fuscous, with whitish points and a whitish basal line.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey-whitish; cilia grey-
whitish.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in November; Rosewood,
in September. Two specimens.
ARGYROPLOCE EURYPOLIA, N. sp. (eipu7oAvos, broadly grey).
Q@,19 mm. Head fuscous-brown ; face upper half purple~
fuscous, lower half ochreous-whitish. Palpi purple-fuscous,.
inner surface whitish. Antennae fuscous. Thorax reddish-
brown. Abdomen fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior pair ex-
cept coxae fuscous, tibiae and tarsi annulated with reddish-
brown; middle tibiae expanded with scales towards apex, pale
ochreous, base and a subterminal bar purple-fuscous ; middle
tarsi blackish with ochreous-whitish annulations; posterior
tarsi grey with whitish annulations. Forewings strongly
dilated, costa at first straight, very strongly arched in middle,
apex rectangular, termen bowed, not oblique; pale ochreous-
grey; a large basal patch, reddish-brown mixed with purple-
fuscous, its outer edge nearly straight, but produced along
costa to middle, where it joins a triangular apical patch of
similar colour; six very oblique leaden-metallic striae from
costa beyond middle, the last two longer and reaching termen ;.
cilia fuscous, towards tornus ochreous-grey. Hindwings and
cilia fuscous.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in March; one specimen»
received from R. Illidge. Type in Coll. Lyell.
ARGYROPLOCE EURYPHAEA, Nn. Sp. (etpvdaros, broadly dusky).
Q, 18 mm. Head and thorax brown-whitish. Palpi
31; brown-whitish, basal half of external surface brown,
lower edge towards base whitish. Antennae grey. Abdomen:
grey, dorsum of third and fourth segments whitish-ochreous.
Legs brown; tarsi annulated with whitish; middle femora
whitish; posterior pair wholly whitish. Forewings dilated.
posteriorly, costa strongly arched, apex rectangular, termen
sinuate, not oblique; fuscous-brown; some darker costal
strigulae; a broad sharply-defined brown-whitish dorsal
streak, above tornus its outline becomes irregular, it then’
extends sharply-defined to apex, so as to include the whole.
a S a
531
terminal area; a brown spot on mid-termen, with some brown
terminal dots above and below it; a series of dark-fuscous
dots on dorsum; cilia whitish, three brown dots on apices
above middle of termen. MHuindwings dark-grey; cilia grey,
apices whitish, except towards termen.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Herberton, in January;
one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
ARGYROPLOCE TENEBROSA, n. sp. (tenebrosus, dark).
©, 16 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, mixed with
brownish. Palpi 3; fuscous mixed with brownish, lower
edge ochreous-whitish. Antennae grey. Abdomen grey,
dorsum of third and fourth segments whitish-ochreous. Legs
dark fuscous; posterior pair grey; all tarsi annulated with
ochreous-whitish. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly,
costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, ter-
men sinuate, scarcely oblique; pale brown with patchy
fuscous suffusion and dark-fuscous broken transverse lines;
several leaden-grey transverse broken lines in basal half; a
similar broader line from 2 costa to termen above tornus,
interrupted in disc; another from # costa to termen above
middle; a leaden-grey subapical dot; cilia leaden-grey, with
a dark-fuscous basal line. Hindwings fuscous; cilia fuscous,
apices whitish, except towards tornus.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
June; one specimen.
ARGYROPLOCE SIDEREA, n. sp. (avdypeos, steely).
2, 17 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 14; brown,
upper part of sceond joint fuscous. Antennae fuscous.
Thorax fuscous-brown, anterior edge brown. Abdomen
ochreous-brown, towards apex darker. Legs fuscous; pos-
terior pair pale-grey: all tarsi annulated with whitish. 'Fore-
wings dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; brown, with
dark-fuscous transverse broken lines; some whitish costal
strigulae; several leaden-grey or steely-grey transverse lines
or fasciae; several basal lines; a fascia from 4 costa to mid-
dorsum, a second from 3 costa to 3 dorsum, and a sub-
terminal fascia from tornus not reaching costa; the ocellus
between these contains three or four longitudinal blackish
striae; cilia fuscous, towards dorsum pale-brownish, with a.
fuscous basal line. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island, in February;
one specimen.
532
ARGYROPLOCE INTRICATA, 0. Sp.
(intricatus, confused, entangled).
2, 14 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi 2;
fuscous. Antennae grey. Abdomen fuscous, with pale-
ochreous irroration. Legs fuscous; tarsi with whitish rings ;
posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly,
costa gently arched, apex rectangular, termen sinuate,
rounded beneath, not oblique; ochreous-fuscous, with dark
fuscous transverse broken lines; a small crest of reddish-
ochreous scales in mid-disc at + and another in middle;
ocellus brown-whitish, with some irregular central dark-
fuscous markings, succeeded and followed by leaden-metallic
striae; a leaden-metallic roundish blotch outlined with
fuscous before mid-termen; an _ interrupted terminal
reddish-ochreous line; cilia brown, mixed with dark-fuscous.
Hindwings pale reddish-ochreous, broadly suffused with
fuscous towards margins; cilia pale reddish-ochreous, with a
fuscous sub-basal line.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in April; one specimen.
ARGYROPLOCE PHAEOSIGMA, N. sp.
(patoorypa, with dusky sigma).
2, 18mm. Head reddish-purple, mixed with ochreous-
whitish. Palpi 24; reddish-purple mixed with ochreous-
whitish. Antennae pale ochreous-grey. Thorax reddish-
purple, with median and postmedian whitish transverse lines.
Abdomen ochreous-brown. Legs reddish-purple; posterior
pair and middle femora mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings.
slightly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded,
termen rounded, scarcely oblique; reddish-purple, mixed with
whitish and intermediate shades; a large circular dark-fuscous.
blotch beyond middle, touching costa, with a short process
towards termen, the whole resembling an inverted o; am
incomplete whitish fascia from costa containing a few reddish-
purple strigulae precedes this blotch; some whitish costal
strigulae beyond blotch; a grey bar, surrounded by whitish
suffusion from below ¢ costa to midtermen; a similar bar,
crossed by some purple striae, from tornus nearly meeting the
preceding; a reddish-purple terminal line; cilia reddish-
purple. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-brown.
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in June; one
specimen received from G. F. Hill.
ARGYROPLOCE EXEDRA, 0. sp. (e&edpos, strange, extraordinary).
¢, 18 mm. Head fuscous, with some whitish scales.
Palpi 2; fuscous, lower-edge towards base and apex of second
joint whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute..
5328
Thorax fuscous, mixed with whitish. Abdomen grey, paler
towards base, tuft grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi annu-
lated with whitish ; posterior pair and middle femora whitish.
Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa strongly arched
beyond middle, apex rectangular, termen straight, rounded
beneath, not oblique; fuscous, mixed with brownish and
whitish; costa with alternate dark-fuscous and whitish
strigulae ; a whitish spot in disc at 4 below middle, closely
followed by a second spot; a squarish brown spot in disc at
3, nearer costa than dorsum; a tranversely oval white
spot, edged with fuscous, immediately following this; a
brown-whitish subterminal shade, partly crossed by six dark-
fuscous striae; (cilia abraded). Hindwings dark-grey; cilia
grey, on dorsum whitish.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
April; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
ARGYROPLOCE MYSTERICA, 0. Sp. (uvornpixos, mystical).
3, 17-18 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous, mixed
with whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute.
Thorax fuscous, somewhat greenish-tinged, with an incomplete
transverse whitish line before middle and some whitish points.
Abdomen fuscous, apex of tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, with
some whitish irroration, and whitish rings on tarsi; posterior
pair mostly whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa
moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly
rounded, scarcely oblique; whitish, partly purple-tinged, with
some green and fuscous irroration; markings Cee -green,
partly mixed with dark-fuscous; a squarish spot on } costa,
preceded and followed by minute costal strigulae; an
irregular spot at 4 on fold; a large irregular blotch beyond
middle extending to costa, but not to dorsum, sharply defined
anteriorly and dorsally, where it forms a sharp angle, but
fading posteriorly into a fuscous shade; three pairs of white
strigulae on apical half of costa; a subterminal fascia com-
mencing in a rounded extremity beneath costa and extending
to tornus, its edges irregularly dentate; a small irregular
dark-fuscous blotch on midtermen, with two dark-fuscous
terminal dots above and two beneath it; cilia purple-grey,
towards tornus grey-whitish. Hindwings fuscous; cilia
whitish, with a grey basal line, at apex purple-tinged.
Hah.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
June; Stannary Hills. Two specimens.
Gen. ANALDES, nov. (dva\dns, feeble).
Antennae of male minutely ciliated. Palpi rather short,
obliquely ascending; second joint with projecting scales above
534
and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax with a strong
posterior crest. Forewings with 3 and 4 approximated at
origin, 7 and ‘8 short-stalked, 9 connate with 8, 10 and 11
strongly sinuate. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 parallel,
6 and 7 stalked.
A development of Laspeyresia.
ANALDES HYPOLEPTA, 01. sp. (dzoAeztos, somewhat delicate).
3,11mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 14; brown.
Antennae pale-brownish, with fine fuscous annulations;
cillations in male minute. Abdomen grey-brown, paler
towards base. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle
tibiae and tarsi fuscous-brown, the latter with pale annula-
tions. Forewings narrow, somewhat dilated posteriorly,
costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen rounded,
slightly oblique; whitish, closely suffused and strigulated with
brown; costa with numerous fine fuscous-brown strigulae; a
fuscous-brown spot at + on fold; an inwardly oblique suffused
fuscous-brown fascia from ? costa to mid-dorsum ; cilia brown,
towards tornus brown-whitish. Hindwings and cilia whitish-
erey.
f eb eterna: Brisbane, in September; one
specimen.
LASPEYRESIA AMPHITORNA, ni. Sp. (duderopvos, well rounded).
3g, 10 mm. Head fuscous; face brown-whitish. Palpi
14; brown-whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male
imperceptible. Thorax and abdomen fuscous. Legs brown-
whitish; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with fuscous.
Forewings spathulate, broadly dilated posteriorly, costa
straight, strongly bowed beyond middle, apex rounded, ter-
men obliquely rounded, shghtly indented beneath apex;
brownish-fuscous, towards costa with dull purple lustre; costa
faintly strigulated with.ochreous-whitish, two strigulae.more
distinct before apex; a leaden-metallic line starting from a
whitish costal strigula at 2 obliquely outwards, bent in
middle, and continued parallel with termen to tornus;
between this and termen is a pale area with five short blackish
streaks; a second metallic line from # costa to subapical
indentation; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous, with some
brown suffusion in middle of disc; cilia grey.
Best distinguished from its allies by the peculiarly-
shaped forewings.
/Tab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in December and Janu-
ary; two specimens.
530
LASPEYRESIA FERRARIA, 0. sp. (ferrarius, relating to iron).
2, 12 mm. Head reddish-brown; face brown-whitish.
Palpi 14; brown-whitish, with some fuscous irroration.
Antennae fuscous. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen fuscous,
towards base reddish-brown. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
fuscous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa
nearly straight to middle, thence slightly sinuate, apex round-
pointed, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous, with reddish-brown
suffusion, especially near base and fold; five fine dark-fuscous
oblique costal streaks, rather broadly margined with reddish-
brown. second and third streaks moderately long, the others
short; three oblique leaden-metallic costal streaks, of these
the two posterior are long, angled in disc, and broadly pro-
longed to tornus, enclosing a reddish-brown ocellus, which
contains three short blackish streaks; cilia brown, mixed with
fuscous. Hindwings fuseous, towards base paler; cilia
fuscous.
Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in March; one specimen.
LASPEYRESIA DYSERASTA, n. sp. (dvcepacros, unlovely).
2,9mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Palpi
34; fuscous, lower-edge whitish. (Antennae broken.) Legs
fuscous; posterior pair grey; under-surface whitish; tarsi
annulated with whitish. Forewings very strongly dilated
posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen
indented beneath apex, scarcely rounded, oblique; fuscous;
a suffused whitish spot in disc at 2; a series of whitish costal
strigulae increasing in distinctness towards apex; a dark-
fuscous line from midcosta, very obliquely outwards, sharply
angled in disc, ending on # dorsum; this is preceded and
followed by imperfect dull bluish-metallic lines; a similar
dark-fuscous line from 2 costa to indentation, there angled
and continued as a subterminal line to dorsum before tornus;
a dull bluish-metallic line follows this as far as termen; a
dark-fuscous subapical dot and three others on termen beneath
indentation; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; cilia grey,
with a fuscous basal line.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
November ; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
LASPEYRESIA POLYMETALLA, ll. Sp. (zoAvperaAXos, richly metallic),
gd, 8 mm. Head fuscous; face whitish. Palpi 2;
whitish, towards apex greyish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations
in male imperceptible. Thorax fuscous; patagia mixed with
whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; anterior tibiae and
tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings scarcely dilated,
536
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen nearly
straight, slightly oblique; whitish, mixed with brown and
fuscous; four irregular transverse leaden-metallic lines; an
ill-defined brown and fuscous median transverse fascia, its
posterior edge partly enclosing a whitish discal spot; a
reddish-brown and fuscous line from #? costa to termen below
middle, followed on costa by a whitish dot; a broad reddish-
brown and fuscous line around apex and along termen,
enclosing a subapical whitish costal dot; cilia dark-fuscous,
on tornus mixed with whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia grey,
with a darker basal line.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, in March; two
specimens received from F. P. Dodd.
LASPEYRESIA HILARIS, n. sp. (Hilaris, gay).
9, 13 mm. Head yellow, mixed with blackish. Palpi
2, ascending; yellow, base of external surface blackish.
Antennae dark-fuscous. Thorax dark-fuscous, towards mar-
gins mixed with yellow. Abdomen brown, apex fuscous.
Legs whitish-ochreous; tarsi annulated with fuscous. Fore-
wings dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded-
rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique; basal
half yellow, irrorated with blackish; a dark-fuscous line with
irregular edges from beneath midcosta to dorsum beyond
middle; beyond this ground-colour is dull-purple, with
dark-fuscous markings edged throughout with red, except for
four yellowish costal dots; two transverse series of spots,
partly confluent, not reaching costa, five costal strigulae and
a terminal line; cilia dark-fuscous with several reddish bars.
Hindwings dark-fuscous, partly suffused with pale-reddish ;
cilia pale-reddish, with a dark-fuscous basal line not extend-
ing to tornus.
Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in
October; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd.
537
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.
By Oswatp B. Lower, F.E.S., F.Z.8., etc.
[Read October 12, 1916.]
TORTRICINA.
PHALONIADAE.
. HELIOCOSMA ARGYROLEUCA, N. sp.
3d, 18 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax white,
antennae tinged with ochreous, sometimes wholly ochreous.
Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs greyish, anterior and middle
pair infuscated. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched
towards apex; dull shining-white; markings fuseous; an
oblique transverse narrow fascia, from above dorsum beyond
middle to below costa at about two-thirds, edged posteriorly
throughout with silvery-white, and anteriorly with pale
ochreous; a narrow subcostal streak parallel and anterior to
first streak ; all veins towards termen finely outlined in silvery-
white, the interspaces irregularly filled in with ochreous-
fuscous ; an inwardly oblique apical streak, irregularly edged
with silvery-white ; from its lower extremity proceeds a curved
silvery-white narrow fascia to just above tornus; some silvery-
white spots along termen; cilia silvery-white, with an ochreous
bar at tornus. Hindwings very pale-fuscous; cilia whitish-
fuscous, terminal half whitish-ochreous.
Allied to incongruana, Walk., but distinct by the silvery
markings. 5
Hab.—Queensland: Warra, five specimens, in October.
TORTRICIDAE.
ToRTRIX EVELEENA, N. Sp.
3d, Q; 20-22 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-
white, terminal joint of palpi somewhat infuscated. Antennae
fuscous. Abdomen ochreous. Anterior and middle legs fus-
cous, banded with white, posterior pair ochreous-white. Fore-
wings elongate, costa hardly arched, termen oblique, slightly
rounded; pale ochreous-white, with purplish-leaden coloured
markings; three or four small costal dots, between base and
anterior edge of median patch; an isosceliform mark on
dorsum at one-quarter, reaching about one-third across wing °
538
three or four short striae on dorsum between this mark and
anterior edge of median patch, and one or two similar striae
near base; sometimes a few scattered spots above mark;
median patch distinct, anterior edge oblique and sharply
defined, from costa at one-quarter to dorsum at two-thirds,
posterior edge from about middle of costa to dorsum at three-
quarters ; some black and ferruginous spots irregularly placed
on patch; an irregular patch of striae confluent with lower
two-thirds of median patch; an elongate spot on costa at
three-quarters; an irregular, somewhat rounded patch on
middle of termen, more or less continued to tornus, and con-
taining two transverse series of ferruginous-black dots, first
series, about five in number, on curve of patch, second series
from near apex to tornus, parallel to termen; a blackish line
along termen; cilia ferruginous-fuscous, terminal half
ochreous. Hindwings bright ochreous; cilia grey-whitish,
with a sub-basal ochreous line.
/Tab.—South Australia: Yatala. Bred freely in November.
Larva.—Wead shining ochreous-yellow, in earlier stages
fuscous. Body cylindrical, pale-green, beneath paler, sparsely
clothed with moderately long erect white hairs, dorsal stripe
moderately broad, deep-green, lateral stripe pale whitish-
ochreous. Legs pale whitish-yellow. The larva is very active
when disturbed, feeds on leaves of Pittosporum phillyracoides,
pupa in spun-up leaves of plant. Appears to be gregarious.
My brother (Mr. Harold Lower), who discovered the
species, tells me that he has never met with it on the wing.
I have dedicated this pretty species to my sister-in-law (Mrs.
Eveleen Lower), in recognition of her keen interest in
entomology.
ToRTRIX SCIOTA, Nn. sp.
OF. i Oy EO, Head, palpi, antennae, and _ thorax
ferruginous-fuscous, palpi beneath mixed with whitish.
Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, tibiae and tarsi obscurely
banded with white, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings
moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique; light fuscous,
minutely reticulated throughout with waved transverse dot-
like lines of darker fuscous; costa between base and median
band dull bronze-fuscous ; a moderately broad fuscous median
band, placed obliquely, reaching from middle of costa to tornus,
slightly dilated on lower two-thirds; cilia bronze-fuscous.
Hindwings and cilia fuscous, wings spotted with darker.
An obscure-looking insect, but at once recognizable by
the single transverse fascia.
/fab.—South Australia: Stonyfell, two specimens
received from 8. Angel.
539
EUCOSMIDAKE.,
ACROCLITA CATHAROPTIS, N. sp.
3, 14 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dull
ferruginous, palpi internally white, apex of basal joint black.
Abdomen dull ochreous-fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, anterior
and middle pair sometimes suffused with ferruginous. Fore-
wings elongate, costa moderately arched, termen slightly
sinuate beneath apex, then somewhat oblique; ferruginous-
brown; costa obltquely strigulated with ochreous, interspaces
filled in with bright ferruginous, and sometimes edged with
dull leaden; an irregular dark fuscous mark on dorsum at
one-third, sometimes absent, reaching fold, posterior edge
distinct, anterior edge suffused; a fine leaden-metallic line,
from last pair costal striae along termen to tornus; a fine
fuscous line along termen; cilia ferruginous-brown, with a
fuscous bar below apex. MHuindwings thinly scaled, fuscous ;
cilia light-fuscous, with an ochreous-grey basal line and
fuscous sub-basal line.
A dull-looking species, but the dorsal patch is generally
present.
Hahb.—Queensland: Cooktown and Kuranda, five speci-
mens from Olive and Dodd.
ARGYROPLOCE IRROREA, Ni. sp.
¢, 20 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax bright
ferruginous-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ferruginous,
tibiae and tarsi irregularly banded with dull ochreous, pos-
terior pair fuscous, whitish-ochreous beneath. Forewings
rather broad ; costa moderately arched, termen nearly straight ;
bright rufous-ferruginous, more or less irrorated throughout
with dull ochreous-ferruginous spots; costa with five pairs
ochreous-ferruginous spots, between base and posterior edge
of median band; four more pairs on costa beyond, last one at
apex more or less continued along termen and nearly reaching
tornus; edges of basal patch and anterior edge of median
patch hardly traceable, being merged into general markings,
posterior edge of median patch irregularly waved, from costa
at about three-fifths to tornus, followed throughout by a dull
purplish-metallic line of slightly raised scales ; beyond this are
seven short black lines, transversely placed, lower three
shortest, upper four enclosing spots of ferruginous and
purplish-metallic respectively; a somewhat raised line of
purplish-metallic scales, commencing from base of eighth
costal pair of spots along termen to above tornus; a well-
marked ochreous spot above middle of wing, just before pos-
terior edge of median patch; a similar, much 'arger, but
540
suffused double spot on fold before middle: cilia ochreous-
ferruginous, mixed with fuscous, and with a darker ferru-
ginous basal line. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia pale reddish,
becoming fuscous from middle of termen to tornus, and with
a darker sub-basal line.
//ab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from
FP eodaec
‘TINEINA.
OECOPHORIDAE.
EULECHRIA HEMICHRYSA, DN. sp.
3, 9; 23, 25 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax
dark fuscous. Abdomen dull ochreous, more or less in-
fuscated. Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous, posterior
pair orange-yellow. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
gently arched, termen obliquely rounded ; dark fuscous, with
hardly traceable darker markings ; two dots, placed obliquely,
just beyond one-quarter, above fold; two similarly placed. at
posterior end of cell; three or four others scattered in disc,
sometimes absent; a more or less interrupted blackish line
along termen ; cilia fuscous, with an obscure row of blackish
points at base. Hindwings elongate-ovate, termen rounded ;
orange; a fine fuscous line on posterior edge of costa, con-
tinued around apex to near middle of termen; cilia dark
fuscous. Very distinct by the orange hindwings.
Hab.—Queensland: Warra and Mackay, ten specimens,
probably in October. .
TRACHYPEPLA LASIOCEPHALA, 0. sp.
3o, 14 mm. Head white. Palpi white, externally dark
fuscous, with a broad white band at apex of first joint. Thorax
white, anteriorly fuscous, patagia white. Antennae fuscous,
annulated beneath with white. Abdomen silver-grey. Legs
white, banded with fuscous, posterior pair grey-whitish.
Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen
obliquely rounded ; dark fuscous, finely irrorated with grey-
whitish and black ; a large white, somewhat trapezoidal patch,
extending from base to just beyond middle and occupying
upper five-sixths of wing; a small black basal streak ; a some-
what triangular-shaped patch on dorsum before tornus,
reaching half across wing and surmounted by a small black
dot ; a small black dot immediately above this on costa; cilia
white, mixed with some blackish scales. Hindwings and cilia
pale fuscous.
541
Hab.—Queensland: Warra, in_ September, several
specimens.
PLUTELLIDAE.
SAGALASSA BASICHRYSA, Nl. sp.
¢, 16 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax fleshy-
brown. Abdomen dark fuscous, annulated with ochreous.
Legs fuscous, annulated with ochreous. Forewings
elongate, moderate, costa hardly arched, nearly straight,
termen obliquely rounded; fleshy-white on basal half,
rest of wing fleshy-brown, more or less finely irrorated
with fuscous; a broad chocolate transverse band, edges
straight, from middle of costa to dorsum just before middle,
narrowest on costa; a narrow line of fleshy-white, parallel and
immediately following; an irregular fuscous blotch on costa
at three-quarters: a suffused inwardly oblique fuscous mark
from tornus, reaching to above fold, upper portion blackish,
and followed by two small flesh-coloured dots; a suffused
fuscous patch along termen, obscurely separated from tornal
patch by ground-colour, and containing a small dull ochreous
spot near apex; cilia fuscous, with a blackish sub-basal line.
Hindwings dark-fuscous; a moderately broad median trans-
verse orange band, edges irregular, narrowed on termen: cilia
du!l orange. Underside of forewing with an orange trans-
verse fascia, from beyond middle of costa, where it is
narrowest, to fold, with a projection outwards in middle;
an elongate orange streak along cell.
Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, seven specimens from F.
P. Dodd.
TINEIDAE.
CoMODICA DOCHMOGRAMMA, 0. sp.
S$, 12 mm. Head whitish-fuscous. Palpi and thorax
fuscous, palpi white internally. Antennae whitish. Abdomen
fuscous-grey. Legs whitish, posterior pair faintly tinged
with fuscous. Forewings elongate, apex pointed; whitish,
with dull ochreous markings; a tolerably thick longitudinal
streak, commencing at base of costa, continued along fold and
ending at anal angle, posterior half beneath edged with
fuscous ; two very outwardly oblique costal streaks, first from
just beyond one-third, somewhat suffused, hardly reaching
longitudinal streak ; second from three-fifths to anal angle,
followed on upper edge by a fine parallel line; a well-marked
blackish dot at apex; a thick irregular ochreous-fuscous dorsal
streak, interrupted by four nearly equidistant spots of
542
ground-colour, which are edged anteriorly with short streaks
of dark fuscous: an elongate streak of ground-colour at
posterior extremity of dorsal streak; cilia whitish, faintly
mixed with ochreous. Hindwings lanceolate; dark fuscous;
ciha fuscous, with a whitish basal line.
/fab.— Queensland: Kuranda, three specimens from F.
P. Dodd:
CHRYSONOMA(?) MACULIFERA, N. sp.
d, 14mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white, basal
joint with a fuscous subapical spot internally. Antennae
whitish, obscurely annulated with fuscous, basal joint white.
Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs grey. Forewings élongate,
moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique; white,
minutely irrorated with fuscous, and with blackish markings ;
a dot on costa immediately beyond base; a second, obscure,
on costa at one-quarter; a third, distinct, on costa at about
three-fifths ; a spot in disc, obliquely below last costal spot ;
sometimes a small spot on dorsum, close to base; an irregular,
suffused row of obscure dots along termen and apical fourth of
costa; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey,
cilia wth an ochreous basal Ine.
/lab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from
B.- Pepeda: :
GELECHIADAE.
ARISTOTELIA HEMISARCA, N. Sp.
3, Q@;16mm. Head and palpi fleshy-white, basal joint
of palpi beneath with obscure ochreous bands, terminal joint
with black subapical ring. Antennae fuscous, annulated with
white. Thorax fuscous, lighter anteriorly. Abdomen
ochreous-grey. Legs pale ochreous-grey, all tibiae and tarsi
banded with fuscous. Forewings narrow, elongate, apex
acute; dull fuscous: markings obscure; a moderately broad
outwardly oblique transverse whitish-ochreous fascia, from
costa at one-sixth to dorsum at one-fifth, where it becomes
confluent with a moderate ochreous-whitish dorsal streak,
somewhat suffused, from near base to tornus; an obscurely-
edged ochreous-whitish transverse fascia, from costa at five-
sixths to tornus, separated from dorsal streak by a patch of
ground-colour ; four or five quadrate spots of ochreous-white
on costa, between psterior edge of previous fascia and apex,
separated by similar-sized spots of ground-colour; cilia
greyish-ochreous, with fuscous basal and median lines. Hind-
wings elongate-ovate, apex acute; pale greyish ; cilia whitish,
tinged with ochreous.
543
Mr. Meyrick, to whom this and several other species
included in this paper were submitted, expresses the opinion
that this species partakes more of the American and European
forms than Australian.
HTab.—New South Wales: Broken Hill, not uncommon
in March and April.
CROCANTHES TRIZONA, N. sp.
6, 10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax pale
yellowish-white, antennae annulated with fuscous. Abdomen
and legs paler yellowish-white. Forewings pale yellowish-
white, with fuscous markings; three narrow transverse fasciae,
first two somewhat dot-like, first from costa at one-sixth,
second from costa about one-third, both continued obscurely
to dorsum ; third slightly inwards curved, from costa at four-
fifths to dorsum at four-fifths; a lunate mark, transversely
placed, above middle, just before third fascia; cilia yellowish-
white, terminal half ferruginous. Hindwings thinly scaled ;
greyish-white; cilia yellowish-white.
Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown and Kuranda, four speci-
mens from Olive and Dodd.
COSMOPTERYGIDAE.
CoSMOPTERYX CUPREA, Nh. Sp.
-
3, 8-10 mm. Head fuscous, face metallic-coppery.
Thorax dark fuscous. Palpi and antennae fuscous. Abdomen
dull coppery-fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, tibiae and tarsi
obscurely ringed with whitish. Forewings very narrow, apex
pointed; a black basal patch occupying one-third of wing,
and containing several very fine longitudinal streaks of
metallic-blue; median third of wing orange, anterior edge
separated from basal patch by a moderate transverse fascia
of golden metallic; a small golden-metallic dorsal spot, finely
edged with black, just before tornus: ground-colour between
this and termen blackish; a small golden-metallic costal spot
at four-fifths; cilia blackish, with a few golden-metallic scales.
Hindwings linear fuscous; cilia fuscous, paler on basal half.
Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, four specimens, taken in
October, received. from F. P. Dodd.
CoSMOPTERYX(?) CYANOSTICTA, Nn. sp.
3, 10 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, and abdomen
black. Palpi fuscous, basal joint whitish beneath. Legs
fuscous, posterior tibiae ringed obscurely with whitish.
544
Forewings elongate, apex pointed; black, with metallic-
blue markings; a narrow line, from dorsum at one-
third to middle of wing, curved inwards at extremity ;
a well-marked spot on costa in middle; a _ second,
similar, just before apex, paler than last; two transverse
spots, upper smaller, in middle of wing at two-thirds from
base, almost midway between the two costal spots; a small
spot on dorsum before anal angle; cilia fuscous, becoming
black on basal half. Hindwings lanceolate; blackish; cilia —
blackish.
/Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from
BP Dodd, . |
GEOLOGICAL SKETCH-MAP
OF
MOUNT REMARKABLE
BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G:S.
(Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of South Australia, Vol. XL., 1916.)
REFERENCE.
Greqg K° sprue ee Y
UPPER CAMBRIAN
—
Purple Slates and Quartzites
LOWER CAMBRIAN
Main Limestone (Brighton Beds).
Siliceous Limestones and Ribbon Slates,--- ----- a
Glacial Tillite------------------------===---=----=---- aoe
Main Quartzite.----------------------~--==+---=----
Igneous RoCkS.-.---------------------------------===-
a \,
7/\ SCALE
\Chains 8
0 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
|
ine
545
THE GEOLOGY OF MOUNT REMARKABLE.
By Water Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and
Palaeontology, University of Adelaide.
With Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks of the
Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable, by E. O. Turete, D.Sc.
[Read September 14, 1916.]
Puates LIII. ano LIV.
CONTENTS.
i. INTRODUCTION ; ba = ee See Oa
LS. sis GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION ie ae m. Tye a I
. LowER CAamMBRIAN :—
1. Lowest (?) Beds Exposed Pes Ee gage Oar
2. The Main Quartzite... Bu pi ... 548
a. whe illite ... be Jy. ) 49
4. Ribbon Shale (Tapley Hill Series) ... a. O00
5. The Limestones (Brighton Series) . 551
(a) The Limestones in the Western Out-
crops . 551
Ci the. L, imestones i in the Northern Out-
erops -. 552
(c) The Limestones | in the ‘South-eastern
Outcrops kis 4 et Mt abe
B. Upper CAaMBRIAN : —
Purple-slates Series e ve see © (058
(a) The Western Outcrops ee Wea D9
(b) The Northern Outcrops 559
(c) At the Southern end of the “Mount 560
(d) On the Eastern side of the Mount 561
Ili. legngous INTRUSIONS 563
Group (a) On Northesn aie of the Cathedral-:
rock Creek ¥ 563
5, (b) On ridge and slopes” on Southern
: side of the Cathedral-rock Creek 564
» (c) In Creek next above Sealer
Creek 567
» (d) On Eastern side of the Mount
Remarkable Creek ae 568
IV. Tectonio STRUCTURE ao. Des
1. The Great (?) Meridien Fault ae tata Range etait!
2. The Great Western Fault ... 572
3. The Great East and W est Fault at Northern etd
of the Mount 5i2
4. Tectonic Features of the Eastern side of the Mount 574
5. The Great Fault at the Southern end of the Mount 576
V. SuMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ae 2 7) ty ne
VI. ApPpenpDix.
Petrographical Notes on the Igneous Rocks, by
O. Thiele, D.Sc. bei os eat #12) gD
546
I.—Introduction.
The southern Flinders Ranges form a belt of highlands
extending from Crystal Brook to Quorn, from which latter
town they pass into the more extended hill-country of the
northern Flinders Ranges. The southern Flinders, on their
western side, exhibit a fault-scarp bordering the sunken area
of the great rift-valley of South Australia; and on their
eastern side are bordered by the Willochra plains, which also
form a sunken area. Mount Remarkable, near Melrose,
forms the most distinct and precipitous scarp on the eastern
side of the ranges. The mount is eight and a half miles in
length, has a height of 3,178 feet above sea-level, and rises
2,022 feet above the plain at its eastern foot. The view of
the mount, as seen from the plains (pl. liv.. fig. 1), with its
sudden rise and steep slopes, is very striking, and obtained
for it from Eyre,() the explorer, in 1840, the appropriate
name by which it has since been known.
The following geological notes are based on observations
made during several visits to the locality. An area so exten-
sive and so greatly disturbed would require many months
of careful investigation for the mapping of its more detailed
features, the time for which I have been unable to spare,
but the larger geological features now presented are of such
an interesting kind as to justify, I hope, the publication of
the same.
Previous literature bearing on the subject is limited to
Selwyn’s Reports, published as a Parliamentary paper) in
1859. Selwyn ascended Mount Remarkable, observed ‘‘a
small greenstone (hornblende and felspar) dyke on the east
flank,’’ and published a generalized geological section of the
mount. In this section he shows a major unconformity as
existing between the slates (which are represented as the
fundamental series) and the quartzite—the latter having a
much lower angle of dip and is represented as forming the
cap of the range. Selwyn’s hasty examination of the ground
may account for his failing to recognize the true structure
of the mount, while the great width of the quartzite outcrop
might well deceive even a skilled observer in a cursory
examination and be taken as evidence of an unconformable
series.” The slates, instead. of being, as shown by Selwyn,
older than the quartzite, are really newer and occupy a posi-
tion stratigraphically superior to the latter ; and, in the present
Q) Journal of Expeditions in Central and Southern Australia,
vol. i., p. 44
(2) Geological Notes of a Journey in South Australia from
Cape Jervis to Mount Serle.
547
paper, another explanation is given for the abnormal width
of the quartzite on the crest of the mdge.
Il.--The Geological Succession.
A geological section taken across the ranges (in an east
and west direction) on a line between Melrose and Spencer
Purple Slates
xx} Arenaceous Limestone
Bands of Quartzite
§ Brighton Limestone
SINCE pe :
SAVOY) Siliceous Limestones
BAAS
YY VYYYAAM
Ribbon Slate
(Tapley’s Hill Slate)
Lower Cambrian
“9 9°?! Tillite
/ Quartzites
Slates above
Mitcham and
Glen Osmond
| Quartzites
a3 Wael 1h:
Order of succession in beds near
Adelaide; also at Mt. Remarkable.
Gulf, exhibits a direct
correspondence with the
beds that outcrop near Ade-
laide. A typical example
of the beds that are included
in the Mount Remarkable
section can be seen in their
natural order (fig. 1) along
a line drawn from _ the
upper slates at Mitcham—
across the tillite of the
River Sturt—the limestones
of the Brighton cement
quarries—and the purple-
slates and quartzites of the
coast at Marino. Although
widely separated in the
localities mentioned, the
beds in the respective areas
exhibit the same order of
occurrence and, _ lithologic-
ally, maintain a _ close
resemblance to each other
at their corresponding geo-
logical horizons. The chief
interest in the case of the
Mount Remarkable occur-
rences is in their tectonic
features and the effects of
earth movements, which
have operated on a large
scale.
A. LOWER CAMBRIAN.
1. Lowest (?) Beps Exposep.
The beds which comprise the main portions of the mount,
as well as those on its western side, have a very constant dip
to the west, while those which form the foot hills on its south-
eastern side dip to the east. Between these respective areas
of opposed inclination there is a zone of shattered and
$2
548
kneaded rock, chiefly of a slaty character, the exact strati-
graphical position of which is doubtful. As the main
quartzite of the mount dips westerly the slates that appear
immediately on its eastern side should be the equivalents of
the slates that, in the neighbourhood of Adelaide, occupy
the intermediate position between the quartzite that underlies
the tillite on the one side, and the Mitcham and Glen Osmond
quartzite on the other. This view is supported by the fact
that in some cases noted the slates exhibited a closer litho-
logical resemblance to the slates of that horizon than those
which occur higher in the series. There is, however, a
possibility that some of the broken-up slates may have been
derived from the Tapley Hill series which follows, in a naturally
descending order, the limestones that outcrop on the adjacent
foot hills. The stratigraphical relationship of these broken-up
slates to the main quartzite can be best seen in the section
exposed in the Cathedral-rock Creek.
2. THe MAIN QUARTZITE.
The backbone of the mount consists of quartzite, some-
what flaggy, and in places carries dark lines, apparently from
the presence of granular, clastic ilmenite, the planes of depo-
sition often showing current-bedding. The summit of the
mount takes the form of a somewhat narrow ridge, from which
it is sometimes possible to see the water of the Gulf on one
side and the Willochra plains on the other. The mount, in
its general outline, converges at both its northern and
southern ends, and is widest in a transverse section passing
through its highest point from east to west. A similar
feature is shown by the quartzite outcrops, the latter being
narrowed at either extremity but widening at the greatest
transverse diameter of the mount, where they show a width
across the strike of about a mile in horizontal measurement.
The strike of the beds is maintained more or less in the
direction of the longer axis of the mount, and the dip, which
is westerly, gradually increases in pitch across the strike from
west to east.
In places the rock makes sheer faces of great height.
At the northern end of the mount broken quartzite occupies
most of the slopes, and on the north-western portion the road
has been cut into the quartzite for a length of 69 yards. The
stone carries fine-grained clastic felspar, with occasional dark
lines on the bedding-planes, and dips W. 20° N. at 50°.
The ‘‘Cathedral rocks,’’ situated about one mile and a
half from Melrose, make a very bold feature on the eastern
side of the mount.
552
siliceous limestones run parallel with the main limestone, on
its eastern side, and cover considerably more ground.
Behind the house of Mr. William Gray (situated on
Block B, immediately in front of Sec. 202) a cave occurs in
the main limestone. The cave is easily accessible, and can be
penetrated to a length of 27 yards, when the passage contracts
and has not been explored further. The walls, roof, and
floor of the cave are covered with a stalagmitic coating of a
dull, dirty colour. The limestone in the neighbourhood
makes a considerable spread and has a dip W. at 54°. At
Mr. Mark Gray’s hut, near the headwaters of Spring Creek,
the limestone series forms a hill 200 feet in height, the stone
varying in colour, being bluish, whitish, or pinkish at various
zones. This belt of limestone forms a continuous outcrop
in a north and south direction on the western side of Mount
Remarkable for a distance of about eight miles. At its
southern extremity it is cut off by a fault at the south-eastern
angle of Sec. 310, and at its northern end it is also deter-
mined by a fault which intersects it in Mallee Creek (a
tributary of the White Mine Creek), in Mining Section No.
1521. Throughout its course it is underlain by Tapley Hill
shales and overlain by purple-slates and quartzites.
(6) THE LIMESTONES IN THE NORTHERN OUTCROPS.
The settlement of the beds at the northern end of the
mount was accompanied by crustal adjustments which
destroyed the continuity of the beds; produced repetition in
their occurrence and threw the respective faulted segments
into various angles with respect to each other.
1. The most westerly outcrop of the hmestone in this
area forms a fragment, about a quarter of a mile in length,
that has been torn from the limestones in their regular north
and south strike on the western side of the mount and placed
at right angles to the same. The limestones follow a fairly
direct course until they reach the Mallee Creek, in the upper
part of which they are undisturbed and make a considerable
exposure; but shortly before reaching the White Mine Creek
(of which the Mallee Creek is a tributary) the beds are faulted
and the severed portions have taken the form of the letter 1
in relation to each other. The faulted fragment has a due
east and west strike, rising to the ridge overlooking the
Spring Creek, and ends on the slopes facing the latter. It is
remarkable how little disturbance has been caused in the
surrounding beds by this important crust movement. The
faulted limestone has a dip to the north and is overlain by
thin-bedded shales and quartzites of the purple-slates series,
which at a short distance from the plane of fracture have a
553
dip W. 20° N. at 43°. The underlying beds are obscured
for some distance by cover, but within the fork of the two
limbs of limestone the underlying slates show a dip W. 20° N.
at 50°—these readings, both above and beneath the faulted
limestone, being very much in accord with the general strike
of the country. Near the fault-plane the limestone is some-
what altered, being metasomatized with the development of
ferric oxide and sporadic crystals of pyrites, while the joint
planes of the overlying quartzites are often coated by
micaceous hematite. At the angle of disruption there is a
little show of copper, mostly carbonate stains, and a little
prospecting has been done (the White Mine), but without
success.
2. The same limestones come to the surface again at a
distance of something less than a mile to the eastward, being
repeated by a strike-fault which cuts the beds obliquely.
The outcrops follow a small valley that extends from the
mine road to Spring Creek. On the mine road the outcrops
are seen on the eastern side of the highest point where the
lower and less-pure beds of limestone make the best show,
crossing the road and entering the ground on the other side,
where they are obscured by cover. Following down the small
valley the main limestone is well developed on the left bank
and the impure limestone on the right. Within about 200
yards before reaching Spring Creek the limestones are cut
off against the purple-slates, but the main limestone reappears
in the northern banks of Spring Creek, the limestone having
been shifted out of the line of strike a little to the westward.
The limestone in the creek is of good qualty, pinkish in
colour, about 20 feet in thickness, and has a dip W. at 50°.
It is not seen in the southern bank of Spring Creek, and
would not have been exposed at the surface but for the
channel cut by the creek, the limestone being covered in the
bank-face by the purple-slates. At a little distance along
_ the line of strike (on the top of the northern bank of the
creek) the limestone comes again to the surface for a short
distance, making an exposure 21 yards wide, but is soon cut
off again by the purple-slates. These features suggest that
the repetitions, which follow a lineal course, have been caused
by a strike fault, along the line of which the limestone rolls
at or near the surface, making small isolated exposures.
3. The main limestone makes still another outcrop, a
little further to the north-east, just below the junction of an
important tributary that comes in from the west, having a
course almost parallel with Spring Creek. The limestone,
which outcrops on the left bank of Spring Creek about 100
feet to 150 feet above the level of the stream, runs nearly
554
parallel with the latter for a time, and then strikes a little
north of east. This outcrop was traced over two small tribu-
tary streams and for a distance of about a third of a mile,
but not quite so far as the main road, circumstances not
permitting a further examination in that direction, but it
is apparently obscured in that direction by surface wash.
4. The siliceous limestones, which occupy an horizon
slightly lower than the main limestone, are once more
developed in a wide outcrop over the foot hills on the opposite
side of the creek to the main limestone just described. At
their southern extremity these beds are indistinctly seen on
the mine road. In their extension northwards from the
road mentioned they occupy the western face of a ridge,
forming craggy outcrops. They just touch the angle made
by the Spring Creek about a quarter of a mile below where
the isolated fragment of the main limestone (2) is seen in
the creek, and then swing round to an easterly strike that
brings them almost in a line parallel with the creek as well as
with the main limestone on the opposite bank. Having reached
the creek, they are almost immediately obscured by alluvial
deposits that form successive and wide river terraces that
blend with the plains. These siliceous limestones, here as
elsewhere, exhibit differential weathering dependent on the
varying proportions of calcium carbonate in the rock. Alter-
nating lines of relief and depression give a_ striking
characteristic to the stone, more particularly in that the
laminae are much contorted, frequently making concentric
outlines, in domes and basins, which in some cases measure
up to six inches in diameter.
(c) THE LIMESTONES IN THE SOUTH-EASTERN OUTCROPS.
A third area of the limestone series forms the greater
part of the foot hills of Mount Remarkable on its south-
eastern side. The area forms a faulted segment of triangular
shape. The apex of the triangle runs out against the eastern
slopes of the mount, about a mile to the north of the township
of Melrose. It is bounded, on its western side, by the talus
of quartzite fragments of the lower slopes of the mount; on
its eastward limits by Campbell Creek and the ‘‘Saddle Hill’’
(so named from its saddle-like outline), near Melrose; while
the base of the triangle is formed by an east-west fault,
which brings the purple-slates up against the truncated lme-
stone series.
This is the most interesting, but at the same time the
most difficult, field to map of all the limestone areas around ©
the mount. It has been subjected to greater distortion than
the other faulted segments, and has undergone not only much
crushing, through physical strains, but the beds have been
?
:
555
intruded by a number of basic igneous dykes, which have still
further complicated the geological outcrops. The zone of
greatest disturbance follows the foot hills that are situated
nearest to the mount; the outer, or eastern, portions of the
area are less broken and disturbed than the inner.
The small creek that comes in from the west and joins
the main creek at the south-western angle of Melrose marks
a line of cross-faulting that is of stratigraphical importance.
The creek referred to takes its rise near the summit of the
mount, and in its course flows at the base of a particularly
bold scarp of quartzite (the Cathedral Rock), and affords a
useful geographical datum line for the purposes of description.
The Main or Top Limestone.
The Main Limestone in the south-eastern outcrops
exhibits a very regular strike in an approximately north and
south direction. Its northern extremity is on the southern
bank of the Cathedral-rock Creek, not far from the latter’s
junction with the main creek. Here it thins out in a curve
to the westward before reaching the creek mentioned, and is
presumably cut off by the dip fault that runs in a line with
the creek. In its southerly trend it follows, for about thirty
chains, the western banks of the Mount Creek, forming a
steep face about 200 feet above the creek level. It rises to
form the crest of the hill in a steep scarp, facing the main
creek just above the first bend that occurs in the stream
above the Cathedral-rock Creek. The stone is a good pink-
and-white limestone, having a dip HE. 20° N. at 75°.
‘The main limestone comes down to the level of the Mount
Creek (at a right angle), but is then cut off by the thin-
bedded quartzites of the purple-slates series, which are
faulted and have a slight shift to the west. The lmestone
reappears on the left bank of Campbell Creek, at a
short distance from where it is faulted in the Mount
Creek. The trend is now S. 10° W., and follows the left
bank of Campbell Creek, the limestone forming a broad band
on the ridge, and is strongly indented by the transverse
streams that find their way into Campbell Creek. The out-
crops widen as they near the southern extremity of the beds
and attain a spread of over 100 yards. On the right bank of
the principal tributary of Campbell Creek is a vertical cave
in the limestone, known as the ‘‘Blowhole,’’ but it has been
but slightly explored. The limestone ends somewhat abruptly
in descending the slope of a cross valley, a little to the north-
ward of the bridle track that goes round the southern end
of the mount, and is replaced by beds belonging to the
purple-slates series.
556
The Siliceous Limestones.
These beds form here, as in other parts, a thick series
that are more or less calcareous, but varying much in com-
position. Sometimes the silica is generally distributed
throughout the limestone, while in other cases there are
alternating lines and bands of calcareous and _ siliceous
material. All the calcareous beds on the north side of the
Cathedral-rock Creek appear to belong to this division. The
area occupied by them gradually narrows in a northerly
direction until, in about a mile from Melrose, the beds run
out against the steep slopes of the mount, and the quartzites
of the latter come down to the level of the plain, but the
rock features at the base of the mount are obscured by a
thick veil cf talus.
The foot hills, immediately opposite to Melrose, form
three moderately distinct ridges that run parallel with the
mount and have a height of about 300 feet. These hills, in
places, are connected with the mount by cross ridges or spurs.
With the exception of the eastern slopes of the outer ridge
(which consist of the purple-slates series) they are all in-
cluded within the siliceous-limestone zone.
On account of the broken and disturbed condition of the
rocks within this area it is almost impossible to trace con-
nected outcrops along the strike, as many outcrops appear to
be isolated and to possess very divergent lines of strike in
relation to each other.
The most northerly extension of the calcareous beds
observed was an outcrop of impure limestone in Sec. 339,
over the fence, on the right hand side of the road, a little
to the south-west of the refuse depot. A little further to the
southward slates are seen having a dip to the N.W. at 50°
and a strike directed towards the mount.
Going southward—about in a line with the police station
—on the western side of the first (most easterly) ridge, there
are outcrops of brecciated rock, including a limestone with
foreign fragments closely cemented in the mass and with
veins of calcite. Slates on its western side dip S.W. at 70°.
Lower down the same slope is an impure buff-coloured lime-
stone, exposing a face 16 feet in thickness, with a dip S.W. at
43°. This bed is overlain by soft sand-rock, passing into
siliceous and slaty fault-breccia; a similar rock forms a con-
spicuous ridge of outcrop in the valley a little further to the
south.
On the top of the second (middle) ridge are outcrops of
calcareous shale and a calcareous brecciated rock mixed with
shaly material; dip, N. 20° W. at 83°. On the western
slopes of this ridge there are further brecciated rocks, and
557
on a cross ridge, a little north of the last-named spot, is a
dark-coloured slate; dip, due N. at 20°.
On the third ridge, separated from the base of the
mountain by a small creek, are further brecciated rocks—
some of which are siliceous—and on its western slope is a
considerable fragment of a sheared limestone; dip, E. 20° S.
This ridge communicates in one place with the side of the
mount in the form of a spur, and consists of micaceous slate;
dip, S. 15° W. at 72°.
In a position still further to the southward, and not far
from the Cathedral-rock Creek, further outcrops of the
siliceous limestones occur, the various outcrops showing dis-
cordant readings of dip and strike in relation to each other.
On the spur. situated behind the Saddle Hill, there is a
prominent ridge of broken limestone (spotted with micaceous
hematite) and mylonitic grits, with a dip to the N.E. A
little further to the southward is a still more prominent
dyke-like outcrop of limestone, which ends abruptly on the
north side of the Cathedral-rock Creek in a high pinnacle.
The limestone, which is slightly mineralized and is penetrated
by an old drive, has a dip E. 20° N. at 75°. A parallel
outcrop of limestone, on the eastern side of the last described,
runs out against the purple-slates of the Saddle Hill in an
unconformity caused by faulting.
The beds on the southern side of the Cathedral-rock
Creek are somewhat less broken in their outcrops than those
on the northern side of that creek, and almost the’ whole
ground between the Mount Creek and the base of the mount
is occupied by the limestones together with several basic
igneous dykes. The top (or main) limestone is situated nearest.
to the Mount Creek, as already described, while the siliceous.
limestones on its western side are exposed in numerous more:
or less parallel outcrops that continue almost up to the main
quartzite of the mount.
The greatest thickness of the siliceous limestones in this
cross section is on the western side of the calcareous zone
nearest to the mount, where the outcrops are about 100 yards
in width and show lineal and concentric weathering similar
to the features present in the corresponding beds at the
northern end of Mount Remarkable.
The siliceous limestones follow the general trend of the
main limestone, on its western side, over the ridge into the
next tributary creek, which finds its affluence with the main
creek a little above the place where the main limestone
crosses the latter. They then ascend to the rise on the
eastern side of the Mount Creek, where they make a great
558
spread, and at the top of the hill they have a dip which is
practically at 90°. Some mineralization has occurred in
places (chiefly specular hematite), which has tempted the
prospector ,to put in some exploratory work, and near the
summit, in a particular zone of these limestones, a curious
segregation of quartz has taken place, making hollow
spheroids, giving the rock the appearance of a ‘‘pea-stone’’ or
pisolitic structure.
While the main limestone maintains a moderately direct
course to the southward, the underlying impure limestones
describe a curve, following the right bank of the creek, and
at a distance of half a mile higher up from their first crossing
they recross the creek to its western side. In this latter case
they strike the creek diagonally and make a striking feature
in the bed of the stream, where the limestones exhibit some
remarkable contortions and have weathered into irregular
masses and outlines that make picturesque features. The
erosive action of the stream is also well illustrated by deep
gutters, smoothed surfaces, and pot-holes. One of the latter,
with one of its sides worn away, is known locally as the
**‘Armchair.’
The limestones at Ws spot occupy the banks on both
sides of the stream, but gradually curve round to the west,
in a direction almost completely opposite to their strike in the
first instance, and after rising on the back of a spur to the
top of the ridge make a slight curvature to the south, where
they are cut off by the main fault that separates the foot hills
from the mount proper. The outermost line of outcrop of
these limestones meets the creek at right angles, with a strike
W. 20° N., dip northerly at 78°. This limestone was seen to
cross the stream to the westward, but could not be recognized
on the opposite bank.
B. UPPER CAMBRIAN.
PURPLE-SLATES SERIES.
The belt of limestones described in the preceding sections
forms the upper limits of the Lower Cambrian Division of
rocks. The beds that follow by sequence and in super-
position possess, as a series, characteristic features, and are
classed as Upper Cambrian. They consist of thick shales,
numerous thin layers of quartzite, arenaceous limestones, and
at some horizons develop thick, fine-grained quartzites that
are usually subdivided by numerous bedding-planes. The
beds possess a characteristic bluish or purplish colour, on
which account they have been designated the purple-slates
series. They are extensively developed in the region now
To
pe ei i
of outcrops around Mount Remarkable.
559
under description and form an outlying and investing circle
(a) THE WESTERN OUTCROPS.
The hills on the western side of Spring Creek rise in a
steep grade to the watershed of the Black Range. The
geological section in this direction is comparatively simple:
the Tapley Hill slates occupy the slopes next the creek, and
are succeeded, in ascending order, by the siliceous limestones
—the main limestone—and the purple-slates series. The
latter follow a parallel strike with the limestones in a north
and south direction. The lower members of the series consist
mainly of slates and thin-bedded quartzites ; but in the Black
Range, which forms the greatest elevation on that side of Mount
Remarkable and overlooks the littoral of Spencer Gulf, they
pass up into strong and prominent quartzites, which make the
main feature of the range.
(b) THE NORTHERN OUTCROPS.
The purple-slates series on the northern side of the mount
has participated in the block-faulting that has so greatly dis-
turbed the limestones and other underlying beds. The
prevailing dip of the limestones is to the westward, but
occasionally to the northward, and the purple-slates, which
follow next in order, conform to the same general dip—either
westerly or northerly, according to the pitch of the faulted
segment to which they respectively belong, the prevailing
direction being westerly.
In ascending Spring Creek from the Wilmington Road
the purple slates make their first appearance immediately
on the western side of the top or main limestone seen in the
ereek, about a mile up from the main road. Here the beds
dip W. at 40° and follow the strike of the limestone south-
ward to the road that crosses over to the Spring Creek mine.
Higher up the creep, just above the weir of the Wilmington
water supply, the purple slates are very characteristically
developed, forming extensive dip slopes to the creek; dip,
W. 10° N. at 40°.
The beds continue to occupy both sides of the creek, and
can be followed up the White Mine Creek and the Waterfall
Creek, which unite and form a junction with the Spring Creek
at the position selected for the new reservoir. In the lower
portion of the White Mine Creek bluish quartzites and sili-
ceous slates make a feature, having a dip W. 10° N. at 48°.
Higher up the creek characteristic purple-slates are more in
evidence.
560
The presence of arenaceous limestones—or calcareous
grits—can generally be noted among the lower members of
the purple-slates series. They occur at Marino, near
Brighton, at Hallett’s Cove, and at Noarlunga; at the last-
named place they are quarried for road metal. They occur
over a somewhat wide outcrop on the White Mine Creek, just
west of the position where the two faulted segments of lime-
stone are opposed at a sharp angle and can be traced down
to the creek, adjacent to and parallel with the north and
south fence. They are also seen to the northward, across the
Waterfall Creek, and on the top of the ridge, on the north
side of this creek, and after passing through the east and
west fence follow the slope of the bank into the next valley.
The faulted segment seen in the Spring Creek a little
west of the Wilmington Road, gives a new direction to the
beds. The throw which has brought the lmestones into a
position almost parallel with the creek has controlled the
overlying beds in a like manner, so that the purple-slates have
there a strike to the north-east. The latter continue to the
northward, as the main surface features, for many miles, by
‘Wilmington, Horrock Pass, etc. The road that passes from
Wilmington through Horrock Pass to the coastal plains is in
purple-slates throughout, exhibiting very fine rock scenery,
and near the bottom of the pass precipitous hills of these
slates rise 1,000 feet or more in height.
fey THE PURPLE-SLATES AT THE SOUTHERN END OF THE MOUNT.
The southern end of Mount Remarkable is cut trans-
versely by a powerful fault, which truncates all the beds
coming in from the north, and is bounded on its southern
side by the purple-slates series. The line of divisior made by
the fault is very marked, and for some distance is caincident
with the bed of the creek.
The approach to the southern end of the mount is by
Bartagunya sheep-station house. Behind the house there
is a rough surface of quartzite (dip, W. at 72°) with under-
lying purple-slates. Similar beds are exposed in the small
creek close by the house (dip, W. 20° S. at 80°) and at a
few hundred yards further down the creek is a strong ridge of
whitish quartzite (dip, W. 10° 8. at 55°). On the left-hand
side of the path, rising to the saddle in going over into the
Mount Creek, are some large blocks of a reddish slaty-lime-
stone very characteristic of the purple-slate beds. Going
down, on the other side of the saddle, the slates show a dip
to the S.W., but at the bottom of the hill, near the gate,
the dip is to the N.E., the beds being much broken and
sheared as they near the fault-plane.
56]
The purple-slates on the southern side of the fault exhibit
extraordinary features of crush and are mylonized over a
very wide area. The mash-rock“) forms hills several hundreds
of feet in height (especially in its extension westward), and
can be traced southwards from the fault-plane for a consider-
able distance. A section across these mashed beds can be
followed up Rankine Creek, and irregular and humpy out-
orops occur in the bed of the Mount Creek, near the bottom
of the path from Bartagunya.
(d) THE PURPLE-SLATES ON THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT.
The purple-slates, with interbedded thin quartzites form
the outer range of the foot hills at Melrose. On the left bank
of the Mount Creek, behind the township, are two quarries
that are worked for road metal, but the stone is of inferior
quality for this purpose. In the upper quarry the stone
consists of white to reddish, rotten felspathoid quartzite and
arenaceous slates; while that of the lower is little more than
a kaolinized slate. The beds dip E. at 88°. In both quarries
the stone shows ripple-marks on the face of the bedding (a
very common feature of the purple-slates in general), and in
the lower quarry of the two they appear on almost every
surface of bedding exposed. A well sunk at the side of the
creek, between the two quarries mentioned, is in yellow,
rotten slate, but has no great supply of water.
A little higher up the stream a transverse section of the
slates can be seen in the banks where the beds dip easterly
at 65°, and almost immediately above this outcrop is ‘‘Saddle
Hill,’’ which consists entirely of beds of this series. At the
end of the hill, abutting on the Cathedral-rock Creek, the
beds dip E. at 53°. These readings prove that the angle of
dip increases as the beds approach the scarp face of the foot
hills adjacent to the plain.
Continuing southwards, the purple-slates follow the
eastern boundary of the main limestone, and extend in an
easterly direction beyond the Survey road. On this road
typical examples of these slates are exposed in a small quarry
by the road side, about one mile south from Melrose. The
slates in the quarry are very fissile and have a dip E. 10° S.
at 50°. Purple-slates and quartzites can be recognized in
the adjoining paddocks, showing a slightly higher angle of
(3) The term ‘“‘mash-rock”’ is used with reference to the broken
up slates, and “‘crush-rock’”’ for the brecciated limestones and
quartzites, the slates having been more finely broken up than the
limestones and quartzites; but the difference in this respect has
probably been determined by the relative hardness of the different
ee and their respective powers of resistance to the crushing
orce.
562
dip than that just mentioned. It is probable that these beds
continue eastward and form much of the sunken area in that
direction.
At the south-eastern portion of the foot hills of the
mount the faulting has been somewhat complex and has led
to the breaking up of the purple-slates series into large
angular blocks. Three main fault-planes appear to be in-
cluded in this system of fractures. One, having a strike north
and south—-parallel with the mount; another, with a strike
east and west—transverse to the southern end of the mount;
and a third, parallel to the last, but with a strike at right
angles to the south-eastern slopes of the mount. By the
last-mentioned fault the beds of the purpie-slates series have
been brought in, like a wedge, between the main quartzite
of the mount on the one side, and the limestone series on the
other. This fault apparently intersects the Mount Creek a
little to the southward of the most westerly bend of the
creek, where the latter cuts through the main quartzite, as
described above. The evidences for this conclusion rest on
the sudden change of outcrops from typical siliceous lime-
stones on the one side, and equally typical slates and
quartzites of the purple-slates series on the other, as described
next below.
At the next bend to the eastward (up-stream from the
great westerly bend) the creek cuts through a very strong
purplish-coloured quartzite that dips S. 20° W. at 84°. This
rock has at one time formed an imposing waterfall, as the
stream now runs through a narrow gap,with precipitous walls
250 feet in height. The stream has almost done its work in
this respect, having cut down the stony barrier at its up-
stream limits to within a few feet of the normal grade, but
there is still sufficient left to preserve the name of ‘“‘the
waterfall.’’ This quartzite has all the features of .the
purple-slate series—its divergent strike, purple colour, black
lines of sedimentation, and associated calcareous sandstones—
leaving little doubt as to its true geological horizon.
The outcrop of this quartzite was followed along its
eastward strike. It occupies the northern banks of a small
valley that unites with the Mount Creek (just above the
waterfall) and follows the ridge to the valley head, passes
over the parting into the headwaters of the chief tributary
that drains into Campbell Creek, over the next ridge, curving
a little to the south, crosses another small creek to the south-
ward, and intersects the bridle-path that goes to the south
end of the mount. In its progress it splits up into several
beds of quartzites, which are separated by slates. The beds,
whilst not brecciated (as occurs in the case of the siliceous
————————————E————————
563
limestones on their northern boundary), are in places much
sheared, and exhibit evidences of great physical strain. It is
this belt of country that to the eastward cuts off the main
limestone at its most southerly limits.
Above the waterfall, at the next bend in the Mount
Creek, there are typical purple-slates, followed by bluish and
reddish quartzites, the latter sometimes coarse and gritty
(dip, N. 25° W. at 75°); and at the sharp angle, where the
creek comes round from the southern end of the mount, there
are bluish and very siliceous slates (belonging to the same
series), with a dip N. 10° W. at 80°. At this angle the
purple-slates series is bounded on its western side by crushed
slate, which separates the former from the main quartzite of
the mounrt.
Iif.—Igneous Intrusions.
These, so far as observed, are limited to the south-eastern
side of the mount, and are included within an area of about
a mile long and half a mile wide. The outcrops appear as
small disconnected pipes rather than dykes, and may repre-
sent small necks or fissure-vents of a multiplex volcanic centre.
Considering the greatly-broken field in which they occur it is
possible that their fragmentary character arises in part from
fracture and displacement similar to that which has occurred
with the associated sedimentary rocks.
With one or two exceptions, the igneous rocks are of a
basic type, and exhibit (with some variations as to texture)
a uniform character. All the outcrops have suffered more
or less decomposition from weathering. Secondary develop-
‘ments of chlorite, uralite, and epidote are commonly present.
Specular hematite, as well as micaceous hematite, frequently
occurs in plates or nests, and sometimes in the form of feathery
erystals on the face of the joints. Spheroidal weathering
occurs, and in some cases the basic rock has become so rotten
as to be easily crumbled to fragments by the fingers.
More than twenty of these volcanic necks or fragments
were noted and mapped, and are briefly described below.
The numbering refers to the figures on the map.
Group (a)—oN THE NORTHERN SIDE OF THE CATHEDRAL-ROCK
CREEK.
Nos. 1 and 2.—Two outcrops of a rock of gabbro type
occur on the crest of the inner foot hills, on the northern
side of the Cathedral-rock Creek. They probably form a
single mass, but are separated in their outcrops by a small
depression of grassy soil-cover that obscures their union.
Unitedly they cover a surface of about 100 yards each way.
564
On its eastern side the igneous rock is bordered by a dark-
coloured graphitic slate, which has been much broken, healed,
and seamed along the lines of fracture. Nearby, this slate
has been pushed out of the line of strike, from a north and
south to an east and west direction. This igneous occurrence
is the only one observed on the northern side of the Cathedral-
rock Creek.
Group (4 )—ON RIDGE AND SLOPES ON SOUTHERN SIDE OF THE
CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK.
Nos. 3, 4, and 5.—The outcrops thus numbered bear
certain relations to each other, and collectively form the
largest development of igneous rock in the neighbourhood.
It is an irregularly-shaped mass, occupying the summit and
slopes of the ridge nearest to the mount on the southern side
of the Cathedral-rock Creek. Wo. 3 (forming the portion
nearest the mount) is subcircular in outline and measures 90
yards by 80 yards. The limestones bordering the igneous
mass appear to have been controlled by the latter, as they
follow a circumlinear strike marginal to the igneous intrusion.
Following the top of the ridge, in an easterly direction,
the impure limestones and calcareous slates occupy the ground
for about 30 yards, and then another important outcrop of
basic igneous rock is met with, forming a part of Wo. 4.
At first sight Vos. 3 and 4 might appear as independent out-
crops, but on a closer examination it is seen that they are
connected by a relatively narrow neck, just over the crest,
on the southern side of the ridge. Near the summit of the
ridge the Wo. 4 dyke has a width of about 57 yards, but
narrows as it passes down the slope on the south-western
side and junctions with the Vo. 3 outcrop. The calcareous
beds which separate the two igneous intrusions at the summit
of the ridge are squeezed into the form of a triangular wedge
between the two arms of the igneous rock. As Wo. 4 passes
down the north-eastern slopes of the ridge it increases in
width to 88 yards and makes a spur that ends on the terrace
formed by the right bank of the creek.
The lithological features of this igneous zone (Vos. 3 and
4) are particularly interesting on account of the variation
in the texture and form of the rock at different points. Near
the periphery the rock is remarkably fine-grained and, to the
naked eye, might be crypto-crystalline, while in the more
central portions it is conspicuously crystalline and even
gabbroid in its appearance. About two-thirds of the distance
down the spur forming the Vo. 4 outcrop there is a rounded
knoll of porphyrite, which is enclosed in the very heart of the
basic dyke. The porphyrite is rendered partially fissile by
565
the development of a system of smooth jointing, by which
the rock splits up easily into rectangular pieces, causing the
lower slopes of the spur to be strewn with its fragments.
In the area surrounding this remarkable porphyritic
development the basic dyke has to some extent an
amygdaloidal structure. Numerous gas cavities occur in the
rock, of various sizes up to half an inch in diameter. Some
of these have an elongated outline, suggestive of flow, and
many of the cavities have received a secondary deposit, and
are now filled by aggregates of small crystals of rhombohedral
calcite. It is difficult to account for such a _ scoriaceous
feature in the rock if formed at depth.
The dyke, resuming its normal features, follows the slope
of the spur below the porphyritic inclusion, cuts through an
impure limestone, and ceases to be visible on reaching a
grassed terrace about 12 feet above the level of the stream.
There is, however, an outcrop of igneous rock seen in the
cliff face of the creek, not much out of line with the dyke
just described. This is marked on the map as Vo. 4, and is
probably an extension of dyke Vo. 4. The exposure is about
18 feet in width, but as the rock is much decomposed it is
difficult to define its exact lmits. This is the only instance
in which an igneous rock was observed to be cut by the
Cathedral-rock Creek, and even in this case it did not appear
to occur on the opposite bank.
No. 6.—This dyke is also seen on the before-mentioned
ridge, a little east of Vos. 3 and 4, from which it is separated
by a zone of calcareous and slaty rocks, about 80 yards in
width. The dyke goes over to the southern face of the ridge
for a distance of from 60 yards to 70 yards, having a strike
W. 20° S. On the northern side of the ridge a strike is
maintained almost parallel with that of the adjoining Wo. 4
dyke. It is in this igneous intrusion that the old Mount
Remarkable Copper Mine) is situated. At the mine
costeen pits have been cut into the dyke, and at a lower level
a tunnel has been driven into it for about 50 feet in length.
In the section thus exposed the dyke is seen to be greatly
broken and mashed under pressure, sometimes even reduced
to a crush-rock composed of angular, recemented fragments.
It is in this broken rock that the copper (in the form of green
carbonate) occurs. A shaft, said to be 20 feet in depth, has
been sunk in the contact rock, and from the dumps at the
surface it is seen to be in laminated and banded shales
belonging to the Tapley Hill-Brighton series. These shales
have been indurated and heightened in colour by igneous
(4) See Records of Mines of South Australia (official), 4 a
1908, p. 94.
566
action, with secondary developments of specular hematite,
chlorite, ete.
No. 7.—This is a round knoll of basic igneous rock, on
a small rise situated on the north-eastern side of the old mine,
and is probably continuous with another outcrop of a similar
kind on the next ridge on the eastern side. The two outcrops
are separated by a small intervening valley, mantled by rain-
wash.
No. &.—On the eastern face of the ridge last-mentioned
there is an outcrop of a siliceous igneous rock which makes a
peculiar and isolated feature among the surrounding basic
dykes. The rock is aplitic in character, very acid, and forms
a lenticle, 30 feet in length, margined on all sides by sedi-
mentary rocks. There is probably another outcrop of a
similar kind in a small valley just below the old copper mine,
as two or three surface hod were met with there of an
aplitic type, but these contained a little more felspar in
their composition than in the other case, and also a few small
sik ane crystals of schorl; it was not seen 2m situ.
No. 9.—On the next spur, in an easterly direction,
there occurs the most prominent outcrop of igneous rock in
the locality. It is situated about 60 yards eastward of the
aplite vein, and forms a dyke-like ridge of rock that rises
about three feet above the normal level. It is of limited
extent, much fractured under weathering, and is bounded
on all sides by limestones and calcareous shales.
“No. 10.—Situated at about 70 yards in an E. N.E. direc-
tion from the aplite vein (Vo. 8) is another basic dyke. It
is even with the surface of the ground and occupies the gine
of a spur towards the Cathedral-rock Creek.
No. 11.—This igneous outcrop forms a knoll on the top
of the ridge, and is situated in a direction §.S.E. from out-
crop Vo. 9. It is not far distant from the western edge of
the main (Brighton) limestone, from which it is separated by
a zone of slaty rock that has been somewhat changed by the
igneous contact. The ridge, which follows the right bank of
Cathedral-rock Creek, forms an angle with a still higher ridge
that faces into the Mount Remarkable Creek. The igneous
outcrop now under description occurs at the angle of these
two ridges, and has a strike N.E. and 8.W. It possesses
some anomalous features. In the first instance (at its north-
eastern end), it has the features commonly presented by the
basic dykes of the neighbourhood, but as it rises to the crest
of the higher ridge it passes into a peculiar rock of a somewhat
acid type. A marked feature at the surface is the presence
of numerous empty spaces, giving the rock a honeycomb
appearance. It contains some quartz, with phenocrysts
567
of felspar somewhat sparingly developed, and the presence o1
limonite, partly filling some of the cavities in the stone, may
point to these spaces having been originally filled with iron
pyrites. The dyke, which does not follow the direction of
the main limestone or associated beds, is about 200 yards in
length and ends abruptly at the crest of the higher ridge,
where it is cut off by slates. There is a certain similarity
between this dyke and the porphyritic development in’Vo. 4,
but the intrusion now under description has, apparently,
undergone greater alteration.
Group (c)—1IN CREEK NEXT ABOVE CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK.
No. 12.—This exposure occurs a little to the westward
of the last described (Vo. ZZ) and about 200 yards to the
south-east of the dyke (Vo. 6) at the old mine. The ridge
on which most of the igneous dykes so far described occur
forms the watershed between the Cathedral-rock Creek and
another creek next above it. The present outcrop is situated
a little over the ridge on its southern side. It appears to be
approximately circular in outline, and is indicated by a large
number of broken rocks on the surface. It extends for about
one-third of the distance down the slope towards the creek
next above the Cathedral-rock Creek. There appears to be
a small dyke on the western side of the one just referred to,
as a number of dyke stones were noticed in the line of a small
depression on the slope of the hill, but they were mixed with
other rock fragments and their source could not be definitely
located.
No. 13.—There is a small exposure of a basic dyke at
the mouth of the last-named creek where it unites with the
main stream a little above the spot where the main limestone
crosses the Mount Creek. The dyke occupies the left bank
of the stream and runs parallel with the same for a short
distance, but does not appear to be very thick.
No. 14.—-About 100 yards up the same creek a strong
exposure of an igneous dyke is seen on both sides of the creek.
It has a strike S. 20° W., is about 40 yards wide, and can
be traced along the line of outcrop for about 80 yards.
No. 15.—A little higher up the creek than the last-
named another dyke makes a prominent feature on the right
bank of the stream. It forms a circular knoll that imme-
diately attracts attention. The texture of the rock varies
from medium-grain to coarsely-crystalline.
No. 16.—-On the right bank of the same creek, near its
confluence with the Mount Creek, surface stones indicate the
outcrop of another basic dyke. It is situated at the back of
568
a rather prominent outcrop of impure limestone, at a height
of about 40 feet above the Mount Creek.
No. 17.—On the same slope, facing to the Mount Creek,
shghtly further up the creek than the conspicuous pillar of
crush-rock on the side of the hill, is another basic outcrop.
The igneous rock passes up the slope from the river flat to a
height of about 50 feet above the stream, and is about 40 feet
in width.
No. 18.—This is the furthest-south outcrop of the dykes
in the igneous field. It is situated about a third of a mile
higher up the Mount Creek than the last-described occurrence
and on the same side of the stream. It has intruded the
siliceous Lmestones, which are here strongly developed and
have undergone extraordinary crush. The dyke is indicated
chiefly by surface stones, one of which is two feet in diameter.
It appears to have but a limited extension.
Group (d)--ON THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT REMARKABLE
| CREEK.
No. 19.—-An inconspicuous outcrop occurs on the eastern
side of the Mount Creek, a little southward of the great spur
of the main limestone, where it comes down to the creek
level. A few igneous rocks are seen 7m situ in the bank, on
a small piece of road-cutting, about 20 feet above the level
of the stream, and loose stones can be traced up the rise for
about 20 yards or 30 yards. It lies on the western side of
the main limestone, but not in contact with that rock.
No. 20.—Exposed by a few surface stones and an obscure
outcrop on the slope facing to Campbell Creek.
No. 21.—A broadish ridge separates Campbell Creek
and the next creek on the right bank of the Mount Creek.
A basic dyke outcrops on this ridge, near the centre and about
half-way up from the Mount Creek, in a direction south-
westerly from Wo. 20. It is in the form of a patch, and
nearby the rock is much veined by hematite, which has led
to some prospecting for minerals.
1V.—Tectonic Structure.
Mount Remarkable forms a great wedge-shaped mass of
intimately-jointed quartzite which, although of great width,
is almost destitute of massive outcrops. The summit and
slopes of the mount are littered with countless fragments of
angular rocks. The eastern side is particularly steep, giving
rise to scores of screes, or shoots of loose stones, which in
many cases extend from the summit to the base of the mount.
The whole mountain is undergoing rapid waste by the break-
ing up of the rock on the joint-planes, and then by the loose
6 ee se | ie
569
material gravitating to the bottom. An impressive illustra-
tion of this process will be seen by a walk up the Cathedral-
rock Creek to a position above the rock mentioned.
Such abnormal conditions, occurring in the case of a
hard rock with an extensive outcrop, suggest that earth
movements must have been particularly active and powerful
in bringing about such a result. This view is supported by
certain attendant phenomena, by which it may be possible to
infer the more important movements that have given outline
to this truly ‘‘remarkable’’ mount.
1. THE Great (?) MERIDIONAL FAULT OF THE RANGE.
The quartzite not only occupies the crest of the range
from end to end, but forms the greater part of the material
of which the mount is composed. The western side has a
more gradual slope than, the eastern, probably arising from
the fact of its forming the dip slope of the beds, the dip
varying from 65° in the lower situations to about 85° on
the eastern side of the summit.
When this consistently-high reading of dip is compared
with the great width of outcrop of these beds (reaching, as
already stated, at their maximum, a mile, at least, in hori-
zontal measurement), it must be inferred that a duplication of
outcrop has occurred that has greatly increased the surface
spread of the stone and given a fictitious appearance as to its
true width.
What has happened to produce this remarkable thicken-
ing of the quartzite forming the axis of the mount is not at:
all clear. Various tectonic movements, under certain con-
ditions, might lead to such a result, as, for example, in the
following cases :—
(a) An unconformity, with the quartzite (as the upper
series) forming a cap, with the beds inclined at a
low angle, as shown by Selwyn (loc. cit.). But
Selwyn’s geological section of the mount is entirely
in error; there is no unconformable series, there
are no underlying slates (as shown by Selwyn),
and the quartzite, instead of dipping at a low
angle (as shown by Selwyn), dips at a high angle
and is interbedded with the other beds of the
section.
(b) A double monoclinal-fold, or “hogback,”’ with
faulting in the septum curves on each side of the
upthrow, and the arch worn down to the level of
the resisting quartzite, might give a great breadth
to the latter bed; but this explanation is not
570
relevant to the case in hand, inasmuch as the
uniform high angle of dip proves that the mount
forms no part of a monoclinal-fold.
(c) A close-fold im an vsoclinal series, in which the
quartzite formed the central axis of the fold and
thereby became duplicated, would give double
breadth to the bed and a high angle of dip.
Such a scheme of tectonic structure does not, how-
ever, fit in with the surrounding features, as there
is little folding throughout the district, other than
a uniform pitch to the west on the western and
northern sides, and to the east on the eastern side
of the hill.
/d) Pressure in a north and south direction on beds at
a high angle might cause a vertical puckering, with
overlapping and thickening of the beds near the
centre. In the Mucra Ranges, near the Mucra
Springs, due east from Mount Remarkable and
two and a half miles west of the Black Rock rail-
way station, there are some very striking quartzite
outcrops that have been, under great pressure,
turned at right angles to the strike. While such
an occurrence is a possible explanation of the
thickening of the quartzite at Mount Remarkable,
no corroborative evidences were obtained that this
was the case there.
oe In looking for an explanation 1t must be remembered
that the tectonic control of the region concerned
has been one of fracture, displacement, and read-
justment of the dissevered component parts. It
is, perhaps, most consistent with the surrounding
tectonic features to assume the existence of a
trough-fault (or several of these) with parallel
walls, by which segments of the quartzite were
successively dropped to lower levels, as shown in
fig. 2. The broken character of the quartzite
obscures the structure within its own area, but the
features pertaining to the outcrops are strongly
suggestive of a major line of fracture that follows
the crest of the ridge and has had the effect of
duplicating the beds. This view is supported by
the high dip of the beds on the eastern side of the
summit, the great spread of the quartzite outcrops,
and the shattered condition of the stone.
A doubt still remains as to the particular quartzite
which forms the core of the mount. As already intimated,
if the orderly succession seen on the western side of the
O71
mount (extending from the purple-slates to the tillite) be
continued downwards to the underlying bed, then the
quartzite which occupies that position must be regarded as
synchronous with the quartzites that underlie the tillite near
Adelaide. But at several points in the outcrops of the
Mount Remarkable quartzite the stone includes clastic
ilmenite, occurring in dark lines, and is current-bedded. In
the case of one stone picked up near the Cathedral Rock, the
ilmenite forms at least one-fourth of the mass. The only
horizon where such current-laid ilmenite is known to occur
in the Lower Cambrian of South Australia is in the basal beds
of the series, where it is a constant and very characteristic
feature. The difficulty in the way of referring the Mount
WILLOCHRA
PLAINS
—y SPRING CK.
Fig. 2.
Geological Sketch-section through Mount Remarkable to show
probable duplication of the main quartzite by faulting. P.P’.
Purple-slates Series. L.L’. Main (Brighton) Limestone. S.S’.
Siliceous Limestones. R. Ribbon (Tapley Hill) Slates. T. Tillite.
Q. Quartzites. Sl. Slates. C. Crush-rock. The dotted lines show
eo extension of the beds over the mount before faulting took
place.
Remarkable quartzite to the same horizon is very great, as
the tillite, which rests on the quartzite of the mount, is from
8,000 feet to 10,000 feet (perhaps more) above the horizon
of the ilmenite grits of the basal beds. If a stratigraphical
accordance can be established between the respective ilmenite-
bearing beds, then it might be found that quartzites of very
different geological horizons have united to form the main’
axis of the mount.
572
2. Tue Great WESTERN FAULT.
The main fault on the western side of Mount Remarkable
appears to be coincident with the bed of the Spring Creek,
extending from the headwaters of the latter to the Spring
Creek mine, and possibly further north. Spring Creek pursues
a remarkably straight course. When standing on its watershed
and looking down the valley, it has the appearance of an
artificial ditch. It has no projecting spurs and scarcely a
curve in its course (see map)—a physical feature that is
strongly suggestive of a line of faulting. It is true that the
bed of the creek follows the junction of dissimilar rocks along
their line of strike, but this is scarcely sufficient to explain
its remarkable straightness for a distance of five miles.
Definite evidence of an important fault on this line is obtained
by the gradual narrowing of the tillite outcrop and its final
disappearance before reaching the northern end of the mount.
The tillite is here cut out by a strike-fault, and the Tapley
Hill shales are brought into direct juxtaposition with the
quartzite, making a strong stratigraphical unconformity.
It is possible that this fault-plane is continued southward
beyond the lhmits of the Spring Creek Valley. The Mount
Remarkable Creek runs for the distance of a mile in a straight
course on the dividing line between the Tapley Hill slates
and the tillite (precisely similar to the course of the Spring
Creek), and the tillite narrows into almost nothing in its
southern extremity, where it abuts upon and ends at the
transverse fault at the southern end of the mount—features
which are similar to its disappearance by faulting at its
northern extremity.
3. THe Great East AND WEstT FAULT AT THE NORTHERN END
OF THE MOUNT.
The main fault at the northern end of the mount (which
appears to possess a strike a little north of west) truncates
the quartzite of the main ridge, for the latter cannot be seen
north of that line, and its place is taken by beds that are
higher in the series. Notwithstanding the magnitude of this
displacement the immediate zone of fracture cannot be seen
on account of the great spread of quartzite talus that
encumbers the northern slopes of the mount and even en-
croaches upon the road, and thereby hides from view the
immediate fault-plane. The main road that crosses the end
of the mount is very near the fault, and in some of the
small cuttings on the road there are evidences of strati-
graphical disturbance that show its close proximity.
After passing the highest point on the road (immediately
to the west of the main limestone outcrop) the purple-slates
573
appear, and can be traced on the descent towards the creek,
having a dip W. at 45°. At the most southerly bend in the
road the slates are reversed, dipping north-easterly, and
are very broken and rotten, with a confused dip. At about
half-distance from the crest of the road down to the creek
the main quartzite shows a scarp face and is cut by the road.
At the western end of the scarp there is a strike-fault, which
hades westerly at 70°, with the quartzite on the one side
and purple-slates and thinnish quartzites (having a dip con-
formable to that of the fault-plane) on the other. Then the
talus once more hides the beds, but at the spur of the hill,
near the bottom of the road, there are again outcrops of
rotten slates, which dip north-westerly at 30°. At the base
of the hill, near the old smelting works, almost at creek level,
the slates dip W. 20° N. at 63°. After crossing Spring
Creek the fault intersects the limestones on the opposite
banks, the beds being bent to a sharp angle and made to
take the strike of the fault-plane.
The Spring Creek Copper Mine is situated near the
north-western angle of the mount. The ground in which the
mine is worked forms a rough, irregular, ferruginous outcrop,
making a scar on the face of the hill in bold crags, fifty
yards wide. Judging from stone at surface, the ore consists
mainly of red oxide and green and blue carbonates, set in a
broken fault-rock, which seems to be a mixture of Tapley
Hill slates and purple-slates. It is probable that the mineral
deposits occur in the broken country at the intersection of
the main north and south fractures with the main east and
west fractures (in a multiplex system), which would account
for the two dissimilar shale beds being mixed together in the
lode-stuff.
While the east and west fracture at the north end of the
mount is the main tectonic feature on that side, the gravi-
tational adjustments that followed on the collapse of the area
gave rise to several north and south fractures in the direction
of the general strike. This is made evident by the repetitions
of the limestone outcrops, as already described. It is prob-
able that this area is extensively faulted in this way, but it
is only when a well-defined bed comes into contact with the
fault-plane that the effects can be observed. The map shows
three such lines of fracture :—
(a) On the western side of Spring Creek, where the
limestone (faulted to the east) is cut off by the
purple-slates series.
(4) About a mile to the eastward of the above, in the
small creek the head of which is on the mine road
574
and which joins the Spring Creek, where the main
limestone is exposed in the northern banks.
(c) A few hundred yards further to the eastward of the
last, where the siliceous limestones are repeated at
the next turn of the creek to the northward; the
creek, in this stretch of its course, following
apparently the line of the fault. Stratigraphical
evidence of the fault-plane is seen at the turn of
the creek just mentioned, where on the left bank
of the stream the Tapley Hill slates dip W. at 35°,
while the siliceous limestones (much distorted) on
the opposite bank dip a few points north of west
at 55°. P
The fact that each of the limestone outcrops on this side
of the mount is turned back upon itself and bent in an east-
ward direction suggests that the least resistance existed on
that side. On the western side there was the great buttress
of the quartzites of the Black Range, and to the northward
the equally thick and compact purple-slates, which also failed
to yield to pressure, while the more extensive and important
subsidences of the eastern area (which formed the eastern
plains) allowed the gravitating segments to find ex-
tension in that direction. The exigencies of the case
doubled back the beds against the norma] strike, but the
pressure could not have been severe, as the beds do not
pass into the anticlinal and synclinal folds, but maintain, on
the whole, a comparatively uniform dip to the west; while
crush-rock, which is such a marked feature of the disturbed
field on the south-eastern side of the mount, is apparently
absent in the north. In some instances, however, as in the
case of the. siliceous limestones that abut against the north-
eastern angle of the mount, the grain of the stone is much
flexured.
4. TeEcTonic FEATURES OF THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT.
The mount is not exactly equilateral. The greatest
transverse diameter is along a line that intercepts the highest
point of the mount, and is situated about two miles to the
northward of Melrose. The great fault-plane that deter-
mines the eastern face of the mount is angulated at about
the same spot. There are probably two fault-planes, which
intersect at an obtuse angle, the one trending south-westerly
and the other in a north-westerly direction. The latter
follows the base of the north-eastern face of the mount where
the main quartzite comes down to the plain, but the exact
line of fault is obscured by a wide talus, composed chiefly of
quartzite fragments, which forms a gentle slope, extending
EEE ——eEeEeEeeEeEeEEeeee ee ee
575
from the lower slopes of the mount, easterly, to the public
road, a distance of about a mile, and having a fall of about
100 feet. A number of springs, in lineal order, follow the
base of the mount, and probably indicate the junction
between the quartzite and the sunken purple-slates of the
plain. .
The fault which defines the south-eastern side of the
mount divides the mount proper from the foot hills, and at
its southern end is cut by the transverse fault that truncates
the south end of the mount. The great scarp of the Cathe-
dral Rock, 300 feet in height (made in two sections), as well
as other prominent scarp faces of quartzite, probably repre-
sents the line of fracture. The Cathedral-rock Creek also
marks the line of a transverse fault, which is evident from the
discontinuity of the beds on either side of it.
The two principal faults just described, together with
the plains on the eastern side of the mount, mark off a
triangular area of foot hills that include features of great
geological interest. The stratigraphical succession of the beds
within this area has already been described. They are identi-
eal with those met with on the western and northern side of
the mount, but the tectonic phenomena seen in this segment
are unique. The main limestone is but little disturbed, and
follows a definite strike (although interrupted at the
Mount Creek) till cut off by the transverse fault, but
all the beds between it and the quartzite of the mount
(belonging to the siliceous limestones and ribbon-slate series)
have been subjected, not simply to distortion, but disruption
to an extreme degree.
The belt of rocks adjacent to the base of the mount, and
in places far up the side, is composed of crushed and
triturated rock that has become recemented in irregular
masses that are now quite destitute of bedding planes. An
outcrop of this kind, consisting of mashed material in large
dark-coloured rock masses, at a height of 600 feet from the
base, can be easily recognized from the township of Melrose,
and is known locally as the “Cat Rocks.” (See pl. liv., fig. 2.)
The zone of crush-rock includes the two inner ridges of
the foot hills (opposite Melrose), while set in the mass of
mashed material are larger dissociated fragments of the
original rocks outcropping at various angles, but still retain-
ing to some extent their natural bedding planes. These are
no doubt fragments that have been torn from the parent mass
by the earth-creep, and are now mixed up indiscriminately
with the more brecciated portions, which accounts for the
incongruities that occur in their respective strike and dip.
576
Sections of the mash-rock can be seen in the creek a little
below the Cathedral Rock.
The crush-rock crosses the Mount Creek a little above
the main limestone, where very massive blocks of triturated
siliceous limestones occur on the banks, and continue up the
rise on the opposite side... The same rock features extend
higher up ‘the creek on both sides, the greater crush having
occurred within the curve made by the siliceous limestones in
their return strike to the mount, and are in evidence almost
to the extreme southern end of the range, covering an area
of about two and a half miles in a north and south direction,
and one mile on the east and west diameter.
In this area, as in the northern, there are evidences of
on extensive field of fracture, which makes geological map-
ping, except after prolonged and detailed work in the field,
extremely difficult. The longitudinal fault which exists on
the south-eastern side of the mount is not so much a single
line of displacement, but a wide zone that is filled by
mashed rocks derived chiefly from slates. This fault zone
narrows as it approaches the southern end of the mount, and
becomes reduced to a disturbed area a few feet in width,
impregnated with iron oxides. Between this zone of mashed
rock, near to the base of the mount, and the main limestone
that runs parallel with Campbell Creek, there is an extensive
area of the earthy and siliceous limestones and slates which,
while preserving the form of stratification, is for the most
part, in the condition of a crush-breccia. The strike of the
beds is very divergent at different points, producing a cor-
responding variation in the direction of dip. The main lime-
stone which outcrops on the eastern side of this disturbed
area is not materially affected in the same way, although it is to
some extent shattered along its western borders.
An important transverse fault can be recognized where
the siliceous-limestone series abut against the purple-slates
series just below the waterfall in the Mount Creek, mentioned
above. Although this fault makes a feature on the eastern
side of the mount, it stands related to the great east and west
fault at the southern end of the mount, and will be referred
to under that heading.
5. Toe Great FAULT AT THE SOUTHERN END OF THE MOUNT.
At the southern end of the mount we meet with another
of the major faults that has helped to determine the outline
of the main ridge. The fault-plane has a strike 35° N. of
W., which cuts off the limestone series on both sides of the
mount, as well as the glacial till, in addition to the quartzite
577
which forms the main axis of the mount. The truncated
quartzite makes a sheer scarp of about 300 feet (known as
the Gibraltar Rock), and a little further to the west the till
forms a pyramidal hill of about the same height. The fault
follows the bed of the creek from the bifurcation of the road
(in Sec. 312) downstream to the sharp bend where the creek
turns to the northward along the eastern side of the mount.
The mount is on the upthrow side, and the purple-slate series
on the right bank of the creek forms the outcrop on the down-
throw side.
Bartagunya station house, situated about a mile from
the south end of Mount Remarkable, is on the purple-slate
series. Behind the house there is a rough surface of quartzite
(dip, W. at 72°) with purple-slates beneath. Below the
house the slates dip W. 20° S. at 80°. In the small creek,
further down from the house, there is a strong ridge of
whitish quartzite (dip, W. 10° S. at 55°). A block or two
of reddish limestone occur on the left-hand side of the path
going up the hill from the house towards Mount Remarkable
Creek. On the saddle of the hill, going over: into horse-
gully on the way to the creek, the strata are disturbed (dip,
E. 12° 8.). Going down the hill to the Mount Creek slates
show dip slopes nearly parallel with the gully (dip, S.W.).
Near the bottom of the path the dip varies from N. 20° W.
to N.E. The beds are here within the area of the fault zone,
the slates are greatly mashed, and in places show very
defined shear-planes, which are made conspicuous by differ-
ential composition and bands of colour. Large irregular
masses of mash-rock occupy the bed of the main stream just
below the Gibraltar Rock, and similar outcrops are seen on
either side of Rankine Creek for a considerable distance
upstream. Following up the main creek above the Gibraltar
Rock, the mash-rock forms hills on the southern side of the
ereek several hundreds of feet in height.
At the south-eastern angle of the mount, a little east of
the Gibraltar Rock, the main north and south fault inter-
sects the main east and west fault. In the angle produced
by this intersection is included a segment of the purple-slates
- series which, as a faulted block, extends northwards for about
a third of a mile, and throughout that length is in juxta-
position with the quartzites of the eastern portion of the
mount. The relationship of this faulted block to the sur-
rounding areas shows an important hiatus in the geological
order of succession on two sides—on the northern boundary
the main limestone is faulted out, and on the western side,
bordering the mount, the main limestone,«silicous limestones,
Tapley Hill slates, and tillite are missing.
©
578
V.—Summary and Conclusions.
The leading geological features in the region that has
been dealt with in iad paper may be summarized as
follows :—
1. Mount Remarkable owes its prominent and isolated
form to two circumstances:—(1) The hardness and great
extent of its quartzitic core, and (2) the position and magni-
tude of. its faults.
2. While numerous minor faults are indicated, the
principal fractures can be referred to four main systems of
displacement, which are, broadly, coincident with the four
sides of the mountain—two being lateral and one at either
extremity of the mount.
3. The main axis of the mount consists of the oldest
rocks exposed, while the mount is surrounded by a ring of
purple-slates and associated thin quartzites, which represent
the newest and, stratigraphically, the highest members of the
series.
4. The greatest displacements have taken place on its
southern and eastern sides. Considering the thickness of the
strata in the downthrow areas, the mount at one time must
have been more than twice as high as it is at present. A
meridional fracture split the mount in two, when the eastern
half dropped from between 2,000 feet to 4,000 feet in vertical
height. The northern and southern segments, under the
influence of gravitational adjustments, also dropped to a like
extent at either end of the mount. The movements of sub-
sidence were gradual and extended over a lengthened period.
5. In the process of settlement of the disturbed areas
there ensued differential strains, complex fractures, and
general crush that shattered the rocks and recemented the
fragments by welding them into a confused mass. These
effects are on a very large scale on the south-eastern and
southern sides of the mount, and to a less extent on the
northern ‘side also.
6. The subsiding segments at the northern end of the
mount had greatest freedom of movement to the eastward,
which permitted strike-faulting and a repetition of the beds,
but the very thick and compact purple-slates extending far
to the northward formed an unyielding massif, which com-
pelled the faulted limestones to curve back against the strike.
The limestones of the south-eastern face were nipped as in a
vice—no repetition of beds was possible—they were mostly
crushed to fragments and, as in the case of the northern
segments, were forced back in a reverse direction to the normal
strike.
579
7. The structure of Mount Remarkable, when considered
as a whole (possessing, as it does, a hard core or backbone
surrounded on all sides by sunken areas consisting of newer
sediments), supplies a very fine example of a mountain horst.
8. The tectonic movements that gave Mount Remarkable
its peculiar features were not limited to that particular area
or produced isolated effects. A continental movement
(epeirogenic) first gave a general elevation to the land, which,
after reaching a maximum altitude, broke up into regional
blocks, which respectively became fissured, tilted, and in
places separated from each other by areas of greater subsid-
ence. In this way the present physical outlines of South
‘Australia took shape. By the subsidence of the rift-valleys
along the lines of the great gulfs the southern Flinders
Ranges became scarped to the west; and by the subsidence of
a great earth-block that has formed the Willochra plains to
the eastward, Mount Remarkable has been scarped to the
east. The geological history of Mount Remarkable is, there-
fore, only one among many episodes of a like kind in a wider
field, where the tectonic forces have operated in shaping the
hills and valleys of our land.
9. The geological age in which Mount Remarkable took its
present form cannot have been very remote. The crush that
was incidental to the great subsidence came later than the
period that witnessed the intrusion of igneous dykes, for the
latter were caught in the same mill that pounded the sedi-
ments that these dykes had penetrated. The absence of
quartz veins from the crush-rock also indicates superficial
movements, and proves that there were no deep-seated frac-
tures or welling-up of silicated waters that would otherwise
have filled up the interstitial spaces caused by the crush.
There is little doubt that the southern Flinders Ranges, of
which Mount Remarkable forms a part, were elevated as part
of the great plateau-forming movements that occurred some
time during the later Cainozoic age, and formed the first stage
in the development of the southern highlands of South Aus-
tralia. The fractures and block-faulting that followed broke
up the peneplain into platforms, scarps, and rift-valleys,
among which Mount Remarkable took its place.
10. The plains on the eastern side of Mount Remarkable
form the watershed of the Willochra Creek, which carries the
main drainage of the district and flows northward. On most
of the low rises between the mount and Booleroo Centre, and
even further, there are highly-siliceous consolidated river
sands and gravels which have no relation to the existing
channels. Wells sunk on the plains prove the existence of
alluvium to considerable depths. Thick consolidated gravels
T2
580
o
also flank the outer foot hills of Mount Remarkable opposite
Melrose, and attain a height of 200 feet above the plain.
This extensive alluviation exists on a present-day watershed.
Such an anomaly is explained by cognate evidences which
prove the former existence of great waterways coming down
from the north, and which found their outlet by the valley
now occupied by Gulf St. Vincent. The Willochra Creek
occupies the bed of this dead river, but instead of flowing
south, as of old, it flows in the opposite direction and empties
its waters into Lake Torrens.
In one of my visits to Mount Remarkable I had the
pleasure of being accompanied by my colleague, Dr. E. O.
Thiele, who has kindly undertaken to describe the igneous
rocks that occur on the foot hills of the south-eastern portions
of the mount, and these descriptions will form an appendix
to the present paper.
The difficulties of mapping the geological features have
been considerable on account of the very imperfect and
erroneous outlines of the “Hundred” maps covering the region
examined. This difficulty was in part met by the courteous
assistance of the Surveyor-General (Mr. E. M. Smith, I.S.0.),
who kindly placed at my disposal the latest results of the new
survey of such portions of the ground that were being sub-
divided by the Government for repatriation purposes. I have
also to acknowledge the kind assistance of the Geological
Survey Department for valuable aid in preparing the map
fer publication.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Pirate LIII.
Geological Sketch-map of Mount Remarkable and the Foot
Hills of the mount.
Pratt LAV,
Fig. 1. Photographic view of Mount Remarkable taken from
the eastern plains at a distance of four miles from the mount.
Fig. 2. Photographic view of the ‘‘Cat Rocks,’’ opposite
Melrose, at a height of about 600 feet from the base of the mount.
These rocks form an irregular outcrop of mashed slates.
Vi.—Appendix.
PETROGRAPHICAL NOTES ON THE IGNEOUS ROCKS OF
MOUNT REMARKABLE.
By E. O. Turzxez, D.Sc.
The following observations are the result of the petro-
logical examination of a series of igneous rocks occurring in
the foothills of Mount Remarkable, near the township of
581
Melrose. The general field occurrence of these rocks has
been described by Mr. Howchin, with whom I had the
pleasure of spending several days mapping in their relation-
ships to the surrounding rocks.
The igneous rocks fall into three groups:—(1) Altered
Dolerites; (2) Quartz Porphyrites (including Quartz-cerato-
phyre); (3) Aplites.
1. Dolerites.
The rocks of this group are the most abundant, occurring
in a number of small isolated patches within a relatively
restricted area, as will be seen from Mr. Howchin’s map.
They vary considerably in texture, from a coarse-grained
type, approaching a gabbro, to compact examples of a basaltic
character. Both microscopically and in thin section they very
closely resemble the basic rocks of Blinman, which have been
described in an earlier volume of this Society’s Transactions
by W. N. Benson. )
SLIDE No. 1.—ALTERED DOLERITE.
Macroscopic Characters.—This example is a medium-
grained holocrystalline rock, with a prevailing greenish-grey
colour. Ferromagnesian minerals are dominant and the
structure is granular.
Microscopie Features.—Considerable mineral rearrange-
ment has taken place, but in general a definite ophitic struc-
ture is recognizable, though as a rule the breaking-up of the
original minerals has developed a granular character. The
ferromagnesian minerals are the most abundant, and the
unaltered forms are chiefly pyroxene, but uralitization has
proceeded to some extent. A little granular material of high
relief is probably olivine.
The felspars, where definitely determinable, are triclinic,
giving extinction angles on the albite twin lamellae up to 25°,
representing probably labradorite. They generally show con-
siderable alteration, passing into epidote and calcite. Iron
oxides are present, but are not very abundant.
SLIDE No. 2.—ALTERED BASALTIC TYPE.
This example is a fine-grained, compact rock of a greenish-
grey colour.
Under the microscope this section shows abundant long,
slender, felspar laths, set in a fine-grained devitrified base,
crowded with magnetite showing good cubic and octahedral
(1) **The Basic Rocks of Blinman, South Australia, with Notes
on Associated or Allied Rocks,’’ W. N. Benson, B.Sc., Trans. and
Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxiii.
582
outlines. Much of the interstitial material is chloritic, and
in general the rock is considerably altered, but appears to
represent a rapidly-chilled rock, and may, therefore, be a
dyke.
SLIDE No. 3.—ALTERED GABBROID-DOLERITE.
This is a medium-grained, holocrystalline rock, with -
abundant green ferromagnesian and lighter-coloured inter-
stitial material, somewhat altered, chiefly felspar.
The thin section shows a holocrystalline and ophitic
structure. The ferromagnesian minerals are abundant, with
some prismatic outlines, but generally the secondary mole-
cular rearrangement has resulted in a confused, granular, and
fibrous intergrowth. Much of the original pyroxene has
passed over into uralite. Olivine is present, but not
abundant. The felspars are, generally, much altered, and in
habit are rather long prisms. From the extinction angles
they would appear to be probably labradorite.
2. Acid Porphyritic Rocks.
These, in general, are pinkish-brown porphyritic rocks,
showing abundant phenocrysts of felspar and some quartz.
One occurrence of note shows this rock as intruding the
dolerite. There is some variation in the character and
appearance of this rock in the several outcrops noted ; some
of the extreme examples presenting rather nondescript fea-
tures as hand specimens. Thin sections, however, show that
this is due to the introduction of a considerable amount of
calcite by percolating solutions from the surrounding impure
limestones. This has led to a varying amount of metasomatic
replacement. The less altered examples, in thin sections,
show a well-developed porphyritic structure, in which the
prevailing phenocrysts are triclinic felspar, with quartz in
minor amount. The extinction angles, measured in favour-
able sections, range up to about 16°, which, together with the
chemical evidence, indicates a fairly pure albite. Ferro-
magnesian minerals are rare. There is a little chlorite,
pseudomorphic after biotite, and, in one section, there is a
little muscovite. The base is typically micrographic, with
some spherulitic patches. Calcite occurs in a varying amount
in most of the slides examined. Some examples show it
arranged along cracks, which have served as lines of percola-
tion, and others indicate, in the relic structure still recogniz- —
able, that the action has been metasomatic.
One sample, which was practically free from calcite, was —
chosen for chemical analysis, and the result is interesting in
that it indicates a soda-rich type which compares very closely —
,
:
583
in composition with a quartz-ceratophyre from the Noyang
district of Gippsland. The Victorian rock was formerly
described, by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt, as a quartz-
porphyrite, but later referred to by Professor Skeats as a
quartz-ceratophyre. (2)
Analyses of some of the Gippsland ceratophyres are given
for comparison.
3- Aplites. |
It would be interesting to have the analysis of the aplite
also, for it appears probable that the latter may be genetically
related to the ceratophyre; but IT have so far been unable to
find time for this work.
The prevailing felspar in the aplite is a microcline, and
the question is raised as to whether it is the normal potash
type or the soda variety, anorthoclase.
A B C D
$10, 76°26 77°66 TS Colt 72°41
Al,O, 12°40 12°30 12°44 14°38
Fe,O, 1°64 0°61 0°95 2°94
FeO 2°60 0°17 -- 0°85
MgO trace 0°73 0°02 itd
CaO 0°28 0°16 0°53 0°87
Na,O 6°27 6°96 6°79 6°86
ee Vee “41 0°19 0°24 * O13
3 2h ele 12) ; 0°04
aet |. 02s var oe { 0°67
Pee. ~..> trace trace — 0°17
MnO... — — 0°09
me 0-50 ax mm 0:26
Penmene sss, ... 100°50 99°24 100°00 100°85
SeeGray....- —- 2°59 2°63
A—Spec. No. 13. Quartz-Ceratophyre, Cathedral-rock Creek,
- Mount Remarkable. Anal., E. O. Thiele.
B—Quartz-Mica-Porphyrite (Quartz-Ceratophyre), Naviga-
| tion Creek, Gippsland. A. W. Howitt.
C—Quartz-Porphyrite (Quartz-Ceratophyre), Mount Eliza-
beth Creek, Gippsland. A. W. Howitt.
D—Quartz-Ceratophyre, Nowa Nowa district, Gippsland.
E. O. Thiele.
(2) ‘The Volcanic Rocks of Wittoria” Prof. E. W. Sieais
D.Sc., A.A.A.S., Brisbane, 1909.
584
ABSTRACT OF uPROCI aa
Royal Society of South Australia
(Incorporated)
FoR 1915-1916.
ORDINARY MEETING, NOVEMBER 11, 1915.
THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.
THE PRESIDENT welcomed Mr. G. G. Mayo (Fellow) on
his return from a lengthened stay in England.
REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNOR.—Letter received from the
Board of the Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of
South Australia, acknowledging advice that Mr. Walter
Howchin, F.G.8., had been reappointed as Representative
Governor on the Board. .
Kancaroo IstanpD RESERVE.—Letter received from the
Secretary to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands, stating
that, in view of the alleged destruction of fauna on Kangaroo
Island, the inspectors had been instructed to enquire and
report on the same.
Botanic GARDENS.—Dr. PULLEINE moved, Mr. S. Dixon
seconded, a resolution embodying certain suggestions for
making the Botanic Garden of greater economic value to the
State. After discussion it was moved by Professor RENNIE,
seconded by Mr. E. Asusy, and resolved, ‘‘That the Society
approves generally of the tenor of the proposed resolution,
and that the same be referred to a Committee consisting of
the President, Dr. Pulleine, Mr. S. Dixon, and Professor
Osborn, with power to modify the resolution as they may
deem advisable before the same is forwarded to the Hon.
Commissioner of Crown Lands.”’
By-Law. Section III. Papers.—The Hon. SECRETARY
reported that the Council had repealed the existing By-law
and substituted the following :—
1. No paper which has not been previously approved by
the Council shall be laid before the Society.
585
2. Every paper laid before the Society shall be imme-
diately delivered to the Secretary.
3. The Council shall, at its next ora subsequent meeting,
decide whether such paper shall be published.
4. If the Council decide to publish the same, in whole
or in part, it and all copyrights thereof shall become the
property of the Society, such copyrights to include all plates,
maps, diagrams, and photographs that are reproduced in
illustration of the same; and all blocks used in such reproduc-
tion shall be the property of the Society; but original draw-
ings and negatives of photographs shall remain the property
of the author.
5. If the Council decide not to publish a paper, either in
whole or in part, the same shall be returned to the author,
if he so desire.
6. All papers and other contributions published by the
Society shall be subjected to editing by an Editor appointed
by the Council. ‘
7. The author of any paper published by the Society
shall be entitled to receive free of cost 25 copies of the same,
and to obtain additional copies, not exceeding 75 (unless the
Council shall determine otherwise) upon paying the extra
cost thereof. Every such copy shall include a statement that
it is extracted from the publications of the Society.
8. All communications intended for publication by the
Society shall be clearly written on one side of the paper only,
and in fit condition for being placed in the hands of the
printer.
9. Before printing any paper a proof shall be submitted
to the author, who shall be allowed to make any slight
amendments without cost; but considerable alterations must
be paid for by him.
10. In order to ensure a correct newspaper report, it is
advisable that all papers and other communications laid
before the Society be accompanied by ’a short abstract.
The suggestions of the Council for enforcing this By-law
are as follow :—
(A) That a copy of this By-law be sent to each author
with the following statement for signature :—
“T have read the By-law, Section III., Papers, and
agree to the conditions contained therein in respect to all
papers and contributions herewith submitted [and hereafter
586
to be submitted] by me to the Royal Society of South Aus-
tralia (Incorporated).
eoereeeesc eset ee sespeseesressenesses#7ee
‘‘Note.—If the author so desire, he may strike out the
words in brackets.’’
. (B) That the copy of the By-law sent to tach author be
accompanied by such suggestions as the Editor may consider
necessary for the preparation of manuscripts in such manner
as to ensure uniformity of style when printed.
The By-law and suggestions were unanimously approved.
Exuipits.—Mr. E. Asusy exhibited the following birds
collected on November 1:—Hallorms (Malurus) cyanotus,
Gould, the White-winged Wren, breeding, but with only a
few blue feathers, from St. Kilda, South Australia. Also a
pair from Leigh Creek for comparison. Geobasileus hedleyi
rosmmae, Mathews, the allied Buff-rumped Tit, from the
samphire flats, St. Kilda, S.A. Sericornis maculata osculans,
Gould, the allied Scrub Wren, from the same locality. Also
a very rare epiphyte orchid, collected in the Richmond
Ranges, Northern New South Wales, three years ago. The*
flower spray, about 34 inches across and 8 inches long, con-
tained 15 flowers. The locality had not been known, and the
plant had been described from the flower only by Bentham
as Sarcochilus divitifiorus.
Paper.—‘‘The Woworra Tribe of Now western Aus-
tralia, with Grammar and Vocabulary,’’ by J. R. B. Love;
communicated by Edwin Ashby, M.B.O.U.
OrpDINARY MeetinG, APRIL 13, 1916.
THE PrREesIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.
THE PRESIDENT referred to the death of the Right
Honourable Sir Samtel J. Way, Chief Justice. He was a
member of the Adelaide Philosophical Society, to which he
was elected in 1859, and so became a Fellow of the Royal —
Soviety of South Australia when, twenty years later, the
former was changed into the latter. He occupied the posi-
tion of President from October, 1880, to October, 1882, and
for nearly fifty-seven years he gave us the countenance of
his membership and the financial help of his subscriptions,
587
and for several recent years he had the honour of being the
earliest member on our register. In consequence of Sir
Samuel’s regretted death the distinction of doyen of the
Royal Society of South Australia now rests upon Mr. Walter
Rutt. He was elected to the earlier society in 1869, ten
years after Sir Samuel Way. He was for many years our
Honorary Treasurer, and when he relinquished that respon-
sible office it was only to take up the heavier and more
onerous duties of Honorary Secretary, and every Fellow
and every Member of the Council will agree that a more
capable, reliable, methodical, and punctual officer could not
be desired. He well merited the distinction he holds as our
venerated doyen. Might he live to wear and enjoy it for
many years. Another of our earlier members who had passed
away merited more than a formal notice. Mr. Robert Barr’
Smith was elected to the Adelaide Philosophical Society in
1871, and dying in 1915 held his membership for forty-four
years. He had justified his election, shown his practical and
sustained interest in our Society, and perpetuated his memory
by bequeathing to us the munificent sum of £1,000. This,
added to two previous similar donations from other gentle-
men, raised our endowment fund to £3,000, thus providing
a yearly income sufficient to meet present modest clerical
expenses and to pay in part for the binding of the voluminous
yearly acquisitions to our valuable library. We felt grateful
to our departed Fellow for his timely and appropriate bene-
faction. The absence of his name from our register brouglit
next to Mr. Rutt’s that of our honoured member, Mr. G. G.
Mayo. He also had proved himself a true friend to the
Society. For many years as Honorary Secretary. he held
office prior to Mr. Rutt, and we all remember his geniality
and desire to oblige us in every possible way ; we congratulated
him, therefore, as prozime accessit.
THE PRESIDENT also referred to the distinction which had
been conferred on one of our Honorary Fellows (Professor
Bragg) and on his son. Since our last session they had
received the Nobel prize in recognition of their valuable
scientific researches and discoveries in connection with the
X rays and radio-activity. Nor could we overlook the
decoration of Sir Douglas Mawson with the Helen Culver
Medal of the Geographical Society of Chicago for his achieve-
ments as leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition.
We had hoped to see the scientific results of that visit to the
\
088
Polar regions published as a set of special Memoirs of our
Society; but circumstances seemed adverse, and _ they
would probably appear as a work unassociated with any
particular institution. But in whatever form they might be
made known to the scientific world, and preserved to pos-
terity, we should look forward with great interest to their
completion and publication. He could not refrain from
making a few remarks about our last volume of Transactions
and Proceedings, the largest the Society had ever issued,
with nearly 900 pages of printed matter and 70 plates,
besides many figures in the text. Several papers were purely
technical, of considerable length, and necessarily of interest
only to those studying the same departments of science; but
they represented an immense amount of industry and research,
were of incalculable value, and would be consulted as long as
sclence endured. There were others of considerable interest
to general readers, such as those on the expedition to the
Everard and Musgrave Ranges, and the ethnology of one
part of New Guinea, enlivened and explained by numerous
accompanying photographs. Altogether we might be grati-
fied with the production of the past year, and would hope
to have a similar volume, as large and as interesting, to
distribute at the end of 1916.
THe Hon. Secretary reported that the first grant in
aid of scientific research, in accordance with the circular
issued in 1913, had been made by the Council to Mr. G. H.
Hardy, of the Tasmanian Museum, for investigations into the
Flight of Birds.
THE PRESIDENT reported that the Gomurttiee appointed
on November 11, 1915, to deal with the resolution with regard
to the management of the Botanic Garden had decided that
the time was not then quite opportune for taking action.
Later on the question was raised again in the Council, who
decided that some suggestions laid before them should be
supported, and a letter to that effect was forwarded to the
Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands.
Nominations.—William Ray, M.B., B.Sc., Victoria
Square, and H. Lipson Hancock, Manager of Wallaroo and
Moonta Mining and Smelting Company, ‘Moonta Mines, were
nominated as Fellows.
Exuisits.—Mr. Epwin Asusy, M.B.O.U., exhibited
the following bird skins collected in the mallee, near
589
Karoonda, South Australia, on November 25, 1915:—
Gilbertornis rufogularis (Eastern Red-throated Thick-head),
Campbellornis superciliosus (White-browed Wood Swallow),
Drymodes brunneopygia (Serub Robin), Oreoica cristata
clelandi (Southern Crested Bell Bird), Hylacola cauta
(Rufous-rumped Ground Wren), A canthiza pusilla hamiltom
(Red-rumped Tit), Smecrornis brevirostris viridescens (Green-
ish Tree-Tit), Pardalotus punctatus wanthopygius (Yellow-
rumped Pardalote), Leggeorms lamberti assimilis (Purple-
backed Wren), Hpthianura albifrons (White-fronted Chat),
Gliciphila melanops chandleri (Tawny-crowned Honey-eater),
Gliciphila albifrons incerta (Eastern White-fronted Honey-
eater), Lichenostomus cratitius howe (Victorian Wattled-
cheeked Honey-eater). Also to compare with above :—
Amytorms striatus (Striated Grass Wren), from same district,
(Pachycephala) Gilbertornis gilberti, from Mannum; also
from Cape York, Queensland, Dr. MacGillivray’s new parrot,
in which the male has,a red face and bright-blue crown, the
rest of the plumage bright-green, and the female has a brown
crown and face, the rest of the plumage similar to the male.
He also showed a growing plant of the fern Aspidiwm unitum,
var. propinquum, referred to in his paper of May 13, 1915.
Professor CuapMaNn showed a flat bar of steel, on the edge of
which a series of crosses had been marked with a punch.
The edge had then been filed down until the marks were
removed, and then polished. The bar had then been strained
in tension beyond the elastic limit, when the marks had
become clearly visible, being raised slightly above the surface.
A small round bar, similarly treated, but overstrained by
compression, showed similar results, the resuscitated marks:
in this case being slightly depressed. A plain polished bar
of mild steel broken under tension had developed two series
of lines at right angles to each other, showing the effect of the
distortion of the crystals. Mr. Epgar R. Warre showed
proofs of the maps and plates illustrating his description of
fishes, which would form Part I. of the published Scientific
Results of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. Mr. A.
M. Lea showed the fruiting stems and seeds of four kinds of
Kentia palms; also fruit of. Pandanus; also lemon seeds which
had sprouted inside the fruit—all from Lord Howe Island;
also nest of trap-door spider from a tree fern on Norfolk
Island; and a very large Egyptian scorpion. Captain S. A.
590
WuiTeE showed two skins of the Arctic Skua (Stercorarius
parasiticus), the first known to be taken in South Australian
waters, although they are often seen by steamers passing
down the Gulf; also skin of the Southern Rufous Bristle Bird
(Maccoyornis broadbenti white:), which inhabits the low bush
and rushes of Younghusband Peninsula.
PapeR.—‘‘Note on the Occurrence and Method of
Formation of the Resin (Yacca Gum) in Xanthorrhoea quad-
rangulata,’’ by Professor T. G. B. Ossporn, M.Sc.
OrpINARY MEETING, May 11, 1916.
THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.
THE PRESIDENT introduced Mr. Thiele, M.Sc., who was
acting as Lecturer on Mineralogy and Petrology in the Uni-
versity of Adelaide during the absence of Sir Douglas
Mawson.
: Nomination.—W. Champion Hackett, seedsman, Rundle
Street, as Fellow.
Evections.—H. Lipson Hancock, mine manager, Moonta
Mines, and William Ray, M.B., B.Sc., Fellows.
Exuipits.—Mr. Epwin Asunesy exhibited birds, nest,
and eggs of the Mistletoe Bird; the nest was in the form of a
bag of material resembling woven cloth, with opening on one
side, and handle passing over the bough from which it hung.
Captain 8. A. WHITE showed a White-breasted Cormorant
(Hypoleucus fuscescens) from Little Althorpe Island; also
two Pied Cormorants (Hypoleucus varius hypoleucus), one
in breeding, the other in non-breeding plumage, both females,
one from the Coorong, the other from the mangroves north
of Port Adelaide; also two tubes of parasitic worms, one
from a cormorant’s stomach, the other from the thick coating
of fat covering its abdomen; also eight rounded stones, one
of granite and seven of sandstone, and shells of four species
of molluses from a cormorant’s stomach, doubtless swallowed
to aid digestion. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a drawer of
weevils of the genus Leptops, many of which attack wattle
trees, and a few of which have become very destructive to
apple trees and vines in South Australia, Victoria, and New
South Wales, through the larvae boring into the roots.
Papers. —‘‘Australian Hymenoptera (Proctotrypoidea),
No. 4,’’ by Atan P. Dopp; ‘‘Prodiscothyrea, a new genus of
591
Ponerine Ants,’’ by Professor W. M. WHEELER, communi-
cated by A. M. Lea; ‘‘On the Occurrence of ‘Arenicola loveni
on the Coast of South Australia,’’ by J. H. AsHworra,
D.Sc., communicated by E. R. Waite, F.L.S.; “A New
Species of Leech from South Australia,’’ by W. H. Lrrex-
SuHarpPe, B.Sc., communicated by E. R. Waite; ‘Additions
to the Flora of South Australia, No. 9,’ by J. M. Brack.
ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 8, 1916.
Tue Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair. |
Nomination.—Lionel B. Bull, pathologist and bacteri-
ologist, was nominated as Fellow.
ELection.—W. Champion Hackett, seedsman, was
elected a Fellow.
Exuisirs.—Mr. E. R. Waite exhibited a common
Adelaide flounder, which was ambi-coloured, the lower side
the same colour as the upper. The prolonged dorsal fin had
not, as wsual, joined the snout, an apparent incision being
thus left between the fin and the skull, so that the fish could
see on its under-side. Also a somewhat rare pelagic prawn
from the mouth of the Gawler River. Captain 8. A. WHITE
showed some shells (Turbo stamineus), weighing from 8 oz. to
10 oz. each (when alive), and a Pacific Gull (Gabianus pacifi-
cus), which was stated to carry these shells aloft and drop
them on the rocks to break them. Dr. Morgan had sug-
gested that, as the gull could only carry them in its beak, its
balance in flight would be disturbed by so doing, and that
this work was really done by the Osprey (Pandion haliaétus
eristatus), which had talons suitable for the purpose. The
balance of opinion amongst the Fellows present was in favour
of the gull, but further observation was deemed necessary.
He also showed two immature skins of the Mutton Bird
(Neonectris tenuirostris brevicaudus), showing the growth of
the down on the tip of the feathers, so that when the down
came off the bird was fully fledged. Also a new species of
Scrub Wren, which he was describing as Sericornis longirostris
wyldec (Coorong Scrub Wren). Mr. A. M. Lea showed a
large moth (Trictena labyrinthica), which laid over 31,000
eggs in captivity, and one of its larvae, which had been
destroyed by a curious parasitic fungus. Also some small
water beetles (Vecterosoma penicillatum) taken out of very
592
salt water, the only case he knew of beetles in a salt-water
habitat, although several mosquitoes and some true bugs
were found in the open ocean. Dr. Cooke showed photo-
graphs of remains of ovens of aboriginals, which had been
revealed by the shifting of the covering sand. They consisted
of groups of stones on which, when heated, the food had been
cooked. Several Fellows referred to similar finds, and Mr.
Howchin stated that he had recovered fragments of emu eggs
from an aboriginal kitchen-midden near Hallett’s Cove.
Papers.—‘‘Revision of the Genus Stiqmodera,”’ by H. J.
CarTER, B.A., F.E.S.; ‘‘Notes on the Lord Howe Island
Phasma, and on an Associated Longicorn Beetle,’ by A. M.
Lea, EUS:
OrpinaRy MeetTiInG, Juny 13, 1916.
THE PresmpEnT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.
Nomination.—Harold Gordon Darling, merchant, was
nominated as Fellow.
Evecrion.Lionel B. Bull, pathologist and _ bacteri-
ologist, Adelaide Hospital, was elected a Fellow.
Exuisits.—Mr. E. Asusy, M.B.O.U., exhibited three
birds—viz., Ptilotis sonora (Singing Honey-eater), Acantho-
genys rufogularis (Spiny-cheeked Honey-eater), and Meli-
phaga phrygia (Warty-faced Honey-eater). The first two
have this June visited Blackwood in large numbers, probably
for the first time; the last appeared in that district twelve
years ago. Captain S. A. Wurtz, M.B.O.U., exhibited three
birds—viz., Ptiloris paradisea (Rifle Bird), from the dense
tropical forests of Northern Queensland; Craspedophora
magnifica (Lesser Rifle Bird), habitat Northern Queensland
and Barnard Islands; and Cicinnurus regia (King Bird of
Paradise), the Goby-goby of the Aru Island natives, found
in New Guinea and the islands of Aru and Mysol, in the
thickest part of the forest and feeding on various fruits, often
of a large size for so small a bird. Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S.,
showed four ,mealy bugs, Monophlebus crawfordi, densely
covered with a long woolly-looking growth, which continues to
grow after the insect’s death, being gradually forced through
the pores by the shrinkage of the skin until thoroughly dry;
also a walking-stick insect with two horny growths on the
head, and a scorpion, six inches long, from the Flinders
593
Range. Captain 8S. A. Wuirt, referring to his remarks last
month about the carriage of heavy shells by the Pacific Gull,
stated that both Mr. W. G. Randall, of Port Lincoln, and
the second lightkeeper at Althorpe Island, stated that they
had seen the gull lift the shells of Turbo stamineus, and the
PRESIDENT quoted Dr. Murray Levick as asserting that he
had seen Skua gulls carrying carcases heavier than their own
weight. Staff-Sergeant A. R. RippLeE (with the permission
of his O.C., Lieut.-Colonel R. S. Rogers) exhibited a series of
X-ray plates made with the ‘“‘Coolidge’’ tube at the Keswick
Military Hospital. One ‘‘Coolidge’”’ tube can be adjusted to
various degrees of hardness. There is also no fluorescence,
and the focal spot on the anode or anti-cathode does not
wander, and very sharp pictures are obtained. The beautiful
bone texture effects are a noticeable feature.
Parers.—‘‘Auroral Observations at Cape Royds Station,
Antarctica,’ by Sir Doucias Mawson, D.Sc. (introduced in the
author’s absence by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S.); “Hyalostelia
australis, the anchoring spicules of a Hexactinellid bee:
from the Lower Silurian Rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges,’’
by R. EruerinGe, Jun. (also introduced by Mr. BIO
“The Australian Ants of the genus A phaenogaster, Mayr,”
by W. M. WHEELER (communicated by A. M. Lea, F.E:S.);
“Acarians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants and Ant-
nests,’’ by Naraan Banks (communicated by A. M. Lea,
Paes Lepidoptera. of Broken Hill, Part 2,” by
‘OswaLp B. Lower, F.Z.S., F.E:S.
OrpiINARY MEETING, AvucusT 10, 1916.
THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R:C.S.) in the
chair.
ELECTION.
Fellow.
Mr. E. Asupy reported the substance of a letter sent by
the Fauna and Flora Protection Committee of the Field
Naturalists’ Section to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown
Lands re Kangaroo Island Reserve and the destruction of
Euros in the Mount Remarkable district. A suggestion that
the Fauna and Flora Protection Committee of the Field
Naturalists’ Section be formed into a separate Section of the
Society was referred to the Field Naturalists’ Section and to
the Council for consideration.
H. G. Darling, merchant, was elected a
594
THE PRESIDENT, in response to a question, explained the
action taken by the Council with respect to the vacant
directorship of the Adelaide Botanic Garden. )
Exuisits.—Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited some mealy bugs
(Monophlebus crawfordi) with some minute parasitic blue flies
(Lestophonus iceryae) reared from the same; they are well
known as also attacking the cottony-cushion scale (Jcerya
purchasi); also the strikingly-distinct sexes of a paradise fly
(Callipappus), the male having two beautiful gauzy wings
and a tuft of glossy filaments for a tail; the female was
destitute of wings, tail, or eyes; also two collections of beetles
from Northern Queensland. Captain S. A. WuiTEe showed
Paradisea apoda (Great Bird of Paradise) from the Aru
Islands; Rugicola sp. (Manakin or Cock of the Rock) from
South America; Hrythroytta macklotu yorki (Blue-breasted
Pitta), from Cape York, Queensland, and Coloburis versicolor
(Noisy Pitta), found in Southern Queensland and New South |
Wales. Mr. Waiter Howcuin showed consolidated river
gravels from pits near Bower, on the Morgan branch railway.
The alluvium consists of rounded stones varying in size from a
pea to a hen’s egg, and forms a low ridge on both sides of the
railway, and apparently trending to the south-east. As no
stream now exists in the neighbourhood, the gravel must have
been laid down by a drainage system now extinct, and by a
no mean river, now dead. It has been extensively worked
for railway ballast.
Parers.—‘‘Note on a High-level Occurrence of a Fossil-
iferous Bed of Upper Cainozoic Age in the Neighbourhood of
the Murray Plains,’’ by WatterR Howcuin, F.G.S.;
‘‘Mineral Notes,’’ by Sir Douetas Mawson, D.Sc. ; ‘‘Chemi-
cal Notes on Davidite,” by W. T. Cooxz, D.Sc.; “A Note-
worthy Occurrence of Biotite-Mica,’’ by Evan R. STantey,
F.G.S8.
ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 14, 1916.
THE PresIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.
THE PRESIDENT referred to the bestowment of the Vic-
toria Cross upon Captain Blackburn, a son of the late Canon
Blackburn, a former president of the Society and a large ~
contributor to its Transactions. Another of the late Canon’s
sons was wounded in Gallipoli and is still at the front, while
a third son is serving as Lieut.-Colonel in the Army Medical
Corps.
595
THe Hon. Secretary announced the gift by the Presi-
dent to the Society of a handsome presidential chair.
Exuisits.—Mr. S. Dixon (on behalf of Mr. G. G.
Mayo) showed a specimen of dimorphism in /ttosporum
undulatum, which was, he believed, now recorded for the first
time. Mr. A. M. Lea showed seed-vessels of the tree, Pisonia
brunoniana, the ‘‘Ahmmoo’’ of the Queensland natives.
These seeds exude a kind of bird-lime, which entraps insects
by the thousand, and has been known to catch nutmeg
pigeons, sparrows, and silver-eyes. A species of pirate bug,
however, which preys on the trapped insects, suffers no incon-
venience from the exudation, and even lays its eggs on the
seeds. Mr. Lea had obtained many curious specimens of
insects by removing the bird-lime with turpentine. Dr.
PULLEINE showed an aboriginal scraper, from Wilcannia, very
similar to two prehistoric scrapers from Zurich, which he
exhibited for comparison.
PapeRsS.—‘‘Vocabularies of Three South Australian
Native Languages,’’ by J. M. Brack, ‘‘List of the Fishes of
Norfolk Island,’’ by E. R. Warts, F.L.S.; ‘‘Additions to the
Fish Fauna of Lord Howe Island, No. 5,’’ by A. R. McCuLiocu
and E. R. Waits, F.L.S. ; “Geology of Mount Remarkable,” by
Water Howcuin, F.G.8., with ‘“Petrographical Notes on the
Basic Igneous Rocks of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable,”
by E. O. Tutetze, D.Sc.; ‘‘Notes on Some Miscellaneous
Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Species, Part 2,’’ by
a, Mo; Tea, FES.
ANNUAL MEETING, OcroBER 10, 1916.
THE PRESIDENT (J..C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.
The Annual Report and Balance-sheet were read and
adopted.
ELECTION oF OFFicEeRS.—President, J. C. Verco, M.D.,
F.R.C.S.; Vice-Presidents, Professor EK. H. Rennie, M.A.,
D.Sc., F.C.S., and Lieut.-Colonel R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D. ;
Hon. Treasurer, W. B. Poole; Members of Council, Professor
R. W. Chapman, M.A., B.C.E., and W. Howchin, F.G:S.;
Hon. Auditors, W. L. Ware, J.P., and H. Whitbread;
Representative Governor on Board of Public Library, etc.,
Walter Howchin, F.G.S.
Exuisits.—Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited larvae (recently
received from Mr. L. A. Beck) of a saw-fly (Perga dorsalis ).
596
These live in clusters on eucalyptus twigs, and when alarmed
simultaneously wriggle their tails, from which they exude a
slimy liquid. They are distasteful to almost all birds except
cuckoos. He also exhibited some interesting specimens from
the stomachs of birds.
| PAPERS.
Note on Edenttellina typica, Gatliff and Gabriel.
By Jos. C. Verco, M.D: (Lond.), F_R-C-8.
Read October 10, 1916.]
1911:: Proc. Roy. Soc? Vict.; vol.~xxiv, UN-S)>) part ae
p.oLoO ipl, xlya., hes. 00,) 6.
1911, Verco: Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxvi.,
. 238,
: 1912, Hedley: Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. viii., No. 3, p. 134.
Taken in shell sand, Guichen Bay; several right and left
valves, and one complete shell. The dimensions of this
were 5'l mm. transversely, 3°25 mm. umboventrally, and 3°35
mm. in its greatest vertical diameter posteriorly ; so that they
are nearly equal to 1°75 those of the type. Mr. Hedley
was disposed to think the valves were the internal shell of a
Tectibranch rather than the rmght and left valves of a
Pelecypod; but the species is plainly a bivalve. The valves
are somewhat gaping behind. Only the right valve possesses
the horn on its umbo. This horn is opaque-white, is smooth
and nearly flat on its right or outer side, where its spiral
cannot be seen; but on its left or inner side it is centrally
depressed, and its coil can be detected, though here also, as
elsewhere, it 1s opaque and smooth, as though covered with
callus. The horn sends a white opaque curved offshoot pos-
teriorly into the greenish substance of the valve. There is a
very slightly-raised collar of the shell substance where the
horn is inserted into it.
On viewing the closed valves under the lens the dorsum
shows no projecting ligament, but a long, narrow, excavated
gutter with bevelled edges, about two and a half times as
long behind the umbo as in front. Within the right valve,
springing from a narrow hingeplate, is an elongate narrow
tooth arising somewhat in front of the base of the horn, —
directed not quite parallel with the border of the valve, but
inclining medially and becoming higher and thicker forward,
597
with a groove between it and the border for the reception
of the corresponding anterior tooth of the left valve, which
consequently lies outside the right tooth and is somewhat
longer than this, so as to extend slightly beyond it anteriorly.
Just outside the base of the right tooth is a short lanceolate
elevation, scarcely to be dignified with the name of a tooth,
fitting into a complementary depression in the left valve.
In the right valve, in front of the horn, outside the gutter
for the left anterior tooth, is a linear roughened depression
within the border of the valve, for the attachment of a long
narrow ligament, which passes beneath the base of the horn,
within the margin of the shell, and here gradually widens.
Here, too, the area is very slightly hollowed out, and the
margin of the hingeplate or ligament-plate is also somewhat
excavated, as though the ligament here were thicker and
even projected into the cavity of the shell. Beyond the horn,
posteriorly, the ligamental depression gradually narrows
again until it vanishes, being rather more than twice as long
as the anterior part. There is a corresponding rough liga-
mental area in the left valve, though the hollowing of it
beneath the horn does not seem to be so decided. In the
posterior third is a linear depression to receive the sharp
margin of the right valve.
Judging from the several detached valves, taken at the
same spot as the perfect specimen, the following changes
would seem to occur with advancing age. The two anterior
teeth become much larger and more solid, and especially
does that in the left valve, where it bends in ventrally at
the end so as apparently to curve round the anterior end
of the right tooth. The hingeplate becomes very solid and
straight (losing the sub-umbonal depression), except near the
left tooth, where it also curves. The ligamental area gets
wide and rough and deep, and in some cases winds round
the dorsal surface of the left tooth, so as to make a depression
in the margin of the valve.
The presence of the very valid anterior teeth makes the
name of the new genus created for this species, Ydenttcllina,
inappropriate, as it is by no means edentulous.
“Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No.
10,’ by J. M. Brack, ‘‘South Australian Eucalypts and
their Essential Oils,’’ by R. T. Baker, F.L.S., and H. G.
598
SmiruH, F.C.S.; ‘‘New Australian Lepidoptera of the Family
Tortricidae,’”’ by A. JEFFERIS TurNnER, M.D., F.E.S.;
“Descriptions of New Australian Micro-Lepidoptera,’’ by
OswaLp B. Lower, F.E.S., F.Z.S.
ANNUAL REPORT, 1915-16,
The annual volume of Transactions will show that the
work of the Society has been well sustained. It will include
further contributions on Geology by Mr. Walter Howchin,
on Entomology by Mr. A. M. Lea, Mr. O. B. Lower, and
Mr. A. P. Dodd, on Botany by Mr. J. M. Black, and on
Ichthyology by Mr. E. R. Waite, as well as information
obtained from experts beyond the State on specimens for-
warded to them for determination and description from the
South Australian Museum. Two valuable papers on Austra-
lian native tribes have been brought before the Society—v7z.,
‘‘The Wowarra Tribe of North-western Australia, with
Grammar and Vocabulary,’ by Mr. J. R. B. Love, and
‘Vocabularies of Three South Australian Native Languages,”
by Mr. J. M. Black; but owing to the pressure upon both
space and funds their publication will be reluctantly post-
poned to a future volume.
The evening meetings have been enlivened by the exhibi-
tion of many objects of scientific interest.
The efforts of the Society to secure the establishment of
a Reserve for Native Fauna and Flora on Kangaroo Island
have been continued, but the promised Act of Parliament
for this purpose has not yet been introduced. The Society
has also interested itself in the matter of reorganizing the
control of the Adelaide Botanic Garden, with a view to
increasing its scientific and economic value. This question is
still under discussion by the Government and the Board of
Governors of the Garden.
Our Honorary Fellow, Professor W. H. Bragg, has
received further recognition by the award to him, in conjunc-
tion with his son, of the Nobel Prize for their researches in
connection with radio-activity, and our Fellow, Sir Douglas
Mawson, has been awarded the Helen Culver Medal of the
599
Geographical Society of Chicago for his achievements as
leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. It was the
wish of Sir Douglas that the scientific results of this expe-
dition should be published by this Society, but difficulties
having arisen they are being issued independently. Our
Transactions will, however, include the valuable Auroral
Observations made at Cape Royds during his former sojourn
in Antarctica, when a member of the Shackleton Expedition.
Two grants in aid of research have been made during
_ the year—one for investigations into the flight of birds, and
the other for the study of the biology of Lobelia gibbosa.
The results will be laid before the Society in due course.
The growth of the Library continues as the number of
our exchanges with other societies increases. It has been
found necessary to add to our shelving and to place the stock
of our own publications in the basement. The binding of the
books has, thanks to the generosity of the President, been
continued, but as it is now well advanced, the special fund
for the purpose expended, and the cost per volume consider-
ably increased, the Council has decided to discontinue this
work for the present.
We have lost several from our list of Fellows. Amongst
these may be mentioned Dr. W. L. Cleland, who has just
resigned after a membership of thirty-seven years, during a
considerable part of which he filled the position of Hon.
Secretary. The Right Hon. Sir Samuel J. Way, Chief Justice,
who died early in the year, was the oldest Fellow on our
roll, having joined the Adelaide Philosophical Society, as it
was then called, in 1859. He filled the President’s chair
for the two years 1880-82. Mr. Robert Barr Smith, who
died in 1915, had been a Fellow since 1871. He bequeathed
to the Society £1,000, which will be payable shortly,, when
it will be added to the Endowment Fund, and the income
derived from it will be available for the furtherance of the
Society’s work.
The membership now comprises 10 Honorary Fellows,
5 Corresponding Members, 75 Fellows, and 1 Associate.
Jos. C. Verco, President.
Water Rutt, Hon. Secretary.
September 30, 1916.
I
I
9 GL
Sé1
GB
GFE
a oOo
le OM td |
-_~
—
On S
GL
9
OL
G
€
FI
Il
“BUS
oouRINSUT
oe SUISILIEApDW
de AIOUOTY
pue ‘sod8480q ‘Surqurig
Sulyysvy purx Sururvoi[oO
—seolipung ‘
[ syoog jo hd oz) puv osvyoing
QL
GG
“OY
WOTIDICG
G
06
LGG
ot
SUIpUIg
{SurATao
“UBLIBIQUT
—Areiqgiy *
SISTVINJVN Ppl OF Juerg ‘
SUINSST pur
‘OUINGO[VIBD
SULYST/qug
SUIVVAYSN]]T
SulqULL
—suorpoesuely Ag
9
ae
8I
6L
vam :
O81 PL OHM UreydyD
OOS OO OdI8A “AG
—suorzvuo0g ‘‘
18 00.> 1... Balt.© .1915.
Kansas University. K.U. quarterly, vol. 8a, no. 2-3; vol.
6B; 7B. Lawrence. 1897-99.
Science bulletin, vol. 1, no. 5-12; 6; 9. 1902-15.
Uu*
612
LELAND StTANFoRD JR. UNiversity. University ser., no.
19-20," 1915;
MINNESOTA UNIVERSITY. Current problems, no. 5-6. 1915.
Studies in engineering, no. 2-3. Minneapolis. 1915.
—— — Studies in language and literature, no. 2. 1915.
———— Studies in physical sciences, no. 2. 1914.
——— Studies in social sciences, no. 2-3, 5. 1915.
Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull., no. 148-152.
NationaL ACADEMY OF ScIENCES. Memoirs, vol. 1; 8, pt.
1:3, 7; 12, pt. 2; 13. ° Wash, 1846-1985.
Proc., vol. 1; no; 5; 9-125. 2; mot. 1-7, eaSaoaG.
Newev., F. H. Irrigation in the United States. N.Y.
1902.
New York AcapemMy oF Sciences. Annals, vol. 26, p.
1-394 33%, py 1229.5. NX Ai eee
New York Pusiic Lisrary. Bull., vol. 19, no. 9-12; 20,
no. 1-8. 1915-16.
New York ZoorocicaL Soorety. Zoologica, vol. 2, no. 1-4.
LOTS)
OBERLIN CoLLEGE. Wilson bulletin, vol. 27, no. 3-4; 28, no.
1-2. Oberlin, O. 1915-16.
Onto State University. Biological Survey. Bulletin, vol.
2,. nolo: "Columbus? ’ 19167
Ohio journal of science, vol. 16, no. 5-8. 1916.
PHILIPPINES. Bureau of Government Laboratories. Publi-
cations, no. 21, 24-27, 31, 35-36. Manila. 1904-06.
Bureau of Science. Directions for ethnographic
observations and collections. 1908.
Ethnographical survey publications, vol. 2,
pt. 2-3; 4, pt. 1-2; 5, pt. 1-5; 6, pt. 1. 1905-09.
Dept. of Public Instruction. Library bulletin, vol.
3, no. 10-11; 4, no. 1-10. Manila. 1915-16.
SmrrHsonian Institution. Annual report, 1914. Wash.
Bureau of American Ethnology. Bull., no. 57. 1915.
———$—————
Unitep Staves. Dept. of Agriculture. Bull., no. 186, 189, ©
930, 240,.245, 248, 259-60, 283, 291-2, 300, 304, 310,
O12; dlGises. Washi, .400b:
Farmers’ bull., 640, 644, 652, 658, 666. 1915.
Journal of agricultural research, vol. 4, no
6; 5; 6, no. 1-20, 22. Wash. 1915-16.
North American fauna, no. 37-38. 1915.
Yearbook, 1915. Wash. 1916.
Bureau of Chemistry. Circular, no. 61.
—_—_————_————._-
——_—
——$——$____—_
1915.
ee’
— Bureau of Entomology. Bull., no. 94, pt. 2.
1915, .
613
Unitep States. Dept. of Agriculture. Hawawi Agricultural
Experiment Station. Bull., no. 36. 1915.
Office of the Secretary. Report, no. 99-100.
1915.
—— (Geological Survey. Annual report, 36th, 1915.
Bull., 544, 559-73, 580 LP, 581 E, 582-96,
598-609, 611-617, 620 A-NP, 621 A-D G-LNO. Wash.
1914-16.
Topographic maps issued Mar. 1, 1914-Apr.
30, 1915.
Mineral resources, 1914, pt. 1, no. la, 1-24;
pt. 2, no. 1-34; 1915, pt. 1, no. la. 1914-15.
Monograph, no. 53-54. 1915.
Professional paper, 87-88, 90 I-L, 95 A-I.
1915.
Publications of U.S. Geological Survey,
March, 1915.
Water-supply paper, 312, 331, 338, 340 F-L,
341-3, 345 HI, 349-359, 365-8, 370-3, 375 A-F, 376-9,
385, 388, 397, 400 A. Wash. 1914-15.
Library of Congress. Report, 1915.
National Museum. Annual report, 1915.
were. 2, vol. 1, pt. ls 91; 92, vol. 1-2.
1915.
— Contributions from the National Herbarium,
were toy pe. 14; 17, pi. 7-8; 18, pt. 3-4; 19. 1915-16.
Proc., vol. 47-48. Wash, 1915.
WAGNER FREE INSTITUTE OF ScrENCE. Annual announce-
ment, 1915-16. Philad.
Wisconsin. (Geological and Natural History Survey. Bull.,
scientific ser., no. 2-5, 7-9. Madison. 1898-1914.
614
Lot, Oo Ee tes
AS EXISTING ON
SEPTEMBER 30, 1916.
Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub-
lished in the Society’s Transactions.
Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary.
Nore.—The publications of the Society will not be sent to
those whose subscriptions are in arrears.
Date of
Election.
1910.
1893.
1897.
1890.
1905.
1905.
1892.
1898.
1894.
1912.
191.
1909.
1893.
1905.
1908.
1895.
1902.
1908.
1907.
1909.
1912.
1911.
Honorary FELLows.
*Braag, W. H., M.A., ‘F-R.8:, Professor of Physics
University College, London (Fellow 1886).
*CossMAN, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris.
*Davip, T. W. EpcrewortnH, C.M.G., B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.,
F.G.S., Professor of Geology, University of Sydney.
“ETHERIDGE, Rospert, jun., Curator of ‘the Australian
Museum of New South Wales, Sydney.
Gitt, THomas, I.S.0., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide.
*HEDLEY, Cuas..H, - Assistant Cur ator, Australian Museum,
Sydney.
*Marpen, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, New South Wales.
*Meyrick, E. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Tohrnhanger, Marl-
borough, Wilts, England. ;
*Witson, J. T.,.M.D., Ch.M., Professor of Anatomy,
University of Sydney, New South Wales.
*Trprer, J. G. O., F.L.S., Elizabeth Street, Norwood
(Corresponding Member 1878, Fellow 1886).
CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS.
*Carter, H. J., B.A., Wahroonga, New South Wales.
*Jouncock, C. F., ae
*Srretron, W. G., Darwin, Northern Territory.
Tromson, G. M., F.L.S. Dunedin, New Zealand.
*W ooLNouGH, Waren Grorer, D. Se., F.G.S., Professor in
Geology, University of Perth (Fellow 1902).
FELLOWS.
*AsHBy, Epwin, M.B.0O.U., Blackwood.
*Baxer, W. H., F.L.S., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside.
*Benson, W. Noe, B.Sc., University, Sydney.
*Brack, J. McConnetu, 1, Brougham Place, North Adelaide.
Brapity, Enear.J., C.K., Hydraulic Engineer’s Depart-
ment, Adelaide.
*Broucuton, A. C., Young Street, Parkside.
Brown, Epnaar J., M.B., D.Ph., 3, North Terrace.
615
*Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S., 286, Ward Street, North
Adelaide.
Brummirr, Rosert, M.R.C.S., Medindie.
Buti, Lionen B., Pathologist and Bacteriologist, Adelaide
Hospital.
BunpeEy, Miss Exvien Mitne, 148, Molesworth Street,
North Adelaide.
*CHapMan, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Professor of Mathematics
and Mechanics, University of Adelaide.
CurisTigE, W., 49, Rundle Street, Adelaide.
*CLELAND, JoHN B., M.D., Government Bureau of Micro-
biology, Sydney, New South Wales.
*Cooxe. T. W., D.Sc., Lecturer, University of Adelaide.
Corsin, H., B.Sc., Forest Department, Adelaide.
Cornisu, K. M., Coast View, Adelaide Road, Glenelg.
Daruine, H. G., Franklin Street, Adelaide.
Darrocu, D. G., Australian United Paint Co.. Port
Adelaide.
Desmonp, J., Currie Street, Adelaide.
*Dixon, SaMuEL, Bath Street, New Glenelg.
Dopp, Atan P., Kuranda, N. Queensland.
Dutton, H. H., Anlaby.
Epaquist, A. G., Tate Terrace, Croydon.
Frereuson, E. W., M.B., Ch.M., Gordon Road, Roseville,
Sydney.
Gorpon, Davin, c/o D. & W. Murray, Gawler Place,
Adelaide.
*GoypER, George, A.M., F.C.S., Gawler Place, adelaide.
*Grant, Kerr, M.Sc., Professor of Physics, University of
Adelaide.
GrirritH, H., Brighton.
Hackett, W. C., Rundle Street, Adelaide.
Hancock, H. Lirson, A.M.1I.C.E., M.I.M.M., M.Am.I.M.E.,
Moonta Mines.
Hawker, E. W., F.C.S., East Bungaree, Clare.
*Howcuin, Water, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and:
Paleontology, University of Adelaide.
Hvueues, Hersert W., Booyoolie, Gladstone.
Jack, R. L., B.E., Assistant Government Geologist,
Adelaide.
James, THomas, M.R.C.S., Moonta.
*Jonnson, EK. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., 295, Pirie Streef,
Adelaide.
Lauriz, D. F., Agricultural Department, Victoria Square.
*Lea, A. M., F.E.S., South Australian Museum, Adelaide.
Lenpon, A. A., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer in
Obstetrics, University of Adelaide, and Hom
Physician, Children’s Hospital, North Adelaide.
*LowER, Oswatp B., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Wayville.
Martuews, G. M., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Langley
Mount, Watford, Herts, England
*Mawson, Sir Doveras, D.Sc., B.E., Lecturer in
Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Adelaide.
Mayo, Gro. G., C.E., 90, Hill Street, North Adelaide.
Metrose, Rosert THomson, Mount Pleasant. _ .
*Morean, A. M., M.B., Ch.B., Angas Street, Adelaide.
*Osnorn, T. G. B., M.Sc., Professor of Botany, University
of Adelaide.
616
Poote, W. B., Savings Bank, Adelaide.
ieee: T. S., B.A., LL.B., Register Chambers, Grenfell
street.
Port, Winiram, Eagle Chambers, King William Street.
Putiernt, Masor R. H., M.B., North Terrace, Adelaide.
Ray, Wint1am, M.B., B.Sc., Victoria Square, Adelaide.
*RenNrIE, Epwarp H., M.A., D.Sc. (Lond.), F.C.S., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide.
RippiF, Starr-Seret. A. R., No. 7 A.G. Hospital, Keswick.
Roacu, B. S., Education Department, Flinders Street,
Adelaide.
“Rogers, Lisut.-Con. R. S., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street,
Adelaide.
“Rutt, Water, C.E., College Park, Adelaide.
SaunpEerRs, M. E., Wood Street, Millswood.
Setway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide.
Simson, Augustus, J.P., Launceston, Tasmania.
Snow, Francis H., National Mutual Buildings, King
William Street. "
*Stanutey, E. R., Government Geologist, Port Moresby,
‘Papua.
*STirtiIne, Epwarp °C., C.M.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S;3
F.R.C.S., Professor of Physiology, University of Ade-
laide, Hon. Curator of Ethnology, South Australian
Museum.
Swerrappte, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside.
*Torr, W. G., LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus-
tralia.
*“Turner, A. Jerrerts, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane, Queensland.
*Verco, JosrrH C., M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S., Consulting
Physician Adelaide Hospital and Children’s Hospital.
Wainwrient, EK. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), Tower House, Glenelg.
*Wartrt, E. R., F.L.S., Director South Australian Museum.
Warp, Leonarp Kerra, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist,
Adelaide.
Ware, W. L., King William Street.
Wess, Noeu A., Barrister, Waymouth Street, Adelaide.
WauitTsrEAD, Howarp, c/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Currie
Street, Adelaide.
*Wuitr, Captain S. A., M.B.O.U., ‘‘Weetunga,’’ Fulham,
South Australia.
*Zinrz, F. R., South Australian Museum.
ASSOCIATE.
Rostnson, Mrs. H. R , ‘‘as Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South
Australia.
617
APPENDICES.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION
OF THE
opal Society of South Australia (Incorporated).
THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE. :
For THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 19, 1916.
Your Committee reports that the work of this Section
of the Royal Society has been carried on successfully during
the year. The monthly meetings have been well attended
and the field excursions have been widely availed of to
increase the acquaintance of the members with various
branches of natural history.
The year opened with a membership of 121; 20 new
members have been added and 12 resigned, the roll now
standing at 129.
The series of winter lectures was continued during the
year, and the Committee desires to place on record its thanks
to the various gentlemen who have lectured.
At the annual meeting, held on Tuesday, September 20,
1915, the following officers were elected for the ensuing year:
—Chairman, Captain S. A. White, M.B.O.U., R.A.O.U.;
Vice-Chairmen, Professor T. G. B. Osborn, M.Sc., and Mr.
A. R. Riddle; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. B. B. Beck; Aon.
Librarian, Miss I. Roberts; Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E.
Runge; Hon. Assistant Secretary, Miss E. Hocking; Com-
mittee—Dr. R.S. Rogers, M.A., M.D., Mr: W. J. Kimber,
Mr. J. W. Mellor, R.A.O.U., Mr. EK. H. Lock, F.R.H.S.,
Mrs. R. S. Rogers, Mr. W. H. Selway, Mr. R. Llewellyn,
and Mrs. J. F. Mellor; Auditors, Messrs. Walter D. Reed
and A. W. Drummond.
The Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge, resigned office
on December 17, 1915. The resignation was accepted with
deep regret, Mr. Runge having proved himself a most enthu-
siastic and painstaking secretary during the three and a half
618
years he had acted in that capacity. On March 17, 1916,
the Committee elected Mr. Wm. Ham to fill the position till
the annual meeting in September.
The following were elected to form the Native Fauna
and Flora Protection Committee :—Chairman, Mr.: E. Ashby;
Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge; Dr. R. 8. Rogers, Dr.
W. Ramsay Smith, Dr. R. H. Pulleine, Messrs. J. W. Mellor,
W. H. Selway, J. M. Black, A. G. Edquist, E. H. Lock,
A. M. Lea, 8S. Angel, J. Willmott, R. Llewellyn, and S.
Stokes.
The first evening meeting of the year was held on October
21,°1915, when Professor E. C. Stirling, F.R.S., C.M.G.,
M.D., delivered a most interesting address on ‘‘Some Aspects
of Central Australian Aboriginal Life.’’ The lecture, which
was illustrated by a valuable and most interesting series of
slides, dealt with the tribal customs and ceremonies of the
aboriginals, particularly with those relating to intermarriage
and the tribal totems.
On April 18, 1916, the meeting took the form of an
exhibit evening, the greatest interest being displayed in cases
of specimens shown by Mr. A. M. Lea, Museum Entomologist,
who showed a case containing 6,666 specimens of beetles, etc.,
from the little-known Lord Howe Island. Mr. Lea stated
that probably half were new to Science. The Kentia palm,
the characteristic product of the island, had proved exceed-
ingly productive of insect life. Of the many specimens, a
phasma, locally termed ‘‘the land lobster,’’ was of great
interest. Mr. W. Weidenbach exhibited a case of insects
collected from one garden at Glen Osmond during the short
period of 18 months, and also a specimen of fire opal (a
pseudomorph after a mussel shell), which came from the
Stuart Range and formed part of the first parcel of precious
opal so far found in South Australia. Mr. H. Barrett
exhibited specimens of embolite from Broken Hill, beryls
from Williamstown, and a piece of serpentinous marble. Mrs.
J. F. Mellor exhibited the sword of a small swordfish, and
also a banded snake. Captain White tabled several specimens
of birds, including the common Cormorant and Pied Cor-
morant, besides the Arctic Skua and the Tippet Grebe. Mr.
E. Drummond showed a sample of barytes (sulphate of
barium) from Aldgate.
On May 17, 1916, Sergeant A. R. Riddle delivered a
lecture on ‘‘Tramps with a Camera.’’ It was illustrated by
means of a series of slides from most artistic photographs
taken by the lecturer himself, indicating the points of geologi-
cal and physiographical interest on the coast of Southern
Yorke Peninsula and the Far North of the State. These
619
were followed by a series of views of the salt lakes, and the
gathering, carting, and shipping of the salt.
On June 21, 1916, Mr. William H. Dudley Le Souéf,
C.M.Z.S., M.B.O.U., delivered a most interesting address
on ‘‘The Nidification of Australian Birds.’’ The lecturer
showed a large series of splendid pictures, many of them
being works of art, showing the birds of Australia, their
nests and eggs, with specimen illustrations representing the
colouration of feathers, etc.
Professor Edward H. Rennie, M.A. (Syd.), D.Sc.
(Lond. and Melb.), addressed the members on July 19, 1916,
on the subject of ‘‘Biology and Chemistry.’’ The Professor
dealt very fully with the most recent discoveries in synthetic
chemistry, illustrating the principles on which the analysis
and synthesis of various organic chemical compounds had
been conducted. He also dealt briefly with the difficulties
surrounding the artificial production of protoplasm, and
referred to the recent theories of the chemical bases for the
nutrient values of certain food stuffs.
On August 15, 1916, Mr. Edgar R. Waite, F.LS.,
Director of the South Australian Museum, delivered a lecture
on ‘‘Deep-sea Dredging.’’ Mr. Waite spoke of his personal
experiences in dredging and trawling off the coasts of New
Zealand, New South Wales, and South Australia. With the
aid of pictures and models the audience was taken over a
trawling vessel and shown the gear, the nets, and the crew
engaged in the work of trawling. The whole process was
explained, from the dropping of the net into the water to the
final emergence of the ‘‘cod end,’’ filled with the finny spoils
of the deep sea. The experiences of the lecturer were vividly
described, and the slides from pictures taken by the lecturer
himself added interest to the address.
EXCURSIONS.
The excursions during the year were well attended, and
the thanks of the Committee are due to the gentlemen who
acted as leaders on the occasions of the various outings.
On September 25, 1915, Mr. J. W. Mellor, R.A.O.U.,
led a party of members through the scrub near Teatree
Gully, the chief work of the afternoon being the observation .
of the birds of the district, im which direction the party was
very successful. A large number of flowers was also secured.
The excursion oi October 13, 1915, to Kuitpo Forest
Reserve was undertaken under the leadership of Mr. Walter
Gill, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests. Members were shown
over the Reserves at Kuitpo Forest, and a very profitable
620
afternoon was spent in inspecting the various varieties of
trees, the leader explaining their qualities, mode of growth,
and varying treatment. The botanists of the party also
secured a good variety of wildflowers.
A party of fourteen members of the Section left Adelaide
on October 8, 1915, for the Far North. Through the kind-
ness of Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Lindo, of Moolooloo Station, in
the Flinders Range about twelve miles from Blinman, they
were able to spend a most interesting and profitable time in
this little-known portion of the State. The members accom-
plished a great deal of field work, Mr. and Mrs. Lindo
assisting by placing conveyances and horses at their disposal.
Among the trips, some of the most interesting were made to
the Blinman Mine, Ferguson Gorge, the Nuccaleena Mine,
Duke’s Nose, Mount Patawurta, and many other points of
physiographical and geological interest in the Flinders Range.
As this part of the State had not previously been worked by
ornithologists, it proved a most interesting field for investiga-
tion, the bird-lovers of the party securing a fine variety of
birds, among them one which was new to Science. The
discoverer gave it the name of Parnardius barnardi lindor,
in honour of their host and hostess. To both geologists and
botanists this part of the northern ranges offered a fruitful -
field for investigation. The Committee feels that it is under
a debt of gratitude to Mr. and Mrs. Lindo for their generous
hospitality on this occasion.
On. October 30, 1915, Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., led the
party on an excursion to Ironbank, when flowers and insects
were observed and a profitable afternoon was spent. The
leader gave an interesting address on ‘‘Ants.”’
On November 20, 1915, members motored to Houghton,
where, by the kind invitation of Mr. R. McEwin, the
members visited his establishment and inspected the extensive
plant for the manufacture of jam. The party then adjourned
to the large orchard, where the Government Fruit Expert,
Mr. G. Quinn, addressed the members on the subject of
fruit culture.
On December 11, 1915, members travelled to the resi-
dence of the President (Captain White), at ‘‘Wetunga,”’
Fulham. The visitors inspected Captain White’s varied col-
lection of specimens of natural history, particularly of birds
from Australia and South Africa, together with specimens
of shells from the same regions, and the interesting collection
of curios from South Africa collected by Captain White when
he was taking part in, the Boer War. The members were
hospitably entertained by Captain and Mrs. White.
621
On February 5, 1916, the members took part in a dredg-
ing expedition to the Outer Harbour. Many specimens of
marine life were secured, and the leaders, Mr. Kimber and
Dr. Pulleine, gave instructive talks (illustrated by the micro-
scope) on the different forms of life secured in the dredges.
The outing on March 11, 1916, took the form of a motor
trip to the Torrens Gorge, under the leadership of Sergeant
A. R. Riddle. The leader drew attention to the geological
formation of the gorge, pointed out the varying scenery
produced by the differences in the underlying rocks, the
rounded hills of the slates giving place to the bold, stern,
rugged, and precipitous cliffs produced by the quartzites. The
accompanying changes in the botany of the region were also
dealt with. The visitors journeyed to the end of the con-
structed portion of the new road and walked by the side of
the river, studying the effects of river action in the. gorge,
well illustrated in places by a series of pot holes in the river-
bed. Some of the best specimens have been destroyed by
making the new road, which, however,.will render the beau-
tiful scenery of this part of our hills much more easy of
access,
On April 15, 1916, Mr. E. H. Lock, F.R.H.S., led the
party on an excursion from Aldgate, when the members
visited the extensive garden of Mrs. F. Caley Smith and
admired the wonderful display of dahhas in full bloom.
Before leaving Mrs. Caley Smith kindly entertained the party
at afternoon tea. A visit was also made to the barytes mine,
near Aldgate, where the process of mining and preparation
of the material was inspected.
On May 8, 1916, a large party travelled by motor to the
Millbrook Reservoir, which is in course of construction. The
Resident Engineer (Mr. E. J. Bradley), a member of the
Section for many years, went up with the party and afforded
it every facility for viewing the works. The botanists of the
party secured some characteristic plants of the locality.
The excursion to Glenelg and Henley Beach on May 13,
1916, was well attended. Mr. W. D. Reed led the party
vid the Patawalonga and along the shore from Glenelg to
Henley Beach, members securing specimens of various forms
of marine life, which formed the text of a short address by
the leader. At the conclusion of the walk the members were
entertained at “‘Wetunga’’ by the President and Mrs. White,
and the specimens secured were examined and_ finally
classified.
A visit to the South Australian Museum on June 3,
1916, under the guidance of the Director (Mr. Edgar R.
Waite, F.L.S.), proved of great interest. The new wing of
622
the Museum was inspected and the arrangement of its con-
tents noted. The ethnological collections, the magnificently-
mounted specimens of Australian fauna, and the little aquaria
were all greatly admired.
On June 5, 1916, the members spent the day at Hallett’s
Cove, under the leadership of Mr. Walter Howchin, F.G.S.
Under his capable guidance the party was shown the permo-
carboniferous. glacial till of Hallett’s Cove and the famous
scratched pavement, still bearing evidences of the movement
of the ice and furnishing silent, yet powerful, testimony to
the remote existence of glaciers in this locality. The erratics
brought by the ice from the south and east were examined,
and many other interesting geological and physiographical
features of interest were discussed.
On June 24, 1916, the Outer Harbour was visited,
where,. under the leadership of Mr. W. J. Kimber, the
members found many objects of interest on Snowden Beach.
The leader gave an informative address on the main types of
shells, their characteristics, and their modes of growth, illus-
trated by carefully-selected and prepared type specimens, as
well as by the shells collected by the members during the
afternoon.
On July 15, 1916, Mr. R. Llewellyn led a large party
along the beach from the Grange to the Semaphore. The
tide was unfortunately extraordinarily high, and few speci-
mens of value were secured, but the leader, by means of
specimens and carefully-executed diagrams, indicated the
broad lines of classification of seaweeds and explained their
various methods of fructification and reproduction.
August 12, 1916, proved very inclement, and but few ~
members braved the elements. They were met by Mr. E.
Ashby on the Blackwood railway platform and shown through
his gardens, especially admiring the section devoted to the
native flora of South Australia, where there were several varie-
ties of orchids and other native plants in bloom. An adjourn-
ment to Mr. Ashby’s study enabled the members present to
look over and admire his fine herbarium, collected from vari-
ous parts of Australia. Following on this inspection, the
members were treated to a lecturette on some orders of
Australian birds, the points being brought out by the actual
handling of specimens from Mr. Ashby’s large collection.
On September 9, 1916, members motored to the hills
above Teatree Gully. The leader (Mr. W. H. Selway) had
chosen a most picturesque and productive part of the scrub.
for the walk, and members found a wealth of floral beauty
on which to feast their eyes, as well as giving them the
opportunity of securing needful specimens. Ten varieties of
623
orchids were found, and some rather rare species of other
flowers were observed. The leader gave a short address on
the Acacias, dealing with the characteristics of the more
interesting varieties.
S. A. Waite, Chairman.
Wiii1aM Ham, Hon. Secretary.
TWENTY -EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION
COMMITTEE.
There have been four Committee meetings held during
the year, but a great deal of useful work has been done in
addition to that dealt with at the meetings of the Committee,
some of it of a very confidential character, in which exact
data of the illegal destruction of marsupials were obtained
and made available to the right authorities with satisfactory
results.
The Committee has been interested in the will of the
late Miss Chewings, of Kent Town, who expressed the desire
that her estate, which is valued at about £7,000, should be
devoted for a period of twenty-one years to the cultivation
of trees and bird life, etc., in the inland districts of Australia.
The Committee, desiring to protect its own interests in the
furtherance of these objects, authorized the Hon. Secretary
(Mr. P. Runge) to obtain legal assistance and contest the
cease. Messrs. Scammel & Skipper were instructed to act for
Mr. Runge. ‘Though a final verdict has not been announced,
it is thought that owing to the faulty construction of the will
it is not likely that Miss Chewings’ intention (as the Com-
mittee believes it to be) can be carried out.
The extensive destruction of Euros and other, marsupials
in the Flinders Range has been brought under the attention
_of the Commissioner, but as these animals are only protected
for six months of the year—viz., July 1 to December 31—.
infringements of the law are difficult to sheet home.
The Committee has felt that the most important work
it has been called upon to undertake is that of the establish-
ment of “‘Flinders Chase,’’ and, incidental to it, the protec-
tion of the native marsupials throughout Kangaroo Island.
The Chairman has had, by appointment, a most encouraging
interview with the Premier in reference to the early introduc-
tion of the Flinders Chase Bill into Parliament, and at the
624
request of the Premier he had, later, a lengthy interview .with
the Commissioner of Crown Lands, who promised to bring
before Cabinet the suggestions of the Committee.
Both by memorial and in personal interviews the Com-
mittee has urged upon the Government the importance of
including Western River in the Fauna and Flora Reserve that
it is proposed to call ‘‘Flinders Chase.’’ In addition to the
suitability of that part for the preservation of native fauna
is that of future harbour and landing accommodation.
The Committee has recently urged upon the Government,
through the Commissioner of Crown Lands, the desirability
of protecting the fauna in the Cape Borda Lighthouse
Reserve. To have such an unprotected area abutting on the
Fauna and Flora Reserve is obvicusly most undesirable. The
Commissioner has been asked to protect both kangaroos and
opossums throughout the whole of Kangaroo Island, pending
the introduction of the ‘‘Flinders Chase Bill.’’ Both these
matters are now under the consideration of the Department.
The Committee acknowledges with pleasure the support
of its proposals given by Mr. W. H. Strawbridge, of Kings-
cote, Kangaroo Island.
The importance of the foregoing proposals has been
emphasized by the rediscovery of the ‘‘Brush Kangaroo” in
the south-east of South Australia. It is felt that it is highly
desirable that specimens should be secured and placed in a
properly-protected area as soon as possible.
The Committee, through the Chairman, offered its assist-
ance to Captain §S. A. White and the South Australian
Ornithological Association in their praiseworthy efforts in
getting ‘‘Carlot,’? near Mannum, declared a protected area.
We are glad that Captain White is able to report the success
already obtained, and trust that a further area may be
secured.
The Committee has felt that the designation by which it
is known—viz., N:F. & FPG. of the FINS of the hs
of S.A.—is rather cumbersome, and has therefore (as was
suggested by the late chairman, Mr. Dixon) suggested that
it become either a section or a committee of the Royal Society.
If the parent section approves, it is believed it will receive
the sanction of the Royal Society.
Epwin Asnsy, Chairman.
PERCIVAL Runce, Hon. Secretary.
‘suopipny J, ‘aqnowwoaud “WV
UW d Od “aay “Cl MaLIV A
‘goo1109 punofy puv® poeyIpny
‘OI6L ‘ELT toquie4doh
pAVMLOF YSNOIG voUL[VgG Ag
eouryeg tIpeig Ag
COnmMNOOr |
qsoroquy yuvg
6 O 8S | TES ae:
6 0 8Ve
EEG. Oo eourleg ytpeig “
OG 0 espeiq 0} saredey ‘
2 a nae SIOATIG 07 sdry, ‘S-
eS ie | 5 sjuomysarfoyy ‘
0 OLS aie wBvei1g jo amy ‘ CS CSeer SO1B YY UWOISINOXS
0. OL Gt edi Nigeria sh Taher Feats ad E89 a
pe F p's F
"JUNOIIP UWOWLNIL
ie Re PABMLOJ JYHSNoIq oourpeg Ag
9 BLE .
COW GL
Et F vee vee eee swe ie sourleg 4tpaAg 6c
SI Z sae sae see see sae SUISTJIOA PW ce
9 €L wee wee see see eee eae SuUIqULI a3
Ta Maes a ~~. TasiueTy pues [jerry jo.orrpey. ‘*
CT 0 sae see tee see tae eee ALOMOLTL RIG cc
18 7 ee rae oy its ai ina soBvy4sog (a3 g 9 0
a > “ss *
. * che
*
a *
7
~~
NGHAM LIMITED PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
: om — ree
_—.
2
Li
La
$y
ay :
Cae
Vol. XL., Plate IV.
y, Plate Vi.
on
XL
Vol.
Triodia lanata Sp.nova
Vol. XL... Plate. VI.
If \ Wy
AWS ‘ Wp L
my ie
BS. SW
Py
Wessun Zt
hy |B
SS i
Og
NZS
ae
ge
aa
0
Trichinium seminudum
“Sp nova.
PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS A AIDE, SO. AUS.
phi att *
v"
a
_ Ce eee qugt 7
anys es
Seer . ce ¥
Vol, 2eh., Plate: Vil.
Poranthera friandra sp nova
4 acuminata
Crat Tillewa
Cratystylis conocephala svn yi
Plate VIII.
Volk XL,
Brachycome Cesquorum sr
SRT aie
ESS
Ys,
ENS
AW
NGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
ee
Xho. Phie x:
Vol.
DE
NGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELA
<= - ‘
SS eg
RUSS S Se
=
HUSSEY & GILL
OND
wT
a é
a ‘é ci . ~ —
' 4 n .
. ‘ . re
A - , F ¥
ad? .* 1 She a .
r ) ea 4
r x % ‘Y . 4 J '
* i
f Fy
r 4 *
*
J — % .
. a
2 . id A + if
A ~ aan F
' > \ - - re * 4
.
~
ad a
3 J 2 in - ‘
2 S ' es
? 2 — * a = ce wi ay 2 he
ra fe h : J 7 2 ¥
ag ela a : ‘ , ps a" 2 y , s
Lg , i he oT as - pis a iia ag =
da % Ls < ia | ‘ 2 EA. a wy .
= Pe
tof
6 Eee we eg oP
oats te ee
eh
.
he
my.
a
A Plate Xf.
Vol.
NTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAID
SSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED PR
HU
® — ‘ f - - A : Mg ° .
; ; F
zh a tre Ss meet Al erence Pane D528, Soh, A E 7
- eS aye Ee et er ek oS Rel twa weil y a
r ‘ ; : ‘ : - as ‘ 4
= a ; = 8G . % ;
Sas ‘ 7 a. 5 “ 4 :
7 iy ty a a | a X ‘
XL., Plate XII.
Vol.
Vol. XL., Plate XIII.
oy W08 DIRP Cm wm ferme ee
Al
XL., Plate XIV.
Vol.
ve 5 * " Pr
4s ey. « c+ . J
a p ee y. > - .—* +e a =
‘ee eG “i 4m > Ps
oa e . q 9 a =» pn,
7 ‘< = a om "s
- rs ~ _ v
: . . 4 ips . a
v = ‘4
“re ¥ >
. F © Py re oy
=" = A
. 2% 7 ;
- a
’ ¢ 7
a =
aie atte a a ee
- i pone oe te me eee . ‘ vs
; ' ? senate ou o P
H e a ae
.
> 2 " rt i
; = Stamm »
: .
‘ ¢ « // -
be y ov re
. . ¢ .
4 - ; Pe .
‘ 2 4
, .
; . : =
: “
; if z
j - *
‘ " i
. *
+
yy =
‘ 4 7
* 4 j
= 4
- hd . *
:
Cc “ 7 Fs
: n
. Js :
«
bi : : =
: au
be F ix Sr
- © *
7 h + ~ oi
; rt 4 t~
= Z ?
CLs a 2 :
- = . ‘ : -
»
4
d
, ‘eo
v
,
h* : s
' bh i.
bs as :
a q- % d P
‘ = . , nm 7
t " s
a7
a
ra 6
I .
‘ ” . :
= a
: best = zi ;
pa
- . A
~ , :
: ¥ ;
‘ 7 .
- + My
_ J
“ af y
; = 7
Ls
f
.
‘
if
* 2
“
’
¥ =
‘ " 5
a
*
, .
*
‘
- ;
. a
‘ A= m, 4
, rf ’
.
LST oi;
iad =
. ; ~ :
a :
: 4 _
4‘ be .
ee _— a
Vol. XL., Plate XV.
Vol. XL., Plate XVI.
EY &G NGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
ri , a> ; +
uf
5
Pian
‘i
ee 7s ; ; ‘ , Fl
:. ~ pers . , " ‘, A
ES EE NRE AR RA Seater SA Np dee agen ents Mat S gd hy) ulin Palys Gyan ie od CO MEST ORE Fe aT ENO ERED bien pry lipheats A aiceteg \atteyind en -Vevierind ty! ste ews Gee) ane vam > maak
XL., Plate XVII.
Vol.
MITED,
Vol. XL., Plate XVIII.
|
Nod v7 x
vert wae ;
ae reve.’ a
t Tag 4 wre Li
, em 2 a
he
=
bf
2
@
Vol. 2L.;. Plate: X XI.
Eas Sere ce
tie
Gn rrote:
a, Ate
‘ e z.
7 7
a
Vol. XL., Plate XXII.
Volk xis, Plates Soe Lil.
XL., Plate XXIV.
ol.
V
NN
SS
oY
“eS
—
ae
/
Co
IS
VA >
we
j —
Bs,
HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
., Plate XXVI.
Vol. XL
ree
—
ape
eel hi! )
‘bootie
YS sairee
aE
4
Vol. XL., Plate XXVII.
Volt 3.” Plate 3X VELL
rr
WE Ge hk pe ee eae
NARS ee ee
‘a ee ; fot : 'y *
hehe Cece hae hs
a
Volk Xi. Plate XXTX.-
Vol, XG...’ Plate XXX.
HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
a
yore
ees
Mol Ni. Plate: KAKI.
iP
wa oes
eee Arve ies ont uy
~
cS)
= M
est
60
HUSSEY
OS
Vol. XL., Plate X XXIII.
MY]
) ae
-
ny
er
Wy
& GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADFLAIDE, SO. AUS,
R
-
—
-
LA
1
A
4
A 8
4 =
q a
© e
~ a
= Z
ww x
& :
A =
A.
s
:
. oS
: o
_ uu
y :
¢ r
=
z
_ =
a :
R
-
:
Ble Pee
Lard
ieee
*%
He
% , Be
PISA RR AR RRS
Mab Oh ees
BRE Es PER ast Ry
SO. AUS.
=
GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PHINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAID
xd. Plate MXXVI,
Vol.
ad Spano c
er ee RE Re. es ead at
a Ceererce , 3
§ ae ek $ F ¢
Ramee cs j es = .
eerererrryers
PRL EE RE COTES.
tone beens by
+ Sdagi dla Mtn
ye aud ail
wt ’ a aa Me Ni “) p. : aa ; i , ‘a ° od a vii P a ‘ > Fr ' Ra. i Fax 2 5 : y a. re
a 7 at : : ee» : a Pye y a< 7? \ Oe Js PL e' ltée oh Se - =. wa
a - ~~ da 7
PY et
foe ae
So
TL ; eae: \ So aa Se ee.
% om % LERIGA ME WH é % 3 Bf f 4 BP Re
SMI AG PAPO Ire ;
0 tit tie ”
ce
91%" BR, Par? am
a P
Ad te 1) he
HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PAR'NTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
eee i ee en eee ee
FE TA SS
R. McCulloch,
del.
Vol. =X. Plate a e te .
7 " ’ ’ i 3
e . > ba
cs _ . . - 9)
‘ ‘ . ‘ '
- A :
- a ’
: .
— Se . ‘
7
‘
wa &
oe ‘ ws = te
= ry ?
;
. - Z a
b f -
‘ “ ih as
- > 4 , bi
fs
rx ’ nt .
\ ‘ f
. : oe y _ '. * ¥
: 2 A
VokOXNl.,. Plate XRT.
29P “OTM NOW "WV
HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIM:TED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS
Vol (XZ Plate xX Lin:
‘ds ‘u ‘wniddiyda snjhipovpopay,)
‘
‘Jap
(OTA OW “LV
‘ds ‘u ‘phbva visayoalg
HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
Vol. XL., Plate XLIV.
Myrus elongatus, Giinther.
del.
Edgar R. Waite,
SEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELA OE, SO. AUS.
nV als PAB
iat tee
: .
at «
a
ie :
i.
a nm @
~e,
tan i hom
7 z
“
: se
”
tt'e
, = a,
a
a i
ou Pre
r
Pad Ul
e
i)
_—
a! ’
=
iJ
{r.
¥ &
oo ,
LPN
3!
so
Ta M
i nn
’
=) ¢
¥ >
“o
i
yi .
- EB
‘
ow 1
“
. A
7 ‘
aaa ke
- cn | ,
oe"
r f
;
°
> sath x
pss Ma's
7? o Pr Ce oe ee ee ee Pe ol ay An
7 4 ~ i ee eed
i *
Vol: XL; Plate XLV’.
‘ds
J0p ‘OEM “Y IVspa
Y & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
E
Vol. XL., Plate XLVI.
‘ds ‘u ‘sidojouiue snowy?)
‘Jap “YOO|[U) OW UW OV
s
ADELAIDE. SO. an
MITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS
LLINGHAM
7 Ash
ry th nl c
K nen ** a tal SP eee 7
. eh SMe Te
L » Pht 43) ee!
fC ‘ p .
: PP BR py Age
‘ ¥
he f A ,
zo '
4 1
es, | i?
t F Nie i
#
‘ ;
3 ’
*
.
sty
a
v ‘
i “ oe aes
: 4 x
ps 4
.
a
ip
i
ob
‘ J
a
= i
som
grat mit) opr is ae
Vol, AL. Plate XLVIL.
Phebalium
+
ak eae ae
t
“ te oh
dee RM te ee ee
fe ek A eee tale .
» - Ee « a 7
pha peop Dn a Meera, Ph Lat yj wt}
uF a « 0 n
' ae Paty.
oie . + ‘
M Son i w pf ee :
co
¢ —
Vol. XL., Plate XLVIII.
we Nt i Ph
oe
ZY;
Erigeron
Vol GL. Plate XL
site
oy
BEL)
Me
“yoy 14
del.
oe Ne
EUCALYPTUS CNEORIFOLIA, DC.
Vol: XE; Plate L.
eee ‘
PEW ARIRARG Rca cre
del.
R.T.B.
EUCALYPTUS ODORATA, BEHR,
Vol eX Ee bibATEm eal:
]
r
LPHOTO, W. GILL,
EUCALYPTUS CALYCOGONA, TURCZ.
Vor. XE. PEATE Ell
[PHOTO, w. GILL.]
EUCALYPTUS OLEOSA, F:v.M.
Vol. XL., Plate LIV.
emarkable.
R
. Mount
‘ig. 1
chin.
How
V
Photo.
W. Howelin.
Photo.
at-Rocks,’’ Mount Remarkable.
‘
‘
4€
Fig. 2. The ‘‘C
SHERS ADELAIDE, SO. ALS.
us
NTERS & P
ee ie ere
rn ner nN tS Sag SO re Fee As 5 gna
a ee Re ie a Se. ygt Ae fens <. Oar < ¢ > Y toe : Gea F ea
fre 9 eae es eB. . ¥ ; 7 : pa ong r Lia. ns
z ia Be
. ; ae 0
OF THE oP
‘- _ (INCORPORATED). io
3 ee e
i? Le Oo oo,
_ (Wirn Firry-rour Piates anp Twenty-one Figures 1n tHE Text.]
EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S., : :
_Assistep sy ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S. - ae
PRICE, TWENTY SHILLINGS. ee:
iF | Adelaide : ee
PusLisHED BY THE Society, Royar Socizery Rooms, NortH TERRACE. ; -
DECEMBER 23, 1916. oo
} - Se ee ee
¢ Printed py Hussey & GittincHam Lamirep, 106 anp 108, Currix *
Srreet, ADELAIDE, SourH AUSTRALIA.
‘vy yo i acs / 2 ae j
Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- © + ete
p- :
_ tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded
: through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
ee + i> - a ie
ef 7 i; : 5 7 oe” f ’ G i ~~ , as
oe ee ; Seas:
4
A
ty et
toes iy
Bi eet
ae
CONTENTS.
Gardan, Pror. T. G. B.: A Note on the: Ddburxencé and Method of
| Formation of the Resin (Yaeca Gum) in Xanthorrhoea perth nis
Plates i. to iii. - re
Sos, Atan P.: Australian. Hymenoptera: Proctotr rypoidea, No,'4--12
WHEELER, W. M:: Prodiscothyzea, a New. ' Genus of Ponerine Ants from
Queensland. Plate iv.
Asuworrn. J. H.: On the Occurrence of Arenicola loveni, ‘Kinberg, on
the Coast or South Australia
LergH-SHarper, W.:Harotp: A New Species of Leech from South ‘Australias
Brack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 9. Plates
|v. to vill.
Carter, H. J.: Revision of the Genus “Stigmodera, ‘and Descriptions of 2
some New Species of Buprestidae, Plates ix. and x, ... ¢
Lea, A. M.: Notes on the Lord Howe Island Phasma, and on an Assu-
ciated: ‘Longicorn Beetle. Plates xi. to xvii. ...
. Erneripce, R.: Hyalostelia australis, the Anchoring Spicules of an
Hexactinellid Sponge from the Ordovician Rocks of the MacDonnell
Ranges. Plate xviii. ~
Mawson, Dr. D.: Auroral Bhoerennane at the Cape Royds Station,
Antarctica. cee xix. and xx. ativan
WHEELER, W. The Australian Ants of ‘the Genus Aphaenogaster,_
Mayr. Plates Xxi. and xxii.
Banks, N.: Acarians from Australian and Pagmayean Ants” and Ant-nests.
Plates xxiii. to xxx. _
Lower, Oswatp B.: The. ‘Lepidoptera of ‘Broken: Hill, New. South
Wales.—Part HE.
HowcnHin, WALTER: Notes ‘on a High-level Occurrence of a ’ Fossiliferous
Bed of Upper Cainozoie.Age in the Neighbourhood of the ee Pisgscn:
Mawson, Dr. D.: Mineral Notes. Plate xxxi. ...
Cooxr, Dr. W. T.::Chemical Notes on Davidite ...”
Sranuay, E. R.: A Noteworthy Occurrence of Biotite Mica ; =
Lea, A. "M.: Notes on some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with Descriptions
‘of New Species. Plates xxxii. to xxxix. r
McCuttocn, Antan R., and Epear R.- Ware: Additions “to the Fish- ee
fauna of Lord-Howe Island. . Plates xl. to xliii. .
Waite, Epear R.: A List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island and Lidieakiunes
of their Range to Lord Howe Island, Kermadec Island, ge dees
and New Zealand. Plates xliv. to xlvi.
Buack, J. M.: Additions.to the oe of South Australia, No. 10. “Plates
xlvii. and xlviii.
Baker, R. T., and H. G. Suir: “A Research on the Eucalypis of South
Australia and their Essential Oils. Plates xlix. to hii. .
-Turner, A. JEFreris: New Australian Lepidoptera of the Paaate
Tortricidae
LowrEr, Oswatp B.: Dearcouts of New Australian Micro-Lepidoptera
Howcuin, Water: The Geology of Mount Remarkable, with Petro-
graphical Notes -n the Ficge Ioeneous Rocks of the Foot Hills et
Mount Remarkable, by E. . Th: ple. oe ae a BY: ens
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ae eis
ANNUAL REPORT
BALANCE-SHEETS ; a sia APES as ea As
DonATIONS TO LIBRARY poy ste sha ‘ae aan
List or MEMBERS si ‘
APPENDICES— ~ ; .
Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, etc. Rei; #
Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora an
Protection Committee .. ; 623.
: Mal sees) sarge a Annual | Report, ete. me
NDEX a
be
pi
amy x Y
al .
Ree te Ce ee
FS Se a
Ay tae
\ ~ ’
*
‘ Ver
e AT Das ™
Ar eO'sBA
iS
es) S33
R
3 SS
J AT, SS
te Fi
De
~
»?
\su. |
ay! . Meee
Mp le. :
ae ? Fk é
Gn
Cal
»?
:
ai
‘ ; fi : Oe id t ‘ P : we
™ hi Hi Wey tA 4
ah Ae La
ge TNS id Se |
: b, LESS eM A FOe
ey ed = et
= BS Fete. ht ie eS
ra -
Soy Ny ‘ 6. ‘ow oe f